ft E K K E L f Y 
 
 LIBRARY 
 
 UNIVERSITY Of 
 CALIFORNIA 
 
 iducasioi huh; 
 
 X. 
 
6L 
 
 
 s 
 
 ^S 
 
 
 . 
 
1 < 
 
 
 
 
 Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 
 in 2008 with funding from 
 
 Microsoft Corporation 
 
 d. 
 
 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/completefrenchcoOOcharrich 
 
COMPLETE 
 
 FRENCH COURSE 
 
 BASED ON THE 
 
 fiitgt and ^econD fittmly Courgeg 
 
 OF 
 
 C. A. CHARDENAL 
 
 BACHELIER ES LETTRES DE L'UNIVERSITE DE FRANCE 
 
 3Sostan 
 
 ALLYN AND BACON 
 
 [Copyright, 1892, by John Allyn] 
 

 Add to Lib. 
 GIF! 
 

 CONTENTS. 
 
 The Numbers Refer to the Pages. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 The alphabet 1 
 
 Accents, apostrophe, hyphen, cedilla, diaeresis 1, 2 
 
 Pronunciation 3-9 
 
 Division of syllables, capital letters 10 
 
 THE ARTICLE. 
 
 Un, une, le, la 11 
 
 Du, au, de la, a la 23, 24 
 
 De 1', a T, des, aux 25, 27 
 
 The article before nouns used in a general sense 47 
 
 The partitive article 47, 52, 67 
 
 Before the names of places, rivers, and mountains .... 185, 186 
 
 Before nouns of weight, measure, or number 1 90 
 
 Table of the articles 273 
 
 THE NOUN. 
 
 The possessive case 17 
 
 Formation of the plural 19, 45, 276 
 
 Nouns of quantity to be followed by de 41 
 
 Collective nouns 195 
 
 The gender of inanimate objects 273 
 
 Formation of the feminine of animate beings 274 
 
 THE ADJECTIVE. 
 
 Formation of the feminine 12,88,91,277 
 
 Formation of the plural 20, 45 
 
W CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Agreement in gender and number 12, 20, 21 
 
 The position of adjectives 52,197,198 
 
 Comparison 28, 56, 68 
 
 Numerical adjectives 34, 38, 279, 280 
 
 Possessive adjectives 13, 23, 205, 278, 281 
 
 Mon, ton, son before a vowel 146 
 
 Demonstrative adjectives 31 ? 278 
 
 Interrogative adjectives 70 
 
 Tout, tous 40 
 
 Adjectives which change their meaning with their position . . 318 
 
 THE PRONOUN. 
 
 Agreement in gender and number 29 
 
 Possessive pronouns 29, 145, 280, 281 
 
 Demonstrative pronouns 32, 33, 54, 145 
 
 C'est and ce sont 56, 57, 219 
 
 Relative pronouns 18, 73, 224 
 
 That and which always to be expressed 100 
 
 Ce qui and ce que „ . . . 148 
 
 Interrogative pronouns 58, 60, 72, 221 
 
 Personal pronouns 49,125,129,133 
 
 Order of the personal pronouns 129, 133 
 
 Disjunctive pronouns 58, 125, 213, 216 
 
 En and y; their use and position 141,143 
 
 Indefinite pronoun on 48, 147 
 
 The pronoun le 209 
 
 AUXILIARY VERBS 
 
 Exercises on avoir and etre 61,84 
 
 Use of the past tenses 63, 96 
 
 The future after quand, des que 79 
 
 Future and conditional after si 83 
 
 Idiomatic uses of avoir 149 
 
 Conjugation of avoir and §tre 281-290 
 
 REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 First Conjugation 93-100 
 
 Unfinished action or state 102, 108 
 
 Second Conjugation 104-110 
 
 Third Conjugation . 111-117 
 
 Peculiarities in the first conjugation 118,123 
 
 Pronominal verbs 135, 139, 210, note 
 
CONTENTS. V 
 
 PAGE 
 
 The passive form 147, 241, 298, 299 
 
 The preterite or past definite tense 179 
 
 The past anterior tense 181 
 
 The formation of tenses 183 
 
 Table of terminations of all the conjugations 291 
 
 The conjugations in all their tenses 292-296 
 
 The conjugation in -avoir 297 
 
 Conjugation of a reflective verb 300 
 
 Conjugation of a reciprocal verb 302 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Formation of tenses 183 
 
 Conjugation of aller 185, 188 
 
 Conjugation of partir and sortir 190 
 
 Conjugation of sentir 192 
 
 Conjugation of courir and mourir 194, 195 
 
 Conjugation of acquerir and ouvrir 197 
 
 Conjugation of cueillir and assaillir 200 
 
 Conjugation of tenir and venir 202, 204 
 
 Conjugation of voir and mouvoir 206 
 
 Conjugation of s'asseoir and pleuvoir 208, 209 
 
 Conjugation of valoir and savoir 212 
 
 Conjugation of connaitre and naitre 215 
 
 Conjugation of prendre 218 
 
 Conjugation of mettre and suivre 221 
 
 Conjugation of vivre and craindre 223, 224 
 
 Conjugation of pouvoir 225 
 
 Conjugation of vouloir 228 
 
 Conjugation of devoir 231 
 
 Conjugation of faire 234 
 
 Conjugation of plaire and conduire 241 
 
 Conjugation of dire 243 
 
 Conjugation of lire and ecrire 246 
 
 Conjugation of rire, nuire, and luire 248 
 
 Conjugation of croire and vaincre 251, 252 
 
 Conjugation of falloir 255 
 
 Tables of all irregular verbs .... 304-315 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 
 
 Compared with the indicative 151 
 
 After impersonal verbs 153 
 
 After negative or interrogative verbs 154 
 
VI CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 After verbs expressing emotion 158 
 
 Used with ne after craindre, prendre garde, etc 160 
 
 After a superlative and after conjunctions 162 
 
 Agreement of tenses of the subjunctive 164, 258, 259 
 
 Compared with the infinitive mood 173 
 
 After the conjunction que 252 
 
 The pluperfect used for the past conditional 260 
 
 THE INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 
 Used without a preposition after certain verbs 168, 316 
 
 Used with the preposition de after certain verbs . . . . 170, 316 
 
 Used with the preposition a after certain verbs 171, 317 
 
 Compared with the subjunctive mood 173 
 
 THE PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Agreement of the past participle 22, 177 
 
 Translation of the past participle 96 
 
 Use of the present participle 175 
 
 THE ADVERB. 
 
 Adverbs of quantity 42-44 
 
 Position of adverbs 64, 246 
 
 Adverbs of negation 66, 68, 116 
 
 Translation of how long 102, 108 
 
 Ne used without pas 160, 226, 243, 252 
 
 Variation of tout 203 
 
 Formation of adverbs 320 
 
 THE PREPOSITION. 
 
 Repeated before a noun , 17 
 
 De after nouns of quantity 41 
 
 Before the names of towns or countries 47, 186 
 
 De used before nouns indicating the material 192 
 
 A used before nouns indicating use or fitness 1 93 
 
 Pendant and depuis 100, 102, 249 
 
 EXTRACTS 263-272 
 
 APPENDIX OF FORMS AND RULES 273-320 
 
 VOCABULARIES 321 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 THE ALPHABET. 
 
 a 
 
 b 
 
 c 
 
 d 
 
 e 
 
 f 
 
 S 
 
 h 
 
 i 
 
 J 
 
 ah 
 
 be 
 
 ke 
 
 de 
 
 6 
 
 /« 
 
 gue 
 
 he 
 
 i 
 
 /« 
 
 k 
 
 1 
 
 m 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 q 
 
 r 
 
 s 
 
 t 
 
 ke 
 
 le 
 
 me 
 
 ne 
 
 
 
 pe 
 
 ke 
 
 re 
 
 se 
 
 £<? 
 
 u v x y z 
 
 ?* ve fcse i ze 
 
 The vowels have their usual French sounds. Be, ke, de, e, etc., have 
 about the sounds of English but, cut, dun, up, etc., omitting the final 
 consonant. The u in gue is silent. The j of je sounds like si in English 
 vision. W appears in a few words taken from foreign languages, and 
 usually has the sound of v. 
 
 ORTHOGRAPHIC SIGNS. 
 
 Accents. — Apostrophe. — Hyphen. — Cedilla. — Diaeresis. 
 
 Three orthographic marks are called accents, — the 
 acute ('), the grave Q, and the circumflex ( A ). 
 
 The acute accent (') is used only over the vowel e (6), 
 which then has the sound of a in late. As ete, ve'rite. 
 
 The grave accent ( x ) is used chiefly over the vowel e (e), 
 which then has nearly the sound of ai in air. As pres, 
 pere. It is used over a and u merely to distinguish 
 
 1 
 
2 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 certain words which are otherwise spelled alike, and does 
 not alter the pronunciation. As a (to) from a (has) ; la 
 (there) from la (the or her) ; ou (where) from ou (or). 
 
 The circumflex accent ( A ) is used on any vowel, which 
 is then long. As age, t§te, ile, ddme, buche. It fre- 
 quently indicates that a letter has been dropped. 
 
 These accents do not imply any stress of voice on the syllable where 
 they occur. 
 
 The apostrophe (') indicates that one of the vowels a, 
 e, or i has been dropped before a word beginning with 
 a vowel or h mute. 
 
 a is elided only in the article or pronoun la ; as l'ame for la ame. 
 
 e is elided in le, je, me, te, se, de, ce, ne, que (but when je, ce, le, 
 and la come directly after the verb, either as subjects or objects, no 
 elision takes place); in jusque and lorsque ; in puisque and quoique 
 before il, ils, elle, elles, on, un, une ; in quelque before un, une ; and 
 in entre in compound words. 
 
 i is elided only in si before il or ils. 
 
 No elision occurs before onze, onzieme, oui, huit, huitieme. 
 
 The hyphen (-) marks the connection between two or 
 more words or parts of a word. 
 
 The hyphen is used between the verb and the pronouns 
 je, moi, nous, tu, toi, vous, il, ils, elle, elles, le, la, les, lui, 
 leur, y, en, ce, on, when they are placed after a verb of 
 which they are subjects or objects. The other cases of 
 its use will be noticed as they occur. 
 
 The cedilla (q) is put under c when it has the sound 
 of s before a, o, or u. As frangais, garcon, recu. 
 
 The diaeresis (••) is placed over the second of two vowels 
 to show that it begins a new syllable. As naif, noel. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 3 
 
 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 Simple Vowels. 
 
 a (short) has a sound between the a of bar and the a in 
 mat. As la, the ; quatre, four ; table, table. 
 
 a (long) or a has the sound of a in bar. The mouth 
 should be opened wide. As ame, soul; batir, to build ; 
 sale, dirty ; fable, fable. 
 
 a is silent in aout, Curacao, toast, Saone. 
 
 e" has the sound of a in late. As ete, summer ; verite, 
 truth. 
 
 e and % vary in sound between the e of met and the ai 
 of air. The mouth should be opened wide. As pres, 
 near ; mere, mother; tete, head; mime, same. 
 
 e without an accent has a sound between the u in but 
 and the u in burr. As de, of; je, 1 ; venir, to come. At 
 the end of words of more than one syllable it is silent; 
 as dame, lady ; f arine, four. After two consonants, or 
 at the end of a syllable and preceding a consonant, its 
 sound is very indistinct ; merely sufficient to pronounce 
 the consonant before it ; as arbre, tree ; samedi, Satur- 
 day. It has the sound of e (a in late) before final d, f 
 r, t, z, when mute ; as pied, foot ; clef, key ; parler, to 
 speak ; et, and ; nez, nose. It has the sound of e before 
 c, f I, r, s, t, x not mute, before a double consonant, and 
 in the words les, des, ces, mes, tes, ses ; as bee, beak ; 
 chef, chief ; sel, salt ; fer, iron ; net, clean ; ferme, farm. 
 
 In femme, woman ; solennel, solemn : hennir, to neigh ; and in all ad- 
 verbs ending in -emment, the first e has the sound of French short a. 
 
 i and i usually have the sound, of i in machine. As 
 midi, noon; ile, island; fini, finished. 
 
4 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 o (open) has a sound between the o of not and the u of 
 nut. Mode, fashion ; mol, soft. 
 
 o (close) has the sound of o in note. As mot, word; 
 cot6, side. 
 
 o is silent in faon, Laon, paon, taon. 
 
 u has no equivalent in English ; it can be formed by 
 trying to pronounce French i with the lips in the position 
 for whistling. Lune, moon; murmure, murmur. It is 
 usually silent after q and also when standing between 
 g and e or i. As quatre, four; guerre, war ; guide, guide. 
 
 y following a consonant, or standing alone, has the 
 sound of French i. As type, type ; y, there. 
 
 y standing between two vowels performs the office of iy, the i unit- 
 ing with the preceding vowel. As rayon (ray) = rai-yon ; appuyer 
 (to support) — appui-yer. (See below, Compound Vowels.) Pays, 
 paysan, paysage = pai-is, etc. 
 
 Nasal Vowels. 
 
 m and n, when final or before a consonant, lose their 
 value as consonants and form with the preceding vowel a 
 nasal sound which is a true vowel. These sounds have 
 no exact equivalents in English; and in pronouncing 
 them, care must be taken that no consonant m. n, or ng 
 be heard. 
 
 They are divided into four groups. 
 
 an 
 
 am = nasal a = French long a pronounced through 
 en ( the nose. 
 
 em 
 
 As dans, in ; lampe, lamp ; enfant, child ; empire, 
 empire. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 6 
 
 I = so-called nasal i = English a in man pro- 
 
 f nounced through the nose. 
 aim 
 
 ein J 
 
 As vin, wine ; important, important ; pain, bread ; 
 
 faim, hunger ; sein, breast. 
 
 on) = nasal o = French open o pronounced through 
 om ) the nose. 
 As ponton, pontoon ; nom, name. 
 
 ) = nasal eu = French eu (see p. 6) pronounced 
 
 f through the nose. 
 eun ) 
 
 As brun, brown ; parfum, perfume ; a jeun, fasting. 
 
 In words ending in -ien and in the verbs tenir, venir, 
 and their compounds, en after i has the sound of nasal i 
 As bien, well ; viens, come. En is silent in the third 
 person plural of verbs. As ils aiment, they love. Other- 
 wise en nearly always has the sound of nasal a, as given 
 in the first group. 
 
 Vowels are not nasalized before double n or double 
 m, nor before n or m followed by a vowel or h mute. As 
 ame, soul : une, one ; pomme, apple ; inhumain, inhuman. 
 
 But the nasal sound is heard in ennui and its derivatives, and in all 
 words beginning with emm. 
 
 Compound Vowels and Diphthongs. 
 
 A compound vowel is the union of two or more vowels, 
 with the sound of a single vowel. 
 
 A diphthong is the union of two vowels, both of which 
 are heard in pronunciation. 
 
6 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 ai at the end of verbs, in gai, quai, and in je sais, tu 
 sais, il sait, has the sound of e ; otherwise it has the 
 sound of e. As j'ai, I have ; mais, but ; vrai, true. 
 
 In faisant, doing, and its derivatives, it has the sound of u in but. 
 
 au, eau have the sound of o in note. As autre, other ; 
 beau, handsome. In Paul, mauvais (bad), and before r, 
 an au has the sound of open o. 
 
 ei has the sound of e. As reine, queen. 
 
 eu, oeu have no equivalent in English. The sound is 
 somewhat like that of i in sir, and is longer in some words 
 than in others. As feu, fire ; fleur, flower ; ceuf , egg. 
 
 In all parts of the verb avoir, to have, eu has the sound of u. 
 
 ou has the sound of oo in moon. As jour, day. 
 
 oi has nearly the sound of wa in wash. As moi, me. 
 
 In all other diphthongs the first vowel is pronounced 
 quickly and the voice dwells on the second. As ciel, 
 heaven ; Dieu, God ; bruit, noise ; oui, yes ; juin, June. 
 
 Consonants. 
 
 Final consonants are generally silent except c, f ; 1, r. 
 Otherwise they usually have the same sound as in 
 English. 
 
 c before e, i, y, or with the cedilla (g) has the sound of s. 
 
 As ceci, this ; legon, lesson ; regu, received. Otherwise it 
 
 has the sound of k. As car, for ; col, neck ; avec, with. 
 
 c final is silent after n (as blanc, white; franc, frank), ami in accroc, 
 broc, clerc, eric, echecs, escroc, estomac, lacs, raccroc, tabac. It has 
 the sound of hard g in second and its derivatives. 
 
 ch has the sound of eh in chagrin. As chat, cat ; cher- 
 
 cher, to seek. 
 
 ch before a consonant, and usually in words derived from the Greek, 
 has the sound of k. As yacht (iak) ; orchestre, orchestra; choeur, 
 choir. It is silent in almanach. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 7 
 
 d final is sounded in proper names (as David) and in sud, south. 
 
 f final is silent in clef {key), cerf (stag), chef-d'oeuvre; and also in 
 the plurals bceufs (oxen), ceufs (eggs), nerfs (nerves), though heard in 
 the singulars boeuf, oeuf, nerf. In neuf, nine, f is silent before a con- 
 sonant, and has the sound of v before a vowel or h mute. 
 
 g before e, i, and y has the sound, of s in pleasure ; 
 before a, o, and u, the sound of g in gag. As gingembre, 
 ginger ; gage, pledge, gn sounds like gn in mignonette. 
 As agneau, lamb. 
 
 h is not heard in pronunciation. It is called mute when 
 the final vowel of the preceding word is elided before it ; 
 and aspirate when no elision takes place. As l'homme, 
 the man ; le heros, the hero. 
 
 Whether the h is mute or aspirate can be learned only by observa- 
 tion and practice. The following are among the most usual words in 
 which the h is aspirate. La hache, the axe ; la haie, the hedge ; la haine, 
 hate ; une halle, a market-place ; les hardes, the clothes ; les haricots, 
 the beans ; le hasard, the chance ; la hate, haste ; le haut, the summit ; 
 le heros, the hero (but l'heroine, l'hero'isme) ; la honte, the shame; le 
 Havre, Havre ; la Hollande, Holland ; le huit, the eight (but mute in 
 dix-huit and vingt-huit). 
 
 j has the sound of s in pleasure. As jour, day ; joli, 
 pretty. 
 
 ill, not initial, and il, when final, form the so-called 
 liquid I, with nearly the sound of y in your. As pe*ril, 
 peril , fille, daughter. 
 
 Any vowel standing before the liquid I does not form a 
 
 diphthong with the i, but retains its own sound ; ue and 
 
 oe have then the sound of eu. As paille, straw ; soleil, 
 
 sun ; feuille, leaf ; orgueil. pride ; ceil, eye. 
 
 There is no liquid sound in il, exil, vil, fil, mil, mille, civil, profil, 
 nil, Achille, Lille, tranquille, pupille, ville, village, distiller, vaciller, 
 osciller, etc. 
 
 1 is silent in baril, chenil, coutil, fils, fusil, gentil, gril, outil, persil, 
 pools, soul, sourcil. 
 
8 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 m and n, if the preceding vowel is not nasal, have the same sound as 
 in English, m is silent in damner and its compounds and in automne. 
 
 p is silent in bapteme, compte, corps, dompter, exempt, temps, 
 sculpter, sept, and their compounds, ph has the sound of f. 
 
 ' qu has the sound of k. As qui, who ; quality quality. 
 
 In aquarelle, equateur, equation, loquace, quadrupede, quartz, and 
 a few other words qu has the same sound as in English. In cinq 
 followed by a consonant q is silent. 
 
 r is articulated much more distinctly than in English. 
 As rue, street ; riviere, river. 
 
 ■^ r final is sounded when preceded by a, i, o, u (as car, 
 for ; finir, to finish ; dur, hard), in monosyllables ending 
 in -er (as fer, iron), and in amer, bitter ; cuiller, spoon ; 
 enf er, hell ; fier, proud ; hier, yesterday ; hiver, winter. 
 
 In other words final er is sounded like e*. As parler, 
 to speak ; dernier, last. 
 
 Both r's are distinctly sounded in the future and conditional tenses 
 of acquerir, courir, and mourir, to distinguish them from other forms 
 with a single r. As nous courons, we run ; nous courrons, we shall run. 
 It is always silent in monsieur. 
 
 s between two vowels has the sound of s in please. As 
 voisin, neighbor ; base, base. 
 
 Except in parasol, desuetude, and in compound words, where s re- 
 tains the hissing sound of its simple form. As preseance, precedence , 
 vraisemblable, likely. 
 
 Otherwise it has the sound of s in sister. As sensation, 
 sensation; prisme, prism; he'ro'isme, heroism. 
 
 Except in transaction, transalpin, transiger, transit, transitif, tran- 
 sition, and balsamine, in which it has the sound of z. 
 
 s final is silent, except in aloes, as, atlas, blocus, cens, chorus, der- 
 vis, en-sus, fils, flores, gratis, iris, jadis, laps, lis (though silent in 
 fleur-de-lis), ma'is, mars, moeurs, ours, rebus, Rheims, rhinoceros, sinus, 
 sens (usually), tous (when used without a noun), vis, and in Greek and 
 Latin names. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 9 
 
 In le Christ both s and t are pronounced, but in Jesus-Christ both 
 are silent. 
 
 t usually sounds as in tutor. It has the hissing sound 
 of s in the combinations -tion, -tial, -tiel, -tieux, and in a 
 few words ending in -tie, which in English end in -cy. 
 As situation, situation ; partiality, partiality; essentiel, 
 essential ; factieux, factious ; democratic, democracy. 
 Also in balbutier, initier, patience, ineptie, minutie, and 
 in proper names ending in -tien ; as Ve'nitien, a Venetian. 
 
 In the past tenses of verbs, or when preceded by s, t retains its hard 
 sound. As nous partions, question. 
 
 th always has the sound of t. As theatre, theatre. 
 
 t final is silent, except in brut, chut, dot, deficit, est (east), fat, 
 granit, lest, mat, net, ouest and most words ending in -ct. In sept 
 and huit, the t is mute only before a noun or adjective beginning with 
 a consonant ; as dans huit jours. In vingt, t is always mute except 
 in the numbers 21 to 29 inclusive. 
 
 x usually has the sound of ks. As boxer, to box. ex 
 
 initial and followed by a vowel or h mute has the sound 
 
 of gz. As exil, exile ; examen, examination. 
 
 It has the sound of ss in Bruxelles, soixante, six, and dix ; but the 
 x of six and dix is silent before a consonant, and sounds like z before a 
 vowel or h mute. It has the sound of z in deuxieme, sixieme, dixieme, 
 dix-sept, dix-huit, dix-neuf. 
 
 The Union of Words. 
 
 The last consonant of a word, standing before a word be- 
 ginning with a vowel or h mute and closely connected with 
 it in sense, is often carried over to it in pronunciation. 
 
 In such cases s and x have the sound of z, d that of t, and c and g 
 that of k. As mes amis, ils ont, aux armes, grand homme, avec elle, 
 rang eleve. 
 
 This union of words, called liaison, is necessary in public speaking 
 or reading ; in conversation it is used only when the words thus joined 
 cannot do without each other. 
 
10 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Division of Syllables. 
 
 In the body of a word each syllable must if possible 
 begin with a consonant ; as mo-ra-li-te', a-ma-bi-li-te". 
 
 If there are two consonants the division usually takes 
 place between the two j as hom-me, vil-le, par-tir, en- 
 ten-du. But if the second is 1 or r (and the first is 
 neither 1 nor r), or if the two are gn, the division takes 
 place before the two ; as e"-glise, no-tre, vi-gne. 
 
 As h is never heard in pronunciation, the consonant 
 which precedes it is always carried, in speaking, to the 
 following vowel ; as i-nhu-main, i-nha-bi-td. 
 
 The compound consonant x (=ks or gz) always goes with the pre- 
 ceding vowel ; as ex-il. 
 
 Capital Letters. 
 
 In French no capital letter is used, except at the be- 
 ginning of a sentence, for the names of the months and 
 of the days of the week ; as avril, lundi : — for any word 
 used as an adjective; as un officier francais : — for any 
 word used to signify rank or position ; as empereur, roi, 
 due, general, cardinal, docteur, abbe", maire, etc. 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 i. 
 
 There are only two genders in French, the masculine 
 and the feminine. 1 
 
 Before a noun masculine use un for a or an, use le 
 for the. 
 
 Before a noun feminine use une for a or an, and la 
 for the. 
 
 Before a vowel or h mute use V instead of le or la. 
 
 pere, father. fils, son. eau (f.), water. 
 
 mere, mother. fille, daughter. et, and. 
 
 crayon (m.), pencil, grammaire (f.), grammar, oncle, uncle. 
 
 homme, man. ardoise (f.), slate. 
 
 1. Un pere, une mere. 2. Une mere et un fils. 3. Un 
 fils et une fille. 4. Le crayon et la grammaire. 5. Le 
 fils et la fille. 6. Le pere et la mere. 7. Le pere et 
 le fils. 8. Une grammaire et un crayon. 9. L'oncle, 
 l'homme, l'ardoise, l'eau. 10. Le crayon et l'ardoise. 
 11. L'oncle et la fille. 12. L'homme, le fils et la fille. 
 
 1. A mother, a daughter. 2. A father and a son. 3. A 
 son and a mother. 4. A mother and a father. 5. The 
 
 1 Practice, and a general Ride to be found in the Appendix, will teach 
 the gender of inanimate objects. In the meantime pupils are recommended, 
 when learning a French noun, carefully to acquire with it the article denot- 
 ing the genden 
 
12 EXERCISES. 
 
 grammar and the pencil. 6. A pencil and a grammar. 
 
 7. The daughter and the mother. 8. The son and the 
 father. 9. The water and the slate. 10. The man and 
 the uncle. 11. The uncle and the son. 12. The slate 
 and the grammar. 
 
 2. 
 
 An adjective always agrees in gender with the noun 
 which it qualifies. To form the feminine of adjectives, 
 add e mute to the masculine. 
 
 Adjectives ending with e mute in the masculine do 
 not change in the feminine. 
 
 petit (m.)> petite (f.), little, small, short. 
 
 grand (m.), grande (f.), large, tall, great. 
 
 bon (m.), bonne (f.), 1 good. 
 
 mauvais (m.), mauvaise (f.), bad. 
 riche, rich. facile, easy. est, is. 
 
 pauvre, poor. aimable, amiable. tres, very. 
 
 1. Le crayon est bon, l'ardoise est mauvaise. 2. Le 
 pere est grand, la fille est petite. 3. Un bon pere, une 
 mauvaise mere. 4. Un petit crayon, une grande ardoise. 
 5. Le pere est bon, la fille est bonne. 6. Un bon fils et 
 une bonne fille. 7. Le mauvais fils et la mauvaise fille. 
 
 8. Le bon pere et la bonne mere. 9. La mere est riche, 
 le pere est pauvre. 10. La grammaire est facile. 11. La 
 fille est tres 2 aimable. 12. L'homme est riche. 
 
 1. The bad grammar, the bad slate, the bad pencil. 
 2. The water is bad. 3. A good son and a good daugh- 
 ter. 4. The slate is good, the pencil is bad. 5. A father 
 
 1 The doubling of the n in this word is an exception which is to be 
 explained in § 54. 
 
 2 The last consonant of the words, est, tres, bon, mon, ton, son, is 
 always sounded upon the next word if it begins with a vowel, but the 
 t of et is never sounded. 
 
EXERCISES. 13 
 
 is good, a mother is good. 6. The mother is tall, the 
 daughter is short. 7. A good grammar, a good pencil, 
 a good slate. 8. The uncle is very rich, the father is 
 very poor. 9. The son is amiable. 10. The man is 
 rich. 11. The grammar is easy. 12. The son is bad, 
 the daughter is very amiable. 
 
 3. 
 
 The possessive adjective his, her, its, always agrees 
 in French with the thing possessed, and not, as in 
 English, with the possessor. Whoever be the posses- 
 sor, we put son before a masculine noun, and sa before 
 a feminine. Therefore, before a masculine noun sin- 
 gular, use mon, ton, son; before a feminine noun sin- 
 gular, use ma, ta, sa. 
 
 son (m.), sa (f.), his, her, its. 
 
 mon (m.), ma (f.), my. ton (m.), ta (f.), thy. 
 
 a, has. mais, but. aussi, also. 
 
 perdu, lost. vu, seen. plume (f.), pen. 
 
 1. Mon oncle a vu son fils et sa fille. 2. Ma fille a 
 perdu son crayon et sa grammaire. 3. Ta fille a aussi 
 perdu son crayon. 4. Mon fils a perdu sa petite gram- 
 maire. 5. Son crayon est mauvais. 6. Sa petite ardoise 
 est bonne. 7. Mon pere est grand, mais ma mere est 
 petite. 8. Ma mere est une bonne mere. 9. Ta fille est 
 une bonne fille. 10. Ton pere est un bon pere. 11. Ton 
 fils a une bonne grammaire. 12. Mon oncle a aussi une 
 bonne grammaire. 13. Ton fils a un mauvais crayon et 
 une mauvaise ardoise. 
 
 1. His mother is good. 2. Her son is good. 3. His 
 daughter is tall, but his father is short. 4. Thy daugh- 
 
14 EXERCISES. 
 
 ter has lost her pencil, her grammar, and also her large 
 slate. 5. The man has seen his son and his daughter. 
 
 6. My uncle has seen thy father and thy daughter. 
 
 7. My son has a good pen. 8. My father, my mother, 
 thy daughter, thy son. 9. My son has a good grammar. 
 10. My mother is poor, my uncle is rich. 11. My mother 
 is a good mother. 12. My son is also a good son. 
 
 4. 
 
 The e of je is suppressed when the following verb be- 
 gins with a vowel, and an apostrophe takes its place. 
 
 When the verb is interrogative, it is connected with 
 the following pronoun by a hyphen. 
 
 je, /. ai, have. j'ai, I have. ai-je? have I? 
 
 tu, thou. as, hast. tu as, thou hast, as-tu ? hast thou ? 
 
 notre (ra. and f.), our. votre (m. and f.), your. 
 
 leur (m. and f.), their. difficile, difficult. 
 
 exercice (m.), / • le frere, the brother. 
 
 v " > exercise. ' 
 
 theme (m.) ) la sceur, the sister. 
 
 1. J'ai perdu votre crayon. 2. As-tu aussi perdu ma 
 grammaire ? 3. Tu as un bon frere et une bonne sceur. 
 4. As-tu une bonne mere ? 5. J'ai un bon pere et une 
 bonne mere. 6. J'ai perdu une grammaire, une ardoise 
 et un crayon. 7. As-tu aussi perdu ton exercice ? 8. J'ai 
 aussi perdu mon exercice. 9. Notre exercice est difficile. 
 10. Votre grammaire est facile. 11. Leur pere est riche, 
 mais leur oncle est pauvre. 12. Votre mere est une bonne 
 mere. 13. Sa fille a vu notre oncle. 14. Leur sceur a 
 une mauvaise grammaire. 
 
 1. Hast thou seen my little sister ? 2. I have seen thy 
 little sister and thy little brother. 3. Your sister has a 
 
EXERCISES. 15 
 
 very good daughter. 4. Hast thou lost thy grammar? 
 
 5. I have lost my grammar, my exercise, and my pencil. 
 
 6. Hast thou seen my father ? 7. I have seen your 
 father, your sister, and also your uncle. 8. Our gram- 
 mar is very easy. 9. Your exercise is very difficult. 
 10. Their son has a large slate. 11. Our uncle is rich, 
 but our father is very poor. 12. My father has seen 
 your mother. 13. Our daughter has a bad grammar. 
 
 5. 
 
 il, 
 
 he. a, has. 
 
 il a, 
 
 he has. 
 
 
 a-t-il % l has he ? 
 
 elle, she. a, has. 
 
 elle 
 
 a, she h 
 
 is. 
 
 a-t-elle % 1 has she ? 
 
 
 la maison, the 
 
 house. 
 
 
 la tante, the aunt. 
 
 
 le jardin, the garden. 
 
 
 trouve, 
 
 found. 
 
 
 le couteau, the 
 
 \ knife. 
 
 
 achete. 
 
 , bought. 
 
 1. J'ai achete une maison et un jardin. 2. As-tu achete 
 une grande maison ? 3. La maison est petite, mais le 
 jardin est grand. 4. Mon frere a aussi achete une mai- 
 son. 5. A-t-il aussi achete un jardin ? 6. A-t-elle vu ma 
 tante ? 7. As-tu trouve mon couteau ? 8. Ta sceur a 
 perdu mon crayon, mais elle a trouve un petit couteau. 
 9. Tu as achete une mauvaise grammaire. 10. Votre 
 frere a un mauvais crayon. 11. Notre fils a aussi un 
 mauvais crayon. 12. Leur maison est tres grande. 
 
 1. He has lost his pen. 2. Has he seen my little sister ? 
 
 3. He has seen thy little sister and thy little brother. 
 
 4. Your aunt has bought a house. 5. Has she bought a 
 large house ? 6. Have I seen your house ? 7. Has she 
 seen my garden ? 8. Hast thou seen our garden and our 
 house ? 9. He has found their knife. 10. She has also 
 
 1 The t placed between the verb and the pronoun does not belong to the 
 verb, and its use is explained in § 53, 4. 
 
16 EXERCISES. 
 
 found her knife. 11. Their uncle has a very good son 
 and a very good daughter. 12. Hast thou a good sister 
 and a good brother ? 13. His sister has a large house. 
 
 6. 
 
 (1) When the nominative it stands for a masculine 
 noun (such as crayon), translate it by il ; when it 
 stands for a feminine noun (such as maison) , translate 
 it by elle. , 
 
 (2) The auxiliary verb to do does not exist in 
 French and, in translation, you must change did 1 
 into have I ; did he into has he ; did she into has she ; 
 did you into have you, etc. 
 
 la lettre, the letter. pris, taken. 
 
 le portrait, the portrait. oil, when 
 
 ecrit, written. quand, when. 
 
 nous, we. nous avons, we have. avons-nous ? have we ? or did we ? 
 
 vous, you. vous avez, you have. avez-vous? have youi or did youi 
 le livre, the book. la canne, the cane. 
 
 1. J'ai vu sa maison, elle est tres grande. 2. Quand 1 
 a-t-elle pris votre couteau ? 3. Ou as-tu achete ta gram- 
 maire ? 4. J'ai ecrit mon exercice, il est tres difficile. 
 5. Oii ai-je perdu son couteau ? 6. Oil a-t-elle vu son 
 oncle ? 7. Avez-vous vu mon portrait ? 8. Nous avons 
 vu votre portrait, il est tres bon. 9. Quand avez-vous 
 vu ma mere ? 10. Vous avez pris notre livre. 11. Votre 
 soeur a trouve leur lettre. 12. Oil as-tu perdu mon livre ? 
 
 1. When did he buy his garden ? 2. Where did she lose 
 her portrait ? 3. When did I see your daughter ? 4. I 
 have seen your letter, it is very good. 5. She has written 
 
 1 A d placed at the end of a word must be sounded like a t when the 
 next word begins with a vowel. 
 
EXERCISES. 17 
 
 a short letter. 6. Did I take their pen ? 7. Has she lost 
 her knife ? 8. Where didst thou see my father ? 9. Did 
 you lose her book ? 10. Have we taken their grammar ? 
 11. I have seen his letter, it is very short. 12. Did you 
 take my good pen ? 13. Where did we lose their letter ? 
 
 7. 
 The Possessive Case. 
 
 (1) The sign 's denoting possession is not used in 
 French. Turn therefore my brother's book, their 
 aunt's garden, and all such expressions, into the book 
 of my brother, the garden of their aunt, etc. 
 
 (2) The prepositions de and a are repeated before 
 each noun. 
 
 de, of or from. a, 1 to or at. recu, received. 
 
 le mouchoir, the pocket-handkerchief. 
 
 1. Quand avez-vous perdu le livre de ma fille ? 2. Nous 
 avons eerit a notre tante et a notre oucle. 3. J'ai recu 
 une lettre de ma soeur. 4. Avez-vous eerit a la mere de 
 votre oncle ? 5. J'ai perdu le couteau de mon frere et le 
 mouchoir de ma soeur. 6. L'exercice de mon frere est 
 tres difficile. 7. J'ai achete la maison de votre frere. 
 8. Avez-vous vu le petit couteau de ma soeur ? 9. Nous 
 avons reQU une lettre de notre oncle et de notre tante. 
 10. Quand avez-vous eerit a votre soeur? 11. J'ai vu 
 votre portrait, il est tres bon. 
 
 1. Where is my mother's book ? 2. Where did you 
 lose your sister's knife ? 3. My uncle's house is very 
 large. 4. We have bought your aunt's garden. 5. She 
 
 1 The preposition a is accented simply to be distinguished in writing 
 from the verb a, but the pronunciation is the same. 
 
 2 
 
18 EXERCISES. 
 
 has written to her father and to her mother. 6. I have 
 received a letter from your father and from your mother. 
 7. She has lost her brother's grammar. 8. Where did 
 you find my daughter's pencil ? 9. We have bought our 
 aunt's portrait. 10. Did she lose her mother's hand- 
 kerchief ? 11. We have seen your exercise, it is bad. 
 12. Where did she lose her knife ? 
 
 8. 
 
 Qui, who, which, that, is nominative. 
 
 Que, whom, which, that, is accusative (or objective). 
 
 In other words, when the relative pronoun which or 
 that is next the verb in English, translate it by qui. 
 When it is separated from the verb by one or several 
 words, translate it by que. 
 
 joli, pretty. utile, useful. 
 
 haut, high. jeune, young. 
 
 pour, for. dans, in. 
 
 1. Nous avons vu une maison qui est tres haute. 2. Le 
 livre que vous avez achete est tres utile. 3. L'homme que 
 nous avons vu dans le jardin est tres jeune. 4. Elle a 
 achete pour sa tante une maison qui est tres jolie. 5. J'ai 
 trouve une plume qui est tres mauvaise. 6. Nous avons 
 vu le jardin que votre pere a achete, il est tres grand. 
 7. Le livre qu'il J a perdu est mon livre. 8. Avez-vous 
 vu le jeune homme qui a achete la canne de mon frere ? 
 1). Avez-vous perdu le couteau que vous avez achete pour 
 mon his ? 10. Avez-vous vu le portrait qu'il a achete ? 
 
 1. We have bought the garden which you have seen. 
 2. Your brother has a grammar which is very useful. 
 
 1 The e of que is always elided before a vowel or h mute, but the i of qui 
 can never be suppressed. 
 
J 
 
 EXERCISES. 19 
 
 3. The man whom you have seen in my father's garden 
 is very tall. 4. You have an aunt who is very ami- 
 able. 5. Where did you see the knife which he has 
 bought ? 6. The garden which she has bought is very 
 large. 7. She has written an exercise which is very diffi- 
 cult. 8. My uncle, whom you have seen in the garden, 
 is very rich. 9. Did you take the small knife which I 
 have bought for your brother ? 10. I have taken a small 
 knife which*! have found in the garden. 
 
 9. 
 
 (1) Nouns form their plural, as in English, by add- 
 ing s to the singular. 
 
 (2) Before all plural nouns use les for the. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 le frere, the brother. les freres, 1 the brothers. 
 
 la sceur, the sister. les soeurs, the sisters. 
 
 l'oncle, the uncle. les oncles, the uncles. 
 
 la table, the table. mis, put. 
 
 le fauteuil, the arm-chair. sur, on or upon. 
 
 1. Notre oncle a vu la maison et les jardins. 2. Leur 
 tante a aussi vu les jardins. 3. J'ai vu la table et le fau- 
 teuil. 4. J'ai vu les tables et les fauteuils. 5. Nous 
 avons mis les livres sur votre table. 6. Oil avez-vous 
 vu les plumes de mon pere. 7. J'ai vu le crayon, l'ar- 
 doise et les plumes de votre sceur. 8. ' Nous avons achete 
 les portraits que vous avez mis sur la table. 9. Avez- 
 
 1 As the s put at the end of a plural noun is not sounded in French, the 
 only way we have to show that a noun is singular or plural is the proper 
 pronunciation of the preceding article. Pupils must therefore accustom 
 themselves at once to pronounce les, and also mes, tes, ses, etc., long, as 
 if they were written with a grave accent, les, mes, tes. ses. 
 
20 EXERCISES. 
 
 vous requ les lettres ? 10. Nous avons requ les lettres 
 et les portraits. 
 
 1. Where have you seen my sister's books ? 2. I have 
 lost my brother's pencils. 3. Did you also lose your sis- 
 ter's pens ? 4. We have seen the house and the gardens. 
 5. Has he written his brother's exercises ? 6. Where 
 did you put the letters ? 7. I have put the letters on 
 the arm-chair. 8. Has she seen the portraits which I 
 have put on her table ? 9. We have seen my daughter's 
 exercises. 10. She has lost her brother's pencil and pens. 
 11. Where and when did you buy your grammar ? 
 
 10. 
 
 (1) An adjective always agrees in number (as well 
 as in gender) with the noun which it qualifies. 
 
 (2) Adjectives form their plural, like nouns, by 
 adding s to the singular. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 petit (m.). petits (m.). 
 
 petite (f.). petites (f.). 
 
 bon (m.). bons (in.), 
 
 bonne (f.). bonnes (f.). 
 
 mediant (m.), naughty. mechants (m.). 
 
 mechante (f.). mechantes (f). 
 
 aimable (m. and f.). aimables (m. and f.). 
 
 1' enfant, the child. la chambre, the room. 
 
 l'ami, the friend. la montre, the watch. 
 
 ils sont (m), they are. ils ont (in ), they have. 
 
 elles sont (£.), they are. elles ont (£.), they have. 
 
 1. Les enfants de votre frere sont tres aimables. 
 2. Les amis de mon oncle sont tres riches. 3. Les 
 
EXERCISES. 21 
 
 montres de notre oncle et de notre tante scmt jolies. 
 
 4. Avez-vous vu les fils et les filles de notre ami ? 
 
 5. Les fils sont aimables, mais les lilies sont me- 
 chantes. 6. J'ai vu dans le jardin les enfants de votre 
 frere, ils sont tres jeunes. 7. Les mouchoirs que ina 
 sceur a mis sur la table sont tres jolis. 8. Avez-vous 
 vu les petites Cannes de mon frere ? 9. Les enfants de 
 ma soeur sont tres aimables. 10. Les fils de ma soeur 
 sont petits, mais les filles sont grandes. 
 
 1. You have taken the little books. 2. Did you see 
 my uncle's little children ? 3. My brother's pencils are 
 good, my sister's pens are bad. 4. My friend's' rooms 
 are very large. 5. My father's houses are small. 6. We 
 have seen your uncle's daughters, they are very pretty 
 and very amiable. 7. Where did you see our friend's 
 children ? 8. Are they tall ? 9. Are they pretty ? 
 10. You have seen my son's exercises ; are they good ? 
 
 11. 
 
 (1) An adjective qualifying two or more nouns 
 masculine, must be masculine plural. 
 
 (2) An adjective qualifying two or more nouns 
 feminine, must be feminine plural. 
 
 (3) An adjective qualifying two or more nouns of 
 different genders, must be masculine plural. 
 
 parle, spoken. souvent, often. 
 
 1. Le pere et le fils sont grands. 2. La mere et la fille 
 sont grandes. 3. L'oncle et la tante sont petits. 4. J'ai 
 vu votre fils et votre fille dans le jardin de ma tante, ils 
 sont tres jolis et tres aimables. 5. Nous avons vu les 
 
22 EXERCISES. 
 
 tables et les fauteuils de votre oncle, ils sont tres hauts. 
 6. Ou avez-vous vu les plumes de ma soeur ? 7. J'ai vu les 
 plumes et les crayons de votre soeur sur la table, ils sont 
 tres bons. 8. Nons avons parle a la mere, a la tante et 
 a la fille, elles sont tres bonnes et tres aimables. 9. J'ai 
 souvent vu le fils et la tille de votre oncle. 10. Sont-ils 
 tres jolis ? 11. Ils sont tres jeunes et tres jolis. 
 
 1. The daughter, the mother, and the aunt are very 
 amiable. 2. The son, the father, and the uncle are very 
 good. 3. We have often spoken to your uncle and (to) 
 your aunt ; they are young and amiable. 4. Are they 
 rich ? 5. They are very poor. 6. I have seen your 
 friend's arm-chairs and tables ; they are pretty, but 
 very high. 7. Your daughter's pens and pencils are- 
 good. 8. Did you often speak to your friend's aunt 
 and mother ? 9. Are they poor ? 10. They are poor, 
 but amiable. 11. When did you see her book ? 
 
 12. 
 
 (1) The past participle of a verb 1 coming after any 
 forms of to be agrees in gender and number, like all 
 adjectives, with the subject. 
 
 (2) The following ten past participles are always 
 used in French with to be : — 
 
 alle, gone. devenu, become. 
 
 sorti, gone out. arrive, arrived. 
 
 parti, gone away, departed, set out, left, entre, entered, come in. 
 
 venu, come. reste, remained, stayed. 
 
 revenu, come back, returned. tombe, fallen. 
 
 1 See § 57 for the definition of a past participle. 
 
EXERCISES. 23 
 
 Before any plural noun use mes for my : tes for 
 thy ; ses for his, her, its; nos for our; vos for your; 
 leurs for their. 
 
 1. Oil sont-elles allees ? 2. Mes freres sont sortis. 
 3. Leurs soeurs sont parties. 4. Nous avons vu votre 
 oncle, ses fils sont venus. 5. Tes filles sont revenues. 
 6. Kos tantes sont entrees dans la maison. 7. Elles sont 
 devenues tres pauvres. 8. Sont-ils restes dans la maison ? 
 9. Les lettres sont arrivees. 10. Ma soeur est tombee 
 dans le jardin. 11. Vos freres et vos soeurs sont re venus. 
 12. Nous avons achete leur maison et leurs jardins. 
 
 1. I have seen thy sisters in the garden, they are ar- 
 rived. 2. My uncles have become rich. 3. Has she 
 come also ? 4. Our brothers are gone out. 5. My sis- 
 ters have remained in the garden. 6. They are de- 
 parted. 7. Have you seen my sons and my daughters ? 
 they have become very tall. 8. Her exercises are diffi- 
 cult. 9. My sisters have fallen. 10. Where did they 
 fall ? 11. Your brothers have entered (in) the house. 
 12. Their rooms are very large. 
 
 13. 
 
 Before a masculine noun singular beginning with a 
 consonant, use du for of the or from the ; au for to 
 the or at the. 
 
 le frere, the brother. 
 
 du frere, of ov from the brother. 
 
 au frere, to the brother. 
 
 le professeur, the -professor. le cadeau, the present. 
 
 le medecin, the doctor. vendu, sold. 
 
 le prince, the prince. prete, lent. donne, given. 
 
24 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. J'ai donne mes livres au frere du medecin. 2. Nous 
 avons vendu notre maison a l'oncle du professeur. 3. Le 
 jardin du prince est tres grand. 4. Ma tille a recu mi 
 cadeau de la tante du medecin. 5. Avez-vous parle au 
 prince ? 6. Elle a prete sa grammaire au fils du profes- 
 seur. 7. A-t-elle recu une lettre du prince ? 8. A-t-il 
 vendu ses livres au medecin ? 9. J'ai prete ma canne au 
 professeur. 10. Nous avons vendu nos maisons et nos 
 jardins au fils du prince. 11. Nos enfants sont partis, 
 mais vos sceurs sont restees. 
 
 1. The father, of the father, to the father. 2. The 
 prince, of the prince, to the prince. 3. The garden, of 
 the garden, to the garden. 4. The present, of the pres- 
 ent, to the present. 5. The arm-chair, of the arm-chair, 
 to the arm-chair. 6. My brother has lent his handker- 
 chief to the doctor's son. 7. We have sold our house to 
 the professor's brother. 8. Has she given her books, her 
 pens, and her pencils, to the prince's son ? 9. He has 
 received a present from the professor. 10. My brothers 
 have written to the prince. 11. Did you speak to the 
 prince's father ? 12. She has given a book to the doctor. 
 
 13. The son and the daughter of the prince have arrived. 
 
 14. The doctor's house is very small. 15. Did you re- 
 ceive a letter from the professor ? 16. Our daughters 
 have become tall. 17. Your friends have arrived. 
 
 14. 
 
 Before a feminine noun singular beginning with a 
 consonant, use de la for of the or from the ; a la for to 
 the or at the. 
 
 la soeur, the sister. 
 
 de la soeur, of or from the sister. 
 
 a la soeur, to the sister. 
 
EXERCISES. 25 
 
 la modiste, the milliner. offert, offered. 
 
 la bonne, the maid-servant. accepte, accepted. 
 
 la princesse, the princess. appartient, belongs. 
 
 1. Nous avons offert notre rnaison au prince et a la 
 princesse. 2. Avez-vous accepte un cadeau de la fille de 
 votre oncle ? 3. Le petit livre que vous avez vu appar- 
 tient au frere de la bonne. 4. J'ai vendu nion jardin a 
 la modiste. 5. Avez-vous recu une lettre de l'oncle de 
 la princesse ? 6. Elle a parle a la tante clu prince. 7. A- 
 t-il prete sa canne au tils de la modiste ? 8. J'ai donne 
 ma grammaire a la fille du medecin. 9. Elles out vendu 
 leur maison a la tante du professeur. 10. Avez-vous 
 offert un fauteuil a la fille du prince ? 
 
 1. The mother, of the mother, to the mother. 2. The 
 daughter, of the daughter, to the daughter. 3. The 
 maid-servant, of the maid-servant, to the maid-servant. 
 4. The princess, of the princess, to the princess. 5. Of 
 the father, of the mother. 6. To the father, to the 
 mother. 7. The table, the arm-chair. 8. Of the table, 
 of the arm-chair. 9. To the table, to the arm-chair. 
 10. The uncle of the prince and of the princess has de- 
 parted. 11. I have lent my books to the son and to the 
 daughter of the milliner. 12. The pencil belongs to the 
 professor's daughter. 13. Have you given your knife to 
 the maid-servant ? 14. Has she received a letter from 
 the milliner ? 15. They have sold their house to the 
 princess. 16. He has often spoken to the maid-servant's 
 lather. 
 
 15. 
 
 Before all singular nouns, whether masculine or 
 feminine, beginning with a vowel or h mute, use de 1' 
 for of the or from the ; a 1' for to the or at the. 
 
26 EXERCISES. 
 
 1' enfant, the child. 
 
 de l'enfant, of or from the child. 
 
 a l'enfant, to the child. 
 
 V omnibus (m.), the omnibus. la fleur, the flower. 
 
 1' orange (f.), the orange. le chien, the dog. 
 
 l'arbre (in.), the tree. le chat, the cat. 
 
 1. Le livre que vous avez trouve appartient a l'oncle 
 clu prince. 2. Avez-vous vu l'arbre que j'ai vendu a 
 votre pere ? 3. J'ai donne mes fleurs a l'enfant. 4. Ou 
 ont-ils vu le petit chien et le petit chat de l'enfant ? 
 5. Elle a offert une orange a l'ami de mon oncle. 6. J'ai 
 donne nies fleurs a Fhomine qui a trouve votre livre. 
 
 7. II a donne son petit chien a l'enfant du prince. 
 
 8. J'ai vu votre frere dans l'omnibus. 9. Ou ont-ils vu 
 les plumes de l'enfant ? 10. J'ai offert un livre au jeune 
 horn me qui a trouve votre montre. 
 
 1. The water, of the water, to the water. 2. The tree, 
 of the tree, to the tree. 3. The child, the pen, the knife. 
 4. Of the child, of the pen, of the knife. 5. To the 
 child, to the pen, to the knife. 6. The present, the 
 flower, the exercise. 7. Of the present, of the flower, 
 of the exercise. 8. To the present, to the flower, to the 
 exercise. 9. The professor, the princess, the man. 10. ( )f 
 the professor, of the princess, of the man. 11. To the 
 professor, to the princess, to the man. 12. The child's 
 knife is bad. 13. Did you write to the man who has 
 taken your dog ? 14. When did they offer a present to 
 the doctor's uncle ? 15. Your brother has come in the 
 omnibus. 16. I have given my kitten (little cat) to the 
 milliner's child. 17. Did you see the tree which he has 
 sold to my father ? 
 
EXERCISES. 27 
 
 16. 
 
 Before all plural nouns, use des for of the or from 
 the ; aux for to the or at the. 
 
 les freres, the brothers. les soeurs, the sisters. 
 
 des freres, of the brothers. des soeurs, of the sisters. 
 
 aux freres, to the brothers. aux soeurs, to the sisters. 
 
 les enfants, the children. 
 des enfants, of the children. 
 aux enfants, to the children. 
 
 l'avocat, the lawyer. le ministre, the minister. 
 
 le proprietaire, the landlord. le pretre, the priest. 
 
 1. Nous avons ecrit aux soeurs du proprietaire. 2. Elles 
 ont regu une lettre des soeurs de l'avocat. 3. Avez-vous 
 offert vos fleurs a la fille du ministre ? 4. Le grand jar- 
 din que vous avez vu appartient aux fils de l'avocat. 
 
 5. Avez-vous donne vos plumes aux freres du pretre ? 
 
 6. A-t-elle ecrit aux filles du medecin ? 7. A-t-il recu 
 une lettre des fils du proprietaire ? 8. La grande maison 
 appartient au ministre. 9. Elle a parle aux enfants du 
 prince. 10. II a ecrit aux amis de son oncle. 
 
 1. The doctors, of the doctors, to the doctors. 2. The 
 lawyer, of the lawyer, to the lawyer. 3. The lawyers, of 
 the lawyers, to the lawyers. 4. The son, the daughter ; 
 of the son, of the daughter ; to the son, to the daughter. 
 5. The sons, the daughters ; of the sons, of the daugh- 
 ters ; to the sons, to the daughters. 6. The tree, the 
 trees ; of the tree, of the trees ; to the tree, to the trees. 
 
 7. The house, the houses ; of the house, of the houses ; 
 to the house, to the houses. 8. The dog, the dogs ; of 
 the dog, of the dogs ; to the dog, to the dogs. 9. The 
 friend, the friends ; of the friend, of the friends ; to the 
 
28 EXERCISES. 
 
 friend, to the friends. 10. The letter, the letters ; of the 
 letter, of the letters ; to the letter, to the letters. 11. We 
 have given our books and our pens to the children of the 
 landlord. 12. They have written to the minister's sons 
 and daughters. 13. Have you accepted a present from 
 the maid-servant's sisters ? 14. The small garden which 
 you have seen belongs to the lawyer's brothers. 15. Did 
 you speak to your uncle's men ? 
 
 17. 
 
 (1) The comparative is formed by putting plus, more, 
 or moms, less, before an adjective. We therefore say 
 in French more large, more small, more high, etc. (in- 
 stead of larger, smaller, higher), and less large, less 
 small, less high. 
 
 (2) By exception we say meiUeur (better) instead of 
 plus bon. 
 
 plus, more. que, than, as. 
 
 moins, less. peut-etre, perhaps. 
 
 1. Mon frere est plus petit que votre sceur. 2. Ma 
 tante est plus riche que vous. 3. Votre fille est plus 
 petite que mon fils. 4. La chambre de mon pere est plus 
 grande que leur maison. 5. Un medecin est plus utile 
 qu'un avocat. 6. Vos filles sont tres aimables, elles sont 
 plus aimables que mes sceurs. 7. Mon crayon est peut- 
 etre meilleur que votre plume. 8. Mon frere est moins 
 jeune que votre oncle. 9. J'ai vu vos sceurs dans le jar- 
 din, elles sont plus jolies que les filles du proprietaire. 
 10. Leurs arbres sont plus hauts que votre maison. 
 
 1. The dog is more useful than the cat. 2. She is 
 younger than you. 3. The doctor's daughter is prettier 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 29 
 
 than the princess. 4. Your house is perhaps smaller 
 than my room. 5. Their brothers are very rich, they 
 are richer than we. 6. My daughter is taller than your 
 sister. 7. Did you see their sisters ? they are prettier 
 than my daughter. 8. A lawyer is less useful than a 
 doctor. 9. Your house is higher than our trees. 10. His 
 aunt is richer than your landlord. 11. Did you offer my 
 flowers to the minister's daughter ? 12. Your children 
 have arrived and are in the garden. 13. My sisters 
 have become very poor. 14. Have you accepted the gift 
 of the princesses ? 
 
 18. 
 
 Pronouns, in French, must agree in gender and 
 number with the nouns for which they stand. 
 
 In the sentence : My pencil is larger than hers, mon crayon est plus 
 grand que le sien, the pronoun le sien must he masculine singular, 
 because crayon, the noun which it represents, is masculine singular. 
 In the sentence : My watch is larger than thine, ma montre est plus 
 grande que la tienne, the pronoun la tienne must be feminine singular, 
 because the noun montre, for which it stands, is feminine singular. 
 
 MASCULINE SINGULAR. 
 
 FEMININE SINGULAR. 
 
 
 le mien, 
 
 la mienne, 
 
 mine. 
 
 le tien, 
 
 la tienne, 
 
 thine. 
 
 le sien, 
 
 la sienne, 
 
 his, hers, its 
 
 le notre, 
 
 la notre, 
 
 ours. 
 
 le votre, 
 
 la votre, 
 
 yours. 
 
 le leur, 
 
 la leur, 
 
 theirs. 
 
 MASCULINE PLURAL. 
 
 FEMININE PLURAL. 
 
 
 les miens, 
 
 les miennes, 
 
 mine. 
 
 les tiens, 
 
 les tiennes, 
 
 thine. 
 
 les siens, 
 
 les siennes, 
 
 his, her, its. 
 
 les notres, 
 
 les notres, 
 
 ours. 
 
 les votres, 
 
 les votres, 
 
 yours. 
 
 les leurs, 
 
 les leurs, 
 
 theirs. 
 
30 EXERCISES. 
 
 Louis, Louis. Louise, Louisa. 
 
 Jean, John. Jeanne, Jane. 
 
 1. La chambre de mon frere est plus grande que la 
 mienne, mais la mienne est plus jolie que la sienne. 
 2. Votre maison est plus haute que la leur. 3. Leur 
 table est plus petite que la votre. 4. Mon frere a une 
 fleur qui est plus jolie que la tienne. 5. Votre plume est 
 meilleure que la mienne, mais mon crayon est meilleur 
 que le votre. 6. Avez-vous vu le portrait de ma sceur ? 
 le votre est meilleur que le sien. 7. Louise a pris mes 
 plumes et les tiennes. 8. Jean a perdu les siennes. 
 
 9. Les fleurs de Jeanne sont plus jolies que les votres. 
 
 10. Le cadeau que vous avez reeu est plus joli que le 
 mien. 11. Vos plumes sont bonnes, mais les miennes et 
 les siennes sont meilleures que les votres. 12. Votre 
 maison est plus haute que la notre et que la leur. 
 
 1. Her father is richer than ours. 2. His 1 aunt is 
 richer than mine. 3. My watch is larger than his. 
 4. My son has given his book to his sister, who has lost 
 hers. 5. Did you find a dog ? 6. They have lost theirs. 
 7. My garden is larger than yours, but your house is 
 larger than mine. 8. The lawyer's daughters are taller 
 than yours. 9. John has sold his watch, which is larger 
 than mine. 10. Jane has lost hers. 11. I have lost your 
 letters and his in the landlord's garden. 12. My books 
 are more useful than theirs. 13. Your pencils are better 
 than ours, but our pens are better than yours. 
 
 1 Bis is sometimes an adjective, sometimes a pronoun. When it comes 
 before a noun, it is an adjective and translated by son, sa, ses, as his book 
 or his small books. When it is used instead of a noun, it is a pronoun and 
 is translated by le sien, la sienne, les siens, les siennes. . 
 
EXERCISES. 31 
 
 1©. 
 
 This or that placed before a noun (as this or that 
 book) or before an adjective followed by its noun (as 
 this or that excellent book) is an adjective, and must 
 be translated by 
 
 ce, before a masculine noun or adjective beginning 
 
 with a consonant ; 
 cet, before a masculine noun or adjective beginning 
 
 with a vowel or h mute ; 
 cette, before any feminine noun or adjective. 
 
 ce livre, this or that book. cet excellent livre, this or that excellent book. 
 cet hotel, this or that hotel, ce petit hotel, this or that little hotel. 
 cette table, this or that table, cette eau, this or that water. 
 
 These or those placed before a noun, or before an ad- 
 jective followed by its noun, is an adjective, and must 
 be translated by ces before all nouns or adjectives. 
 
 ces livres, these or those books. ces excellents livres, these or those 
 
 excellent books. 
 ces hotels, these or those hotels. ces petits hotels, these or those small 
 
 hotels. 
 ces tables, these or those tables. ces jolies tables, these or those pretty 
 
 tables. 
 la porte, the door. ouvert, opened. 
 
 la fenetre, the window. ferme, shut. 
 
 appartiennent, belong (3d person plural). 
 
 1. Quand avez-vous achete cette table ? 2. Ce prince 
 a perdu sa mere. 3. Cette eau est tres bonne. 4. J'ai 
 vendu a leur pere ce jardin et cette maison. 5. Avez- 
 vous vu la maison de cet avocat ? 6. Avez-vous doune 
 une orange a cet enfant ? 7. Cette orange est plus petite 
 
32 exp:rcises. 
 
 que la votre, mais elle est meilleure. 8. Avez-vous ferme 
 cette porte et ces fenetres ? 9. Oil ont-ils mis ces fleurs 
 et ces oranges ? 10. Ces arbres sont plus hauts que les 
 notres. 11. J'ai offert un cadeau a ces jolis petits en- 
 fants. 12. Jeanne a achete ces tables et ces fauteuils. 
 
 1. This child has lost his father and his mother. 
 2. That cat is prettier than ours. 3. When did you buy 
 that large house ? 4. That exercise is difficult. 5. That 
 short exercise is very difficult. 6. That man has de- 
 parted. 7. That tree is higher than theirs. 8. Did you 
 see that prince's daughter ? 9. Did you receive those 
 books from the lawyer ? 10. That house and those gar- 
 dens belong to my sister. 11. The landlord's uncle has 
 given those trees to my brother. 12. Did you open these 
 doors and these windows ? 13. These flowers are pret- 
 tier than his. 
 
 20. 
 
 When this or that, instead of being placed before a 
 noun, stands instead of a noun, it is a pronoun, 1 and 
 is translated by celui, masculine, or celle, feminine. 
 
 gai, cheerful, merry. encore, still, yet, again. 
 
 1. Votre chambre est plus grande que celle de Louis. 
 2. Celle de Jean est plus gaie que la mienne. 3. Cet hotel 
 est plus riche que celui de mon oncle. 4. Avez-vous vu 
 celui (the one) que notre proprietaire a achete ? 5. J'ai 
 offert a Jean mon portrait et celui de Louise. 6. La 
 montre de Jean est plus petite que la mienne, mais celle 
 
 1 A pronoun is a word standing for a noun before mentioned, to avoid its 
 repetition. Observe that this distinction between this, that, these, those, 
 when adjectives and when pronouns, is of the greatest importance, and, if 
 studied well by the pupil, will save him much trouble afterwards. 
 
ui c 
 
 EXERCISES. 33 
 
 de ma soeur est encore plus petite. 7. Notre jardin est 
 plus grand que celui de l'avocat. 8. Ce chien appartient 
 a mon frere, mais celui que vous avez vu dans notre jardin 
 appartient au professeur. 9. Votre fenetre est plus haute 
 que celle de mon frere, mais celle de mon oncle est encore 
 plus haute. 10. Ces homines sont restes dans la maison. 
 11. Les sceurs de Louis sont plus jolies que les votres, 
 mais les votres sont plus aimables. 
 
 1. The dog which you have given to my aunt is very 
 little, but that of John is still smaller. 2. This tree is 
 very high, it is higher than the landlord's (than that of 
 the landlord). 3. Your house is larger than my aunt's 
 (than that of my aunt). 4. His watch is bad, but John's 
 is still worse. 5. This table is pretty, but my mother's 
 is still prettier. 6. Their son is taller than the lawyer's. 
 7. Jane's book is more useful than Louisa's. 8. The 
 knife which you have found in your father's garden is 
 better than my brother's. 9. Your brother has arrived, 
 but Louisa's has departed. 10. These doctors have 
 arrived and have found these pencils. 11. Did they 
 write those letters to their children ? 12. Where did 
 you buy that book and that pen ? 
 
 21. 
 
 When these or those, instead of being placed before 
 a noun, stands instead of a noun, it is a pronoun, and 
 is translated by the masculine ceux, or the feminine 
 celles. 
 
 la bottine, the boot. la pomme, the apple. 
 
 la robe, the dress. apportez-moi, bring me. 
 
 le Soulier, the shoe. donnez-moi, give me. 
 
 le gant, the glove. montrez-nous, show us. 
 
34 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Donnez-moi mes bottines et celles de Jean. 2. Ap- 
 portez-moi aussi celles de raon frere. 3. Oil avez-vous vu 
 mes gants et ceux de Louise ? 4. J'ai vu les votres sur la 
 table, et ceux de Louise dans la chambre de sa mere. 
 5. Montrez-nous ces petites fleurs, elles sont plus jolies 
 que celles de ma tante. 6. Vos souliers sont plus grands 
 que ceux de Jean. 7. Ces pommes sont plus petites que 
 celles du proprietaire, mais elles sont meilleures. 8. Les 
 robes de ma sceur sont plus grandes que celles de 
 Jeanne. 9. Apportez-moi mes gants et ceux de mon 
 frere. 
 
 1. These windows are higher than those of your hotel. 
 2. Did they sell your flowers and your mother's (those 
 of your mother) ? 3. Bring me your boots and your 
 father's. 4. These rooms are more cheerful than those 
 of your house. 5. She has received that watch from the 
 prince, and those gloves from the princess. 6. Bring 
 me the flowers which you have, and those which are in 
 my room. 7. Show us your portrait and your aunt's. 
 8. He has given to the doctor's daughter your apples, 
 mine, and those of your sister Louisa. 9. Give me your 
 stick and John's. 10. Your boots have fallen on this 
 table. 11. These children have lost their father and 
 mother and have become very poor. 12. That table is 
 higher than mine. 13. My aunt has opened those small 
 rooms. 
 
 22. 
 
 un, une, one. cinq, 1 five. neuf, nine. 
 
 deux, two. six, six. \ ^lix, ten. 
 
 . trois, three." sept, seven. onze, eleven. 
 
 quatre, four. huit, eight. douze, twelve. 
 
 1 In the six numbers cinq, six, sept, huit, neuf, dix, the final consonant 
 is mute when the noun or adjective following them begins with a consonant 
 
EXERCISES. 35 
 
 treize, thirteen. seize, sixteen. dix-neuf, nineteen. 
 
 quatorze, fourteen. dix-sept, seventeen. vingt, twenty. 
 quinze, fifteen, dix-huit, eighteen. 
 
 le franc, the franc (about 18 cents). . ( there is. 
 
 ily a, | 
 
 la chaise, the chair. ' ( there are. 
 
 un an, one year or a year. une semaine, one week or a week. 
 
 un mois, one month or a month. un jour, one day or a day. 
 
 font, make (3d pers. plur. of the pres. indie). 
 
 1. II y a trois crayons et treize plumes sur cette table. 
 
 2. Get homme a sept enfants, deux fils, et cinq filles. 
 
 3. Louise a recji clix lettres de ses freres, de ses sceurs, 
 et de ses oncles. 4. Nous avons trouve dix-neuf pom- 
 mes dans le jarclin. 5. II y a dans cette chambre six 
 chaises, deux fauteuils, et une table. 6. Ses cinq freres 
 sont revenus de Paris. 7. Douze mois font un an. 
 8. Donnez-moi dix-huit francs. 9. Elle a vu onze chaises 
 et trois fauteuils dans votre chambre. 10. J'ai recu seize 
 lettres cette semaine. 11. II y a quinze arbres dans ce 
 jardin. 12. Apportez-moi les douze mouchoirs que vous 
 avez mis sur ma table. 
 
 1. I have found three pens on your table. 2. Where 
 did you find those eighteen francs ? 3. There are six 
 large trees in our garden. 4. They have received nine 
 letters from their uncles, (from) their aunts, and (from) 
 their mother. 5. Give me five francs for your brother. 
 6. There are in this house seven doors and sixteen 
 windows. 7. We have in our room one arm-chair, five 
 chairs, and one table. 8. My four brothers have gone to 
 Paris. 9. There are eleven trees in my father's garden. 
 
 or an aspirate h, as in cinq fenetres, cinq grandes fenetres, cinq hautes 
 fenetres. Tn all other cases that final consonant is sounded, as in cinq 
 alone or placed at the end of a clause ; as cinq enfants, cinq aimables 
 personnes, j'en ai vu cinq qui sont tres aimables. 
 
36 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 10. We have found fifteen pencils, seventeen pens, and 
 thirteen books in your room. 11. Bring me nineteen 
 francs. 12. The year has twelve months. 13. Seven 
 days make a week. 
 
 23. 
 
 (1) The conjunction and is often introduced in an 
 English number (two hundred and thirty-five, four 
 hundred and twenty, etc.), but in French the con- 
 junction et is used only in the six following num- 
 bers : 21 (vingt-et-un). 31, 41, 51, 61, 71. 
 
 (2) Hyphens connect the different parts of any French number 
 from 17 to 99, either when that number is alone (trente-sept) or when 
 it is part of a larger number (deux cent trente-sept). 
 
 (3) Neither a nor one are expressed before cent (a hundred) or 
 mille (a thousand). 
 
 vingt, twenty. 
 vingt-et-un, 1 twenty-one. 
 vingt-deux^ twenty-two. 
 vingt-trois, etc., twenty-three, etc. 
 trente, thirty. 
 trente-et-un, thirty -one. 
 trente-deux, thirty-two. 
 trente-trois, etc., thirty-three, etc. 
 quarante, forty. 
 quarante-et-un, forty-one. 
 quarante-deux, forty -two. 
 cinquante, fifty. 
 cinquante-et-un, fifty-one. 
 cinquante-deux, fifty-two. 
 soixante, sixty. 
 soixante-et-un, sixty-one. 
 
 soixante-deux, sixty-two. 
 soixante-trois, etc., sixty-three, etc. 
 soixante-dix, seventy. 
 soixante-et-onze, seventy-one. 
 soixante-douze, seventy-two. 
 soixante-treize, etc., seventy-three, etc. 
 quatre-vingts, eighty. 
 quatre- vingt-un, eighty-one. 
 quatre-vingt-deux, eighty-two. 
 quatre-vingt-dix, ninety. 
 quatre- vingt-onze , n l nety-one. 
 quatre- vingt-douze, n inety-two. 
 cent, one hundred. 
 cent un, one hundred and one. 
 mille, one thousand. 
 un million, one million. 
 
 1. L'an dix-huit cent soixante-neuf. 2. J'ai recu trois 
 mille deux cent quatre-vingt-deux francs. 3. J'ai achete 
 
 l In all numbers un becomes une before a feminine noun. 
 
EXERCISES. 37 
 
 soixante-deux arbres. 4. Jeanne a perdu ses vingt-et-une 
 lettres. 5. Cinquante-deux semaines font un an. 6. Mon 
 oncle a vendu deux cent cinquante montres a sa soeur. 
 7. II y a 44 arbres dans ce jardin. 8. 11 a perdu 512 
 francs. 9. Nous avons vu 6,000 homines. 10. Montrez- 
 moi ces vingt oranges. 
 
 1. 21, 24, 27. 2. 31. 35, 38. 3. 41, 49, 52. 4. 61. 71, 
 73. (3.J77, 78, 79. C6J81, 85, 88. f7.)89, 90, 93. [8J 96, 
 98, 99. 9. 103, 113, 123. 10. 222, 333, 444. 11. 20 and 
 20 make 40. 12. They have lost 58 pencils. 13. There 
 are 555 books in that room. 14. She has lost 777 francs. 
 15. That house has 24 rooms. 16. There are 52 weeks 
 in a year. 17. The year 1892 (dix-huit cent ....). 
 18. There are 61 men who have fallen in the garden. 
 
 24. 
 
 (1) With the exceptions only of premier (first) and 
 second ] (second), the ordinal number is formed by 
 adding -ieme to the cardinal, as trois, troisieme. 
 
 (2) If the cardinal ends in e, the e is suppressed before adding 
 -ieme, as quatre, quatrieme ; trente, trentieme. 
 
 (3) Whenever a q is followed by two or more vowels, the first of 
 them must always be u ; cinq will therefore make cinquieme. 
 
 (4) For the sake of euphony, the f of neuf, dix-neuf, etc., is changed 
 into v before -ieme : neuvieme, dix-neuvieme, etc. 
 
 premier (m. ) , first, premiere (f . ). quatrieme, fourth. 
 
 second or deuxieme, second. cinquieme, .fifth. 
 
 troisieme, third sixieme, etc , sixth, etc. 
 
 1 The French has two words for second: 1st, second (pronounce ce-gon); 
 2d, the regular ordinal number deuxieme. Strictly speaking, le second is 
 the second of only two: le deuxieme is the second of more than two The 
 second floor will be called in a house two stories high le second etage (or 
 simply le second), in a house three or four stories high le deuxieme etage 
 (or simply le deuxieme). 
 
38 EXERCISES. 
 
 vingtieme, twentieth. centieme, hundredth. 
 
 vingt-et-unieme, twenty-first. millieme, thousandth. 
 
 vingt-deuxieme, etc., twenty -second, etc. dernier, last. 
 
 dimanche (m.), Sunday. jeudi (m.), Thursday. 
 
 lundi (m.), Monday. vendredi (m.) Friday. 
 
 mardi (m.), Tuesday. samedi (m.), Saturday. 
 mercredi (m.), Wednesday. 
 
 la classe, the class. l'eleve (m. or f.), the pupil. 
 
 la partie, the part. je suis, / am. 
 
 1. Je suis la premiere de ma classe. 2. Jeanne est 
 la 1 onzieme. 3. Louise est la derniere. 4. II y a vingt- 
 cinq eleves dans cette classe. 5. Jean est le premier. 
 6. Mon frere est le deuxieme. 7. Je suis le troisieme. 
 8. Louis est le quatrieme. 9. Charles est le dernier. 
 10. Six est la cinquieme partie de trente. 11. Le sa- 
 medi est le septieme jour de la semaine. 12. Le di- 
 manche est le premier. 
 
 1. 3, 3d. 2. 7, 7th. 3. 13, 13th. 4. 19, 19th. 5. 31, 
 31st. 6. 32, 32d. 7. 85, 85th. 8. 97, 97th. 9. 211, 
 211th. 10. 555, 555th. 11. Tuesday is the third day 
 of the week. 12. Thursday is the fifth. 13. Saturday 
 is the last. 14. Sunday is the first. 15. Wednesday is 
 the fourth. 16. Monday is the second. 17. Friday is 
 the sixth. 18. A month is the twelfth part of a year 
 (une annee). 
 
 25. 
 
 (1) Use the ordinal number premier for the first 
 day of a month, and the cardinal numbers for the 
 other days. 
 
 (2) The English word on used before days and 
 dates is never translated in French. 
 
 1 By exception, no letter is elided before onze or onzieme. 
 
EXERCISES. 39 
 
 Janvier (m.), January. juillet (m.), July. 
 
 fevrier (m.), February. aout (ni.), August. 
 
 mars (m.), March. septembre (m.), September. 
 
 avril (m.), April. octobre (m.), October. 
 
 mai (in.), May. novembre (m.), November. 
 
 juin (in.), June. decembre (m.), December. 
 
 nous sommes, we are. vous etes, you are. 
 
 le cousin, la cousine, the cousin, le voisin, la voisine, the neighbor. 
 
 pourquoi, why. 
 
 1, Mes cousins sont partis 1 de Paris le l er fevrier. 
 2. lis sont arrives le 3. 3. Avez-vous parle a votre 
 cousine quand elle est venue le 13 juin ? 4. Votre 
 voisine est revenue jeudi dernier. 5. J'ai ecrit a raon 
 oncle et a ma cousine le 10 mars. 6. Quand avez-vous 
 recu une lettre de votre tante ? 7. J ? ai recu une lettre 
 de ma tante samedi dernier. 8. Elle a offert ce livre a 
 votre soeur vendredi. 9. Nous sommes partis de Glas- 
 gow le 15 decembre. 10. Xous sommes arrives le 17. 
 11. Pourquoi avez-vous donne votre montre a Louise 
 mercredi ? 12. Oii avez-vous mis le mouchoir que vous 
 avez trouve mardi ? 
 
 1. The 14th of 2 July, 1789. 2. The 22d of Septem- 
 ber, 1792. 3. The 24th of February, 1848. 4. They 
 (are) arrived on Saturday. 5. She (has) found that book 
 and those pencils on Friday. 6. Where did you go on 
 Tuesday last ? 7. We (have) departed on the 1st of 
 June. 8. My sister (has) lost her watch on Sunday. 
 9. Where did you see the handkerchief which I (have) 
 lost on Wednesday ? 10. Did you speak to your aunt 
 on Monday? 11. I saw (have seen) your father on 
 
 1 The two Rules in § 40 should be studied before reading this paragraph 
 and the next one. 
 
 2 This oj had better be left out in French, as it is scarcely ever used now. 
 
40 EXERCISES. 
 
 Thursday. 12. Show me these fifteen letters. 13. Those 
 tour windows are higher than ours. 
 
 26. 
 
 (1) The adjective tout cannot, like the English 
 whole, be preceded by the article le, la, les, or un, une. 
 The whole house, for instance, must be turned into all 
 the house, the whole town into all the town, etc. 
 
 (2) The same adjective tout forms the following 
 idioms : — 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 tout (m.), toute (f.), tous (m.), toutes (f.), all, whole, every. 
 tout le monde, everybody, every one. tous les jours, every day. 
 tous les ans, every year. tous les dimanches, every Sunday. 
 
 tous les mois, every month. tous les lundis, every Monday, 
 
 toutes les ssmaines, every week. and so on for each day. 
 
 arrose, watered. autre, other. 
 
 visite, visited. meme, same. 
 
 il aime, he likes. la ville, the town. 
 
 lu, read. 
 
 1. Tous mes crayons sont mauvais. 2. Toutes les filles 
 de l'avocat sont jeunes. 3. Avez-vous arrose toutes mes 
 fleurs ? 4. J'ai arrose toutes les votres et toutes les 
 miennes. 5. Elle a visite toute la ville. 6. Elle a aehete 
 la meme robe, les memes gants, et les memes fleurs que 
 vous. 7. Tout le monde aime les enfants du medecin. 
 8. Avez-vous arrose mon jardin tous les jours ? 9. Ont- 
 ils lu les autres lettres ? 10. A-t-elle visite tout le 
 jardin? 11. A-t-il ecrit a sa mere tous les jeudis ? 
 12. Donnez-moi toutes ces lettres et tous ces portraits. 
 
 1. That garden belongs to everybody. 2. She has vis- 
 ited my mother every week. 3. Did you see the other 
 pupils? 4. Jane has seen the same man as (que) you. 
 
EXERCISES. 41 
 
 5. Everybody likes that poor man's daughters. 6. Did 
 you visit the whole house ? 7. Bring me my other boots. 
 8. Give me the same books and the same pens. 9. Has 
 he watered all his flowers ? 10. He has watered all 
 yours and all his (own). 11. She has written to her 
 sister every Friday. 12. The whole grammar is useful. 
 
 27. 
 
 Nouns of quantity and measure require the preposi- 
 tion de or d' (without the article) before the noun 
 which they modify. 
 
 le metre, the metre = 3 ft. 3^ in. 
 
 le kilogramme, the kilogramme = 2 lbs. 3| oz. 
 
 la douzaine, the dozen. 
 
 la demi-douzaine, the half dozen. 
 
 le demi-kilogramme, the half kilogram me. la livre, the pound. 
 
 le litre, the litre = If pints. la demi-livre, the half pound. 
 
 une paire, a pair. une bouteille, a bottle. 
 
 un panier, a basket. un verre, a glass. 
 
 une carafe, a carafe or decanter. une tasse, a cup. 
 
 le drap, the cloth. le the, the tea. 
 
 le sucre, the sugar. le cafe, the coffee. 
 
 la fraise, the strawberry. le vin, the wine. 
 
 le beurre, the butter. la biere, the beer, the ale. 
 
 1. lis ont achete un litre de vin, un demi-kilogramme 
 de cafe, et un panier de fraises. 2. Apportez-moi une 
 tasse de cafe et un verre d'eau. 3. Donnez-moi une autre 
 tasse de cafe. 4. Ma tante a achete pour sa fille trois 
 kilogrammes de beurre et deux kilogrammes de sucre. 
 5. Jean et son frere ont recu de leur oncle une douzaine 
 de bouteilles de vin. 6. Elle a offert a sa cousine cinq 
 metres de drap, deux paires de bottines, dix kilogrammes 
 de sucre, et cinq kilogrammes de beurre. 7. Donnez-moi 
 
42 EXERCISES. 
 
 une carafe d'eau. 8. J'ai donne deux paniers de fraises 
 a ma soeur. 9. J'ai offert une tasse de the a ma tante, et 
 une tasse de cafe a mon oncle. 10. Ma cousine a pris 
 un verre de vin, et mon cousin un verre de biere. 
 
 1. Did you give a glass of water to that poor woman ? 
 2. She has taken a cup of tea. 3. We have received 
 from our uncle six bottles of wine, two pounds of tea, 
 one pound of coffee, three pounds of sugar, and four 
 baskets of strawberries. 4. My sister has bought a 
 dozen pocket-handkerchiefs. 5. He has taken a glass of 
 beer. 6. Bring us a carafe of water. 7. She has bought 
 one pair of boots and two pairs of shoes. 8. She has 
 received from her aunt two pairs of pretty gloves. 
 9. Give me a glass of beer. 10. There are a dozen (of) 
 pupils in his class. 11. I have given (to) my sister 
 half a dozen handkerchiefs and three pairs of gloves. 
 12. Where did you buy that half dozen chairs ? 
 
 28. 
 
 Adverbs of quantity require the preposition de 
 (without the article) before the noun which they 
 modify. 1 
 
 r much, a great beaucoup d'argent, much or a ureal 
 beaucoup, < e/eal, plenty. deal of money. 
 
 ( many. beaucoup d'hommes, many men. 
 
 { little. peu d'eau, little water. 
 
 ' [few. peu de livres, few boohs. 
 
 ( enough. assez de viande, meat enough. 
 
 ( enough. assez de pommes, apples enough. 
 
 \ more. plus d'argent, more money. 
 
 \ more. plus d'amis, more friends. 
 
 1 The only exception is the adverb bien (a great many); it requires the 
 article as well as de before the next noun. Ex.: beaucoup de livres, bien 
 des livres. 
 
EXERCISES. 43 
 
 le pain, the bread. le sel, the salt. 
 
 la viande, the meat. le poivre, the pepper. 
 
 le lait, the milk. le fromage, (he cheese. 
 
 l'argent (m.), the money, the silver. voulez-vous ? will you have? 
 prenez, take. or, do you wish ? 
 
 ou, or. 
 
 1. Voulez-vous un peu de pain et de * lait ? 2. Prenez 
 plus de beurre. 3. Avez-vous assez de viande ? 4. Elle 
 a peu de pain, mais elle a beaucoup de pommes. 5. Vous 
 avez donne beaucoup de fromage a Louis. 6. Notre pro- 
 prietaire a plus d'enfants que le votre. 7. Voulez-vous 
 un peu plus de sel et de poivre ? 8. Avez-vous assez de 
 crayons? 9. J'ai plus de pain que vous, mais vous 
 avez plus de lait. 10. Donnez-moi un peu de pain. 
 11. Prenez un peu de beurre. 12. Voulez-vous plus de 
 sucre ou plus de cafe ? 
 
 1. There are more flowers in your garden than in 
 ours. 2. Have you meat enough ? 3. Give me a little 
 milk. 4. Will you have a little salt or pepper ? 5. Take 
 a little 2 of this meat, it is very good. 6. Louis has 
 more children than you. 7. There are many omnibuses 
 in this city. 8. You have taken mam oranges. 9. My 
 daughter has more money than yours, but your son has 
 more books than mine. 10. Take a glass of water. 11. I 
 have plenty of books, but I have little money. 12. Will 
 you have a little more meat ? 13. Take more wine. 
 14. Give me a little water. 15. I have taken a cup of 
 milk and a little bread. 
 
 1 Notice the repetition of de before every noun governed by an adverb 
 of quantity. 
 
 2 When peu is used as a noun, it is masculine. 
 
44 EXERCISES. 
 
 29. 
 
 so much. tant de viande, so much meat 
 
 so many. tant d'hommes, so many men 
 
 ( as much. autant de via, as much wine. 
 
 autant, 
 
 tant, 
 
 \ as many. autant d'amis, as many friends, 
 
 too much, too. trop d'eau, too much water ; trc 
 too many. trop d'arbres, too many trees. 
 
 ' \ how many. combien d'enfants, how many children. 
 
 {/ewer. moins de pommes, fewer apples. 
 
 ami (m.), amie (f. ), friend. 
 
 i too much, too. trop d'eau, too much water ; trop petit too little. 
 
 ( how much. combien d' argent, how much moneti. 
 combien, I 
 
 ( less. moins de beurre, less butter 
 moins, 
 
 mange, eaten. bu, drunk. 
 
 1. Mon ami a perdu cette semaine moins d'argent que 
 vous. 2. Combien d'argent avez-vous perdu ? 3. J'ai 
 mange un peu de pain et de fromage, mais j'ai bu trop 
 de vin. 4. Combien d'enfants a-t-elle ? 5. Elle a cinq 
 enfants, quatre fils et une fille. 6. Louise a trop d'amies. 
 7. Avez-vous autant d'amies qu'elle ? 8. Donnez-moi un 
 peu de fromage. 9. Notre proprietaire a moins d'enfants 
 que le votre. 10. II y a trop de fleurs dans ce jardin. 
 11. Louise a autant d'argent que moi. 1 12. Elle a moins 
 d'oranges que lui. 13. Mes exercices sont trop difficiles. 
 14. Vous avez bu trop d'eau. 15. Avez-vous mange 
 autant de fraises que lui ? 
 
 1. Take as many apples as Louisa. 2. Will you have 
 less butter and more cheese ? 3. How many friends 
 have you in that town ? 4. How much money did you 
 receive from the physician ? 5. You have fewer pencils 
 than Jane, but you have more books. 6. He has drunk 
 too much water. 7. There are too many doors and win- 
 dows in that house. 8. Have you enough salt and pep- 
 
 1 Translate / by moi and he by lui, when they are not placed imme- 
 diately before a verb. 
 
EXERCISES. 45 
 
 per? 9. She has put too many books on this table. 
 10. I have drunk more wine than he. 1 11. You have 
 eaten more meat than I. 12. How much money will 
 you have ? 13. How many baskets of strawberries did 
 you put on my table ? 14. Take as much wine as he. 
 15. You have taken too much milk. 
 
 30. 
 Exceptions to the formation of the plural of nouns and 
 
 adjectives. 
 
 (1) Nouns and adjectives ending in s, x, z, are 
 alike in both numbers. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 le fils, the son. les fils, the sons. 
 
 la voix, the voice. les voix, the voices. 
 
 le nez, the nose. les nez, the noses. 
 
 heureux, heureux, happy , fortunate 
 
 (2) Nouns and adjectives ending in -au or -eu take 
 x in the plural. 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 le tableau, the picture. les tableaux, the pictures. 
 
 le bateau, the boat. les bateaux, the boats. 
 
 le chapeau, the hat. les chapeaux, the hats. 
 
 le feu, the fire. les feux, the fires. 
 
 un cheveu, a hair. les cheveux, the hair. 
 
 beau, beaux, beautiful, handsome, fine. 
 
 (3) Nouns and adjectives ending in -al change al 
 into aux. — 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 le cheval, the horse. les chevaux, the horses. 
 
 1' animal, the animal. les animaux, the animals. 
 
 le general, the general. les generaux, the generals. 
 
 egal, egaux, equal. 
 
 principal, principaux, principal. 
 
 1 See foot-note on preceding page. 
 
46 EXERCISES. 
 
 (4) Six nouns ending in -ail change ail into aux : 1 — 
 
 le travail, the work, the labor. les travaux, the works, the labors. 
 
 (5) Six nouns ending in -ou take x : 1 — 
 
 le joujou, the toy. les joujoux, the toijs. 
 
 1. Nous avons vu beaucoup de bateaux. 2. Ces voix 
 sont tres gaies. 3. Vos cheveux sont plus beaux que les 
 miens et que ceux de ma soeur. 4. Oil avez-vous achete 
 ces grands chapeaux ? 5. Les fils et les filles de mon 
 oncle sont beaucoup plus aimables que les enfants de 
 Pavocat. 6. Avez-vous vu nos tableaux ? ils sont beau- 
 coup moins jolis que ceux de votre oncle. 7. Ces enfants 
 sont heureux, ils sont plus heureux que moi. 8. Quand 
 avez-vous regu ces cadeaux ? 9. Louis et Jean sont 
 egaux dans leur classe. 10. Ces animaux sont tres jolis. 
 11. Avez-vous vu les chevaux du prince ? 12. Tes jou- 
 joux sont plus jolis que les miens. 13. J'ai parle a vos 
 deux principaux medecins. 14. Vos travaux sont moins 
 utiles que les leurs. 15. Nous avons autant de chevaux 
 que de chiens. 16. Les trois generaux sont partis pour 
 Paris. 
 
 1. My brother has bought half a dozen pictures. 2. My 
 sister has much more hair than I. 3. These knives are 
 for my sons. 4. They have sold all their boats to my 
 father and my uncle. 5. Your friends are very happy, — 
 their father has come back from Paris. 6. How many 
 boats have you ? 7. Your hats are smaller than ours. 
 
 8. Did you buy these presents for your landlord's sons ? 
 
 9. Have you as many toys as I ? 10. Your generals are 
 more fortunate than ours. 11. This animal is very lit- 
 
 1 The complete list is given in the Appendix, p. 277. 
 
EXERCISES. 47 
 
 tie. 12. These little animals are very beautiful. 13. The 
 works of these men are of little use (little useful). 
 14. Your brother and mine are equal. 15. Your hair is 
 prettier than mine. 16. Your horses are finer than ours- 
 
 31. 
 
 (1) Some or any, which may be either expressed or 
 understood before an English noun, must always be 
 expressed in French, and is translated by — 
 
 du before a noun masculine singular beginning with a consonant ; 
 
 as, du pain. 
 de la before a noun feminine singular beginning with a consonant ; 
 
 as, de la viande. 
 de 1' before a noun masculine or feminine singular beginning with 
 
 a vowel or h mute ; as, de l'eau. 
 des before nouns in the plural ; as, des pommes, des arbres. 
 
 (2) When persons or tilings are spoken of in a gen- 
 eral sense, put le, la, les before the noun. 
 
 (3) The English prepositions, to, at, in, placed be- 
 fore the names of towns, are translated by a. 
 
 la science, science. cher, dear. 
 
 V or (m.), gold. rare, rare. 
 
 l'oiseau, the bird. ce matin, this morning. 
 
 la vie, life, living. court, short. 
 
 nombreux, numerous. Londres, London. 
 
 le libraire, the bookseller. l'encre (f.), the ink. 
 
 le papier, the paper. il vend, he sells. 1 
 
 1. Voulez-vous du pain ou de la viande ? 2. Donnez- 
 moi de l'eau. 3. La bonne a achete du sel et du poivre. 
 4. Ce libraire vend de l'encre, du papier, des plumes et 
 des crayons. 5. Nous avons recu de Paris du cafe, du 
 
 1 Observe tbat the 3d person singular in a French verb never ends with 
 s: il a, il est, il aime, il vend. • 
 
48 EXERCISES. 
 
 vin, du fromage, des pommes et des oranges. 6. II y a 
 dans mon panier des plumes, des crayons et deux livres. 
 7. Cette femme vend du beurre et du fromage. 8. Voulez- 
 vous de l'eau ou de la biere ce matin ? 9. II y a du pain, 
 des fraises, de l'eau et du lait sur cette table. 10. Les 
 sciences sont utiles aux homines. 11. Tout le monde 
 aime Par gent. 12. Le vin est beaucoup plus cher a Lon- 
 dres qu'a Paris. 13. La vie d'un oiseau est courte. 
 
 14. Les omnibus sont plus nombreux a Paris qu'a "Rome. 
 
 15. Les bons princes sont rares. 16. Les chiens sont 
 plus nombreux a Constantinople qu'a Londres. 
 
 1. Some milk, some trees. 2. Any trees, some money. 
 3. Any sugar, any strawberries. 4. Some men, of the 
 men, to the men, any men. 5. The maid-servant has re- 
 ceived some money this morning. 6. Bring me a pen 
 and some ink. 7. John has bought dresses, gloves, and 
 boots for his sister. 8. She has given (to) my brother 
 some pens, pencils, books, paper, and ink. 9. There are 
 in this basket gloves, sugar, coffee, and money. 10. Her 
 cousin sells tables and chairs. 11. There are princes 
 who are happy. 12. She likes dogs and cats. 13. My 
 aunt is fond of birds (rtiy aunt likes birds). 14. Every- 
 body is fond of flowers. 15. Tea is better than coffee. 
 
 16. Horses are more useful than dogs. 17. Life is short. 
 18. Gold is rarer in Rome than in Paris. 
 
 32. 
 
 There is no word in English corresponding exactly 
 to the French on. That word is used, — 
 
 1st, To translate the pronouns we, you, and they, 
 when we, you, and they do not represent certain per- 
 sons in particular, but anybody ; as, we get news- 
 
EXERCISES. 49 
 
 papers, pens, paper, and ink at the bookseller 's ; you 
 cannot read the Bible without becoming a better man ; 
 they say that the king is dead. 
 
 2d, To translate the word people used indefinitely 
 as above ; as, people say so, and it is thought the news 
 is true. 
 
 In each of these sentences the indefinite pronoun 
 on must be used for the indefinite words we, you, they K 
 or people ; and being singular, requires the verb in 
 the third person singular. 
 
 After a preposition — 
 
 translate me by moi. us by nous. 
 
 thee by toi. you by vous. 
 
 him by lui. , , ( eux (m.), 
 
 her by elle. J / elles (f.). 
 
 Chez (at, or in, or to, the house of), being a preposi- 
 tion, in French will give — 
 
 chez moi for at my house. chez nous at our house. 
 
 chez toi at thy house. chez vous at your house. 
 
 chez lui at his house. chez eux (m.) ) , . , 
 
 chez elle at her house. chez elles (f. ) ) 
 
 le negociant, the merchant. la conduite, conduct. 
 
 le fer, iron. 1' experience (f.), experience. 
 
 le cuivre, copper. les manieres (f), manners. 
 
 le courage, courage. le journal, the newspaper. 
 
 l'ambition (f.), ambition. le poisson, the fish. 
 
 le talent, talent. il trouve, he finds, he gets. 
 s'il vous plait, if you please. 
 
 1. On trouve chez ce negociant du fer, du cuivre et de 
 l'argent. 2. Apportez-moi, s'il vous plait, de l'eau et du 
 the. 3. Cet homme a du courage et de l'ambition. 4. La 
 vie est chere dans les grandes villes. 5. Vous avez chez 
 vous de l'encre, du papier et des plumes. 6. Donnez-moi, 
 
 4 
 
50 EXERCISES. 
 
 s'il vous plait, du beurre et du fromage. 7. Votre frere 
 est heureux, il a de l'argent et des amis. 8. On trouve 
 chez les libraires des journaux, des crayons, du papier et 
 de l'encre. 9. Avez-vous achete des joujoux pour ma 
 sceur et pour moi ? 10. J'ai achete des gants pour elle 
 et une petite canne pour vous. 11. Les chevaux de mon 
 pere sont plus grands et plus beaux que ceux du prince. 
 12. Avez-vous achete du poisson pour elles ? 13. 11 a 
 donne du vin a sa sceur et de la biere a son frere. 
 14. lis sont venus ce matin chez moi. 
 
 1. For them (m.), for them (/.). 2. Of me, of him. 
 3. Of you, of her. 4. At my house, at her house. 5. At 
 his house, at our house. 6. At your house, at their 
 house. 7. At the landlord's house. 8. At the lawyer's ; 
 at the professor's ; at the prince's ; at the general's. 
 9. We find at the bookseller's newspapers, pens, ink, 
 and paper. 10. People find at his house wine and beer. 
 11. She has courage. 12. We have eaten some fish and 
 some meat, and we have drunk water. 13. Your brother 
 has talent and manners. 14. We find iron and copper 
 at this merchant's. 15. Bring us, if you please, some 
 bread and (some) knives. 16. There are trees and 
 flowers in our garden. 17. We have spoken to the 
 generals. 18. Fire and water are useful to man. 
 
 33. 
 
 Voici, here is, here are. Voila, there is, there are. 
 
 There is and there are are both translated (1st) by il y a, when 
 making a statement; as, There are trees and flowers hi our garden, II y 
 a des arbres et des fleurs dans notre jardin; (2d) by voila, when point- 
 ing to a thing ; as, See, there is some bread, Tenez, voila du pain. 
 
 Literally, voici means see here, and voila, see there. Voici points, 
 therefore, to nearer objects, and voila to more distant ones. 
 
EXERCISES. 51 
 
 la chose, the thing. le ruban, the ribbon. 
 
 la dentelle, the lace. le fil, the thread. 
 
 une boucle d'oreille, an ear-ring. la soie, the silk. 
 
 la mousseline, the muslin. une aiguille, a needle. 
 
 une echarpe, a scarf. tenez ! hold ! see ! 
 
 1. J'ai achete beaucoup de choses pour vous, ma cou- 
 sine ; tenez, voila de ]a dentelle, des boucles d'oreilles, 
 de la mousseline, du fil, de la soie et des aiguilles. 
 2. Yoici aussi une echarpe et des rubans. 3. II y a, sur 
 la petite table dans la chambre de ma mere, de la soie et 
 de la dentelle. 4. Tenez, voila un petit livre que j'ai 
 achete pour vous. 5. Voila du vin pour inon frere et 
 voici de l'eau pour moi. 6. Elle a achete une paire de 
 souliers et une paire de bottines. 7. Avez-vous un 
 peu de soie et de dentelle ? 8. Apportez-moi du fil et 
 des aiguilles. 9. Voulez-vous aussi de la mousseline ? 
 10. J'ai trouve beaucoup de jolies choses sur ma table : 
 trois metres de ruban, une paire de boucles d'oreilles et 
 cinq metres de dentelle. 11. Votre ami a de l'ambition, 
 mais il a aussi du talent, de l'experience et des manieres. 
 12. Votre soeur a beaucoup de courage. 13. Voici du 
 pain, de la viande, du sel et du fromage. 14. Donnez- 
 moi aussi, s'il vous plait, une carafe d'eau et un verre. 
 15. Leurs chapeaux sont plus grands que les notres. 
 
 1. There is a little water in the carafe; bring me a 
 glass. 2. There is the fine picture which your father 
 has given to my brother. 3. Did you buy thread and silk 
 for my sister and (for) me ? 4. I have bought some 
 lace, some muslin, and some ribbons for your sister, and 
 there is a pair of ear-rings for you. 5. Give me, if you 
 please, a little bread and a glass of wine. 6. Will you 
 have a little meat ? 7. Hold, there is some money for 
 you. 8. Your brothers have bought two pairs of shoes 
 
52 EXERCISES. 
 
 and four pairs of boots. 9. Have you as many horses as 
 dogs ? 10. How much money will you have ? 11. These 
 three animals are more useful thau all yours. 12. Have 
 you enough bread ? 13. Give me less butter and more 
 cheese. 14. There is a book which is very rare ; it be- 
 longs to my uncle. 15. There is a pair of ear-rings 
 which is very dear ; it belongs to my mother. 16. You 
 get (on trouve) many things at this merchant's. 
 
 34. 
 
 The Place of Adjectives. 
 
 Place after their nouns, — 
 
 1st. Adjectives of color (black, red, etc.) : 2d. Ad- 
 jectives of nationality (^English, French, etc.) : 3d. In 
 general, adjectives having more syllables than their 
 noun (du drap magnifique, de l'encre excellente, etc.) : 
 4th. Two or more adjectives qualifying the same noun 
 (un general brave et habile.) 
 
 First Exception to the rule of some or any, expressed 
 or understood before a noun. 
 
 If the French noun is to be preceded by an adjective, 
 some or any, expressed or understood, is translated 
 simply by de (or d') ; as : 
 
 du pain, de bon pain, 
 
 de la viande, de bonne viande. 
 
 de l'eau, de bonne eau. 
 
 des pommes, de bonnes pommes. 
 
 rouge, red. noir, black. 
 
 blanc (m.), blanche (f.), white. anglais, 1 English. 
 
 habile, clever. francais, French. 
 
 1 An adjective never takes a capital letter in French. 
 
EXERCISES. 53 
 
 chaud, 1 hot, or warm. magnifique, magnificent. 
 
 froid, 1 cold. excellent, excellent. 
 
 le roman, the novel. interessant, interesting. 
 
 la poire, the pear. 
 
 1. Jean a donne a ma mere de tres jolies boucles 
 d'oreilles. 2. Voila de la dentelle magninque. 3. Ap- 
 portez-nous, s'il vous plait, de meilleur vin, de l'eau 
 chaude et du Sucre. 4. Votre cousine a prete a mon 
 pere des romans anglais qui sont tres interessants. 
 
 5. Vous avez d'habiles professeurs. 6. Nous avons 
 achete du drap excellent. 7. lis ont de tres mauvais 
 sucre. 8. Apportez-moi de meilleur cafe. 9. Voulez- 
 vous de l'eau chaude ou de l'eau froide ? 10. Ma soeur 
 a achete de jolies bottines franchises. 11. Voila de tres 
 bon beurre, il est meilleur que celui que vous avez achete 
 ce matin. 12. Voila de mauvaises aiguilles, elles sont 
 plus mauvaises que celles de votre soeur. 13. Elle a 
 offert a sa soeur des rubans rouges et de la soie blanche. 
 
 1. She has bought some pretty flowers and some 
 French pears, which are very good. 2. They have excel- 
 lent ink. 3. You have some fine horses. 4. How many 
 French books have you ? 5. Louisa has given to my 
 sister a black scarf, some English needles, and red silk. 
 
 6. Here is some pretty lace. 7. Here are prett}^ ear- 
 rings. 8. Bring me some hot water, if you please. 
 9. Will you have some black coffee ? 10. Give me a 
 little white bread. 11. We find interesting novels at 
 this bookseller's. 12. My father has offered (to) my 
 mother this morning a magnificent scarf. 13. There are 
 some clever merchants in this town. 14. Have you good 
 bread and good meat ? 15. Our water is bad, but we 
 have very good beer. 16. Has he bought some presents 
 for you ? 
 
 1 Chaud and froid are always placed after their noun. 
 
54 EXERCISES. 
 
 35. 
 
 (1) The English use the two words this and that 
 when they have to compare two persons or two 
 things : as, this man is richer than that man ; this 
 book is smaller than that book ; this watch is better 
 than that watch. But in French we have only one 
 word for the adjectives this and that ; namely, ce, cet, 
 or cette (see § 27). In order, therefore, to mark the 
 distinction so well expressed in English by the two 
 contrasting words this and that, we add to the first 
 noun ci (here), and to the second la (there) ; as, — 
 
 cet homme-ci est plus riche que cet homme-la. 
 
 ce livre-ci est plus petit que ce livre-la. 
 
 cette montre-ci est meilleure que cette montre-la. 
 
 (2) The same process is used to render in French 
 the distinction expressed in English by the plural 
 adjectives these and those ; as, — 
 
 ces hommes-ci sont plus riches que ces hommes-la. 
 ces livres-ci sont plus petits que ces livres-la. 
 ces montres-ci sont meilleures que ces montres-la. 
 
 (3) As in each of these sentences the repetition of 
 the same noun sounds ill, we replace the second by 
 one of the pronouns, celui, celle, ceux, celles, according 
 to the gender and number of that noun ; as, — 
 
 cet homme-ci est plus riche que celui-la. 
 ce livre-ci est plus petit que celui-la. 
 cette montre-ci est meilleure que celle-la. 
 ces hommes-ci sont plus riches que ceux-la. 
 ces livres-ci sont plus petits que ceux-la. 
 ces montres-ci sont meilleures que celles-la. 
 
 Observe, in all these examples, that ci, pointing to a nearer object 
 corresponds to the English this and these ; whilst la, pointing to a more 
 distant object, corresponds with that and those. 
 
EXERCISES. 55 
 
 Therese, Therese, Ernest, Ernest. 
 
 Charles, Charles. ia broche, (he brooch. 
 
 Henri, Henri/. ie parapluie, the umbrella. 
 
 1. Ce livre-ci est mettle ur que celui-la. 2. Cette fene- 
 tre-ci est plus haute que celle-la. 3. Ces bouteilles-la 
 sont plus petites que celles-ei. 4. Ces enf ants-la sont 
 plus jolis que ceux-ci. 5. Avez-vous vu ma montre et 
 celle cle ma soeur ? 6. Celle-ci est la mienne, celle-la est 
 celle de Jeanne. 7. Nous avons trouve deux broches, 
 et vos soeurs ont perdu les leurs. 8. Celle-ci est celle de 
 Therese, et voila celle de Louise. 9. Voici ie parapluie 
 que j'ai trouve chez nous. 10. Ce parapluie est peut-etre 
 celui de Charles, qui a perdu le sien. 11. Celui-ci est le 
 mien, celui-la est le votre. 12. Nous avons trouve deux 
 Cannes ; avez-vous perdu la votre, Henri ? 13. J'ai 
 perdu la mienne dans le jardin, et j'ai pris celle de 
 mon frere. 14. Celle que vous avez est peut-etre celle 
 d'Ernest ; il a perdu la sienne ce matin. 
 
 1. This house is higher than that. 2. This arm-chair 
 is larger than that. 3. These strawberries are better 
 than those. 4. These gloves are prettier and dearer 
 than those. 5. That portrait is more beautiful than 
 this. 6. That lace is prettier than this. 7. Those 
 novels are more interesting than these. 8. Those scarfs 
 are dearer than these. 9. Where did you see my hand- 
 kerchief ? 10. This one 1 is mine, that one is yours. 
 11. Did you also see my watch? 12. That one is your 
 brother's, this one is yours. 13. There is your umbrella, 
 which my brother has found. 14. That umbrella is my 
 sister's. 15. Here is your pencil, that one is mine. 
 16. Those apples are better than these. 17. These pears 
 are better than those. 
 
 1 One is not translated after this or that, nor ones after these or those. 
 
56 EXERCISES. 
 
 36. 
 
 (1) The superlative is formed by putting le, la, les, 
 before the comparative. 
 
 POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 
 
 ~. ( grand (m.), great, plus grand, greater, le plus grand, the greatest. 
 
 \ grande (f), plus grande, la plus grande. 
 
 i grands (m.), plus grands, les plus grands. 
 
 ( grandes (f.), plus grandes, les plus grandes. 
 
 (2) In, after a superlative, is translated by de: — 
 
 la plus jolie fille de la ville, the prettiest girl in the town. 
 
 (3) He is, she is, it is, and they are, followed by a 
 superlative, are generally translated by c'est before a 
 singular, by ce sont before a plural : — 
 
 c'est le plus brave des hommes, he ?s the bravest of men. 
 
 ce sont les meilleures des femmes, they are the best of women. 
 
 le pays, the country. le quartier, the quarter. 
 
 la rue, the street. la phrase, the sentence. 
 
 le monde, the world. fait, done, made. 
 
 1. Prenez cette petite chambre, c'est la plus gaie de la 
 rue. 2. Voulez-vous ces deux journaux ? ce sont les 
 meilleurs du pays. 3. Donnez-moi, s'il vous plait, une 
 de ces poires francaises. 4. Elles sont meilleures que 
 les poires anglaises, ce sont peut-etre les meilleures de 
 toutes les poires. 5. Avez-vous fait votre exercice ? 
 c'est le plus difficile du livre. 6. Ces f raises sont cheres, 
 elles sont plus cheres que dans mon pays. 7. Prenez 
 cette soie blanche, c'est la plus jolie de toutes. 8. Ces 
 souliers sont les moins beaux, mais ce sont les plus 
 utiles. 9. Cet hotel est excellent, c'est le meilleur de la 
 ville et peut-etre du pays. 10. Les phrases francaises 
 de ce livre sont plus faciles que les phrases anglaises, 
 
EXERCISES. 57 
 
 elles sont aussi moins utiles et moins nombreuses. 
 
 11. Therese est la fille la plus aimable de la ville. 
 
 12. Sa soeur est plus jolie qu'elle. 13. C'est la plus jolie 
 fille du quartier. 14. Ce quartier est un des plus beaux 
 de Paris. 
 
 1. This book is very useful, it is the most useful of 
 my books. 2. Did you see my uncle's house ? it is the 
 largest in the town. 3. This needle is better than yours, 
 it is the best of my needles. 4. Charles is very young, 
 he is the }-oungest of my brothers. 5. My cousin is the 
 merriest of all girls. 6. Your little white cat is the 
 prettiest of all cats. 7. Our landlord is the richest man 
 (the man the richest) in the town. 8. Louisa is the 
 tallest girl in the class. 9. Your two sisters are richer 
 than mine, but mine are more cheerful. 10. This pen 
 is good, mine is better, but my brother's is the best. 
 11. The man who has bought this bottle of wine is the 
 poorest in the town. 12. Your uncle is the best man in 
 the world. 13. Those apples are better than these, but 
 mine and his are the best. 14. Their house is the high- 
 est in the street. 15. Your sisters are very clever, they 
 are cleverer than mine. 
 
 / 
 37. 
 
 The Rule of c'est and ce sont continued 
 
 He is, she is, it is, and they are, are translated by 
 c'est or ce sont before a noun, or a pronoun. 
 
 c'est Henri, It is Henri/. ce sont mes freres, ft is my brothers. 
 
 c'est un negociant, he is a merchant ce sont des negociants, they are mer- 
 chants 
 c'est une couturiere, she is a dress- ce sont des couturieres, they are 
 maker. dressmakers. 
 
58 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 c'est moi, it is I. 
 c'est toi, it is thou. 
 c'est lui, it is he. 
 c'est elle, it is she. 
 
 c'est nous, it is we. 
 c'est vous, it is you. 
 ce sont eux, it is the// ( 
 ce sont elles, it is they 
 
 c'est 
 c'est 
 c'est 
 c'est 
 c'est 
 c'est 
 c'est 
 c'est 
 c'est 
 c'est 
 c'est 
 c'est 
 c'est 
 c'est 
 
 celui, 
 celle 
 
 ' > it is that, or it i 
 
 le mien, / . . 
 
 ( it is mine. 
 la mienne, ) 
 
 le tien, ) . . , . 
 , ,, > it is thine. 
 
 la tienne, ) 
 
 m.). 
 
 (f.). 
 
 s the 
 
 est-ce moi? is it I? 
 est-ce toi ? is it thou ? 
 est-ce lui ? is it he ? 
 est-ce elle ? is it she ? 
 
 est-ce nous ? is it we ? 
 est-ce vous ? is it you ? 
 est-ce eux ? is it they (m.) ? 
 est-ce elles? is it they (f.) ? 
 
 re those, 
 they are mine. 
 
 le sien, 
 la sienne 
 le notre, \ 
 la notre, ) 
 le votre, 
 
 , \ ia 
 
 is his or hers. 
 
 it is ours. 
 
 le votre, ) . . 
 
 > it is i/ours. 
 la votre, ) 
 
 le leur, | . . . . 
 , , > it is theirs. 
 
 la leur, ) 
 
 ce sont ceux, ) . 
 
 me. ., > theu a 
 
 ce sont celles, ) 
 
 ce sont les miens, 
 
 ce sont les miennes 
 
 ce sont les tiens, | , . . 
 
 x , > theu are thine. 
 
 ce sont les tiennes, ) 
 
 ce sont les siens, ) they are his or 
 
 ce sont les siennes, ) hers. 
 
 ce sont les notres, > they are ours. 
 
 ce sont les votres, > they are yours. 
 
 ce sont les leurs, > they are theirs. 
 
 Observe that ce sont is used before a third person plural (excepting 
 the interrogative est-ce eux? and est-ce elles?) while c'est is used in 
 all other cases. 
 
 _ . ( Who 
 QU1 ' | Who 
 
 Who ? 
 
 m? 
 
 oui, yes. 
 
 la femme, the woman, the wife. 
 
 Notice that the interrogative pronoun whom is 
 translated by qui; the relative pronoun whom, by que. 
 
 qui avez-vous vu? whom have yon seen? 
 
 l'homme que vous avez vu, the man whom you have seen. 
 
 M. or Monsieur, sir, Mr. MM. or Messieurs, gentlemen, Messrs. 
 
 Mme or Madame, madam, Mrs. Mmes or Mesdames, fadies, mesdames. 
 Mile or Mademoiselle, miss. Miles or Mesdemoiselles, misses, the 
 
EXERCISES. 59 
 
 ce monsieur, this or that gentle- ces messieurs, these or those gentle- 
 man, men. 
 
 cette dame, this or that lady. ces dames, these or those ladies. 
 
 cette demoiselle, this or that young ces demoiselles, these or fAose young 
 lady. ladies. 
 
 1. Qui est la ? 2. Est-ce vous, Ernest ? 3. Oui, c'est 
 moi. 4. Qui sout ces messieurs ? 5. Ce sont les amis 
 du proprietaire. 6. Qui sont ces dames ? 7. Ce sont les 
 soeurs du ministre. 8. Qui est cette femme ? 9. C'est la 
 bonne de l'avocat. 10. Qui sont ces enfants ? 11. Ce 
 sont les miens, c'est inon fils et ma fille. 12. Qui avez- 
 vous vu dans la maison? 13. J'ai vu monsieur Auguste 
 et madame Gustave. 14. Est-ce vous, monsieur Joly ? 
 15. De qui avez-vous recu ces lettres ? Est-ce du pro- 
 prietaire ou de l'avocat ? 16. C'est du proprietaire. 
 
 1. Who is that gentleman ? 2. It is our landlord's 
 brother. 3. Who is that lady ? 4. It is the priest's 
 sister. 5. Who are those men ? 6. They are my cousin's 
 friends. 7. They are x John, Charles, and Gustave. 
 8. It is * talent and manners that he likes. 9. It is man- 
 ners and talent that he likes. 10. Is it you, Mr. Henry ? 
 11. Yes, it is I. 12. Who is that maid-servant ? 13. It 
 is ours. 14. Who are those young ladies ? 15. They 
 are the minister's daughters. 16. Whom did you see in 
 the garden ? 17. I have seen your mother and Miss 
 Jane. 18. She is fond of horses ; they are more useful 
 than dogs. 
 
 38. 
 
 (1) As the auxiliary verb to do does not exist in 
 French (§ 6), do and does are omitted in translation : 
 
 1 Translate by c'est, as the next noun is not plural. 
 
60 EXERCISES. 
 
 — To whom do these trees belong ? must, therefore, be 
 turned into : to whom belong these trees ? 
 
 (2) The interrogative pronoun whose, having no 
 corresponding word in French, is changed into to 
 whom : — Whose garden is this f must be changed 
 into : to whom belongs this garden f or, to whom is 
 this garden? 
 
 A qui appartient ce jardin ? ) „_. , . _ . 
 
 , . , . ,. , > Whose garden is this ? 
 
 A qui est ce jardm? ) ^ 
 
 II appartient a mon frere. ) 
 
 C'est celui de mon frere. > It is my brother's. 
 
 C'est a mon frere. ) 
 
 A qui appartiennent ces jardins ? j T „. 
 
 ... ,. , > Whose gardens are these? 
 
 A qui sont ces jardms? ) ^ 
 
 - lis appartiennent a ma soeur. ) „, , 
 
 „ , , > lhexi are my sisters. 
 
 Ce sont ceux de ma soeur. ) J J 
 
 une ombrelle, a parasol. une epingle, a pin. 
 
 un de, a thimble. un manchon, a muff. 
 
 1. A qui appartient ce manchon ? 2. C'est a ma 
 soeur. 3. A qui est cette ombrelle ? 4. C'est celle de 
 Therese. 5. A qui appartient ce parapluie ? 6. C'est 
 celui que vous avez achete ce matin. 7. A qui sont ces 
 aiguilles, ces epingles, ce fil et ce de ? 8. lis appartien- 
 nent a ma cousine. 9. A qui sont ces deux mouchoirs ? 
 10. Ce sont les votres, ce sont ceux que vous avez pris 
 ce matin. 11. Sont-ce vos cousins qui sont arrives ce 
 matin ? 12. Oui, ce sont eux. 13. A qui sont ces 
 epingles ? Sont-ce les votres ou les miennes ? 14. Ce 
 sont celles de ma soeur. 15. Pour qui est ce de ? Est-ce 
 pour vous ou pour moi ? 16. C'est pour vous. 
 
 1. Whose house is this ? 2. It is my uncle's. 3. To 
 whom does this parasol belong ? 4. It belongs to my 
 sister. 5. Whose muffs are those ? 6. They are The- 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 61 
 
 resa's, Jane's, and Louisa's. 7. To whom does this bread 
 belong ? 8. It is your own. 1 9. It is the one which you 
 have bought for your cousin. 10. To whom do these 
 novels belong? 11. They are mine. 12. They are 
 those which you have put this morning on my table. 
 13. Whose brooch is this ? 14. It is Louisa's. 15. For 
 whom have you bought these two small muffs ? 16. For 
 your two daughters. 17. Your house is very high, it is 
 
 the highest in the street. 
 
 39. 
 
 \< 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 to have, avoir. to be, etre. 
 
 I have, j'ai. lam, je suis. 
 
 thou hast, tu as. thou art, tu es. 
 
 he has, il a. he is, il est. 
 
 we have, nous avons. 
 you have, vous avez. 
 they have, ils ont. 
 
 we are, nous sommes. 
 you are, vous etes. 
 they are, ils sont. 
 
 INTERROGATIVELY. 
 
 have 1 ? ai-je 1 ? 
 hast thou ? as-tu ? 
 has he ? a-t-il 1 
 
 have tve ? avons-nous ? 
 have you ? avez-vous 1 
 have they ? ont-ils ? 
 
 triste, sad. 
 
 malade, ill, unwell, sick. 
 
 laborieux, industrious. 
 
 am I? suis-je % 
 art thou ? es-tu % 
 is he? est-iU 
 
 are we ? sommes-nous ? 
 are you ? Stes-vous ■? 
 are they ? sont-ils ? 
 
 aujourd'hui, to-day. 
 parce que, because. 
 avec, trifh. 
 
 ce soir, this evening, to-night (till bed-time). 
 
 1 Translate my own, thy own, his own, her own, etc., as if it were mine, 
 thine, his, hers, etc. 
 
62 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Pourquoi etes-vous si triste 1 aujourd'hui ? 2. Je 
 suis triste parce que ma soeur est tres malade. 3. Nous 
 aussi, nous sommes un peu malades ce soir. 4. Vos 
 soeurs sont plus gaies et plus aimables que les raiennes. 
 
 5. Avez-vous vu votre cousine ? elle est arrivee ce soir. 
 
 6. Avec qui est-elle venue ? 7. Elle est venue avec son 
 oncle et sa tante. 8. Etes-vous sou vent dans ce jardin ? 
 9. Votre frere et votre cousin ont fait leurs exercices, 
 ils sont tres laborieux. 10. Elles ont achete de tres 
 jolies boucles d'oreilles ce matin. 11. Elles sont ar- 
 rivees ce soir. 12. Le ruban rouge que vous avez achete 
 est magnifique. 13. Combien avez-vous achete cette 
 echarpe ? 14. Nous avons vu aujourd'hui de tres jolie 
 dentelle. 15. Votre oncle est parti ce soir pour Londres. 
 
 1. You have, you are. 2. They have, they are. 3. She 
 has, she is. 4. I have, I am. 5. My brothers have, my 
 brothers are. 6. We have, we are. 7. He has, he is. 
 8. Thou hast, thou art. 9. My brother and my sister 
 have. 10. My brother and my sister are. 11. Is it you 
 who have written this letter to my mother ? 12. Yes, 
 sir, it is I. 13. Why are you sad? 14. I am sad be- 
 cause I am sick. 15. Are you often sad and sick ? 
 16. I am sick every Monday. 17. They have done their 
 exercises. 18. They have arrived. 19. Have you spoken 
 to your uncle to-day ? 20. Yes, sir, I have seen my uncle 
 this evening. 21. Did you sell as many things as 
 your neighbor ? 22. How much money has she lost ? 
 
 23. These novels are more interesting than those. 
 
 24. English novels are very interesting. 25. They have 
 bought three French grammars. 
 
 1 The pronoun vous may stand for one as well as for several persons. 
 When it stands for only one, the adjective referring to it must be singular. 
 
EXERCISES. 63 
 
 40. 
 
 (1) 1 The past tense is the past of a verb used with- 
 out to be or to have, as I tvrote, you saw, they spoke. 
 Translate it generally by the past participle of that 
 verb preceded by j'ai, tu as, il a, etc. ; as j'ai ecrit, vous 
 avez vu, ils ont parle. 
 
 In other words, the French make no difference between / wrote and 
 / have written, I saw and I have seen, I spoke and / have spoken, and, 
 generally speaking, they use only the latter form. 
 
 (2) By exception, put je suis, tu es, il est, nous 
 sommes, vous etes, ils sont (instead of j'ai, tu as, etc.) 
 before the ten past participles always used in French 
 with to be (§ 13). Translate therefore in the following 
 way : — 
 
 / went, je suis alle. / became, je suis devenu. 
 
 / went out, je suis sorti. / arrived, je suis arrive. 
 
 / went away, je suis parti. / entered, je suis entre. 
 
 I came, je suis venu. I remained, je suis reste. 
 
 / came back, je suis revenu. I fell, je suis tombe. 
 
 il y a (before a noun implying il y a quinze jours, ) . , 
 
 J . , , . , l ' 6 ., . . [ a fortnight ago. 
 
 a period ol time), ago. il y a une quinzaiue, ) 
 
 il y a huit jours, | , hier, yesterday. 
 
 > a week ago. , . ' . , .,,.„,,. 
 
 il y a une semaine, ) hier soir, last night (till bed-time). 
 
 1. Nous avons vendu notre maison lundi dernier. 
 2. lis ont perdu leur mere il y a huit jours. 3. Elle 
 a ecrit a son frere hier matin. 4. Ou etes-vous alle 
 ce soir ? 5. Je suis alle chez mon oncle. 6. Sont-ils 
 sortis hier soir ? 7. lis sont partis il y a quinze jours. 
 8. Elle a vu ce matin le portrait que j'ai donne a sa 
 
 1 Pupils are recommended to pay the greatest attention to these two rules, 
 their application being constantly required in French conversation. 
 
64 EXERCISES. 
 
 soeur il y a trois semaines. 9. Pourquoi etes-vous restes 
 chez vous hier ? 10. Pourquoi avez-vous offert au fils 
 du proprietaire le livre que j'ai donne l'autre jour a 
 votre soeur ? 11. Ou est le couteau que vous avez trouve 
 jeudi dernier? 12. A-t-elle ecrit a son pere vendredi 
 soir ? 13. Est-elle arrivee hier matin ? 14. Votre cou- 
 sine est devenue tres jolie. 
 
 1. He spoke ; she read ; we sold. 2. They lent ; you 
 received; I offered. 3. We accepted; you lost; they 
 saw. 4. She wrote ; I visited ; she came back. 5. He 
 remained ; we arrived ; you became. 6. They went 
 away ; they went out. 7. I went ; I entered. 8. I saw 
 your father yesterday. 9. I spoke to your sister this 
 morning. 10. She has seen the present which I offered 
 to her sister three or four days ago. 11. Where did he 
 go last night ? 12. When did he come back ? 13. He 
 came back on Tuesday last. 14. Show me the novel 
 which she lent to your brother. 15. I wrote to my sister 
 three weeks ago. 16. The bonnet which she bought at 
 your house is very pretty. 17. Have you seen the fine 
 picture which I received from my father last night ? 
 18. Have you read the novel which I lent to your brother 
 five or six months ago ? 
 
 41. 
 
 Adverbs are generally placed after the verb in 
 a simple tense, and between the auxiliary verb and 
 the past participle in a compound tense ; as — 
 
 Elle danse bien, She dances well. 
 
 lis jouent adroitement, They play skilfully. 
 
 Elle a bien danse, She has danced well. 
 
 lis ont adroitement joue, They have played skilfully. 
 
 Nous avons beaucoup ri, We laughed much. 
 
EXERCISES. 65 
 
 Exceptions : — Hier, aujourd'hui, demain, ici, la, 
 
 and all adverbial phrases, 1 are placed after the 
 participle : — 
 
 lis sont partis hier, They left yesterday. 
 
 Elles sont revenues aujourd'hui, They came back to-day. 
 
 Vous n'aurez pas fini demain, You will not have done to-morrow. 
 
 Je suis arrive ici hier, / arrived here yesterday. 
 
 H est tombe la, He fell there. 
 
 Elle a pleure tout a l'heure, She cried just now. 
 
 Vous avez agi avec prudence, You have acted prudently. 
 
 etre bien mis, to be well dressed. la bague, the ring. 
 
 etre mal mis, to be badly dressed. le porte-monnaie, the purse. 
 
 ri, laughed. la chaine, the chain. 
 
 pleure, wept, cried. la poche, the pocket. 
 
 agi, behaved. plein, full . 
 
 dormi, slept. toujours, always. 
 
 cette nuit, last night (from 12 till this morning). 
 
 1. Mon frere a beaucoup pleure ce matin. 2. II a 
 perdu son porte-monnaie hier soir. 3. A-t-il beaucoup 
 perdu ? 4. Est-il venu ici ? 5. II a mal agi aujourd'hui. 
 6. Le fils du proprietaire est toujours bien mis. 7. II 
 aime beaucoup les choses qui sont cheres. 8. Nous avons 
 beaucoup ri ce soir. 9. Nous avons bien pleure ce soir-la. 
 10. Votre frere est arrive cette nuit. 11. Ses poches 
 sont toujours pleines d'argent. 12. Vous avez mal ecrit 
 votre lettre. 13. La lettre de votre frere est tres bien 
 ecrite. 14. Le pauvre enfant a pleure toute cette nuit, 
 il a perdu tous ses joujoux. 15. Nous sommes partis 
 de Paris hier soir. 
 
 1. I slept well last night. 2. Your little cousin wept 
 much this morning, her mother is ill. 3. My cousin is 
 poor, but she is always well dressed. 4. Ernest lost 
 
 1 An adverbial phrase is composed of two or more words: sur-le-champ, 
 at once ; tout a fait, quite ; tout a l'heure, just now. 
 
M 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 this morning his purse and his watch. 5. Did he also 
 lose his chain and his ring ? 6. Did they come here ? 
 7. Your brother laughed much last night. 8. Did you 
 sleep well last night? 9. He ate very little. 10. She 
 is always badly dressed. 11. She fell there. 12. Your 
 letter is badly written. 13. Your uncle offered some 
 money and some books to Henry's cousin yesterday. 
 
 14. He is very fond of dogs (he likes dogs mucK). 1 
 
 15. My mother wept very much. 16. Did she arrive 
 Monday or Tuesday morning ? 
 
 42. 
 
 (1) The negation not is expressed by the two words 
 ne and pas, and the verb is placed between them. 
 
 INDIOATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 I have not, 
 thou hast not, 
 he has not, 
 she has not, 
 
 we have not, 
 you have not, 
 
 they have not, ! 
 
 je n'ai pas. 
 tu n'as pas. 
 il n'a pas. 
 elle n'a pas. 
 
 nous n'avons pas. 
 vous n'avez pas. 
 ils n'ont pas. 
 elles n'ont pas. 
 
 I am not, 
 thou art not, 
 he is not, 
 she is not, 
 
 we are not, 
 you are not, 
 
 they are not, 
 
 je ne suis pas. 
 tu n'es pas. 
 il n'est pas. 
 elle n'est pas. 
 
 nous ne sommes pas. 
 
 vous n'etes pas. 
 \ ils ne sont pas. 
 I elles ne sont pas. 
 
 INTERROGATIVELY. 
 
 have I not ? 
 hast thou not ? 
 has he not ? 
 has she not ? 
 
 have we not 1 
 have you not ? 
 
 have they not? 
 
 n'ai-je pas ? 
 n'as-tu pas 1 
 n'a-t-il pas'? 
 n'a-t-elle pas ? 
 
 n'avons-nous pas? 
 n'avez- vous pas 1 
 n'ont-ils pas ? 
 n'ont-elles pas ? 
 
 am I not ? 
 art thou not ? 
 is he not ? 
 is she not ? 
 
 are we not ? 
 are you not ? 
 
 are they not ? < 
 
 ne suis-je pas'? 
 n'es-tu pas 1 
 n'est-il pas ? 
 n'est-elle pas? 
 
 ne sommes-nous pas ? 
 n'etes- vous pas? 
 ne sont-ils pas ? 
 ne sont-elles pas ? 
 
 1 We never say tres beaucoup for very much, but simply beaucoup. 
 
EXERCISES. 67 
 
 Final exception to the rule of some or any before a 
 
 noun. 1 
 
 (2) If the verb is negative, some or any, whether 
 expressed or understood before a noun, is translated 
 simply by de (or d'), as : — 
 
 Je n'ai pas d'argent, / have no money, or / have not any money. 
 Je n'ai pas de souliers, / have no shoes, or / have not any shoes. 
 Je n'ai pas de livre, / have not a book, or I have no book. 
 Je n'ai jamais vu de lion, / have never seen a lion. 
 
 le diamant, the diamond. le lion, the lion. 
 
 la fourrure, the fur. 1' elephant, the elephant. 
 
 le bracelet, the bracelet. le tigre, the tiger. 
 
 le bouton, the stud, button. le leopard, the leopard. 
 
 l'habit. the coat. le serpent, the serpent. 
 
 si, if. 
 
 1. Je n'ai pas de diamants, mais j'ai de la fourrure, 
 de tres beaux bracelets et de jolies boucles d'oreilles. 
 2. Votre frere n'a pas perdu sa chaine, c'est un bouton 
 qu'il a perdu dans votre jardin. 3. Son habit n'est pas 
 meilleur que le mien. 4. Vous avez de l'experience, 
 vous n'etes pas tres jeune. 5. Nos maisons ne sont 
 pas tres hautes. 6. Nous ne sommes pas riches, nous 
 n'avons pas autant d'argent que vous. 7. Je ne suis 
 pas habile, mais j'ai du courage et de la perseverance. 
 8. Cette encre rouge n'est pas tres bonne. 9. Vous 
 n'avez pas encore vu de lions ; moi, j'ai vu des lions, 
 des elephants, des tigres, des leopards et des serpents. 
 10. II n'a pas encore lu de roman frangais. 11. Je n'ai 
 pas de soie, mais j'ai de tres beau fil blanc. 
 
 1. They have not ; they are not. 2. We have not ; 
 we are not. 3. She has not ; she is not. 4. I have 
 
 1 See general rule, § 31, and 1st exception, § 34. 
 
68 EXERCISES. 
 
 not ; I am not. 5. You have not ; you are not. 6. My 
 brothers have not. 7. My sisters are not. 8. Have they 
 not ? 9. Are they not ? 10. Has she not ? 11. Is she 
 not ? 12. Have I not ? 13. Am I not ? 14. Have you 
 not ? 15. Are you not ? 16. My pen is not better than 
 yours. 17. My pens are not better than yours. 18. She 
 has no books. 19. She has not an umbrella. 20. Bring 
 us some bread, if you please, and, if you have no wine, 
 give us some tea also. 21. We have bought wine, apples, 
 pears, knives, paper, ink, and pens. 22. My sisters have 
 no needles, but they have very good pins. 
 
 43. 
 
 (1) As followed by an adjective or an adverb is 
 translated by aussi : as beautiful, aussi beau ; as well, 
 aussi bien. 
 
 (2) So followed by an adjective or an adverb is 
 translated by si : so beautiful, si beau ; so well, si bien. 
 
 aussi is used in comparisons, and is always followed by que ; si is 
 used in comparisons only when they are negative, and does not require 
 que after it. 
 
 (3) As coming after another as, or after so, or after 
 same, is translated by que : — 
 
 as beautiful as, aussi beau que. so beautiful as, si beau que. 
 as well as, aussi bien que. so well as, si bien que. 
 
 the same as, le meme que, la meme que, les memes que. 
 ne . . . point, not, or not at all. 1 ne . . . plus, not again, no more, no longer. 
 ne . . . jamais, never. 
 la representation, the representation, the picture, fort, strong. 
 le moyen age, the middle ages. ordinaire, common. 
 
 l'ecrivain, the author. presque, almost. 
 
 tout a l'heure, just now. 
 
 1 The negation ne . . . point is more energetic than ne . . . pas, but is 
 not so often used. 
 
&XEKC1SES. 69 
 
 1. Cette mousseline est aussi belle que la mienne, mais 
 elle n'est pas si forte. 2. Votre lettre n'est pas si bien 
 ecrite que celle de votre frere. 3. Ce papier n'est pas si 
 beau que le votre, mais il est plus fort. 4. Ce ronian de 
 Dickens est aussi interessant que beaucoup des x romans 
 de Walter Scott, mais il n'est pas aussi beau qu'Ivanhoe. 
 
 5. Je n'ai jamais lu d'aussi beau roman. 6. Ivanhoe 
 n'est pas un roman ordinaire, c'est la plus parfaite 
 representation du moyen age. 7. Cet ecrivain n'a pas 
 de talent. 8. Avez-vous perdu votre porte-monnaie ? 
 9. Je n'ai jamais de porte-monnaie. 10. Mon oncle n'est 
 pas si riche que votre cousin. 11. Ces arbres sont pres- 
 que aussi beaux que ceux de votre jardin. 
 
 1. They have not. 2. They are not. 3. We have no 
 more. 4. We are no more. 5. My brothers have never. 
 
 6. My sisters are never. 7. Has she no more ? 8. Is 
 she no more ? 9. Have you not at all ? 10. Are you 
 not at all ? % 11. Have they not ? 12. Are they not ? 
 13. Have we no more ? 14. Are we no more ? 15. Has 
 he never ? 16. Is she never ? 17. The garden which 
 you sold to my brother is not so small as ours. 
 18. Your brothers saw this morning two horses which 
 are almost as high as mine. 19. The novel which you 
 lent (to) my mother is not so interesting as this one. 
 20. That young man has no manners. 21. Has he not 
 come back ? 22. She has never gone away. 23. You 
 are no longer so merry as just now ; are you sick ? 
 24. No, sir, I am never sick ; but I am a little sad be- 
 cause I have no more money. 
 
 1 Observe that des, not de, is used here after the adverb of quantity 
 beaucoup, because it means of the. 
 
70 EXERCISES. 
 
 44. 
 
 (1) What or which followed by a noun is an adjec- 
 tive and translated by — 
 
 ( quel (m.). ( quels. 
 
 SINGULAR. { ,. .' PLURAL. { „ 
 
 I quelle (f). ( quelles. 
 
 (2) To express what o'clock it is, we name first the 
 hour which is nearest, whether it is past or to come, 
 and add less so much, if the hour has not struck yet, 
 or and so much, if the hour is past. 
 
 Supposing we wish to tell what the time is every 
 five minutes, beginning at 25 minutes to 10 till 25 
 minutes to 11, we shall say : — 
 
 9.35. dix heures moins vingt-cinq minutes, or simply, moins vingt-cinq. 
 
 9.40. dix heures moins vingt minutes, or moins vingt. 
 
 9.45. dix heures moins quinze, or moins un quart. 
 
 9.50. dix heures moins dix minutes, or moins dix. 
 
 9.55. dix heures moins cinq minutes, or moins cinq. 
 10. dix heures. 
 
 10.5. dix heures et cinq minutes, or dix heures cinq. 
 10.10. dix heures et dix minutes, or dix heures dix. 
 10.15. dix heures et quart, or dix heures quinze. 
 10.20. dix heures et vingt minutes, or dix heures vingt. 
 10.25. dix heures et vingt-cinq minutes, or dix heures vingt-cinq. 
 10.30. dix heures et demie, or dix heures trente. 
 10.35. onze heures moins vingt-cinq minutes, or moins vingt-cinq. 
 
 Observe that the half-hour goes with the preceding hour. 
 
 (3) O'clock is often dropped in English, but heure or heures must 
 be expressed in French. It is the reverse with the word minutes, when 
 the number is 5, 10, 15, etc., as: 20 minutes to 10, dix heures moins 
 vingt. 
 
 (4) When demi is expressed after its noun, it is not preceded by an 
 article, and is variable : dix heures et demie (not dix heures et une 
 demie). — When placed before its noun, it is preceded by the article, 
 
EXERCISES. 71 
 
 is invariable, and is connected with the noun by a hyphen : une 
 demi-heure. 
 
 (5) To avoid a possible confusion between douze heures and deux 
 heures, douze heures is not used in French : we say midi for 12 at 
 noon, and minuit for 12 at night. 
 
 la minute, the minute. la station, the station. 
 
 le quart, the quarter, the fourth. non, no. 
 
 heure, (f.), hoar, o'clock. tard, late. 
 
 1. Quelle couturiere a fait votre robe ? 2. Dans quel 
 quartier est votre maison ? 3. De quel pays etes-vous ? 
 4. Sur quelle table avez-vous mis mes gants ? 5. Quels 
 souliers avez-vous pris ? 6. De quell es chambres avez- 
 vous ouvert les fenetres ? 7. Quelle heure est-il ? l 8. II 
 est midi cinq ou midi clix. 9. II n'est pas encore midi 
 un quart. 10. Est-il parti avec elles ? 11. Non, Mon- 
 sieur, il est parti plus tard, a 3 heures et demie. 12. Nous 
 avons perdu mon pauvre frere ce matin a 9 heures moins 
 un quart. 
 
 1. We have not taken. 2. He has never taken. 3. He 
 is never taken. 4. You have not taken. 5. You are not 
 taken. 6. I am not taken. 7. They are never taken. 
 8. Have we not taken ? 9. Is he never taken ? 10. Have 
 I not taken ? 11. Am I not taken ? 12. Have they 
 never taken ? 13. Are they never taken ? 14. What 
 French book have you read ? 15. Which pen is the 
 best ? 16. Which pens are the best ? 17. What hand- 
 kerchiefs have you taken ? 18. What hour is it ? 19. It 
 is a quarter to two. 20. It is five minutes to three. 
 21. It is twenty minutes past four. 22. It is half-past 
 five. 23. It is not twenty minutes to six. 24. It is not 
 yet a quarter past seven. 25. It is midnight. 26. It is 
 
 1 Est-il, not est-elle, because this il est is an impersonal verb, and as 
 sucb cannot have any other subject than the invariable il. 
 
72 EXERCISES. 
 
 five minutes past twelve (at night). 27. At what o'clock 
 did my sisters go away ? 28. They went away from 
 the house at five minutes of eleven, and from the station 
 half an hour later. 
 
 45. 
 
 Which followed by of (expressed or understood) is 
 a pronoun and translated by — 
 
 SINGULAR. PLURAL. 
 
 MASC. FEM. MASC. FEM. 
 
 lequel, which (of), laquelle. lesquels, lesquelles. 
 
 duquel, of which (of), de laquelle. desquels, desquelles. 
 
 auquel, to which (of), a laquelle. auxquels, auxquelles. 
 
 jeune personne, young lady. 
 le bagage, the luggage. 
 pres de, near. 
 
 1. Lequel de ces messieurs est votre frere ? 2. C'est 
 celui qui est pres de la table. 3. Laquelle de ces jeunes 
 personnes est votre soeur ? 4. Elle n'est pas ici ? elle est 
 sortie. 5. Duquel de ces enfants avez-vous parle ? 
 6. J'ai parle de celui qui est arrive ici il y a quinze 
 jours. 7. De laquelle de vos soeurs avez-vous recu ce 
 joli cadeau ? 8. De Jeanne ; c'est la plus jeune de mes 
 soeurs. 9. Auquel de nos ecrivains avez-vous parle ? 
 10. J'ai parle a celui qui a ecrit ce beau roman. 11. A 
 laquelle de ces dames avez-vous ecrit ? 12. A celle qui 
 a tant pleure hier. 13. Auxquelles de ces jeunes per- 
 sonnes avez-vous lu ma lettre ? 14. J'ai hi votre lettre 
 a toutes ; elles ont beaucoup ri. 
 
 1. We (m.) are not found. 2. She has never found. 
 3. She is never found. 4. You have no more found. 
 5. You (pi.) are no more found. 6. I have not 
 found. 7. My sons have not found. 8. My daughters 
 
EXERCISES. 73 
 
 are not found. 9. Have we not found ? 10. Are we 
 not found. 11. Has she never found ? 12. Is she 
 never found ? 13. Have you no more found ? 14. Are 
 you no more found ? 15. Am I not found ? 16. Are 
 they (/.) never found ? 17. Here are six hats ; which 
 (of them) is the best ? 18. There are ten pens j which 
 (of them) is the best ? 19. Which of these two books 
 did you lend to my brother ? 20. Which of these chairs 
 is the highest ? 21. Which of these apples are the 
 best ? 22. To which of these young ladies did you lend 
 your brooch ? 23. To which of these gentlemen did you 
 sell your watch ? 24. Which of these rooms is the 
 largest ? 25. Which of your sisters has gone away ? 
 26. Which of your brothers has lost his luggage ? 
 
 46. 
 
 We have seen (§ 8) that the nominative ivhieh or 
 that is translated by qui and the accusative by que. 
 
 To complete the rule, translate the pronoun ichich 
 after a preposition by lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles. 
 
 Where is the pen with which I wrote Oil est la plume avec laquelle j'ai 
 
 this letter ? ecrit cette lettre \ 
 
 Here is the table on which 1 put your Voici la table sur laquelle j'ai mis 
 
 purse, votre porte-monnaie. 
 
 When of which, of whom, or ichose are not interrog- 
 ative, they may be expressed by dont for both genders 
 and numbers, instead of the variable duquel, de laquelle, 
 desquels, etc. 
 
 Bring me the book of ivhieh I spoke, Apportez-moi le livre dont j'ai 
 
 parle. 
 The man of whom J spoke has arrived, L'homme dont j'ai parle est arriv6. 
 
74 EXERCISES. 
 
 le prix, the prize. cache, hidden. 
 
 le tiroir, the drawer. coupe, cut. 
 
 la boite, the box. enfin, at last. 
 
 le nom, the name. demeure, lived. 
 
 travaille, worked, wrought. plusieurs, several. 
 
 1. Dans quelle rue avez-vous perdu votre chien ? 
 
 2. Voici la rue dans laquelle j'ai perdu mon chien. 3. De 
 quel livre avez-vous parle a mon oncle ? 4. Voila le 
 livre dont j'ai parle a votre oncle. 5. Oil avez-vous mis 
 l'ardoise sur laquelle vous avez ecrit votre nom et le 
 mien ? 6. Apportez-moi la table sur laquelle j'ai mis 
 mes livres et mes papiers. 7. Dans quel journal avez- 
 vous lu cette lettre ? 8. Montrez-moi le journal dans 
 lequel vous avez lu cette lettre. 9. Voila ces bottmes 
 pour lesquelles vous avez tant pleure. 10. Voici la table 
 sur laquelle j'ai tant ecrit. 11. II a enfin regu le prix 
 pour lequel il a tant travaille. 12. Apportez-moi le 
 tiroir dans lequel vous avez mis mes gants. 13. II n'a 
 pas visite la chambre dans laquelle nous avons cache ses 
 joujoux. 14. Elles ont visite la chambre dans laquelle 
 vous avez demeure plusieurs mois. 15. Apportez-moi le 
 livre dont j'ai parle a votre soeur. 
 
 1. They (m.) have not laughed. 2. They are not cut. 
 
 3. She has never fallen. 4. You have no more hidden. 
 5. You (pi.) are no more hidden. 6. We have never 
 hidden. 7. We are never hidden. 8. Henry and his sis- 
 ter have not come. 9. Have they not hidden ?lf 10. Are 
 they not hidden. 11. Has she never worked ? 12. Is 
 she never hidden ? 13. Are you no more hidden ? 
 14. Have we never hidden ? 15. Are we never hidden ? 
 16. Have I not slept ? 17. In which drawer did you 
 hide my novel ? 18. Did you find the drawer in which 
 your brother has hidden your novel ? 19. Where is the 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 75 
 
 brooch of which you spoke to my sister ? 20. Here 
 is the knife with which I cut bread. 21. Here is the 
 box in which I put your letters and portrait. 22. In 
 which room did you hide my gloves and my hat ? 
 23. Did you find the room in which we hid your gloves 
 and your hat ? 24. Here are the two pencils with which 
 I wrote my exercises. 25. Here are the two pens with 
 which we wrote our letters. 26. The table upon which 
 you have put your papers belongs to your father. 
 
 47. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 The termination of the imperfect, in all verbs, 
 
 is : 
 
 
 / -ais. 
 
 
 / -ions. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 ) -ais. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 < -iez. 
 
 
 ' -ait. 
 
 
 ( -aient. 
 
 Before that termination put av- in the imperfect 
 of avoir, to have, and et- in the imperfect of etre, to 
 be: — 
 
 1 had, 
 
 j'avais. 
 
 / was, 
 
 j'etais. 
 
 thou hadst, 
 
 tu avais. 
 
 thou icast, 
 
 tu etais. 
 
 he had, 
 
 il avait. 
 
 he teas, 
 
 il etait. 
 
 she had, 
 
 elle avait. 
 
 she icas, 
 
 elle etait. 
 
 we had, 
 
 nous avions. 
 
 we icere, 
 
 nous etions. 
 
 you had, 
 
 vous aviez. 
 
 you were, 
 
 vous etiez. 
 
 they had, 
 
 ( ils avaient. 
 ( elles avaient. 
 
 they were, 
 
 j ils etaient. 
 ] elles etaient, 
 
 
 INTERROGATIVELY. 
 
 
 had I? 
 
 avais- je % 
 
 was I ? 
 
 etais- je ? 
 
 hadst thou ? 
 
 avais-tu 1 
 
 icast thou ? 
 
 etais-tu ] 
 
 had he? 
 
 avait-il 1 
 
 was he ? 
 
 etait-il ? 
 
 had she ? 
 
 avait-elle ] 
 
 was she ? 
 
 etait-elle 1 
 
76 EXERCISES. 
 
 had we ? avions-nous ? were we ? etions-nous ? 
 
 had you ? aviez-vous ? were you ? etiez-vous ? 
 
 , , T ( avaient-ils "i . a { etaient-ils 1 
 
 had they ? < , „ _ were they? < ,, . . ,. 
 
 17 ( avaient-elles s ( etaient-elles ? 
 
 mes parents, wi_y parents or relatives. abondant, abundant. 
 
 la campagne, fAe country (in contradis- le lapin, Me rabbit. 
 
 tinction to the town). paresseux, lazy, idle. 
 
 a la campagne, in the country. applique, diligent. 
 
 le pays, the country (the whole coun- autrefois, formerly. 
 
 try, the whole territory). il y a, there is, there are. 
 
 le bois, the wood. il y avait, there was, there were. 
 
 1. Quaiid vous etiez jeune, vous aviez de beaux joujoux. 
 
 2. Mes parents n'etaient pas si riches que les votres, mais 
 j'avais aussi de jolies choses. 3. Nous avions une grande 
 maison a la campagne. 4. II y avait pres de la maison un 
 petit bois et de grands arbres. 5. J'avais pres de ma 
 fenetre un petit jardin plein de fleurs rouges et blanches. 
 6. Mon jardin etait tres petit, mais mes fleurs etaient si 
 jolies ! 7. 11 y avait beaucoup d'oiseaux dans le jardin et 
 dans le bois. 8. Les oranges etaient rares, mais les fraises 
 etaient abondantes. 9. Nous avions aussi beaucoup de 
 poires et de pommes. 10. Nos chiens et nos chats etaient 
 aussi heureux que nous. 11. Les chiens etaient heureux 
 parce qu'il y avait beaucoup de lapins dans le bois, et les 
 chats parce qu'il y avait beaucoup d'oiseaux dans le 
 jardin. 12. Nous etions heureux parce que nous avi- 
 ons beaucoup de bons amis. 13. Tout le monde etait 
 heureux. 
 
 1. They had ; they have. 2. They were ; they are. 
 
 3. Had you ? have you ? 4. Were you ? are you ? 
 5. We had ; we have. 6. We were ; we are. 7. Had 
 I ? have I ? 8. Was I ? am I ? 9. She had; she has ; 
 she was ; she is. 10. His sisters were rich because they 
 were very diligent. 11. My brothers were idle. 12. They 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 77 
 
 had too many horses and dogs. 13. Her father had 
 many horses, gardens, and meadows. 14. Where were 
 yon an hour ago ? 15. We were at our uncle's. 16. Our 
 neighbor was formerly as rich as you, he had many 
 houses. 17. John had more money than you this morn- 
 ing. 18. They were poor, but their children had always 
 pretty toys. 19. There was formerly a large wood near 
 that town. 
 
 48. 
 
 1 had not, 
 thou hadst not, 
 he had not, 
 she had not, 
 we had not, 
 you had not, 
 
 they had not, 
 
 je n'avais pas. 
 
 tu n'avais pas. 
 
 il n'avait pas. 
 
 elle n'avait pas. 
 
 nous n'avions pas. 
 
 vous n'aviez pas. 
 \ ils n'avaient pas. 
 \ elles n'avaient pas. 
 
 / was not, je n'etais pas. 
 
 thou wast not, tu n'etais pas. 
 he was not, il n'etait pas. 
 she was not, elle n'etait pas. 
 we were not, nous n'etions pas. 
 you were not, vous n'etiez pas. 
 
 ils n'etaient pas. 
 
 elles n'etaient pas. 
 
 they were not, < 
 
 INTERROGATIVELY. 
 
 had I not ? n'avais-je pas ? was I not ? n'etais-je pas ? 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 (1) Tout (everything) and rien (nothing) are placed 
 between the auxiliary verb and the past participle : — 
 
 J'ai tout vu, I have seen everything. 
 Je n'ai rien perdu, / have lost nothing. 
 
 (2) Personne (nobody, no one) is placed after the 
 past participle as in English : — 
 
 Je n'ai vu personne, / have seen no one. 
 ne . . . personne, nobody, no one. tout, everything. 
 
 ne . . . rien, nothing. dit, said. 
 
 affaires, business. quand, when. 
 
 eu, 1 had. ete, been. 
 
 j'ai eu, / have had. j'ai ete, / have been. 
 
 1 Had is translated by eu when it is a past participle, that is, when it 
 comes after any part of the verb to have : I have had, I had had, etc. 
 
78 EXERCISES. 
 
 il n'y a pas, there is not. 
 
 il n'y avait pas, there was not. 
 
 il n'y a plus, there is no more (or no longer). 
 
 il n'y avait plus, there was no more (or no longer). 
 
 il n'y a personne, there is nobody. 
 
 il n'y avait personne, there was nobody. 
 
 il n'y a rien, there is nothing. 
 
 il n'y avait rien, there ivas nothing. 
 
 1. Je suis alle chez vous bier soir a 6 heures et 
 demie, mais il n'y avait personne. 2. N'avez-vous pas 
 vu mes parents ou mes freres ? 3. Je n'ai vu per- 
 sonne. 4. N'avez-vous pas eu mon livre ce matin ? 
 
 5. Non, mon ami, je n'ai pas eu votre livre ce matin. 
 
 6. N'ont-ils pas ete malad.es ce soir ? 7. lis ont tous 
 ete malades. 8. Jean et Louis n'ont pas fait d'affaires 
 aujourd'hui. 9. Ce soir, a 5 heures moins mi quart, ils 
 n'avaient encore rien vendu. 10. Je n'avais pas encore 
 (yet) vu ma sceur quand vous etes venu chez moi. 
 11. Donnez-moi du fil, il n'y a plus de soie. 12. Appor- 
 tez-nous de l'eau, il n'y a plus de vin. 13. II n'a rien 
 eu, il n'a rien dit, il n'a vu personne. 14. Personne n'a 
 vu le livre que vous avez perdu. 
 
 1. I have had nothing. 2. She has had nothing. 
 3. You have had nothing. 4. They have had nothing. 
 5. Thou hast seen nobody. 6. He has seen nobody. 
 
 7. We have seen nobody. 8. They have seen nobody. 
 9. I had lent everything. 10. Thou hadst lent every- 
 thing. 11. She had lent everything. 12. We had lent 
 everything. 13. You had lent everything. 14. I have 
 not been ill. 15. He has not been ill. 16. You have 
 not been ill. 17. They have not been ill. 18. Have 3^011 
 visited everything? 19. I have visited everything and 
 seen everything. 20. When I saw your brother, he had 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 79 
 
 written everything. 21. There was nobody at your house 
 at 5 o'clock. 22. Have you had much business to-day? 
 23. I have sold nothing, everything is so dear. 24. There A 
 is no money in your purse : will you have 20 francs ? 
 25. Did you find the thimble which you lost ? 26. I 
 
 found nothing. 
 
 27. There was nothing on your table. 
 
 49. 
 
 
 Future. 
 The termination of the future in all verbs is : — 
 
 SINGULAR- 
 
 -rai. 
 -ras. 
 -ra. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 Before that termination put au- in the future of 
 avoir, and se- in the future of etre : — 
 
 / shall or will have, j'aurai. 
 
 thou shalt or wilt have, tu auras. 
 
 he shall or will have, il aura. 
 
 she shall or will have, elle aura. 
 
 we shall or will have, 
 you shall or will have, 
 
 nous aurons. 
 vous aurez. 
 ils auront. 
 
 they shall or will have, < .. 
 
 ■ 7 ( elles auront 
 
 / shall or ivill be, je serai. 
 thou shalt or wilt be, tu seras. 
 he shall or will be, 
 she shall or will be, 
 
 we shall or ivill be, 
 you shall or will be, 
 
 they shall or ivill be, 
 
 il sera, 
 elle sera. 
 
 nous serons. 
 vous serez. 
 ils seront. 
 elles se.'ont. 
 
 INTERROGATIVELY. 
 
 shall I have ? aurai-je ? shall I be? serai-je ? 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 The future tense must be used after quand, des que, 
 aussitot que, if futurity is implied, as : — 
 
 Vous aurez ce livre quand vous aurez 
 ecrit votre lettre, 
 
 Vous aurez ce livre des que (or aus- 
 sitot que) vous aurez ecrit votre 
 lettre, 
 
 You will have that book when you 
 have written your letter. 
 
 You will have that book as soon as 
 you have written your letter. 
 
80 EXERCISES. 
 
 des que, ) la pantoufle, the slipper. 
 
 .^1 > as soon as. .. . ' X1 , , 
 
 aussitot que, ) bien aise, glad, or very glad. 
 
 demain, to-morrow. commande, ordered. 
 
 1. Votre pere sera ici demain, a 9 heures et demie du 
 soir. 2. Serez-vous bien aise quand j'aurai fmi ces jolies 
 pantoufles pour vous ? 3. Aurons-nous aujourd'hui le 
 poisson que nous avons commande. 4. Des que leur 
 mere sera ici, elles auront du fil,. de la soie et des ai- 
 guilles. 5. Vous aurez aussi beaucoup de jolies choses. 
 6. Vous aurez une petite montre, une petite chaine et 
 un beau portemonnaie avec un franc. 7. Aurai-je aussi 
 un beau cheval blanc ? 8. Vous n'aurez pas de cheval 
 blanc, ces animaux-la sont trop chers. 9. Des qu'elle 
 aura ecrit ses exercices, elle aura une tasse de lait et 
 des f raises. 10. Nous aurons le journal francais tous 
 les samedis. 11. Vous serez un peu plus aimable quand 
 vous ne serez plus malade. 
 
 1. They will have ; they will be. 2. We shall have ; 
 we shall be. 3. He will have ; he will be. 4. You will 
 have ; you will be. 5. My cousins (m.) will have. 
 6. My cousins (/.) will be. 7. Will they have ? 
 8. Will they be ? 9. Shall we have ? 10. Shall we 
 be ? 11. Will you have ? 12. Will you be ? 13. Shall 
 I have ? 14. Shall I be ? 15. He shall have this stick 
 as soon as he has done his exercise. 16. She will be 
 prettier than her sister. 17. My exercises will not be 
 so easy as yours. 18. They will be much more difficult. 
 19. As soon as they are here, they shall have some bread 
 and some meat. 20. You will not be ill to-morrow. 
 
 21. They will be here at a quarter to six this evening. 
 
 22. We shall be very glad when you are with us. 
 
EXERCISES. 81 
 
 50. 
 
 I shall or will not have. I shall or will not be. 
 
 je n'aurai pas. je ne serai pas. 
 
 tu n' auras pas. tu ne seras pas. 
 
 il n'aura pas. il ne sera pas. 
 
 elle n'aura pas. elle ne sera pas. 
 
 nous n'aurons pas. nous ne serons pas. 
 
 vous n'aurez pas. vous ne serez pas. 
 
 ils n'auront pas. ils ne seront pas. 
 
 elles n'auront pas. elles ne seront pas. 
 
 INTERROGATIVELY. 
 
 shall I not have ? n'aurai- je pas ? shaft I not be ? ne serai-je pas ? 
 etc. etc. 
 
 il y aura, there will be. il n'y aura pas, there will not be. 
 
 la fin, the end. libre, free. 
 
 la recompense, the reward. preferable, preferable. 
 
 le fruit, the fruit. choisi, chosen. 
 
 1. Vous ne serez pas heureux si vous n'etes pas appli- 
 que. 2. N'aurez-vous pas de prix a la fin de cette 
 session ? 3. Laquelle de vos soeurs sera prete la pre- 
 miere ? 4. Ce ne sera pas Therese. 5. Ne serez-vous 
 pas libre ce soir ? 6. Ne serez-vous pas chez votre oncle 
 a cinq heures ? 7. N'aurons-nous pas de fruits ? 8. Ne 
 serez-vous pas bien aises quand vous aurez fait tout 
 ce travail ? 9. iSPaurai-je pas enfin ma recompense ? 
 10. La date choisie par mon frere ne sera pas preferable 
 a la votre. 11. Vos exercices ne seront pas plus difficiles 
 que les miens. 12. Quand serez-vous a Paris ? 
 
 1. We shall not have found. 2. We shall not be 
 found. 3. They will not have found. 4. They will not 
 be found. 5. She will not have found. 6. She will not 
 be found. 7. You will not have found. 8. You (pi.) 
 will not be found. 9. I shall not have found. 10. I 
 
 6 
 
82 EXERCISES. 
 
 shall not be found. 11. Shall we not have found ? 
 12. Shall we not be found ? 13. Will they not have 
 found ? 14. Will they not be found ? 15. Will you 
 not have found ? 16. Will you not be found ? 17. Shall 
 I not have found ? 18. Shall I not be found ? 19. Shall 
 we not have much work ? 20. Shall we not be free to- 
 morrow night ? 21. Will you have much business ? 
 22. Will you not be in a beautiful country ? 23. W r ill 
 they not have a reward ? 24. Will they not be indus- 
 trious ? 25. Shall you not be at London the 23d of this 
 month ? 26. You will have a letter from your brother 
 as soon as you are at London. 
 
 51. 
 
 Conditional. 
 
 The termination of the conditional in all verbs 
 is : — 
 
 
 r -rais. 
 
 
 r -rions. 
 
 SINGULAR, 
 
 1 -rais. 
 
 PLURAL, 
 
 < -riez. 
 
 
 ' -rait. 
 
 
 ' -raient. 
 
 Before that termination put au- in the conditional 
 of avoir, and se- in the conditional of etre: — 
 
 / should or would have, j'aurais. I should or would be, je serais, 
 
 tu aurais. tu serais, 
 
 il aurait. il serait. 
 
 elle aurait. elle serait. 
 
 nous aurions- nous serions. 
 
 vous auriez. vous seriez. 
 
 ils auraient. ils seraient. 
 
 elles auraient. elles seraient. 
 
 INTERROGATIVELY. 
 
 should I have ? aurais-je ? should I be? serais-je ? 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
EXERCISES. 83 
 
 Neither the future nor the conditional can be used 
 after si beginning a clause. When they are so used 
 in English, we put the present instead of the future, 
 and the imperfect instead of the conditional, as: — 
 
 Si vous etes chez vous a six heures, If you will be at home at six o'clock, 
 vous aurez ma visite, you shall have a visit from me. 
 
 Si vous etiez chez vous a six heures, If you would be at home at six o'clock, 
 vous auriez ma visite, you would have a visit from me. 
 
 le mot, the icord. simple, simple. 
 
 la reponse, the answer. malheureux, unhappy, unfortunate. 
 
 l'opera (m.j, the opera. content, contented, pleased. 
 
 1. Si vous etiez reste la, votre sceur ne serait pas 
 partie. 2. lis n'auraient pas ete si contents si leur 
 pere etait reste avec eux. 3. Si j'avais dit un mot, elle 
 serait revenue. 4. Vos freres ne seraient pas si heureux 
 s'ils 1 n'avaient pas flni leurs exercices. 5. Auriez-vous 
 parle a votre cousine si elle etait entree ? 6. Seriez-vous 
 aussi gaie que votre soeur si vous etiez aussi riche 
 qu'elle ? 7. Auraient-elles reca une reponse si elles 
 avaient ecrit cette lettre ? 8. Aurais-je dit tant de 
 choses aimables a votre soeur si elle avait ete mechante ? 
 9. II aurait achete plusieurs paires de bottines ce jour-la 
 si elles avaient ete bien faites. 10. Elle serait allee a 
 l'opera si sa mere n'avait pas ete malade. 11. Si j'etais 
 alle chez eux ce soir, je n'aurais trouve personne. 
 12. Rien ne serait plus utile que ce livre s'il etait plus 
 simple. 13. Nous n'aurions plus de vin si nous avions 
 bu ces dix bouteilles. 
 
 1. They will be ; they w T ill have. 2. They would 
 be ; they would have. 3. We shall be ; we shall have. 
 4. We should be ; we should have. 5. She will be ; she 
 will have. 6. She would be ; she would have. 7. Will 
 
 1 i is elided in si only when followed by il or ils : s'il est, s'ils sont. 
 
84 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 they be ? 8. Will they have ? 9. Would they be ? 
 10. Would they have ? 11. Shall we be ? 12. Shall 
 we have ? 13. Should we be ? 14. Should we have ? 
 
 15. You would be very happy, if your brother were here. 
 
 16. He would always be with you. 17. They should 
 have more prizes, if they were more industrious- 
 
 18. These ribbons would be prettier, if they were red. 
 
 19. That silk would be prettier, if it were black. 20. If 
 that water were cold, it would be better. 21. Will you 
 be glad when you have received that money ? 22. Would 
 you be glad, if you had received that money ? 23. I should 
 have gone to your house, if I had not been ill. 24. If 
 I had not had any money, I should have been very 
 unhappy. 25. They (/.) would have bought some lace 
 and some silk, if they had received more money. 26. My 
 little sister would have lost her thimble, if my brother 
 had not been in the chamber. ^ 
 
 52. 
 
 / should or ivould not have. 
 je n'aurais pas. 
 tu n'aurais pas. 
 il n'aurait pas. 
 elle n'aurait pas. 
 nous n'aurions pas. 
 vous n'auriez pas. 
 ils n'auraient pas. 
 elles n'auraient pas. 
 
 / should or would not be. 
 je ne serais pas. 
 tu ne serais pas. 
 il ne serait pas. 
 elle ne serait pas. 
 nous ne serions pas. 
 vous ne seriez pas. 
 ils ne seraient pas. 
 elles ne seraient pas. 
 
 INTERROGATIVELY. 
 
 shoidd I not have ? n'aurais-je pas T should I not be ? ne serais-je pas 1 
 etc. etc. 
 
 la regie, the rule. maintenant, now, by this time. 
 
 l'exemple (m.), the example. sans, without, but for. 
 
 chagrin, sad, vexed, sorry. bien, very. 1 
 
 1 Bien is more emphatic than tres ; it is generally used with some feel- 
 ing of admiration, surprise, desire, envy, etc. 
 
EXERGISES. 85 
 
 1. N'auriez-vous pas ete bien chagrin si vous n'etiez 
 pas venu avec moi ? 2. J'aurais ete tres malheureux si 
 vous etiez parti sans moi. 3. jSTous etions alles a l'opera, 
 et la bonne etait sortie. 4. jSTe seraient-ils pas plus 
 laborieux si leur pere etait ici ? 5. Si vous aviez mis 
 moins d'exemples dans vos regies, ne seraient-elles pas 
 beaucoup plus simples ? 6. Si vous etiez parti ce matin, 
 vous seriez arrive maintenant. 7. N'aurions-nous pas 
 eu de reponse a notre lettre si nous avions ecrit a votre 
 pere ? 8. Seriez-vous reste ici sans moi ? 9. N'auraient- 
 ils pas ete malades s'ils avaient mange ces mauvaises 
 poires ? 10. N'auraient-elles pas ete tres chagrines si 
 elles avaient perdu leurs exercices ? 11. S'ils etaient 
 partis a trois heures, ils ne seraient pas encore arrives 
 maintenant, mais ils seraient bien pres de la ville. 
 12. Ne serais-je pas bien malheureux si vous n'etiez 
 pas avec moi ? 13. S'il etait alle dans votre chambre, 
 n'aurait-il rien trouve ? 
 
 1. You would not have ; you would not have had. 
 2. You would not have been. 3. She would not have. 
 
 4. She would not have had ; she would not have been. 
 
 5. They would not be ; they would not have been. 
 
 6. They would not have had. 7. I should not be ; I 
 should not have been ; I should not have had. 8. There 
 is nothing ; there was nothing. 9. There will be noth- 
 ing ; there would be nothing. 10. There is not ; there 
 was not. 11. There will not be ; there would not be. 
 12. If you had been more diligent, your mother would 
 not have been so sad. 13. These children would not 
 be so unhappy, if they had not lost their mother. 14. If 
 he had come a little later, he would not have found his 
 father here. 15. If your brother had left three hours 
 ago, would he not be at his house by this time ? 16. I 
 
86 EXERCISES. 
 
 would have gone to the opera, if you had come with me. 
 17. If you had gone into my room, you would have 
 found nothing. 18. If there were not so many words in 
 your rules, would they not be more simple and easy ? 
 19. I would not have written my exercises, if my mother 
 had come back to-day. 20. Should we not have found 
 anybody, if we had gone to your house at half past 
 nine ? 21. No, sir, you would not have found anybody. 
 
 53. 
 
 (1) In questions, if the subject is a personal pro- 
 noun (je, tu, il, elle, nous, vous, ils, elles), or one of the 
 pronouns ce, on, it stands, as in English, after the 
 verb : 
 
 Est-il chez nous ? Is he at our house ? 
 
 Est-elle chez elle ? 7s she at home ? 
 
 (2) If the subject is not one of these pronouns, it 
 begins the sentence, and is repeated after the verb 
 under the form of a pronoun : — 
 
 Votre f rere est-il heureux * Is your brother happy ? 
 
 Ma mere est-elle venue ! Has my mother come ? 
 
 La votre est-elle partie 1 Is yours gone away ? 
 
 (3) If the question begins in English with an inter- 
 rogative adverb (why ? where ? when ? how ? etc.), the 
 adverb is also placed first in French, and the rest of 
 the sentence is constructed as above : — 
 
 Pourquoi votre frere est-il si malheu- Why is your brother so un- 
 
 reux ? happy ? 
 
 Quand ma mere est-elle venue 1 ? When has my mother come ? 
 
 A quelle heure la votre est-elle partie 1 ? At what o'clock did yours go 
 
 away? 
 
EXERCISES. 87 
 
 (4) When the third person singular ends with a 
 vowel, it is followed by a euphonic t before il ; elle, on, 
 to prevent an hiatus : — 
 
 A-t-il perdu son livre 1 Has he lost his booh ? 
 
 A-t-elle vu son pere 1 Has she seen her father ? 
 
 Sera-t-on aimable avec vous ? Will they be amiable towards you? 
 
 y a-t-il ? is there ? are there ? n'y a-t-il pas ? is or are there not ? 
 y avait-il ? was or were there ? n'y avait-il pas ? ivas or were there not ? 
 
 maintenant que, now that or simply now. 
 
 la semaine prochaine, next week. 
 
 le mois prochain, next month. 
 
 a la campagne, in the country. 
 
 fini, ended, finished. 
 
 1. Votre cousin a-t-il recu une reponse a sa lettre ? 
 2. Votre cousine n'a-t-elle pas encore recu de reponse a 
 sa lettre ? 3. Vos sceurs ne sont-elles pas bien aises 
 maintenant qu'elles ont fini leur travail ? 4. Votre mere 
 n'a-t-elle pas perdu son porte-monnaie ? 5. Ce veloci- 
 pede n'est-il pas bien joli ? 6. Votre frere n'avait-il pas 
 pleure quand nous sommes entres chez vous ? 7. Ne 
 serez-vous pas libre la semaine prochaine ? 8. N'aurez- 
 vous pas tout fini le mois prochain ? 9. Pourquoi cette 
 jeune personne est-elle si chagrine ? 10. Ou mon frere 
 a-t-il cache mon porte-monnaie ? 11. Ou vos amis ont- 
 ils perdu leurs bagages ? 12. Quand M. Herbulot est-il 
 parti pour la campagne ? 13. A quelle heure Ernest 
 sera-t-il a la station ? 14. Combien votre oncle a-t-il 
 vendu cette maison ? 15. Wy a-t-il rien dans ce tiroir ? 
 
 1. Is there? Is there not? 2. Was there? Was 
 there not ? 3. Will there be ? Will there not be ? 
 4. Would there be ? Would there not be ? 5. Is there 
 never ? Was there never ? 6. Will there never be ? 
 
88 EXERCISES. 
 
 Would there never be ? 7. Is there no more ? Was there 
 no more ? 8. Will there no longer be ? Would there no 
 longer be ? 9. Is there nobody ? Was there nobody ? 
 
 10. Will there be nobody ? Would there be nobody ? 
 
 11. Is your sister ill ? 12. Are your brothers diligent ? 
 13. Is this novel interesting ? 14. Has not your mother 
 lost her bracelets ? 15. Have your parents a house in 
 the country ? 16. Which of his books has your brother 
 lost ? 17.' Where has my cousin hidden my ear-rings ? 
 18. In what box has Henry put my gloves ? 19. When 
 will Miss Louisa be in London ? 20. At what o'clock 
 will Therese have finished her exercise ? 21. When did 
 your father buy this wood ? 
 
 54. 
 
 Exceptions to the formation of the feminine of 
 Adjectives. 
 
 We have seen (§ 2) that to form the feminine 
 of adjectives, an e mute is added to the masculine: 
 vrai, true, vraie ; applique, diligent, appliquee ; secret, 
 secret, secrete. 1 
 
 Exceptions. — Adjectives ending with e mute in 
 the masculine are the same in the feminine. 
 
 Adjectives ending in -el, -en, -on, -et, double the last 
 consonant, and take an e mute after it : cruel, cruel, 
 cruelle ; ancien, old, ancienne ; bon, good, bonne ; sujet, 
 subject, sujette. But secret, complet, and five others in 
 -et form their feminine regularly. 
 
 i Observe that if the adjective ends in the masculine with a consonant 
 preceded by an e mute, the latter takes a grave accent in the feminine : 
 complet, complete ; premier, premiere ; cher, chere. 
 

 EXERCISES. 
 
 89 
 
 The following adjective 
 
 711111 17 P 
 
 es also double their last consonant in the 
 
 11 Hi 1 11 1. . 
 
 pareil, 
 
 like, alike, 
 
 such, 
 
 pareille. 
 
 epais, 
 
 thick, 
 
 
 epaisse. 
 
 gros, 
 
 stout, big, 
 
 
 grosse. 
 
 gras, 
 
 fat, 
 
 
 grasse. 
 
 bas, 
 
 low, 
 
 
 basse. 
 
 gentil, 
 
 pretty, 
 
 
 gentille. 
 
 las, 
 
 tired, 
 
 
 lasse. 
 
 sot, 
 
 foolish, 
 
 
 sotte. 
 
 Adjectives ending in -f change f to ve : a vif, lively, 
 quick, vive; actif, active, active; neuf, new made,neuve. 
 
 Adjectives ending in -x change x into se : 2 heureux, 
 heureuse. 
 
 delicieux, delicious, delicieu.se. jaloux, jealous, jalouse. 
 orageux, stormy, orageuse. pluvieux, rainy, pluvieuse. 
 
 studieux, studious, studieuse. genereux, generous, genireuse. 
 nombreux, numerous, nombreuse. 
 
 garcon, boy. sauvage, wild. 
 
 fille, girl. moderne, modern. 
 
 bistoire (f.), history. la langue, the language. 
 
 la bete, the beast. italien, Italian. 
 
 la geographie, geography. jamais, ever. 
 
 chat (m.), cbatte (f.), cat. appris, learnt. 
 
 1. Ces dernieres nuits ont ete tres orageuses. 2. Votre 
 frere est paresseux, mais votre sceur est tres studieuse. 
 3. Votre cousine n'est-elle pas un peu jalouse ? 4. Votre 
 bonne n'est pas si active que la notre. 5. J'ai un cha- 
 peau neuf et aussi des bottines neuves. 6. Nos oncles 
 sont heureux, mais nos cousines sont bien malheureuses. 
 7. Ces fraises ne sont-elles pas delicieuses ? 8. Vous etes 
 
 1 The reason is that, but for the change, there would be no difference in 
 pronunciation between the masculine and the feminine. 
 
 2 Were an e mute added to x, according to the general rule, the sound 
 (heureuxe, jalouxe) would be too hard. 
 
90 EXERCISES. 
 
 bien heureuse, Madame, vous avez des enfants laborieux. 
 
 9. Ces filles sont moius actives que ces garcons. 10. Les 
 elephants ne sont pas cruels, mais ces betes sauvages 
 sont tres cruelles. 11. L'histoire moderne n'est pas 
 si facile que l'histoire ancienne, mais la geographie 
 ancienne est beaucoup plus difficile que la geographie 
 moderne. 12. La langue italienne n'est pas difficile. 
 
 13. Les grosses fraises ne sont pas si bonnes que les 
 petites. 14. Cette viande est trop grasse, donnez-nous 
 autre chose. 15. Cette petite fille est bien lasse. 
 16. Pourquoi votre frere a-t-il vendu son petit chien ? 
 il etait si gentil. 17. Oil votre soeur a-t-elle trouve cette 
 gentille petite chatte ? 
 
 1. Have you ever read ancient history or learnt ancient 
 geography ? 2. Has your brother seen that pretty little 
 beast ? 3. This little boy is prettier than that little 
 girl. 4. Yes, but in five or six years, the little girl will 
 be prettier than the little boy. 5. Our arm-chairs are 
 not so low as your chairs. 6. This beast is cruel. 7. Is 
 the Italian language difficult ? 8. No, sir, it is one of 
 the easiest of languages. 1 9. Your watch is too big. 
 
 10. That cat (/.) is too fat and her hairs are too thick. 
 
 11. Your brothers are very tired. 12. Omnibuses are 
 not numerous in this town. 13. These men are generous. 
 
 14. Those women are not generous. 15. Is not your 
 sister happy ? 16. His shoes are new, but his boots are 
 not new. 17. Aunt, your tea is delicious, but your 
 butter is not very good. 18. We shall have a rainy 
 night. 19. Our maid-servant is not so active as theirs. 
 
 1 Observe that, when n superlative is placed after its noun, the article is 
 repeated: c'est une des langues les plus faciles. 
 

 EXERCISES. 
 
 91 
 
 55. 
 
 Exceptions to the formation of the feminine of 
 Adjectives continued. 
 
 The following adjectives form their feminine irv 
 regularly. 
 
 vieux, vieil, 
 
 old, 
 
 
 vieille. 
 
 beau, bel, 
 
 beautiful, fine, 
 
 handsome, 
 
 belle. 
 
 nouveau, nouvel, 
 
 new, 1 
 
 
 nouvelle. 
 
 fou, fol, 
 
 mad, foolish. 
 
 
 folle. 
 
 faux, 
 
 false, 
 
 
 fausse. 
 
 doux, 
 
 sweet, gentle. 
 
 
 douce. 
 
 blanc, 
 
 white, 
 
 
 blanche. 
 
 franc, 
 
 frank, 
 
 
 franche. 
 
 sec, 
 
 dry, 
 
 
 seche. 
 
 public, 
 
 public, 
 
 
 publique. 
 
 grec, 
 
 Greek, 
 
 
 grecque. 
 
 malin, 
 
 malignant, cunning, clever, 
 
 maligne. 
 
 frais, 
 
 fresh, cool, 
 
 
 fraiche. 
 
 long, 
 
 long, 
 
 
 longue. 
 
 favori, 
 
 favorite, 
 
 
 favorite. 
 
 Observe that the first four adjectives of this list have each two 
 forms for the masculine. The second form is used only before a 
 noun beginning with a vowel or h mute: un bel oiseau, le nouvel 
 opera, le fol enfant, mon vieil ami. 2 
 
 large, broad. 
 
 latin, Latin. 
 
 regulier, regular. 
 
 1' avenue (f), the avenue. 
 
 la promenade, the walk. 
 
 la nouvelle, the news. 
 
 le bruit, the report. 
 
 l'ouvrage (m.), the work, the book. 
 
 1 Nouveau, placed before its noun, means another: j'ai achete" de nou- 
 veaux livres, / have bought some more books. 
 
 Nouveau, placed after its noun, means recent: j'ai achete" quelques 
 livres nouveaux, / hare bmtqht some boohs which have appeared recently. 
 
 Neuf means new mad'", that has not been in use yet: un habit neuf, un 
 chapeau neuf, a new coat, a new hat. Neuf is always placed after its 
 noun. 
 
 2 Vieil is not absolutely required before a noun beginning with a vowel; 
 we also sav mon vieux ami. 
 
92 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Apportez-moi un verre d'eau fraiche. 2. Cette table 
 est longue et large. 3. La langue grecque est plus riche 
 que la langue latine : elle est aussi plus difficile. 4. Je 
 n'ai jamais vu de petite bete plus maligne que celle-ci. 
 
 5. Cette nouvelle promenade n'est-elle pas publique ? 
 
 6. Oui, c'est maintenant ma promenade favorite. 7. Au- 
 trefois c'etait cette longue avenue par laquelle nous 
 sommes venus hier. 8. Voici des poires qui sont bien 
 vieilles. 9. Mon nouvel ami n'est pas malm. 10. Sa 
 soeur est la plus franche et la plus aimable des filles. 
 11. Mon frere avait un bel habit neuf, et ma sosur une 
 robe blanche. 12. Sa cousine est une tres belle femnie. 
 13. Son cousin est un tres bel homme. 14. Cette nou- 
 velle est fausse. 15. Ce bruit n'est pas moms faux. 
 
 1. Did you read Dickens's new work ? 2. Is not this 
 little girl your favorite ? 3. This wine is cool, but this 
 water is not cool. 4. There is a fine animal. 5. My old 
 friend (m.) is more cunning than you. 6. My old friend 
 (/.) is more cunning than he. 7. The Italian women 
 are more numerous in this country than the Greek 
 women. 8. Your chain is longer than mine or (than) his. 
 9. We are lost if that news is true. 10. It is not true, 
 it is false. 11. This long avenue is not public. 12. Your 
 strawberries are not very fresh. 13. Your sister is more 
 frank than his. 14. This muslin is as white as mine. 
 15. That poor woman is mad. 16. Your brother is very 
 fond of (likes much) sweet ale. 17. Why is your aunt 
 so unhappy ? Is not her daughter industrious ? 
 
EXERCISES. 93 
 
 56. 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 French verbs are divided into three conjugations, 1 
 distinguished from each other by the termination o £ 
 the infinitive. 
 
 The 1st ends in -er, the 2d in -ir, the 3d in -re. 
 
 The present participle is that part of a verb which 
 ends in -ing. It is frequently used in English with 
 the verb to be, but it is never so used in French. 
 When we have to translate it from English, we turn 
 it into the simplest form. For example, instead of I 
 am speaking, we say I sp>eak ; instead of 1 ivas speak- 
 ing, we say 1 spoke ; instead of / shall be speaking, 1 
 shall speak. 
 
 The auxiliary verb to do does not exist in French, 
 and must be suppressed in translating : Do you 
 speak? is therefore turned into speak you? Bo they 
 speak ? into speak they ? etc. 
 
 FIRST CONJUGATION. 
 
 In the first conjugation, which contains more than 
 four-fifths of the French verbs (3,400), the infinitive 
 ends in -er, and the past participle in -e. 
 
 1 Most grammars divide French verbs into four conjugations; but one con- 
 jugation having only seven regular verbs and about forty irregular ones, it 
 has been thought better to put all these among the irregular verbs. 
 
94 
 
 EXERCISES, 
 porter, to carry ; porte, carried. 
 
 Indicative Present. 
 Terminations : -e, -es, -e, -ons, -ez, -ent. 
 
 je porte, \ 
 
 AFFIRMATIVE. INTERROGATIVE. 
 
 / carry, I am carrying, 
 
 I do carry. porte- je ? l 
 
 tu portes. portes-tu ? 
 
 il or elle porte. porte-t-il T 
 
 nous portons. portons-nous T 
 
 vous portez. portez-vous ? 
 
 ils or elles portent. portent-ils ? 
 
 NEGATIVE. 
 
 je ne porte pas. 
 tu ne portes pas. 
 il ne porte pas. 
 nous ne portons pas. 
 vous ne portez pas. 
 ils ne portent pas. 
 
 trouver, to find. 
 donner, to give. 
 preter, to lend. 
 accepter, to accept. 
 fermer, to shut. 
 montrer, to show. 
 arroser, to water. 
 aimer, to like, to love. 
 
 que, that 
 
 INTERROGATIVE NEGATIVE. 
 
 ne porte-je pas ? L 
 ne portes-tu pas T 
 ne porte-t-il pas % 
 ne portons-nous pas 1 
 ne portez-vous pas 1 
 ne portent-ils pas ? 
 
 visiter, to visit. 
 parler, to speak. 
 pleurer, to weep. 
 travailler, to work. 
 cacher, to hide, to conceal. 
 commander, to command. 
 penser, to think. 
 admirer, to admire. 
 conjunction). 
 
 Imperative. 2 
 
 porte, carry thou, portons, let us carry, portez, carry you or ye. 
 
 1 In questions, when the 1st person singular ends in e mute, an acute 
 accent is put upon it for the sake of the sound. 
 
 2 The imperative is formed from the present indicative in all verbs. 
 
EXERCISES. 95 
 
 1. Je pense que vous aimez les animaux. 2. Je trouve 
 que votre frere travaille beaucoup. 3. N'acceptez-vous 
 pas ce joli cacleau ? 4. Us donnent toujours de jolies 
 choses a ma tante. 5. Si vous ue pleurez pas, vous 
 aurez un beau ruban rouge. 6. Je ue pleure plus ; 
 raontrez-moi ce beau ruban. 7. Avez-vous visite les 
 principales villes du pays ? 8. Nous n'avons rien visite, 
 nous sommes venus par le bateau. 9. Nous ne fermous 
 jamais cette porte. 10. Vous cacliez toujours mes 
 plumes, ou sont-elles ? 11. Pardon, Mademoiselle, je 
 ne cache jamais vos plumes ; je pense, au coutraire, que 
 c'est vous qui cachez toujours les miennes. 12. Vous 
 serez malade, si vous pleurez taut. 13. Pourquoi votre 
 frere n'arrose-t-il pas vos fleurs ? 14. II arrose les 
 miennes tous les jours. 15. Henri n'arrose jamais les 
 siennes. 16. Jeanne, fermez la porte. 
 
 1. He is visiting ; he is visited. 2. He is not visit- 
 ing ; he is not visited. 3. He has visited ; he has not 
 visited. 4. He has been visited ; he has not been visited. 
 5. He had visited ; he had not been visited. 6. He 
 will be visited ; he will not be visited. 7. He will 
 have visited ; he will not have visited. 8. He would be 
 visited ; he would not be visited. 9. He would have 
 visited ; he would not have visited. 10. He would 
 have been visited ; he would not have been visited. 
 11. He does visit ; he does not visit. 12. Does he visit 
 (§ 53, 4) ? 13. Does he not visit ? 14. Are you speak- 
 ing of me ? 15. We are not speaking of you, we are 
 speaking of Therese. 16. They do not accept your pres- 
 ent, they think that you are giving too many things to 
 your friends. 17. Did you give John the new work 
 which I bought the other day ? 18. They never shut 
 that window. 19. Why do you not water your sister's 
 
96 EXERCISES. 
 
 flowers ? 20. Why are you not working ? 21. I work 
 perhaps more than you. 22. Are you fond of (do yon 
 like) flowers ? 23. My sister is fond of birds. 24. ] 
 think that we shall have an answer to our letter nex 
 week. 
 
 57. 
 
 The Past Participle and the Past Tense. 
 
 The past participle is the past used with to be or to 
 have, as, I am blamed, I have blamed. It is translated 
 literally. 
 
 The past tense (§ 40) is the past of a verb used 
 without to be or to have, as I blamed. In translating 
 an English past tense into French, first try if it can 
 be changed into used to (as I used to speak), or into 
 the present participle with I was, thou wast, he or she 
 was, etc. (as I was speaking). 
 
 If either of these two modes can be employed, use 
 the imperfect (je parlais) ; if neither can be employed, 
 use the past indefinite (j'ai parle), as explained in § 40. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Terminations : -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, -aient. 
 
 / used to carry or / was carrying (or / carried, when / carried means 
 either / used to carry or / icas carrying). 
 
 je portais. nous portions. 
 
 tu portais. vous portiez. 
 
 il or elle portait. ils or elles portaient. 
 
 NEGATIVE. INTERROGATIVE. INTERROG. NEGATIVE. 
 
 je ne portais pas, etc. portais-je 1 etc. ne portais-je pas ? etc. 
 
 flatter, to flatter. le maitre, the teacher. 
 
 tromper, to deceive. le plaisir, pleasure. 
 
EXERCISES. 97 
 
 rencontrer, to meet. quelquefois, sometimes. 
 
 blamer, to blame. partout, everywhere. 
 
 louer, to praise. alors, then, at that time. 
 
 chercber, to look (for), to seek. a present, now. 
 
 evident, evident. ensemble, together. 
 
 1. Quand j'etais a Paris, je rencontrais souveut votre 
 frere. 2. II travaillait beaucoup alors, il n'aimait pas le 
 vin et les plaisirs. 3. J'admirais le plan de ce jardin 
 lorsque j'ai rencontre votre pere. 4. Les maitres louai- 
 ent tous les jours nos exercices, ils trouvaient que nous 
 travaillions beaucoup. 5. Je pense que vos maitres 
 flattaient un peu leurs eleves. 6. Ils blamaient les 
 paresseux, mais il etait evident qu'ils aimaient tous 
 leurs eleves. 7. Nous arrosions notre jardin quand 
 votre sceur est entree. 8. Elle a un peu travaille avec 
 nous. 9. Elle aimait beaucoup les fleurs autrefois, mais 
 maintenant ce sont les livres qu'elle aime. 10. Nous 
 parlioiis de vous quand vous etes entre. 11. Ou etiez- 
 vous ce matin quand je suis alle chez vous ? 12. J'etais 
 chez ma tante, qui est revenue hier de Paris. 
 
 1. I was not flattering ; I was not flattered. 2. I am 
 not flattering ; I am not flattered. 3. I used not to 
 flatter ; I used not to be flattered. 4. I would have 
 flattered ; I would not have flattered. 5. I would have 
 been flattered ; I would not have been flattered. 6. I 
 would be flattered ; I would not be flattered. 7. I will 
 have flattered ; I will not have flattered. 8. I had 
 flattered ; I had not flattered. 9. I had been flattered ; 
 I had not been flattered. 10. I have flattered ; I have 
 not flattered. 11. I have been flattered; I have not 
 been flattered. 12. Do I flatter? Do I not flatter? 
 13. We were speaking of you this morning. 14. Where 
 were you ? 15. Your father was looking everywhere 
 
 7 
 
98 EXERCISES. 
 
 for the paper which you have lost. 16. My sister used 
 formerly to lend her books to everybody. 17. Were not 
 these children weeping when I came in ? 18. Yes, sir, 
 they were weeping, because they have lost their money. 
 19. Why were you working so much, when your father 
 came in yesterday ? 20. I was working because my 
 father is not fond of idle children. 
 
 v 
 
 58. 
 
 Fast Indefinite. 
 
 / have carried or / did carry (or / carried, when / carried does not 
 mean either / used to carry or / was carrying). 
 
 j'ai porte. nous avons porte. 
 
 tu as porte. vous avez porte. 
 
 il or elle a porte. ils or elles ont porte. 
 
 When a verb has several subjects of different per- 
 sons, after enumerating them, we generally put one 
 of the pronouns nous and vous to sum them up in 
 one : — 
 
 Ma mere et moi, nous sommes alles My mother and I went to your house. 
 
 chez vous, 
 Mon frere etvous, vous etes partis My brother and you left at Jive. 
 a cinq heures, 
 
 recompenser, to reward. la sculpture, sculpture. 
 
 commencer, to begin, to commence. longtemps, a long time. 1 
 
 le mois dernier, last month. injustement, unjustly. 
 
 le musee, the museum. quelque part, somewhere. 
 
 1. Le maitre a recompense votre frere, parce qu'il a 
 bien travaille. 2. Avez-vous enfin commence votre ex- 
 ercice ? 3. Non, Monsieur, nous n'avons encore rien 
 fait. 4. Mon frere et moi, nous sommes un peu malades 
 aujourd'hui. 5. Nous, sommes alles hier a la campagne, 
 
 1 Longtemps, an adverb, cannot be preceded by an article. 
 
EXERCISES. 99 
 
 et nous avons mange de mauvaise viande et bu de 
 mauvais vin. 6. Ce matin vous et votre frere, vous avez 
 blame injustement votre cousin. 7. Ces dames sont- 
 elles restees longtemps chez vous ? 8. Non, Madame, 
 elles sont arrivees a huit heures et sont parties a neuf. 
 9. Elles ont beaucoup admire le tableau que mon pere a 
 achete l'autre jour. 10. Elles ont trouve notre vin ordi- 
 naire delicieux. 11. Henri, n'avez-vous pas cache ma 
 montre quelque part ? 12. Tenez, voici votre montre, 
 elle etait sur votre table. 13. Nous etions souvent 
 ensemble, nons visitions les musees, qu'il admirait beau- 
 coup. 14. II admirait le plus, je pense, le musee de 
 sculpture. 
 
 1. Is she praising ? is she praised ? 2. Was she not 
 praising ? was she not praised ? 3. Has she praised ? 
 has she been praised ? 4. Had she not praised ? had 
 she not been praised ? 5. Will she be praised ? will she 
 have praised ? 6. Would she not be praised ? 7. Would 
 she not have praised ? 8. Would she not have been 
 praised ? 9. The garden which you bought last month 
 is not so large as your uncle's. 10. I lost the book which 
 you had lent to my mother. 11. Did you show to your 
 landlord's wife the beautiful muff which you bought last 
 week ? 12. Did you and your sister go to the museum 
 yesterday evening ? 13. Did you see my stick anywhere ? 
 14. Have you not worked long enough ? 15. I think that 
 the doctor has bought my uncle's house. 16. Where did 
 - your sister hide my handkerchief ? 17. When did your 
 father come back from London ? 18. Why did you shut 
 all the doors and (all) the windows ? 19. When did 
 your parents arrive ? 20. My mother arrived on Thurs- 
 day, my father and I arrived on Saturday, June 28th, 
 1889. 
 
 
100 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 59. 
 Future. 
 
 Terminations : -erai, -eras, -era, 
 
 je porterai, / shall or will carry. 
 
 tu porteras. 
 
 il or elle portera. 
 
 Conditional. 
 
 -erons, -erez, -eront. 
 
 nous porterons. 
 
 vous porterez. 
 
 ils or elles porteront. 
 
 Terminations : -erais, -erais, -erait, -erions, -eriez, -eraient. 
 
 je porterais, / would or should carry. 
 
 tu porterais. 
 
 il or elle porterait. 
 
 nous porterions. 
 
 vous porteriez. 
 
 ils or elles porteraient. 
 
 That and which may often be understood in English, 
 but must always be expressed in French : — 
 
 Je pense que votre frere est malade, 
 Ou est le roman que vous avez achete 
 hier ■? 
 
 / think your brother is unwell. 
 Where is the novel you bought 
 yesterday ? 
 
 For is translated by pendant when it marks the 
 whole duration of an action or a state, from the be- 
 ginning to the end ; and, in this sense, it may gen- 
 erally be omitted. 
 
 Je travaillerai encore pendant une heure, 
 Je travaillerai encore une heure, 
 II a ete malade pendant trois jours, 
 II a ete malade trois jours, 
 
 le temps, time, weather. 
 un moment, one moment 
 
 I shall work yet for an hoar. 
 
 He was unwell for three days. 
 
 oublier, to forget. 
 oser, to dare. 
 
 1. Mon frere a travaille longtemps ce matin, et il 
 travaillera encore deux ou trois hemes ce soir. 2. Je 
 commencerai mes exercices dans une heure. 3. Je 
 
EXERCISES. 101 
 
 pense que nous visiterons votre mere aujourd'hui. 
 4. Pourquoi n'accepteriez-vous pas cette bague ? 5. Xe 
 parlez pas de cette nouvelle si vous rencontrez votre 
 cousine. 6. Combien d'heures travaillerez-vous au- 
 jourd'hui. 7. Je travaillerai huit heures. 8. Ne vi- 
 siterez-vous pas votre vieux maitre quand vous serez a 
 Londres ? 9. Je uoublierai pas l'ouvrage dont vous 
 avez parle. 10. Blameriez-vous un pere qui donnerait 
 quelquefois des mots orageux a son fils, si celui-ci etait 
 paresseux ? 11. Des qu'ils auront commence leur tra- 
 vail ordinaire, je fermerai la maison et je visiterai 
 votre pere un moment. 12. Si nous avions le temps, 
 nous visiterions cette ville, elle est pleine de tableaux 
 magnifiques. 
 
 1. The} r will forget ; they would forget. 2. They (m.) 
 will be forgotten ; they would be forgotten. 3. They will 
 have forgotten ; they would have forgotten. 4. They 
 will have been forgotten ; the} r would have been for- 
 gotten. 5. They used to forget ; they used to be for- 
 gotten. 6. They did forget ; the} 7- do forget. 7. They 
 have been forgotten ; they had been forgotten. 8. They 
 were forgetting ; they were forgotten. 9. They are for- 
 getting ; they are forgotten. 10. I think he will not 
 work much to-day. 11. I shall be very glad if he will 
 work for two or three hours. 12. I would accept her 
 present if I dared. 13. But you would not dare. 14. You 
 forget that you and your brother will have no prize this 
 month. 15. You will not forget my ring, it is in the 
 drawer near the door. 16. I looked for your ring and 
 your chain for half an hour, and I found nothing. 17. If 
 we have time, we will look together this evening. 
 18. She would deceive her father if she dared. 19. Your 
 sister and you will look for the thimble I have lost. 
 
102 EXERCISES. 
 
 60. 
 
 When an action or a state which began some time 
 ago is still going on, the present tense must be used 
 in French ; and in such cases for is translated by 
 depuis. 
 
 / have been working for three hours, Je travaille depuis trois heures. 
 / have been here for half an hour, Je suis ici depuis une demi-heure. 
 
 Observe that for does not mark the whole duration of the action or 
 state in these examples, but only the beginning ; it cannot, therefore, 
 be translated by pendant, which expresses the whole space of time 
 between the beginning and the end. 
 
 How long is translated : — 
 
 (1) By depuis quand with the present tense, if the 
 action or state is still continuing : — 
 
 Depuis quand etes-vous malade 1 How long have you been ill ? 
 
 (2) By combien de temps with the past indefinite, if 
 the action or state is past : — 
 
 Combien de temps avez-vous demeure ) „ . ... . . . _ 
 
 . _ > How Long did you live in Home ? 
 
 a Rome % S * J 
 
 (3) By combien de temps with the future, if the 
 action or state is future : — 
 
 Combien de temps resterez-vous a ) ,, , 7 ,. . T , 
 
 > How long shall i/ou stag mJerusaU m .<• 
 J erusaiem ' ) 
 
 rester, to stag. bientot, soon. 
 
 jouer, to play. l'apres-midi (f.), the afternoon. 
 
 chanter, to sing. plus tot, soom r. 
 
 a 1'ecole, at school. gaiement, cheerfully. 
 
 demeurer, to live, to dwell. done, tlun, therefore. 
 
 6tudier, to study. ensuite, afterwards. 
 
 voyager, to travel. au moins, at least. 
 
EXERCISES. 103 
 
 1. Je demeure a Glasgow clepuis quinze ou seize ans. 
 
 2. Henri a demeure a Glasgow pendant trois ans, de 
 1860 a 1863. 3. II etait trois heures quancl j'ai com- 
 mence mes exercices. II est maintenant quatre heures 
 et demie, je travaille done depuis une heure et demie. 
 
 4. J'etudierai encore une demi-heure, et ensuite je vi- 
 siterai ma tante qui est un peu malade depuis hier. 
 
 5. Votre cousin n'est-il pas a Londres depuis long- 
 temps ? 6. Oui, Monsieur, mon cousin demeure a Lon- 
 dres depuis trois mois. 7. J'ai demeure a Londres quinze 
 jours, il y a bien longtemps. J'etais alors tres jeune, et 
 j'aimais le plaisir plus que le travail. 8. J'ai peu voyage 
 depuis, inais je pense que je visiterai bientot Paris. 
 9. Quand etes-vous alle a Edimbourg ? 10. II y aura 
 trois mois a la fin de la semaine prochaine. 11. Depuis 
 quand etes-vous ici ? 12. Je suis ici depuis deux jours. 
 13. Combien de temps etes-vous restes a Pai^is ? 14. Nous 
 sommes restes trois jours a Marseille, deux a Lyon, deux 
 a Dijon, et huit a Paris, 15. Combien de temps resterez- 
 vous a Londres ? 16. Quinze jours seulement. 
 
 1. I have been here for a long time, at least two hours 
 and a half. Where were you ? 2. I was at the house 
 of the lawyer, who arrived this morning from Paris. 
 
 3. I have been looking for your brother for half an hour. 
 Where is he ? 4. He has been living at his aunt's for 
 two days. 5. My father and my mother have been trav- 
 elling for two months. They are now in Paris. 6. They 
 have been in Paris since Wednesday. 7. They were * in 
 Rome for ten days. 8. They were in Rome when they 
 
 1 They were, in this sentence, cannot be translated by the imperfect ils 
 etaient, as you cannot turn it either into they used to be, they used to live, 
 or into they were staying, they were living. But, in the next sentence, 
 they were, meaning they were staying there when another event took place, 
 must be translated by the imperfect. 
 
104 EXERCISES. 
 
 received your letter. 9. They lived in Florence for three 
 weeks. 10. How long has he been here ? 11. How long 
 have my sisters been here ? 12. How long was my 
 brother at London ? 13. How long were they (/.) at 
 London ? 14. How long shall I stay at Paris ? 15. How 
 long will your mother and aunt stay at Paris ? 16. He 
 would not work so much if he were rich enough. 
 
 17. When she was young, she was fond of play. 
 
 18. We used to play with your brother when we lived 
 at your uncle's. 19. We sang together every evening. 
 20. You used to forget everything when you were at 
 school. 21. If she were more diligent, she would not 
 forget her exercises. 
 
 61. 
 
 SECOND CONJUGATION. 
 
 In verbs of the second conjugation (more than 350 
 in number) the infinitive ends in -ir, and the past 
 participle in -i. 
 
 Finir, to finish; fini, finished. 
 
 Indicative Present. 
 
 Terminations : -is, -is, -it, -issons, -issez, -issent. 
 je finis, I finish, I am finishing, I do finish, nous finissons. 
 tu finis. vous finissez. 
 
 il or elle finit. ils or elles finissent. 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 finis, finish thou. finissons, let xis finish, finissez, finish you or ye. 
 
 obeir, 1 to obey. choisir, to choose. 
 
 desobeir, to disobey. reussir, to succeed, to be successful 
 
 rougir, to blush. punir, to punish. 
 
 1 Obeir and desobeir require a before their object. 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 105 
 
 agir, to act. 
 
 celui qui, he who. 
 
 
 remplir, to Jill, to fulfil. 
 
 le devoir, the duty. 
 
 
 batir, to build. 
 
 ainsi, thus, so. 
 
 
 le boulanger, the baker. 
 
 pourtant, yet, however. 
 
 
 la lecon, the lesson. 
 
 severement, severely. 
 
 
 1. Est-ce vous qui desobeissez ainsi a votre mere ? 
 2. Un enfant sage obeit toujours a ses parents et a ses 
 maitres. 3. Est-ce votre oncle qui batit cette maison ? 
 
 4. ISTon, c'est le boulanger ; il est devenu bien ricbe. 
 
 5. Si vous rougissez ainsi, tout le monde pensera que 
 vous avez mal agi. 6. Xe remplissez plus mon verre, 
 j'ai assez bu. 7. Si vous desobeissez toujours a vos 
 maitres, vous serez malheureux toute votre vie. 8. Voici 
 de bien jolis boutons ; mon frere choisit celui-ci, et ma 
 so3ur celui-la. 9. II a clu talent, des manieres et de la 
 conduite, et pourtant il ne reussit pas. 10. Punissez- 
 vous sou vent l'enfant de mon voisin ? 11. II est moins 
 souvent puni que votre frere. 12. II n'a jamais desobei 
 a ses maitres, et il a toujours rempli ses devoirs. 
 
 1. They are choosing ; they are chosen. 2. They do 
 not choose. 3. Are you (m. s.) not choosing ? 4. Are 
 you (/. pi.) not chosen ? 5. She had not chosen ; she 
 had not been chosen. 6. She has not chosen ; she has 
 not been chosen. 7. They do not obey their mother. 
 
 8. If he does not obey his teacher, he will be punished. 
 
 9. Does this girl obey her father ? 10. He who does 
 not obey his parents will never be happy. 11. They are 
 choosing the best pears, but we choose the best straw- 
 berries. 12. It is she (§ 37) who is building that beau- 
 tiful museum, she is so rich ! 13. For whom is the 
 book you are choosing ? 14. Why do you not obey 
 your master ? 15. Why are you blushing ? 16. If 
 you do not succeed, you will be severely punished. 
 
106 EXERCISES. 
 
 17. If you had come sooner, you would have seen your 
 cousin Jane; she arrived this morning at a quarter of 
 eight, and went away this afternoon at half past three. 
 
 62. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Terminations : -issais, -issais, -issait, -issions, -issiez, -issaient. 
 
 / used to finish or / was finishing (or I finished, when I finished means 
 either 1 used to finish or / was finishing). 
 
 je finissais. nous finissions. 
 
 tu finissais. vous finissiez. 
 
 il or elle finissait. ils or elles finissaient. 
 
 guerir, to cure. parler mal, to speak ill. 
 
 trahir, to betray. grace a, thanks to. 
 
 salir, to soil, to dirty. tout a fait, quite. 
 
 8tre enrhume, ) , ,, 1' ordre (m.), the order. 
 
 avoir un rhume, ) 1' exactitude (f.), the punctuality. 
 
 gaiement, cheerfully. le magasin, the shop. 
 
 1. lis finissaient leurs exercices quand nous sommes 
 entres. 2. C'est elle qui guerissait ses freres et ses 
 sceurs quand ils etaient enrhumes. 3. Grace a elle, 
 nous etudiions nos lemons et nous obeissions ton jours 
 a nos parents et a nos maitres. 4. Nous ne salissions 
 jamais nos .habits. 5. Votre frere etait-il tout a fait 
 gueri quand vous etes parti de Liverpool ? 6. II etait 
 si bien gueri qu'il jouait du matin au soir. ^7. Je choi- 
 sissais une petite broche pour elle quand elle est entree 
 dans le magasin. 8. Elle a rougi, et je pense que j'ai 
 rougi aussi. 9. Je n'ai jamais aime ce monsieur. Quand 
 nous etions a l'ecole chez lui, nous etions toujours punis. 
 
 10. Et pourtant nous obeissions toujours a ses ordres. 
 Nous remplissions toujours nos devoirs avec exactitude. 
 
 11. Combien de temps ma cousine est-elle restee chez 
 
EXERCISES. 107 
 
 vous ? 12. Elle est restee sept heures et demie. Elle 
 serait partie plus gaienient, si elle avait vu son cher 
 cousin. 
 
 1. She is not cured ; she is not curing. 2. She was 
 not curing; she was not blaming. 3. She was not cured; 
 she was not blamed. 4. She has not been quite cured. 
 5. She has not been seen to-day. 6. She was choosing 
 a red ribbon for her sister when I entered the shop. 
 7. She would be very naughty if she did not obey her 
 parents and her master. 8. They used to choose the 
 best apples, but we always chose the best strawberries. 
 
 9. I was filling her glass when your father came in. 
 
 10. It was my aunt who cured my sisters when they 
 had a cold. 11. Why did you not (habitually) obey 
 your mother ? 12. Why were you blushing this morn- 
 ing when I was speaking to your mother ? 13. I was 
 thinking that you were speaking ill of me. 14. When 
 you worked well, you always succeeded. 15. I was work- 
 ing well because I was never punished. 16. But were 
 you not sometimes lazy ? 17. Yes, sometimes. 18. How 
 long were my brothers in Loudon ? 
 
 63. 
 
 Past Indefinite. 
 
 I have finished or / did finish (or I finished, when I finished does not 
 mean either / used to finish or I was finishing). 
 
 j'ai fini. nous avons fini. 
 
 tu as fini vous avez fini. 
 
 il or elle a fini. ils or elles ont fini. 
 
 We have seen (§ 60) that an action or a state 
 which began some time ago is expressed by the pres- 
 ent tense in French, if it is still continuing, as : — 
 
108 EXERCISES. 
 
 Je travaille depuis trois heures, / have been working for three hours. 
 Depuis quand etes-vous malade? How long have you been ill? 
 
 There is another and more idiomatical way to ex- 
 press these two ideas, namely : — 
 
 II y a trois heures que je tra- It is three hours since I began to 
 
 vaille, work. 
 
 Combien y a-t-il que vous Ites ma- How long is it that you have been 
 
 lade ? ill f 
 
 In each of these two sentences, the verb may also 
 be put in a past tense to express a past action : — 
 
 II y avait trois ans que j'habitais / had been inhabiting that house for 
 
 cette maison. three years. 
 
 Combien yavait-il que votre frere / , T , , 7 -7„ 
 
 '+ **■ 1 a 1 \ ow ' on 9 was y our brother sick ? 
 
 etait maiacie . > 
 
 Observe that the word depuis cannot be expressed after il y a or 
 y a-t-il, the conjunction que taking its place. 
 
 demenager, to remove. un scelerat, a scoundrel. 
 
 parfaitement, perfectly. violer, to violate. 
 
 comme, how, as, like. le serment, the oath. 
 
 comme a l'ordinaire, as usual. merci, thanks. 
 
 1. Combien y a-t-il que vous demeurez ici ? 2. II y a 
 trois ans et demi que nous avons demenage. 3. Combien 
 y a-t-il que votre frere est revenu ? 4. II y a quinze 
 jours qu'il est arrive de Paris. 5. A-t-il reussi dans ses 
 affaires ? 6. Je pense qu'il a parfaitement reussi. 
 -7. Combien de temps y a-t-il que vous avez commence 
 votre theme grec ? 8. Avez-vous vu comme ma soeur a 
 rougi ? 9. Oui, Monsieur, j'ai vu qu'elle a rougi parce 
 que vous parliez mal de votre tante. 10. Cet enfant 
 a-t-il encore desobei a son maitre ? 11. II a desobei 
 aujourd'hui comme a l'ordinaire. 12. II n'est pas assez 
 souvent puni. 
 
EXERCISES. 109 
 
 1. Does he sing ? 2. Does he blush ? S. Did he 
 play ? 4. Did he succeed ? 5. Is he admiring ? Is he 
 admired ? 6. Is he betraying ? Is he betrayed ? 
 7. Was he in the habit of admiring ? 8. Was he 
 (usually) admired ? 9. Was he in the habit of betray- 
 ing ? 10. Was he (usually) betrayed ?/ 11. Was he be- 
 traying ? was he betrayed ? 12. Has he admired ? has 
 he been admired ? 13. Has he betrayed ? has he been 
 betrayed ? 14. Had he admired ? had he been admired ? 
 15. Had he betrayed ? had he been betrayed ? 16. Have 
 you been here long (translate 16 to 19 in both ways) ? 
 17. I have been here for an hour. 18. How long has 
 your father been travelling ? 19. He has been travelling 
 for a month. 20. How long is it since your mother went 
 out ? 21. He is a scoundrel, he violated his oath. 
 22. Did you succeed in your affair ? 23. I have suc- 
 ceeded very well, thanks ? 24. Has not your sister 
 finished her letter ? 25. Where did you soil your boots 
 thus ? 26. How long did your sisters stay in Paris ? 
 
 64. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Terminations : -irai, -iras, -ira, -irons, -irez, -iront. 
 
 je finirai, / shall or will finish. nous finirons. 
 
 tu finiras. vous finirez. 
 
 il or elle finira. ils or elles finiront. 
 
 Conditional. 
 
 Terminations : -irais, -irais, -irait, -irions, -iriez, -iraient. 
 
 je finirais, / ivould or should finish. nous finirions. 
 
 tu finirais. vous finiriez. 
 
 il or elle finirait. ils or elles finiraient. 
 
 l'entreprise (f.), the enterprise. certainement, certainly 
 
 la maitresse, the mistress. parmi, among. 
 
 la gloire, the glory. le choix, the choice. 
 
110 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Quand reussirez-vous dans vos entreprises ? 2. Pour- 
 quoi ne finiriez-vous pas votre theme ce soir ? 3. Obeira- 
 t-elle a sa nouvelle maitresse ? 4. Saliront-ils toujours 
 leurs gants ? 5. Laquelle de ces deux robes choisiriez- 
 vous ? 6. Je rougirais pour vous, si vous ne travailliez 
 pas plus que votre soeur. 7. Si monsieur Ernest n'obeit 
 pas a ses maitres et n'etudie pas, il sera severement puni. 
 8. Si j'etais votre maitre, n'obeiriez-vous pas a mes 
 ordres? 9. JSTon, certainement, je n'obeirais pas a vos 
 ordres. 10. Je desobeirais toujours a un maitre plus 
 jeune que moi. 11. Alors le jeune maitre punirait son 
 vieil eleve. 
 
 1. Will he not admire ? 2. Will he not be betrayed ? 
 3. Will he not have betrayed ? 4. Will he not have 
 been admired ? 5. Would he not admire ? 6. Would 
 he not be betrayed ? 7. Would he not have admired ? 
 8. Would he not have been betrayed ? 9. Would he not 
 punish your sister if she did not work ? 10. She will 
 punish her child if he soils his dress. ] 11. Will you not 
 fill my glass ? 12. Does she never punish her children ? 
 
 13. If he does not obey his teacher, he will be punished. 
 
 14. They would not build so many houses, if they had no 
 money. 15. You would soil your gloves, if you carried 
 this bottle. 16. If my sisters were here, I would finish 
 my exercise. 17. How long is it since your brother went 
 to Paris ? 18. He has been at Paris for two years. 
 19. Would you choose this book, if you had the choice 
 among all these works ? 20. I would not choose the one 
 which you have ; here, I think, is the most interesting 
 of all. 21. Why would you not choose the one which I 
 have taken ? 22. I find that it is the least interesting 
 of the works of this writer. 
 
EXERCISES. Ill 
 
 65. 
 
 THIRD CONJUGATION. 
 
 In verbs of the 3d conjugation (of which there are 
 about 240) the infinitive ends in -re, and the past par- 
 ticiple in -u. 
 
 Rendre, to return (to give back) ; rendu, returned. 
 
 Indicative Present. 
 
 Terminations : -s, -s, -, -ons, -ez, -ent. 
 
 I give back or return, I am giving back, I do give back. 
 
 je rends. nous rendons. 
 
 tu rends. vous rendez. 
 
 il or elle rend. ils or elles rendent. 
 
 Imperative, 
 rends, give thou back, rendons, let us give back, rendez, give you or ye back. 
 le voyage, the journey. l'attention (f.), the attention. 
 
 le tonnerre, the thunder. attendre, to wait, to iv a it for. 
 
 ces gens-la, those people. entendre, to hear (a noise), 
 
 le beau-frere, the brother-in-law. entendre dire, to hear (meaning 
 
 la belle-soeur, the sister-in-law. to hear it said, to learn). 
 
 le jeu, the game, the play. repondre (a), to answer. 
 
 la raison, the reason. perdre, to lose. 
 
 un quart d'heure, a quarter of an hour, la reponse, the answer 
 exprimer, to express. 
 
 1. Si vous attendez un moment, nous commencerons 
 notre voyage ensemble. 2. Avez-vous entendu le ton- 
 nerre ? 3. Avez-vous entendu dire que votre frere est un 
 peu malade ? 4. Avez-vous repondu a la lettre de votre 
 cousin ? o. Nous ne repondons jamais aux lettres de 
 ces gens-la ; nous ne perdons pas notre temps ainsi. 
 6. Quand vous jouez avec votre beau-frere et votre belle- 
 sceur, n'est-ce pas tou jours vous qui perdez ? 7. Oui, 
 mademoiselle, c'est toujours moi qui perds ; je joue si 
 
112 EXERCISES. 
 
 mal, et ma belle-soeur joue si bien ! 8. Pourquoi, Made- 
 moiselle, ne repondez-vous jamais a mes lettres ? 9. Je 
 tie reponds pas a vos lettres parce que. 10. Votre raison 
 est simple et tres bien exprimee, et pourtant elle n'est 
 pas claire. 11. N'attendez pas d'autre reponse. 
 
 1. You (m. s.) are not losing ; you are not choosing. 
 2. You are not lost ; you are not blamed. 3. You do 
 not lose ; you do not choose. 4. You have not lost ; 
 you have not blamed. 5. You have not been lost ; you 
 have not been chosen. 6. You had not lost ; you had 
 not blamed. 7. You had not been lost ; you had not 
 been chosen. 8. You did not lose ; you did not blame. 
 9. Have you been waiting (for) your brother-in-law 
 long ? 10. My aunt and I have been waiting for a 
 quarter of an hour. ' 11. Do you hear your brother ? 
 12. Yes, I hear my brother and yours. 13. When I 
 play with you, I always lose. 14. You always lose be- 
 cause you do not play with attention. 15. If you do 
 not answer his letter this evening or to-morrow morn- 
 ing, she will be very sad. 16. Are you waiting for your 
 aunt ? 17. No, sir, it is for my mother that I am wait- 
 ing. 18. I hear that your sister-in-law is quite cured. 
 19. Was he admiring ? was he admired ? 20. Will he 
 not have admired ? would he not have been admired ? 
 
 ee. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Terminations : -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, -aient. 
 
 jt used to return {give back) or / u-as returning (or / returned, when / 
 returned means either i" used to return or / ivas returning). 
 
 je rendais. nous rendions. 
 
 tu rendais. vous rendiez. 
 
 il or elle rendait. ils or elles rendaient. 
 
EXERCISES. 113 
 
 fameux, famous. justement, just, exactly. 
 
 passer, to pass, to spend. le whist, whist. 
 
 evident, evident. la somme, the sum. 
 
 en effet, in effect (or you are right). le billet, the note. 
 
 deja, already. descendre, to come down. 
 
 jusqu'a, till. battre, to beat. 
 au bord de la mer, at the coast, or sea-shore. 
 
 1. Ne rendiez-vous pas cette fameuse somme a votre 
 frere lorsqu'Henri est entre ? 2. Oui, je rendais a Louis 
 l'argent qu'il a prete autrefois a ma soeur. 3. Qui at- 
 tendiez-vous ce matin, lorsque j'ai passe pres de vous 
 dans la rue ? 4. A quelle heure attendais-je quelqu'un 
 dans la rue ce matin ? 5. II etait 8 heures, ou 8 heures 
 moins dix. 6. Vous parliez avec votre cousin Ernest, 
 mais il etait evident que vous attendiez quelqu'un. 
 7. En effet, j'attendais Pomnibus, dans lequel je suis 
 entre a 8 heures moins cinq. 8. Je suis alle chez votre 
 pere, qui etait deja sorti et que j'ai attendu jusqu'a 
 9 heures. 9. A cette heure-la je suis revenu chez moi. 
 10. Je repondais justement a votre billet lorsque votre 
 pere est entre. 11. Nous avons parle du plaisir que nous 
 avons eu au bord de la mer l'annee derniere. 12. Nous 
 passions presque tout notre temps ensemble. 13. Nous 
 jouions au whist tous les soirs. 14. C'etait lui qui per- 
 dait presque toujours. 15. Quand ce n'etait pas votre 
 mere et lui qui perdaient, c'etait votre soeur et votre frere. 
 
 1. You (m. p.) were not lost; you were not praised. 
 
 2. You were not losing ; you were not punishing. 
 
 3. You are not lost ; you are not praised. 4. You are 
 not losing ; you are not punishing. 5. You used not to 
 be lost ; you used not to be praised. 6. You used not 
 to lose ; you used not to punish. 7. Do you not lose ? 
 do you not praise ? 8. Did you not lose ? did you not 
 punish ? 9. Why were you not waiting yesterday, 
 
114 EXERCISES. 
 
 when your father was at our house ? 10. I was not 
 waiting just because my father was at your house. 
 11. I had not finished my exercises. 12. They have 
 been waiting for their mother a long time (meaning they 
 are still waiting for her). 13. She beats x this poor 
 animal every day. 14. They used to beat these poor 
 animals. 15. Why were you not coming down this 
 morning ? 16. She was not coming down because her 
 mother was ill. 17. I was answering her note when you 
 came iu (40). 18. We always used to lose when we 
 played with you. 19. We do not play so much now, we 
 are more industrious. 20. How long have you been in 
 Paris ? 21. It is exactly two weeks since I arrived. 
 
 67. 
 
 Past Indefinite. 
 
 / have returned {given back) or I did return (or / returned, when / 
 returned does not mean either / used to return or / ivas returning). 
 
 j'ai rendu. nous avons rendu. 
 
 tu as rendu. vous avez rendu. 
 
 il or elle a rendu. ils or elles ont rendu. 
 
 In questions, when you wish to express some sur- 
 prise, however little, begin the interrogative sentence 
 by est-ce que : — 
 
 Est-ce qu'il n'est pas encore revenu Has he not yet come bad- from 
 
 de Paris ? Paris ? 
 
 Est-ce que mon f rere est malade ? Is my brother unwell ? 
 
 Est-ce que means is it true that ? or is it possible that ? 
 Its use is often merely a matter of euphony. 
 
 1 Battre takes only one t in the three persons sing, of the pres. indicative, 
 and the second sing, of the imperative : je bats, tu bats, il bat ; ne bats 
 pas ce chien. In all other persons and tenses it is regular. 
 
KXERCISES. 115 
 
 le coup de canon, the cannon shot. la pluie, the rain. 
 
 la visite, the visit. l'empereur, the Emperor. 
 
 Cresus, Croesus. Amerique, America. 
 
 mort, -e, dead. le louis, the louis (a gold coin 
 
 joli, prett //-looking. worth 20 francs). 
 
 1. Est-ce que vous avez attendu longtemps ? 2. Est-ce 
 que vous n'avez pas entendu ee coup de canon ? 3. Est-ce 
 que vous n'avez pas entendu dire que votre oncle est 
 revenu d' Amerique riche comme Cresus ? 4. Therese, 
 est-ce que vous ne descendez pas ? votre mere est ici. 
 5. Est-ce que vous n'avez pas encore repondu a la lettre 
 de votre pere ? 6. Avez-vous enfin vendu votre maison 
 et votre jardin ? 7. Est-ce que vous avez vendu cette 
 jolie maison que vous aimiez tant ? 8. Pourquoi avez- 
 vous battu ce pauvre chien ? 9. Est-ce parce qu'il est 
 sorti sans vous ce matin ? 10. Vous etes triste, est-ce 
 que vous avez encore perdu votre argent ? 11. Juste- 
 ment, j'ai perdu mon porte-monnaie oil j'avais mis six 
 louis ce matin. 12. Est-ce que vous perdez souvent 
 votre porte-monnaie ? 
 
 1. Were you (/. s.) losing? 1 were you praising? 
 2. Were you lost ? were you punished ? 3. Shall you 
 be lost ? shall you be praised ? 4. Will you have lost ? 
 will you have punished ? 5. Were you not losing ? 
 were you not praising ? 6. Were you not lost ? were 
 you not praised? 7. Shall you not be lost ? shall you 
 not be punished ? 8. Will you not have lost ? will you 
 not have praised ? 9. Have you and your brother 
 waited long for your father ? 10. Did she look for her 
 brother ? 11. Did they lose their money ? 12. Did you 
 not hear the rain this morning ? 13. Did you not hear 
 
 1 Presume that each of these questions implies some surprise, and begin 
 by est-ce que. 
 
116 EXERCISES. 
 
 that the Emperor is dead ? 14. Do you think we have 
 sold our pretty-looking house ? 15. Have you not yet 
 returned the book which Louisa lent to your sister two 
 years ago ? 16. Has she not yet replied to your note ? 
 17. Did they not wait for their sister ? 18. Louisa, 
 have you not lost your ear-rings ? 19. My sister here ? 
 Has she already arrived from London ? Why did she 
 not wait for my visit ? 
 
 68. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Terminations : -rai, -ras, -ra, -rons, -rez, -ront. 
 je rendrai, / shall or will return (give back), nous rendrons. 
 tu rendras. vous rendrez. 
 
 il or elle rendra. ils or elles rendront. 
 
 Conditional. 
 
 Terminations : -rais, -rais, -rait, -rions, -riez, -raient. 
 je rendrais, I would or should return [give back), nous rendrions. 
 tu rendrais. vous rendriez. 
 
 il or elle rendrait. ils or elles rendraient. 
 
 Neither . . . nor is translated by ni repeated, and 
 the verb must be preceded by the usual ne. 
 
 Je ne blame ni votre frere ni votre / blame neither your brother nor your 
 soeur, sister. 
 
 la terre, the land. le bruit, the noise. 
 
 sembler, to appear, to seem. pret, ready. 
 
 raisonnable, reasonable. 
 
 1. Kendrez-vous cette plume a votre cousin si vous 
 trouvez la votre ? 2. Rendriez-vous cette plume a, votre 
 cousin si vous trouviez la votre ? 3. Combien de temps 
 avez-vous attendu votre cousin ? 4. J'aurais attendu 
 plus longtemps, si j'avais pense que vous attendiez aussi. 
 
EXERCISES. 117 
 
 5. Avez-vous rendu a votre cousine sa bague, ses brace- 
 lets, et ses boucles d'oreilles ? 6. Je ne rendrai a ma 
 cousine ni sa bague, ni ses bracelets, ni ses boucles 
 d'oreilles, ni ses gants, ni sa broche. 7. Est-ce que vous 
 n'attendrez pas votre sceur ? elle sera prOte dans un mo- 
 ment. 8. Nous n'attendrons ni ma soeur ni ma cousine ; 
 elles ne sont jamais pretes. 9. Est-ce que vous battez 
 encore cette pauvre petite bete ? elle semble si mal- 
 heureuse ! 10. Est-ce que vous n'entendez pas ce 
 bruit-la ? 
 
 1. Will you (/. 'pi.) not wait ? will you not choose ? 
 2. Will you not be waited for ? will you not be de- 
 ceived ? 3. Will you not have waited ? will you not 
 have chosen ? 4. Will you not have been waited for ? 
 will you not have been chosen ? 5. Would you not 
 wait ? would you not deceive ? 6. Would you not be 
 waited for ? would you not be chosen ? 7. Would you 
 not have waited ? would you not have deceived ? 
 8. Would you not have been waited for ? would you not 
 have been chosen ? 9. They would return all the 
 mone}^ which they received, if they were not so poor. 
 10. If we were playing for money, we should lose too 
 If much. 11. Will you not come down this morning ? 
 12. Wait one minute, I am ready. 13. When will she 
 reply to my letter ? 14. I think they will sell neither 
 their house nor their lands. 15. Why would they wait 
 so long ? 16. I shall not wait much longer. 17. If you 
 were more reasonable, you would not beat these poor 
 animals. 18. I never beat my cat, but I sometimes beat 
 my dog. 19. Whom are 3 T ou looking for in this long 
 street ? 20. There is the man ! He is a scoundrel 
 who has often deceived me, but he will deceive me no 
 longer. 
 
118 EXERCISES. 
 
 69. 
 
 Peculiarities in Verbs of the 1st Conjugation. 
 
 All the verbs of the 1st conjugation but two are 
 regular, and consequently conjugated like porter. 
 But a few present some peculiarities caused by pro- 
 nunciation, and which may be very easily understood 
 and remembered. These verbs are : — 
 
 1st. Those having an e before their last syllable, as 
 ce-le-brer, ex-a-ge-rer, pre-fe-rer. 
 
 2d. Those having an e mute before their last sylla- 
 ble, such as me-ner, le-ver, ap-pe-ler, je-ter. 
 
 3d. Those ending in -yer. 
 
 4th. Those ending in -cer or -ger. 
 
 Verbs having an e before their last Syllable. 
 
 When pronouncing the infinitive ce-le-brer, 1 it will be observed that 
 the sound is equally short on each of the three syllables, the two first 
 ending each with an e, and the third ending with er, which in pro- 
 nunciation is equivalent to e. But when pronouncing the singular 
 of the present indicative, the sound, in the last two syllables, is com- 
 pletely changed, — the last syllable is now mute, and the preceding 
 on that account has become much longer . je ce-le-bre, tu ce-le-bres, 
 il ce-le-bre. This longer sound of the second last syllable is expressed 
 by a grave accent replacing the acute. 
 
 Therefore, all verbs of the 1st conjugation having 
 an e before their last syllable in the infinitive change 
 that e into an e, when the following syllable, in the 
 course of the conjugation, is to be mute. 2 
 
 1 For the division of syllables see Introduction, page 10. 
 
 2 The rule excepting verbs in -eger from the above changes in accents 
 was abolished by the French Academy in 1878. 
 
EXERCISES. 119 
 
 Ce-le-brer, to celebrate. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 je ce-le-bre, tu ce-le-bres, il ce-le-bre, nous ce-le-brons, vous ce-le-brez, 
 
 ils ce-le-brent. 
 
 INDICATIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 je ce-le-brais, tu ce-le-brais, il ce-le-brait, etc. 
 
 INDICATIVE PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 j'ai ce-le-bre, tu as ce-le-bre, il a ce-le-bre, etc. 
 
 INDICATIVE FUTURE. 
 
 je ce-le-bre-rai, tu ce-le-bre-ras, il ce-le-bre-ra, nous ce-le-bre-rons, vous 
 ce-le-bre-rez, ils ce-le-bre-ront. 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 je ce-le-bre-rais, tu ce-le-bre-rais, il ce-le-bre-rait, etc. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 ce-le-bre, ce-le-brons, ce-le-brez. 
 Verbs having an e mute before their last Syllable. 
 
 Writing the singular of the present indicative of the verb mener, 
 we have je me-ne, tu me-nes, il me-ne, in each of which there is no 
 sound, both syllables being mute in each word. In order, therefore, 
 to obtain a sound, we put a grave accent over the e of me; and we 
 do so whenever me- is followed by a mute syllable. 
 
 Therefore, verbs of the 1st conjugation, having an 
 e mute before their last syllable in the infinitive, 
 change that e mute into e, when, in the course of the 
 conjugation, the syllable following is mute. 
 
 Me-ner, to take {to), to lead, to guide. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 je me-ne, tu me-nes, il me-ne, nous me-nons, vous me-nez, ils me-nent. 
 
 INDICATIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 je me-nais, tu me-nais, il me-nait, nous me-nions, vous me-niez, ils 
 
 me-naient. 
 
 INDICATIVE PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 j'ai me-ne, tu as me-ne, il a me-ne, etc. 
 
120 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 INDICATIVE FUTURE. 
 
 je nie-ne-rai, tu me-ne-ras, il me-ne-ra, etc. 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 je me-ne-rais, tu me-ne-rais, il me-ne-rait, etc. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 me-ne, me-nons, me-nez. 
 
 Exceptions : — In verbs ending in -eler as appeler, 
 and -eter, as jeter, we double the 1 and the t, instead of 
 putting a grave accent before a mute syllable, the 
 effect being exactly the same. 
 
 J'appelle, tu appelles, il appelle, j'appellerai, j'appellerais, etc., je 
 jette, je jetterai, je jetterais, etc. 
 
 But note that the four verbs acheter (to buy), etiqueter (to label), 
 geler (to freeze), and peler (to peel), follow the general rule, and their 
 t or 1 is never doubled : j'achete, tu achetes, il achete, nous achetons, 
 etc. Je gele, tu geles, il gele, nous gelons, etc. 
 
 esperer, to hope, to hope for. 
 
 preferer, to prefer. 
 
 posseder, to possess. 
 
 exagerer, to exaggerate. 
 
 appeler, to call. 
 
 jeter, to throw, to throw away. 
 
 acheter, to buy. 
 
 geler, to freeze. 
 
 promener, to take out to walk. 
 
 proteger, to protect. 
 
 patiner, to skate. 
 
 deviner, to guess. 
 
 vilain, ugly, bad. 
 l'habitude (f.), the habit. 
 la fortune, fortune. 
 le cas, the case, circumstance. 
 la fete, the birthday. 
 le chiffre, the number. 
 d'ailleurs, besides. 
 l'annee derniere, last year. 
 avant, before. 
 fort (adv.), much, hard. 
 le coin, the corner. 
 maman, mamma. 
 
 l'hiver (m.), winter. 
 
 1. Ma soeur prefere ces bracelets-ci a ceux-la, mais je 
 trouve ceux-la bien plus beaux que ceux-ci. 2. Est-ce 
 que vous n'exagerez pas un peu ? 3. J'exagere peut- 
 etre quelquefois, c'est une vilaine habitude, mais je 
 n'exagere pas dans ce cas-ci. 4. Quand celebrerez-vous 
 
EXERCISES. 121 
 
 la fete de votre cousine ? 5. Je pense que sa fete tombe 
 le 13 du mois prochain. 6. Le 13 ! c'est un bien vilain 
 chiffre ! Je prefererais le 12 ou le 14. 7. D'ailleurs le 
 13 est un dimanche, nous celebrerons cette fete le 12. 
 
 8. Esperons que le temps sera beau ; l'annee derniere 
 nous avons eu un temps tres orageux. 9. Vous etes bien 
 content ce soir ; il gele tres fort, vous patinerez demain. 
 10. Nous n'avons pas patine l'hiver dernier ; il n'a 
 presque jamais gele. 11. Oil achetez-vous vos livres et 
 vos plumes ? 12. J'achete mes livres, mes plumes et 
 mes journaux chez le libraire qui demeure au coin de 
 notre rue. 13. Comment appelez-vous cette enfant ? 
 14. Marie ! c'est un bien joli nom ; mademoiselle Marie, 
 menez-moi pres de votre maman. 15. La bonne pro- 
 menera les enfants ce soir ; ils ne sont pas prets main- 
 tenant. 16. N'est-ce pas vous qui protegez ce pauivre 
 jeune homme ? 17. Kon, monsieur, ce n'est pas moi, 
 c'est mon frere. 
 
 1. They would not prefer these books to those. 
 2. Let us hope that you will always be happy. 3. Do 
 you not exaggerate his fortune ? 4. I exaggerate noth- 
 ing ; he possesses many houses and lands. 5. I hope 
 you will not forget the book which I lent (to) your 
 sister on Tuesday last ? 6. When will you celebrate 
 my birthday ? 7. (On) what day does it fall ? 8. (On) 
 a Friday. I think it is also (on) the 13th of the month. 
 
 9. Unfortunate (man), we shall never celebrate your 
 birthday ; choose another day, if you please. 10. It is 
 freezing a little this evening, I hope that you will skate 
 
 Isoon. 11. When will the girls take the children out to 
 walk ? 12. I shall buy that picture for my mother. 
 13. Where are you taking my brother ? 14. I am tak- 
 ing your brother to school. 15. Throw (away) that 
 pear, it is very hard. 16. Guess who called your sister 
 
122 EXERCISES. 
 
 at the corner of Queen Street. 17. I hope that we shall 
 skate to-morrow. 18. I think it is freezing hard now ; 
 
 it has been freezing for the last twenty-four hours. 
 
 70. 
 
 Verbs ending in -yer. 
 
 A y placed between two vowels is equivalent to iy, the i unit- 
 ing with the preceding vowel and the y beginning the next syllable 
 Appuyer, for example, is pronounced exactly as if it were written 
 ap-pui-yer, the sound of both i and y being very distinct in the 
 word. 
 
 If we write the singular of the present indicative according to the 
 orthography of the infinitive, we shall have : j'appuye, tu appuyes, il 
 appuye, or, which amounts to the same thing : — j'ap-pui-ye, tu ap- 
 pui-yes, il ap-pui-ye, but this produces a very disagreeable breath- 
 ing on the last syllable, to avoid which we simply change y into i 
 before an e mute. 
 
 Therefore, in verbs ending in -yer, the y becomes i 
 before e mute. 
 
 However, in verbs ending in -ayer, it is optional to keep the y 
 throughout the whole conjugation, or to adhere to this rule strictly. 
 
 Appuyer, to support. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 j'appuie, tu appuies, il appuie, nous appuyons, vous appuyez, ils 
 
 appuient. 
 
 INDICATIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 j'appuyais, tu appuyais, il appuyait, nous appuyions, etc. 
 
 INDICATIVE PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 j'ai appuye, tu as appuye, il a appuye, etc. 
 
 INDICATIVE FUTURE. 
 
 j'appuierai, tu appuieras, il appuiera, nous appuierons, etc. 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 j'appuierais, tu appuierais, il appuierait, nous appuierions, etc, 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 appuie, appuyons, appuyez, 
 
 1 
 
EXERCISES. 123 
 
 Verbs ending in -cer or -ger. 
 
 In verbs ending in -cer, the c, 1 being soft in the in- 
 finitive, must be kept soft throughout the whole verb. 
 When, therefore, in any tense, c is followed by a or o, a 
 cedilla is placed under the c, to show that it must re- 
 tain a soft sound : nous commencons, je commencais, etc. 
 
 In verbs ending in -ger, the g, 1 being soft in the 
 infinitive, must also be kept soft throughout. When, 
 therefore, it happens, in any tense, to be followed by 
 a or o, a silent e is put after the g, simply to soften its 
 sound : nous partageons, tu corrigeais, etc. 
 
 affrayer, to frighten. obliger, to oblige. 
 
 essayer, to try. annoncer, to announce. 
 
 payer, to pay, to pay for. menacer, to threaten. 
 
 aboyer, to bark. sale, dirty. 
 
 employer, to employ. juste, just. 
 
 nettoyer, to clean. certain, certain. 
 
 envoyer, to send. amener, to bring. 
 
 constamment, constantly. mordre, to bite. 
 
 assez (before an adjective or casser, to break. 
 
 adverb), pretty. le proverbe, the proverb. 
 
 manger, to eat. autrement, otherwise. 
 
 deranger, to disturb, to trouble. occupe, busy, engaged. 
 
 corriger, to correct. prononcer, to pronounce. 
 
 1. Essayez ce crayon-ci, c'est mon meilleur. 2. En 
 effet, il est tres bon, j'essaierai aussi votre plume. 
 
 3. Combien payez-vous vos plumes et vos crayons ? 
 
 4. Je paie tres cher les plumes et les crayons que 
 j'achete chez le libraire clu coin. 5. ISTettoyez un peu 
 cette table, elle est tou jours sale. 6. Monsieur, je 
 nettoie cette table tous les matins. 7. Ce vilain petit 
 
 1 See Introduction, pages 6, 7. 
 
124 EXERCISES. 
 
 cliien que vous amenez tou jours avec vous aboie con- 
 stainment. 8. Tous les chiens qui aboient ue mor- 
 dent pas. 9. Le proverbe est assez juste, mais votre 
 chien a mordu le nez de Charles hier. 10. Appuyez, 
 s'il vous plait, ma chaise contre cette table. Merci. 
 
 11. Je mangeais, je pense, lorsque vous etes entre. 
 
 12. Vous mangiez, en effet, avec vos freres et vos 
 sceurs, mais je n'ai derange personne. 13. Nous pro- 
 noncons les langues anciennes autrement que vous. 
 14. Si nous derangeons votre frere, maintenant qu'il 
 est occupe, il ne sera pas content. 15. J'acheterai une 
 montre la semaine prochaine ; je n'ai pas assez d'argent 
 aujourd'hui. 16. Protegeons les malheureux. 17. Si 
 vous menacez cet enfant, il ne travaillera plus. 18. Ne 
 menagons personne. 
 
 1. You frightened your mother when you broke that 
 glass. 2. They would pay their uncle this evening,- if 
 they had money enough. 3. She is very lazy ; she does 
 not employ her time well. 4. If you do not pay my 
 aunt before Saturday, I am certain that she will not 
 be contented. 5. Why does he not send that book to 
 his cousin (m.) ? 6. Why did you not send my letter 
 to your sister ? 7. Those dogs bark all night. 8. Have 
 you not yet cleaned my watch ? 9. Do not try his pen ; 
 it is bad. 10. My brother was correcting my exercise 
 when my aunt came in this morning. 11. He used to 
 correct all my letters and all my exercises formerly. 
 12. Let us not eat before ten o'clock. 13. Let us oblige 
 our friends. 14. Formerly they used to pronounce very 
 well. 15. Why do you always disturb your uncle ? 
 16. When I was young I ate too often. 17. They were 
 announcing sad news to their friends when your letter 
 arrived. 
 
EXERCISES. 125 
 
 THE PLACE OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 1 
 
 71. 
 After a Preposition (See § 32). 
 
 moi, me. nous, us. 
 
 toi, thee. vous, you. 
 
 lui, /»>«. eux, them (ra.). 
 
 elle, for. elles, them (f.). 
 
 moi-meme, myself. nous-memes, ourselves. 
 
 toi-meme, thyself. vous-memes, yourselves. 
 
 lui-meme, himself. eux-memes, themselves (m.). 
 
 elle-meme, herself. elles-memes, themselves {{.). 
 
 Personal pronouns governed by any preposition ex- 
 cept to stand in the same place as in English, and are 
 translated as above. 
 
 apres, after. selon, according to. 
 
 par, by. malgre, in spite of. 
 
 contre, agains*. tranquille, easy. 
 
 quant a, as for. l'offre, (f.), the offer. 
 
 sans, but for, without. soyez, be. 
 
 1. J'ai recu ce livre de votre frere ou de vous. 2. Nous 
 travaillons pour lui. 3. lis sont arrives avant elles. 
 4. Soyez tranquille, je n'agirai ni contre vous ni contre 
 eux. 5. Selon eux, nous ne reussirons pas. 6. Chez qui 
 etes-vous alle hier soir ? 7. Je suis alle chez elles. 
 
 8. Sans vous je n'aurais pas ecrit cette sotte lettre. 
 
 9. Est-ce pour elle-meme qu'elle a accepte ces boucles 
 
 1 Pupils must learn by heart the list of pronouns given in §§ 71-76, so as 
 to be able to answer without hesitation such questions as these: " How do 
 you translate him before the verb ? him after ? them before ? them after? 
 themselves before ? themselves after?" etc. In this way, the rule as to the 
 place of Personal Pronouns will become one of the easiest in the language, 
 instead of one of serious difficulty. 
 
126 EXERCISES. 
 
 d'oreilles ? 10. Non, mon ami, c'est pour vous ou pour 
 moi. 11. Elles n'agiront certainemeut pas contre elles- 
 niemes. 12. Est-ce pour eux ou pour nous-memes que 
 nous travaillons maintenant ? 13. C'est pour nous- 
 memes. 14. Quant a eux, je suis certain qu'ils n'accep- 
 teront pas notre offre. 15. Je donnerai cette bague a 
 Tlierese malgre vous et malgre eux. 16. Contre qui 
 parlez-vous ? 17. Nous ne parlons contre personne, 
 nous parlons de vous et d'elle. 
 
 1. My brothers will arrive before us. 2. "We went 
 away after them. 3. We are not speaking of you, we 
 are speaking of him and of her. 4. According to her, 
 we shall be punished. 5. As for you, my friend, I am 
 certain you will succeed. 6. I shall accept his present 
 in spite of you and (in spite of) her. 7. I think you 
 spoke this morning against me. 8. I never speak 
 against you ; on the contrary, I sometimes speak for 
 you. 9. Why did you leave without them (m.) ? 
 
 10. We went to her house, but she was out with you. 
 
 11. At what time did I go out with her ? 12. Is it for 
 me or for yourself that you are playing ? 13. It is for 
 myself. 14. I will play for you in half an hour. 
 15. They left in spite of me. 
 
 72. 
 
 Personal Pronouns before the Verb. 
 
 me, me, to me. nous, us, to us. 
 
 te, thee, to thee. vous, you, to you. 
 
 lui, to him, to her. leur, to them. 
 
 le, him, it. les, them (m.). 
 
 la, her, it. les, them (f.). 
 
 Personal pronouns governed by a verb or preceded 
 b} to are translated as above, and must be placed im- 
 
EXERCISES. 127 
 
 mediately before the verb in simple tenses, and before 
 the auxiliary in compound tenses ; as — 
 
 Je le blame, / blame him. 
 
 Je l'ai blame, / have blamed him. 
 
 Je ne l'ai pas blame, / have not blamed him. 
 
 Je ne lui ai pas parle, / have not spoken to him. 
 
 garder, to keep. ingrat, ungrateful. 
 
 refuser, to re/use. sur, sure. 
 
 1. Je vous parlerai dans une heure. 2. Je ne vous ai 
 pas vu ce matin. 3. Votre cousine est arrivee, niais je 
 ne lui ai pas parle. 4. Si vous n'avez jamais ete a ce 
 jardin, nous le visiterons ensemble la semaine prochaine. 
 5. J'ai perdu ma grammaire anglaise, je la cherche par- 
 tout et ne la trouve pas. 6. Votre oncle est devenu 
 bien vieux, nous l'avons rencontre hier dans la rue. 
 7. Voici un nouvel ami pour vous, j'espere que vous 
 l'aimerez bien. 8. Je l'espere aussi ; s'il m'aime un 
 peu, je sais sur que je l'aimerai beaucoup. 9. Est-ce 
 que vous n'admirez pas ce joli porte-monnaie ? Ingrat, 
 je l'ai achete pour vous. 10. Si vous ne le trouvez pas 
 beau, je le garderai pour moi. 11. Je suis sur que votre 
 frere ne le refusera pas. 12. Voici, je pense, le verre 
 de votre sceur ; est-ce vous qui l'avez rempli ? 13. Non, 
 monsieur, ce n'est pas moi qui l'ai rempli ; je pense que 
 c'est ma mere. 14. Votre frere m'a ecrit hier, mais je 
 ne lui ai pas encore repondu. 
 
 Models of Construction. 
 
 jene 
 
 lui 
 
 ai pas parle. 
 
 tu ne 
 
 leur 
 
 as pas parle. 
 
 il ne 
 
 nous 
 
 a pas parle. 
 
 mon frere ne 
 
 vous 
 
 a pas parle. 
 
 nous ne 
 
 leur 
 
 avons pas parle. 
 
 vous ne 
 
 lui 
 
 avez pas parle. 
 
 ils ne 
 
 vous 
 
 ont pas parle. 
 
 mes freres ne 
 
 m' 
 
 ont pas parle. 
 
128 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. I am speaking to him. 2. He is speaking to her. 
 3. She was speaking to them. 4. We shall speak to you 
 no more. 5. You would not have spoken to them. 
 6. They had not sold it. 7. They are not praising you. 
 8. I will lend you my pen, if you have lost yours. 9. If 
 you deceive him he will punish you. 10. He has offered 
 me his book, but I have not accepted it. 11. I am look- 
 ing for my pencil ; I had it an hour ago, but I have lost 
 it in this room. 12. They would not have spoken to 
 me, if you had not been with them. 13. If you had 
 lent me your pen, I would have written to your sister. 
 14. If you lend her that book, she will never return it 
 
 73. 
 
 retrouver, to find (a thing lost). marchander, to bargain (for). 
 
 reclamer a, to claim from. supposer, to suppose. 
 
 egarer, to mislay. tremblant, trembling. 
 
 expliquer, to explain. promis, promised. 
 
 demander a, to ash from a person. 
 
 1. II vous punira severement si vous ne lui obeissez 
 pas. 2. Ou done, petite mechante, avez vous cache mon 
 de ? 3. Pardon, ma tante, je n'ai pas cache votre de ; 
 pourquoi m'appelez-vous mechante ? Voici un tiroir dans 
 lequel je l'ai retrouve, ce fameux de que vous reclamez 
 a tout le monde. 4. Qui l'avait cache dans ce tiroir? 
 5. Personne, je pense, ne l'avait cache ; e'est vous qui 
 l'aviez egare. 6. Si nous arrivons avant eux, nous fer- 
 merons la porte apres nous. 7. Je lui rendrai son livre 
 quand il me rendra le mien. 8. Si vous lui portez cette 
 somme, il la refusera. 9. Vous etes tout tremblant, 
 estnje que ce chien vous a effraye ? 10. Mon frere vous 
 a offert cette bague ; Pacceptez-vous ou la refusez-vous ? 
 11. Je ne Faccepte pas, je lui expliquerai pourquoi. 
 
EXERCISES. 129 
 
 12. Je vous ai donne un journal francais, Pavez-vous 
 envoye a votre sceur ? 13. ~Ne lui avez-vous pas encore 
 envoye ces journaux ? 14. Est-ce que vous m'apportez 
 cles lettres ou des journaux ? 15. II y a trop longtemps 
 que vous marchandez ces boucles d'oreilles ; les achetez- 
 vous ou ne les achetez-vous pas ? 
 
 1. I would never have lent my watch to him. 2. My 
 sisters will not wait for you. 3. You have not given 
 her l the three books which you had promised her. 
 4. Where did you put her ribbon ? 5. I think I have 
 put it upon the table ; I suppose you have lost it. 
 
 6. Where is my book ? are you not looking for it ? 
 
 7. Will you lend it to your mother ? 8. Will he not 
 lend it to his mother ? 9. Where are my pencils ? has 
 she taken them ? 10. Were you not speaking to her ? 
 11. Will she not lend you the book which you asked 
 from (to) her ? 12. Are you not working for her and 
 for me ? 13. Did he speak to you of me ? 14. Did he 
 not speak to you of me ? 15. Why did she not lend you 
 the pencil which you had asked from (to) her ? 16. Did 
 she not put it in your brother's pocket ? 17. When shall 
 you give her the bird which you promised her ? 
 
 74. 
 
 When two personal pronouns placed before the verb 
 are governed by the same verb, they stand in the fol- 
 lowing order : 2 — 
 
 1 Note that the preposition to is often understood in English: her stands 
 here for to her. 
 
 2 These pronouns should be thoroughly learnt by heart in the order in 
 which they stand. The}' seem complicated, but this is only in appearance, 
 as they are perfectly regular : me le, me la, me les: te le, te la, te les; 
 nous le, nous la, nous les, etc. 
 
 9 
 
130 EXERCISES, 
 
 me le, •} 
 
 him to me. , ( him to us. 
 
 nous le, < . 
 
 it to me. [ it to us. 
 
 . ( her to me. . ( her to us. 
 
 me la < . nous la, < . 
 
 ( it to me. I it to us. 
 
 me les, them to me. nous les, them to us. 
 
 him to thee. ( him to you. 
 
 . , ( him to thee. 
 
 te le, < . , vous le, 
 
 ( it to thee. ( it to you. 
 
 , . ( her to thee. . ( her to you. 
 
 te la, . . vous la, ! . J 
 
 l it to thee. I it to you. 
 
 ... ] it to him. . . (hi 
 
 le lui, < , . le leur, 1 . 
 l him to her. ( it 
 
 (. it to her. 
 
 ( her to him. 
 
 ... 1 it to him. , . (he 
 
 la lui, < , la leur, 1 . 
 ) her to her. ( it 
 
 te les, them to thee. vous les, them to you. 
 
 him to him. 
 it to him. , , ( him to them. 
 
 to them, 
 it to her. 
 her to him. 
 it to him. . . ( her to them. 
 
 to them. 
 
 it to her. 
 
 , , . ( them to him. . . 
 
 les lui, < , , les leur, them to them. 
 
 ( them to her. 
 
 Observe that, when two pronouns are placed before a verb, the first 
 person precedes the second or third, the second precedes the third, lui 
 and leur always stand last. 
 
 un article, an article. defendu, foi bidden. 
 
 en ce moment, at this moment. 
 
 1. Monsieur ; je vous ai demande le Journal des Debats 
 il y a une demi-heure, et vous ne me l'avez pas donne. 
 2. Pardon, monsieur, je finis un article tres interessant, 
 je vous le donnerai dans un moment. 3. Quand me pre- 
 teras-tu le nouvel ouvrage de Victor Hugo ? 4. Tu n'as 
 pas oublie que tu me Pas promis ? 5. Je te le preterai 
 samedi. 6. C'est Auguste qui l'a en ce moment, mais il 
 me le rendra demain. 7. Je trouve que ces regies ne 
 sont pas tres faciles, mais j'espere que le professeur nous 
 les expliquera. 8. Si vous lui demande.z ces deux lettres, 
 je suis sur qu'il vous les refusera. 9. Si je lui demande 
 seulement celle de Therese, je suppose qu'il ne me la 
 
EXERCISES. 131 
 
 refusera pas. 10. Elle m'a demande mon parapluie, 
 mais je ne le lui ai pas donne. 11. Si mon beau-frere et 
 ma belle-soeur vous reclamaient l'argent qu'ils vous ont 
 prete, est-ce que vous ne le leur rendriez pas ? 12. Je 
 le leur rendrais, si je l'avais. 
 
 1. I have asked you for it (it to you). 2. He would 
 not have asked her for it (it to her). 3. We have for- 
 bidden it to them. 4. You had not forbidden it to us. 
 5. She has not returned it to me. 6. She will never 
 return it to you. 7. I have never spoken to her of you. 
 8. Why do you ask me for it (it to me) ? 9. You have 
 not given it to me. 10. If I have promised it to her, 
 I shall give it to her. 11. I shall have a new hat, my 
 father has promised it to me. 12. When will he give it 
 to you ? 13. I hope he will give it to me on Thursday. 
 14. Mary has asked (a) her brother for Henry's letter, 
 but he will refuse it to her. 15. Why did you not show 
 him the knife which I have given you ? 16. I will show 
 it to him to-morrow, and am quite ready to give it to 
 him if he asks me for it. 
 
 75. 
 
 poliment, politely. conseiller, to advise, to recom- 
 
 precisement, exactly. mend. 
 
 un mauvais sujet, a bad boy, a bad a la maison, at home. 
 
 fellow. demander pardon a, to ask a 
 
 un encrier, an inkstand. person's pardon. 
 
 le miel, honey. reprocher a, to reproach for. 
 
 quelqu'un, somebody. emprunter a, to borrow from 
 
 quelque chose, something. regretter, to regret. 
 
 manquer de respect, to be disrespectful, pardonner, to forgive. 
 gronder, to scold. porter a, to take to. 
 
 apporter, to bring here. 
 
 une faute, a fault committed against duty, an offence. 
 
 un defaut, a fault in our disposition, an imperfection, a defect. 
 
132 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Pourquoi n'avez-vous pas prete a Ernest le volume 
 qu'il vous a demande ? 2. Je n'ai pas prete ce volume a 
 M. Ernest parce que M. Ernest ne me l'a pas demande 
 poliment. 3. Est-ce qu'il vous a manque de respect ? 
 
 4. Pas precisement, mais il m'a parle comme si j'etais sa 
 petite soeur ; il a oublie qu'il parlait a sa vieille tante. 
 
 5. C'est un mauvais sujet, ma tante, mais je le gronderai, 
 et il vous demandera pardon. 6. Tres bien, ma chere, 
 s'il regrette sa faute, je la lui pardonnerai. 7. Nous pen- 
 sions qu'il avait perdu ses vilaines habitudes, mais nous 
 les lui reprocherons tant qu'il les perdra. 8. Henri vous 
 a demande votre nouvel encrier, pourquoi ne le lui avez- 
 vous pas prete ? 9. Je ne le lui ai pas prete parce que 
 je ne l'ai plus. 10. Quelqu'un me l'a emprunte la se- 
 maine derniere et ne me l'a pas rendu. Si je le retrouve, 
 je le preterai a Henri. 11. Voici le miel que je vous ai 
 promis, la bonne vous le portera ce soil*. 12. Quand 
 je vous ai demande ce billet, vous me l'avez refuse. 
 13. Vous avez suppose que je le montrerais a ma cousine, 
 mais je ne le lui aurais certainement pas montre. 
 
 1. Why would they refuse it to us ? 2. Because you 
 would not return it to them. 3. Will you not lend it 
 to me ? 4. No, I shall not lend it to you, because you 
 would lose it. 5. It is my mother who has asked him 
 for it (it to him). 6. Have you not told it to her ? 
 7. Does she not advise it to you ? 8. We have bought 
 a horse for our aunt, have you sent it to her ? 9. She 
 had promised me that bird, but she has not yet given it 
 to me. 10. I should have given it to him, if he had 
 asked me for it. 11. If he reproaches you for it (it to 
 you), I shall scold him. 12. Did he borrow it from you 
 (it to you) ? 13. Did he ask your pardon (did he ask 
 pardon to you) ? 14. You are a bad boy, somebody will 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 133 
 
 scold you. 15. My sisters bought some inkstands at this 
 bookseller's ; do you think that he will send them to 
 them ? 16. I did not ask them for the book, because 
 they would not have lent it to me. 17. If your daughter 
 will bring it to me, this evening or to-morrow morn- 
 ing, I shall be at home, and shall give her something. 
 
 W 
 
 76. 
 
 Exception to the rule on the Place of Pronouns. 
 
 If the verb is in the imperative affirmative, personal 
 pronouns are placed after it and translated thus : 1 — 
 
 donnez-le-moi, 
 
 give him to me. 
 
 give it to me. 
 
 { give her to me. 
 donnez-la-moi, < . 
 
 ( give it to me. 
 
 donnez-les-moi, give them to me. 
 ( give him to him. 
 j give it to him. 
 y give him to her. 
 { give it to her. 
 give her to him. 
 
 donnez-le-lui, 
 
 donnez-la-lui, 
 
 donnez-les-lui, 
 
 give it to him. 
 give her to her. 
 give it to her. 
 give them to him. 
 give them to her. 
 
 donnez-le-nous, 
 
 donnez-la-nous, 
 donnez-les-nous, 
 
 donnez-le-leur, 
 
 donnez-la-leur, 
 
 ( give h 
 \ give it 
 
 him to us. 
 give it to us. 
 give her to us. 
 give it to us. 
 give them to us. 
 
 give him to them, 
 give it to them. 
 
 ( give her to them. 
 I give it to them . 
 
 f 9 iv 
 
 donnez-les-leur, give them to them. 
 
 Observe that, when the imperative is negative, personal pronouns 
 precede the verb and follow the general rule, as ; — 
 
 ne me le donnez pas, 
 ne nous le donnez pas, 
 ne le lui donnez pas, 
 ne le leur donnez pas. 
 
 remercier, to thank. 
 
 raconter, to relate, to tell. 
 
 de ma part, from me. 
 
 de ta part, from thee. 
 
 Do not give it to me. 
 
 Do not give it to us. 
 
 Do not give it to him. 
 
 Do not give it to them. 
 de sa part, from him, from her. 
 rencontrer, to meet. 
 repeter, to repeat. 
 comment, how. 
 
 1 Observe that their order and place are the same as in English. 
 
134 EXERCISES. 
 
 1' affaire (f.), the affair. le malheur, the misfortune. 
 
 en un mot, in a word. la permission, the permission. 
 
 1. Voici deux paires de boucles d'oreilles que j'achete, 
 envoyez-les-moi ce soir. 2. Mais ne me les envoyez pas 
 avant cinq heures. 3. Je pense que voici mem verre, 
 remplissez-le-moi, s'il vous plait. 4. Je vous remercie. 
 
 5. Quand vous rencontrerez votre oncle, remerciez-le de 
 notre part. 6. Racontez-lui comment la fameuse nou- 
 velle nous est arrivee. 7. En un mot, expliquez-lui 
 toute l'affaire. 8. Si vous la rencontrez aujourd'hui, 
 racontez-lui l'affaire, mais ne lui repetez pas le mot que 
 je vous ai dit. 9. Ces jolies fleurs appartiennent a ma 
 tante, rendez-les-lui. 10. Ne les perdez pas. 11. Non, 
 ne les lui rendez pas, donnez-les-nous. 12. C'est mon 
 crayon que vous avez la pres de vous ; jetez-le-moi, s'il 
 vous plait. 13. Ce petit cadeau est pour vous, acceptez-le 
 de moi. 14. Je vous remercie, monsieur ; je l'accepterai 
 avec la permission de mon pere. 15. Des que votre 
 sceur sera arrivee, amenez-la-moi. 
 
 1. This pen is-rfiokvery good, do not give it to him. 
 2. Give it to me. 3. This pencil belongs to her ; give it 
 back to her. 4. Do not give it back to her, give it to 
 her sister. 5. She is very studious, do not punish her. 
 
 6. Lend her the book which I gave you yesterday. 7. Do 
 not speak to me of him. 8. If you have lost your pen- 
 cils, look for them. 9. You have promised me a French 
 book, give it to me. 10. You have promised it to her, 
 give it to her. 11. No, do not give it to her, give it to 
 us. 12. Lend him the money (for) which he has asked 
 you, but do not lend him your watch ; lie will never 
 give it back to you. 13. Mary has asked you for her 
 brother's letter ; give it to her. 14. No ; do not. 1 
 
 1 As the auxiliary verb to do does not exist in French, we must, in such 
 cases, repeat the verb of the preceding sentence : no ; do not gire it to her. 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 135 
 
 INDIC. PRES. 
 
 PRONOMINAL VERBS. 
 
 77. 
 
 Verbs are called pronominal when they are conju- 
 gated with two pronouns of the same person. They 
 follow the conjugations to which they respectively 
 belong, the verb being preceded by the pronouns. 
 
 First Conjugation. 
 
 je me cache, / hide myself. 
 
 tu te caches. 
 
 il or elle se cache. 
 
 nous nous cachons. 
 
 vous vous cachez. 
 
 ils or elles se cachent. 
 
 je me cachais, etc. 
 
 je me cacherai, etc. 
 
 je me cacherais, etc. 
 
 cache-toi, cachons-nous, cachez-vous. 
 
 Negatively. 
 
 je ne me cache pas, / do not hide myself. 
 
 tu ne te caches pas. 
 
 il or elle ne se cache pas. 
 
 nous ne nous cachons pas. 
 
 vous ne vous cachez pas. 
 
 ils or elles ne se cachent pas. 
 
 je ne me cachais pas, etc. 
 
 je ne me cacherai pas, etc. 
 
 je ne me cacherais pas, etc. 
 
 ne te cache pas, ne nous cachons pas, ne vous cachez 
 pas. 
 
 Second Conjugation. 
 iNDic. pres. je me punis, etc., / punish myself etc. 
 imperfect. je me punissais, etc. 
 future. je me punirai, etc. 
 
 conditional, je me punirais, etc. 
 imperative. punis-toi, punissons-nous, punissez-vous. 
 
 imperfect. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 INDIC. PRES. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 FUTURE. 
 CONDITIONAL. 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
136 EXERCISES. 
 
 Third Conjugation. 
 
 indic. pres. je me rends, etc., / surrender myself, etc. 
 
 imperfect. je me rendais, etc. 
 
 future. je me rendrai, etc. 
 
 conditional, je me rendrais, etc. 
 
 imperative. rends-toi, rendons-nous, rendez-vous. 
 
 The conjugation of pronominal verbs is a mere application of the 
 rule on the place of personal pronouns in the objective case : me, 
 myself; te, thyself; se, himself or herself; nous, ourselves; vous, your- 
 selves ; and se, themselves, are placed immediately before the verb ; 
 while if the verb is in the imperative affirmative, the pronoun-object 
 is placed after : cache-toi, cachons-nous, cachez-vous. 
 
 se eacher, to hide one's self. se porter mal, to be unwell. 
 
 se flatter, to flatter one's self s'appeler, to call one's self. 
 
 se montrer, to show one's self s'amuser, to enjoy one's self 
 
 se blamer, to blame one's self se punir, to punish one's self. 
 
 s'admirer, to admire one's self se guerir, to cure one's self 
 
 se porter, to be. 1 se trahir, to betray one's self 
 
 se porter bien, to be well. se rendre, to surrender one's self 
 
 se perdre, to lose one's self. 
 la philosopbie, philosophy. comment, how. mais, ivhy ! 
 
 la route, the road. seul, alone. fois, time. 
 
 1. Ne trouvez-vous pas que cette petite fille s'admire 
 beaucoup ? 2. Elle ne s'admirera pas tant quand elle 
 sera plus vieille. 3. Comment vouz portez-vous ? 4. Je 
 me porte tres bien, je vous remercie, et vous ? 5. Je 
 suis un peu malade ce matin. 6. Comment s'appelle ce 
 monsieur ? 7. II s'appelle Joly, je pense, il est pro- 
 fesseur de philosopliie. 8. Et cette dame, comment 
 s'appelle-t-elle ? 9. Mais je pense que c'est madam e 
 Joly. 10. Je trouye qu'elle s'admire un peu, mais elle 
 est si belle et si aimable ! 11. Ces messieurs se flattent 
 que nous leur raconterons notre histoire, mais nous la 
 garderons pour d'autres. 12. Ne vous perdrez-vous pas 
 
 1 To be, used with reference to health, is idiomatically rendered by se 
 porter, to carry one's self. II se porte bien, he is well. 
 
EXERCISES. 137 
 
 si vous voyagez seul ? 13. Moi, ine perdre ! et comment 
 me perdrais-je ? est-ce que je n'ai pas voyage vingt fois 
 par cette route ? 14. Nous sommes battus : rendons- 
 nous. 15. Non, ne nous rendons pas encore. 
 
 1. He is not enjoying himself. 2. He was not curing 
 himself. 3. He will not surrender himself. 4. He 
 would not enjoy himself. 5. She is not well. G. She 
 will not be well. 7. They were not well. 8. They 
 would not be well. 9. Are you not well ? 10. Were 
 you not well? 11. Will you not be well? 12. They 
 will show themselves here no more. 13. Are you enjoy- 
 ing yourself at the coast ? 14. I enjoy myself every- 
 where. 15. What is that young man called (how does 
 that young man call himself)? 16. He is called John 
 (he calls himself John). 17. What is your cousin called? 
 18. She is called Louisa. 19. And you, sir, what are 
 you called ? 20. I am called Henry. 21. I will hide; 
 my brother and sister would hide also, if they dared. 
 22. Do I not flatter myself? 
 
 78. 
 
 Pronominal verbs are divided into two classes ac- 
 cording to their meaning. They are called reflective 
 when they express action confined to the actor, like 
 those which we have seen in the preceding section ; 
 and they are called reciprocal when they express 
 action reciprocated between two or more subjects, 
 as nous nous aimons, we like each other. 
 
 Reciprocal verbs are used only in the plural, as 
 they express the action of more than one subject : 1 
 nous nous aimons, vous vous aimez, ils s'aiment. 
 
 1 Except the case when on is used to represent several persons: on se 
 tuait les uns les autres. 
 
138 EXERCISES. 
 
 Supposing we have to translate we flatter one another, if we simply 
 say nous nous flattons, a person hearing us may indeed understand 
 we flatter one another, but another person may as well understand ice 
 flatter ourselves. To avoid that misunderstanding we add to the re- 
 ciprocal verb l'un l'autre or les uns les autres : l'un l'autre, when the 
 action is reciprocated between only two subjects ; les uns les autres, 
 if there are more than two subjects : nous nous flattons l'un l'autre or 
 nous nous flattons les uns les autres. 1 
 
 But this addition is unnecessary if the meaning is clearly recip- 
 rocal, as nous nous cherchons dep' is une heure, we have been looking 
 for each other for an hour ; mon frere et votre soeur s'aiment, my brother 
 and your sister love each other. 
 
 continuellement, continually, se vanter, to extol one's self or each other. 
 
 personnages, personages. se blesser, to wound one's self ox each other. 
 
 c'est vrai, it is true. se tuer, to kill one's self or each other. 
 
 en duel, in a duel. sedefendre, to defend one's self or each other. 
 
 faire, to do. se separer, to part from each other. 
 
 plus avance, better off. se quereller, to quarrel. 
 
 le chemin, the way. s'embrasser, to kiss each other. 
 
 attaquer, to attack. recommencer, to begin again. 
 
 se battre, to fight. reciproquement, reciprocally. 
 
 1. Je pense que vous vous flattez continuellement l'un 
 l'autre. 2. Vous vous admirez reciproquement, vous 
 vous vantez, vous vous louez, comme si vous n'aviez 
 jamais vu de plus grands personnages. 3. Au contraire, 
 votre frere et votre soeur se grondent toujours. 4. C'est 
 vrai, ils se grondent toujours, ils ne s'aiment pas. 5. Ces 
 deux officiers se battraient en duel, si on les laissait 
 faire. 6. Seraient-ils plus avances s'ils se blessaient ou 
 s'ils se tuaient ? 7. Si quelqu'un vous attaque quand 
 vous serez absent, je vous defendrai, et, si quelqu'un 
 m'attaque quand je serai absent, vous me defendrez. 
 
 1 Instead of l'un l'autre, les uns les autres, the adverb reciproque- 
 ment is sometimes added, or entre is put before the verb: Pierre et Paul 
 se louent reciproquement, or Pierre et Paul s'entre-louent. This latter 
 form is becoming obsolete. 
 
EXERCISES. 139 
 
 8. Nous nous defendrons ainsi Tun l'autre. 9. Si vous 
 vous separez dans le bois et si vous perdez votre chemin, 
 vous vous appellerez les uns les autres. 10. Est-ce que 
 deux soeurs se querellent ainsi ? 11. Embrassez-vous, et 
 ne recommencez plus. 12. Nous ne nous embrasserons 
 pas. parce que nous ne nous embrassons jamais, mais 
 nous ne reconiniencerons plus. 
 
 1. We are blaming eacli other (2 persons). 2. We 
 were punishing each other. 3. We shall defend each 
 other. 4. They do not defend each other (more than 
 2 persons). 5. They used not to blame each other. 
 6. They will not punish each other. 7. They would not 
 defend each other. 8. Why do you not like each other ? 
 
 9. Who told you that we did not like each other ? 
 
 10. Nobody ; * but you are always scolding one another. 
 
 11. Two brothers quarrel, it is true, but in spite of that 
 
 they are fond of each other. 12. We always defend one 
 
 another. 13. Yes, but, when you are together, you 
 
 always quarrel. 14. If we lose our way in this wood, 
 
 we will not part from each other ; and if any one attacks 
 
 us, we will defend ourselves. 15. Who will attack us ? 
 
 I am ready to defend myself. 16. You forget that T am 
 
 no longer the young man you saw five years ago. 
 
 -&- 
 79. 
 
 Pronominal verbs, in all their compound tenses, take 
 the auxiliary etre, instead of avoir, as : — 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 je me suis cache, / hid >ni/seJf. nous nous sommes caches. 2 
 tu t'es cache. vous vous etes caches, 
 
 il s'est cache. ils se sont caches. 
 
 1 If there is no verb expressed, ne is not to be used. 
 
 2 Past participles of pronominal verbs do not always agree, but, till the 
 rule is explained (in § 98), only those which agree will be given. 
 
140 EXERCISES. 
 
 pluperfect. je m'etais cache, I had hidden myself. 
 
 future anterior, je me serai cache, / shall have hidden myself. 
 condit. past. je me serais cache, / should have hidden myself 
 
 se lever, to rise, to get up (to raise one's self). 
 se coucher, to go to bed (to lay one's self down), 
 se tromper, to deceive one's self, to be mistaken. 
 se promener, to take a walk. se ftcher, to get angry. 
 
 se reposer, to rest one's self simplement, simply. 
 
 s'enrhumer, to catch cold. sitot, .so soon. 
 
 1. A quelle lieure vous etes-vous couche hier ? 2. Je 
 me suis couche hier a dix heures et demie. 3. A quelle 
 heure vous etes-vous leve ce matin ? 4. Je me suis leve 
 a sept heures moins un quart. 5. Votre frere s'est-il 
 promene aujourd'hui ? 6. II s'est promene une demi- 
 heure. 7. Votre cousine ne s'est-elle pas enrhumee 
 hier soir? 8. Elle s'est, je pense, un peu enrhumee. 
 9. Est-ce que vos cousins se sont f aches, quand vous 
 leur avez raconte l'affaire? 10. Henri m'a dit sim- 
 plement que je me trompais, mais Ernest s'est fache. 
 
 11. Nous nous sommes promenes longtemps ce matin, 
 si longtemps que ma sceur etait fort lasse. 12. Vous 
 etes-vous reposes quelque part ? 13. Nous nous sommes 
 reposes un quart d'heure chez notre tante. 14. Si j'etais 
 sorti avec vous hier soir, je me serais certainement en- 
 rhume. 15. Nous sommes alles a l'opera mardi dernier, 
 nous nous sommes bien amuses. 
 
 1. We (m.) are not enjoying ourselves. 2. We have 
 not enjoyed ourselves. 3. We have not surrendered 
 ourselves. 4. We were not enjoying ourselves. 5. We 
 had not surrendered ourselves. 6. We would not enjoy 
 ourselves. 7. We would not punish ourselves. 8. We 
 would not have enjoyed ourselves. 9. We would not 
 have surrendered ourselves. 10. How long did she walk 
 to-day ? 11. She walked for three quarters of an hour. 
 
 12. When did I rise this mornino:? I rose at nine. 
 
EXERCISES. 141 
 
 13. My brother went to bed very late last night. 14. We 
 took cold on Wednesday night. 15. She got angry when 
 I told her that you were gone. 16. Would you have 
 gone to bed so soon if I had come ? 17. Get up, your 
 brother is arrived. 18. They rose this morning at 8 
 o'clock. 19. Have you been out this evening ? 20. Yes, 
 sir, I went out with my father at half-past seven ; we 
 walked till a quarter of nine, when we returned. 21. I 
 enjoyed myself much, and I think he did also. 
 
 80. 
 
 EN and Y. 
 
 When some or any (whether expressed or under- 
 stood) is not followed by its noun, it is translated 
 by en, which follows the rule on the place of personal 
 pronouns : — 
 
 Avez-vous du pain? Oui, j'en ai, Have you any bread ? Yes, I have 
 
 some, or simply I have. 
 Non, je n'en ai pas, No, I have not any or none. 
 
 Achetez-en, Buy some. 
 
 En means also of it, of them, or for it. 
 
 Voulez-vous des fruits ? cette caisse Will you have any fruit ? this box is 
 en est pleine, full of it. 
 
 When a number {one, tzvo, three, four, etc.), or an 
 adverb of quantity {much, many, little, few, etc.), or 
 noun of quantity or measure (metre, paire, douzaine, 
 bouteille, etc.), is not followed by its noun, that noun 
 is replaced by en. 
 
 Avez-vous des freres ? J'en ai un, Have you any brothers ? I have one. 
 
 Avez-vous lu des romans anglais ? Have you read any English novels'? 
 
 Oui, j'en ai beaucoup lu, Yes, I have read a great many. 
 
 Avez-vous du vin chez vous ? J'en Have you any wine at home ? I 
 
 ai encore deux bouteilles, have still two bottles. 
 
142 EXERCISES. 
 
 There (expressed or understood) is translated by 
 la, when pointing to a place or thing, and by y when 
 referring to a place mentioned before : — 
 
 Voyez-vous cette maison-la 1 Do you see that house ? 
 
 J'y ai demeure trois mois, I lived there three months. 
 
 Y means also to it, or to them, and follows the rule 
 on the place of personal pronouns : — 
 
 Ces champs f ormeront une tres These fields will form a very fine 
 
 belle propriete quand vous y property when you have added 
 
 aurez ajoute" ce bois, that wood to them. 
 
 un acces de colere, a fit of anger. compter, to count. 
 
 de temps en temps, from lime to time. a l'eglise, at church. 
 
 1. Avez-vous de l'eau fraiche ? 2. Qui, nous en avons. 
 3. Donnez-en un verre a mon frere. 4. Votre oncle 
 n'est-il pas un peu sujet a des acces de colere ? 5. II y 
 est beaucoup trop sujet. 6. N'etes-vous jamais entre 
 dans cette belle eglise ? 7. Non, je n'y suis jamais entre. 
 8. Combien de sceurs avez-vous ? 9. J'en ai une. 10. II 
 y a beaucoup de fautes dans sa lettre, mais la votre en 
 est pleine. 11. J'en ai compte au moins une douzaine. 
 12. Voici une avenue oil votre proprietaire se promene 
 tous les soirs. 13. J'y rencontre aussi quelquefois l'avo- 
 cat qui demeure pres de vous. 14. N'y avez-vous jamais 
 vu mon oncle ? 15. De temps en temps, mais il n'y est 
 jamais setil. 
 
 1. Have you any money about (sur) you ? 2. Have I 
 any money ? my pockets are full of it. 3. If you v would 
 lend (§ 51, 3d) a little to your brother, I am sure he 
 would be very glad of it. 4. How many French books 
 have you at home ? 5. I have ten or twelve. 6. If you 
 have any good beer, give my brother a glass of it. 7. Has 
 your mother been at church ? 8. She has not been there. 
 
EXERCISES. 143 
 
 9. Have you ever been to Paris ? 10. No, I have never 
 been. 11. Has your sister still many birds ? 12. She 
 has more than ever. 13. You have too much bread ; 
 give some to your sister. 14. But, aunt, I have not 
 enough ; it is my brother who has too much. 15. Shall 
 I find you at church next Sunday ? 16. I am sure 
 that I shall be there, and I hope you will be there also. 
 17. My daughter has asked for your inkstand j Avhy did 
 you not lend it to her ? 
 
 81. 
 
 When y is to be placed before the verb with one or 
 two pronouns, it comes after them : — 
 
 Je vous les y porterai, / shall carry them to you there. 
 
 When en is to be used with any other pronoun, or 
 with y, it comes last : — 
 
 Je vous y en porterai, / shall carry some to you there. 
 
 m'en, some to me. nous en, snne to us. 
 
 t'en, some to thee. vous en, some to you. 
 
 lui en, some to him, to her. leur en, some to them. 
 
 redemander, 1 to ask again. une histoire, a story. 
 
 de tout mon coeur, with all my heart. une chanson, a song. 
 
 quelques-uns, quelques-unes, a few, some. quelque temps, some time. 
 
 1. Vous avez de si bon lait que je vous en demanderai 
 encore un peu. 2. Ma sceur n'ose pas vous en redeman- 
 der comrae moi, mais vous lui en donnerez peut-etre en- 
 core une tasse. 3. Votre soeur a eu beaucoup de bontes 
 pour moi, je Ten remercie de tout mon coeur. 4. Votre 
 frere a tant de jolis romans que je lui en emprunterai 
 quelques-uns. 5. II ne vous les pretera pas ; du moins 
 il ne m'en a jamais prete un seul. 6. Si vous trouvez 
 
 1 Re- beginning a verb generally means bach or again. 
 
144 EXERCISES. 
 
 cette histoire jolie, je vous en raconterai beaucoup d'au- 
 tres. 7. N'avez-vous pas regu de livres quand vous etiez 
 a la campagne ? 8. Mon cousin vous y en a envoye. 
 9. Ces chansons sont fort jolies : chantez-nous-en en- 
 core une autre. 10. Est-ce que vous n'aimez pas notre 
 vin ? Henri vous en a rempli un grand verre. 11. Soyez 
 tranquilles, nous n'oublierons pas vos lettres, quand 
 vous demeurerez chez votre tante. 12. Charles vous les 
 y portera. 13. Et s'il les oublie, je vous les porterai 
 moi-meme. 14. Comment vous remercierai-je de vos bons 
 soins ? 15. Ne m'en remerciez pas, et soignez-vous 
 bien. 
 
 1. If you buy so many pretty things, I am sure your 
 brother will ask you for some (some to you). 2. If he 
 asks me for any, I will give him some ; but I think he 
 will not ask me for any. 3. I offered some to him some 
 time ago, but he has refused me. 4. You will not for- 
 get, I hope, that you have promised me some. 5. If I 
 have promised you any, I will give you a few. 6. Did 
 you see any flowers in their garden ? 7. Yes, I have 
 seen many there. 8. Were there many ladies at church ? 
 9. There were very few. 10. How many were there ? 
 11. There were fourteen or fifteen. 12. When shall 
 you be in the country ? 13. We shall be there during 
 the months of August and September. 14. I think I 
 shall visit you there. 15. These rules are a little diffi- 
 cult, but the master has already explained some of them 
 to us. 16. That lady flatters herself that she sings well, 
 but she is mistaken. \ 
 
EXERCISES. 145 
 
 SOME PECULIARITIES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 82. 
 
 This, that (see §§ 19, 20, 35), are translated by ceci, 
 cela, when pointing to something without naming it, 
 or when referring to an idea just expressed (cela), or 
 about to be expressed (ceci) ; as : — 
 
 donnez-moi ceci, donnez-moi cela, (jive me this, (jive me that. 
 
 le malheur dans lequel vous etes the misfortune into which you fell 
 
 tombe prouve bien ceci, que les proves indeed this, that the great- 
 
 plus grandes precautions sont est precautions are often useless. 
 souvent inutiles. 
 
 cela est-il vrai 1 is that true ? 
 
 Such expressions as a friend of mine, a countryman 
 of yours, a book of hers, must be turned, for transla- 
 tion, into : — 
 
 one of my friends, un de mes amis, or une de mes amies. 
 
 one of your countrymen, un de vos compatriotes. 
 one of her books, un de ses livres. 
 
 As a mark of respect, the words monsieur, madame, 
 mademoiselle, or their plurals, are placed before the ad- 
 jective votre or vos followed by pere, mere, frere, soeur, 
 oncle, cousin, ami, etc., or their plurals. 
 
 J'ai rencontre monsieur votre pere / met your father and mother. 
 
 et madame votre mere, 
 
 Comment se porte mademoiselle How is your sister ? 
 
 votm soeur * 
 
 But if the person spoken to is an intimate friend or an inferior, the 
 word monsieur, madame, or mademoiselle is left out. 1 
 
 1 We shall suppose this to have been the case in all the preceding exercises. 
 
 10 
 
146 EXERCISES. 
 
 The a of ma, ta, sa is never elided ; therefore, to 
 avoid hiatus, use mon, ton, son before a feminine be- 
 ginning with a vowel or h mute. 
 
 mon amitie, my friendship. 
 
 ton etourderie, thy heedlessness. 
 
 son aimable cousine, his amiable cousin. 
 
 etre a, to belong to. l'excuse (f.), the excuse. 
 
 a cause de, on account of. la jeunesse, the youth. 
 
 definitivement, positively. s'imaginer, to fancy. 
 
 renoncer a, to renounce. le wagon, the railway carriage. 
 
 bien, indeed. depuis (prep, of place), from. 
 
 etourdi, heedless. incroyable, incredible. 
 
 meme, even. la pension, the boarding school. 
 
 l'interet (m.), the interest. captiver, to captivate, to take up. 
 
 1. Je pense que ceci appartient a monsieur votre 
 oncle ? 2. Pardon, monsieur, ceci est a moi, mais voila 
 quelque chose qui appartient a mon oncle. 3. Cela 
 n'est-il pas a un de vos amis ? 4. Oui, madame, cela 
 appartient a monsieur votre fils. 5. A mon fils ? est-ce 
 que mon fils est ton jours de vos amis ? 6. Mais (why) 
 certainement, madame, et pourquoi non ? 7. Mais je 
 pensais qu'a cause de son etourderie vous aviez defi- 
 nitivement renonce a son amitie ? 8. II est bien un peu 
 etourdi, mais cela n'annonce pas un mauvais coeur ; c'est 
 meme le contraire qui est le plus souvent vrai. 9. Je 
 vous remercie de tout mon cceur, monsieur, de l'interet 
 que vous lui portez (bear) ; il a un bien grand defaut, 
 mais son excuse est dans sa jeunesse. 10. Therese, 
 n'est-ce pas line de vos petites amies qui est arrivee ce 
 matin ? 11. Oui, ma tante, c'est la petite Jeanne ; im- 
 aginez-vous que cette etourdie a oublie son echarpe et 
 son ombrelle dans le wagon, et qu'elle a perdu sa montre 
 avec la chaine depuis la station ! 12. Cela est incroy- 
 
EXERCISES. 147 
 
 able, mademoiselle Jeanne est devenue folle ! 13. Son 
 excuse est qu'elle a rencontre une de ses amies de pension 
 dans le wagon ou elle etait, cela a captive toute son atten- 
 tion. 14. Montrez-moi ceci. 
 
 1. When did you see that ? 2. Is this for you ? 3. I 
 do not accept his excuse. 4. His sister was a friend of 
 mine. 5. Your mother wrote to me yesterday ; I shall 
 answer her to-morrow. 6. Repeat all that to her. 7. A 
 cousin of yours visits us from time to time. 8. He lost 
 a son of his last week. 9. A sister of his took cold the 
 other day. 10. I took a walk with your uncle yester- 
 day. 11. Is not that generous ? 12. Do not show all 
 that to him. 13. How long is it since you saw your 
 mother ? 14. I met her friend, Miss Louisa, yesterday. 
 15. I shall visit her one of these days. 16. Give that 
 to your brother, if you please ; for a long time he has 
 been (§ 60) a good friend of mine. He is well now, I 
 hope ? 
 
 83. 
 
 Peculiarities of Syntax continued. 
 
 (1) The passive form is not so much used in 
 French as in English ; when the agent is indefinite, 
 the English passive sentence is in French generally 
 changed to an active sentence with on (§ 32) for its 
 subject ; as : — 
 
 Some books have been given them. On leur a donne des livres. 
 
 On may be changed into Ton whenever it sounds better. For ex- 
 ample, on apprend facilement ce que Ton comprend, we learn easily 
 what ice understand, sounds better than, on apprend facilement ce qu'on 
 comprend. 
 
148 EXERCISES. 
 
 If the expression is not indefinite, the noun repre- 
 senting the agent is put as subject instead of the in- 
 definite on : — 
 
 He has been beaten by the English, Les Anglais l'ont battu. 
 
 (2) When the pronoun what means the thing ivhich, 
 it is translated by ce qui, if what is the subject ; by 
 ce que, if it is the object (see § 8), 
 
 Ce qui m'effraie, c'est qu'il me What frightens me is, that he is 
 
 manque de respect, disrespectful to me. 
 
 Ce que je vous raconte est vrai, What I tell you is true. 
 
 un sou, a cent. Prussien, a Prussian. 
 
 une gravure, an engraving. Autrichien, an Austrian. 
 
 une bataille, a battle. completement, completely. 
 
 facher, to vex. acheter a (p.), to buy from. facilement, easily. 
 
 1. Ces pauvres gens n'ont pas un sou ; on leur a donne 
 tout a l'heure du pain et de la viande. 2. Avez-vous fait 
 ce qu'on vous a ordonne ? 3. Les Prussiens ont com- 
 pletement battu les Autrichiens a Sadowa. 4. Sa mere 
 l'a puni. 5. Ne pretez pas vos livres a ma sceur, elle 
 perd tout ce qu'on lui prete. 6. On vous a paye, je pense, 
 tout ce qu'on vous avait achete. 7. On vous a cherche 
 partout, et Ton ne vous a pas trouve. 8. On dit qu'il 
 a gele tres fort cette nuit. 9. On ne dit pas tou jours 
 tout ce que Ton pense. 10. Ses freres l'ont abandonne. 
 11. Oui, mais ses soeurs l'ont requ chez elles et l'ont 
 soigne. 12. Ce qui ne vous fachera pas, ma tante, c'est 
 que j'ai bien employe mon temps ce matin, je n'ai pas 
 perdu une seule minute. 
 
 1. It is said (one says) that your brother will get (will 
 have) the first prize. 2. He has been rewarded by his 
 father (his father has rewarded hint). 3. You do not 
 hear (entendre) what you are reproached for (what one 
 reproaches you). 4. I easily guess what deceives you. 
 
EXERCISES. 149 
 
 5. They are very poor ; some money was given them 
 yesterday morning (one has given them . . . ). 6. Where 
 are these beautiful watches sold {where does one sell 
 . . .) ? 7. We have not yet received what we have been 
 promised. 8. What vexes me is that he has been ac- 
 cepted by his uncle. 9. I will give you nothing more, 
 you lose everything which is given to you. 10. Have 
 any engravings been bought ? 11. Yes ; Jane has bought 
 one for me and two for you. 12. Where is that sold ? 
 13. Where is that (to be) found? 14. It is thought 
 that you will succeed. 15. It is supposed that the 
 Emperor will not dare to show himself in that battle. 
 16. Are you vexed that we do not defend one another ? 
 
 84. 
 
 Peculiarities of Syntax continued. 
 
 In the following idioms avoir is used instead of the 
 English to be : — 
 
 avoir raison, to be right. avoir soif, to be thirsty. 
 
 avoir tort, to be wrong. avoir chaud, to be warm. 
 
 avoir peur, to be afraid. avoir froid, to be cold. 
 
 avoir honte, to be ashamed, avoir sommeil, to be sleepy. 
 
 avoir faim, to be hungry. avoir besoin, to be in need. 
 
 In all these expressions, bien is generally used for very or quite : 
 vous avez bien raison, j'ai eu bien tort, il a bien peur, etc. 
 
 In asking or stating a person's age, the following 
 construction is generally used : — 
 
 Quel age avez-vous % How old are you ? 
 
 J'ai vingt ans, / am hcenty years old. 
 
 The adjective age may also be used, though this construction is not 
 so frequent in conversation : — 
 
 Elle est agee de vingt ans, She is twenty years old. 
 
 approuver, to approve. tout de suite, at once. 
 
 le service, the service. le morceau, the piece. 
 
150 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Quel age a votre petit frere ? 2. II a six ans 
 et demi, il aura sept aus le l er du mois prochain. 
 
 3. Et vous, monsieur Charles, quel age avez-vous ? 
 
 4. Vingt-deux ans, madame. 5. Si M. votre cousin 
 s'imagine que je lui redemanderai Pargent que je lui 
 ai prete, il a bien tort ; je ne le lui reclamerai jamais. 
 
 6. N'avez-vous pas trop chaud pres de ce grand feu ? 
 
 7. En effet j'avais froid tout a Pheure, mais mainte- 
 nant j'ai trop chaud. 8. Mon frere avait sommeil ; il 
 s'est couche il y a une heure. 9. II a eu raison, je Pap- 
 prouve. 10. N'aurez-vous pas peur, seul dans cette 
 grande chambre ? 11. Votre petite soeur a honte de 
 sa conduite. 12. Vous n'aurez pas besoin de ces livres, 
 j'espere ? 13. Mon cousin a dix-sept ans. 14. Je pen- 
 sais qu'il etait beaucoup plus age. 15. II est moins age 
 que vous. 
 
 1. If your brother repeats that, he will be wrong. 
 2. You are quite right ; do not reply to him. 3. Speak 
 to him a little ; he is afraid of us. 4. If you are ashamed 
 of your conduct, I will pardon you. 5. I am hungry, and 
 you give me a glass of water ! 6. Would you give me a 
 piece of bread if I were thirsty ? 7. Claim my services 
 if ever you are in need of them. 8. We came back very 
 late ; we were cold and hungry. 9. Is your brother a 
 little warmer ? 10. I think he is very sleepy. 11. How 
 old is he ? 12. He will be ten years old in two months. 
 13. If he went to bed (imjierf.) at once, he would soon 
 be warmer. 14. You are quite right, he will take cold 
 in this room. 15. Charles, do you hear me ? go to bed 
 at once, you are sleepy. 16. She has not done what she 
 was bidden, and now she flatters herself that she will 
 be happy. 
 
EXERCISES. 151 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 Preliminary Observations. 
 
 In a sentence there are as many clauses as verbs in a 
 personal mood (that is, verbs in any other mood than 
 the infinitive). Thus, in the sentence, I shall send you 
 a book if you wish, there are two verbs in a personal 
 mood, there are consequently two clauses. 
 
 Clauses are divided into principal and secondary. 
 
 A principal clause is independent, and generally ex- 
 presses complete sense of itself ; a secondary clause de- 
 pends, directly or indirectly, on a principal clause, and 
 explains or modifies it. In the sentence, / shall send 
 you a book if you wish, I shall send you a book is a prin- 
 cipal clause, if you wish is secondary. 
 
 The word connecting a secondary clause with the one 
 on which it depends is either a relative pronoun or a 
 conjunction ; as — 
 
 (Relative pronoun.) — He is the only man that I know here. 
 (Conjunction.) — I fear that he will come. 
 
 Observe, however, that the four conjunctions, et, ou, 
 ni, mais, may connect principal clauses, and they there- 
 fore announce a secondary clause only when they are 
 immediately followed by another conjunction or a rela- 
 tive pronoun. 
 
 The subjunctive mood can never be used in a prin- 
 cipal clause, and can be used only in a clause begin- 
 ning with a conjunctive word or a relative pronoun. 
 
 The indicative mood, which may be used in either 
 a principal or secondary clause, expresses an action 
 
152 EXERCISES. 
 
 or a state in a positive, certain, and absolute manner; 
 
 as : — 
 
 Je crois qu'il est venu, / believe he is come. 
 
 Je declare que je lui pardonne, / declare that 1 forgive him. 
 
 The subjunctive mood, on the contrary, always de- 
 pends upon a principal clause, and is used when that 
 principal clause implies necessity, uncertainty, or 
 emotion. 
 
 II faut qu'il soit puni, It is necessary that he should be 
 
 punished. 
 Je ne pense pas qu'il ait vu votre fils, / do not think he has seen your son. 
 Je crains qu'il ne soit mort, I fear he is dead. 
 
 Therefore, if the thought expressed in the principal 
 clause implies certainty, the verb in the secondary 
 clause must be in the indicative ; if the thought ex- 
 pressed in the principal clause implies necessity, un- 
 certainty, or emotion, the verb in the secondary clause 
 must be in the subjunctive. 
 
 Je crois que la sante est preferable / believe that health is preferable to 
 
 a tous les biens. all riches. 
 
 Je ne crois pas que la sante soit / do not believe that health is pref- 
 
 preferable a tous les biens. erable to all riches. 
 
 The conjunction que, which is followed sometimes 
 by the indicative, sometimes by the subjunctive, it- 
 self governs no mood. It is the certainty or uncer- 
 tainty in the mind of the speaker that requires the 
 indicative or subjunctive, as the case may be. 
 
 85. 
 
 An impersonal verb implying necessity or uncer- 
 tainty requires the verb depending on it to be put 
 in the subjunctive with the conjunction que ; as : — 
 
EXERCISES. 153 
 
 il est juste que je sois puni, it is right that I should be punished. 
 
 il faut qu'il soit ici ce soir, it is necessary for him to be here this evening. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
 
 ., . ( that I may have, that I . . ( that I may be, that I 
 
 '( should have, that I have. '\ should be, that I be. 
 
 que tu aies. que tu sois. 
 
 qu'il or qu'elle ait. qu'il or qu'elle soit. 
 
 que nous ayons. que nous soyons. 
 
 que vous ayez. que vous soyez. 
 
 qu'ils or qu'elles aient. qu'ils or qu'elles soient. 
 
 > it is necessary, must. 
 
 il faut, 
 
 il est necessaire, 
 
 il importe, j . . . . . . 
 
 . . > it is important, it is of consequence. 
 
 il est important, ) l J * 
 
 il convient, 
 
 il est convenable 
 
 > it is becoming, or proper. 
 
 il vaut mieux, / . . _ _ , , 
 
 ,_, . . ( it is better, or preferable. 
 il est preferable, ) 
 
 il se peut, ) . . ... 
 
 > it mail be, it is possible. 
 il est possible, ) a ' 
 
 il est juste, it is right, or just, il est essentiel, it is essential, or material. 
 
 il est bon, it is good. il est urgent, it is urgent, or pressing. 
 
 il est indispensable, it is in- il est temps, it is time, 
 dispensable. 
 
 1. II faut que mon frere ait ce livre aujourd'hui. 2. II 
 vaut mieux qu'elle soit ici ce soir. 3. II est essentiel que 
 vous soyez a Londres demain. 4. Est-il possible que cette 
 histoire soit vraie ? 5. Je leur ai sacrifie mon temps et 
 mes peines, faut-il encore qu'ils aient tout mon argent ? 
 
 6. Vous lui avez desobei, il est juste que vous soyez puni. 
 
 7. Se peut-il que M. votre cousin soit encore ici apres 
 cette scandaleuse affaire ! 8. II est essentiel que j'aie cet 
 argent ce soir : reclamez-le et envoyez-le-moi. 9. Est- 
 il indispensable que M me votre mere ait cette lettre 
 cette semaine ? 10. Oui, Madame, cela est urgent ; 
 il faut qu'elle ait tous les details de l'affaire avant 
 
154 EXERCISES. 
 
 moil arrivee. 11. Mais est-il necessaire que vous soyez 
 present ? 12. Cela n'est pas absolument necessaire, 
 mais il est preferable clans mon interet, et peut-etre 
 aussi clans le votre, que je sois present a la discussion. 
 
 1. It is possible that your father is now in Paris. 2. It 
 is time that we should have that letter. 3. It is right 
 that she should be punished. 4. She must have (it is 
 necessary that she should have) that dress to-night. 
 5. They must be (it is necessary that they should be) 
 here at three. 6. That letter must be sent before one. 
 7. My sister has given you my ring ; must you have my 
 ear-rings also ? 8. Is it indispensable that you should 
 be in Paris to-morrow ? 9. It is important that they 
 should be with us. 10. Is it proper that we should be 
 alone ? 11. Must my brother have that horse to-day ? 
 12. Must not my brother have that horse to-day ? 13. Is 
 it right that your sister should always have the best 
 place ? 14. Is it possible that you have sacrificed so 
 much time to that affair? 15. Yon are right; if my 
 father accepts your invitation, it is possible for us to 
 be at your house on Saturday next. 
 
 86. 
 
 Verbs used negatively or interrogatively and im- 
 plying uncertainty are followed by the subjunctive 
 with the conjunction que; as: — 
 
 Croyez-vous que j'aie raison % Do you believe I am right ? 
 
 Je ne crois pas que vous ayez tort, / do not believe you are wrong. 
 
 Croire (an irregular verb), to believe. 
 
 indic. pres. je crois. nous croyons. 
 
 tu crois. vous croyez. 
 
 il croit. ils croient. 
 
 past indef. j'ai cru. imperf. je croyais. 
 
 future. je croirai. condit. je croirais. 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 155 
 
 1st Conjugation. 
 que je porte. 
 que tu portes. 
 qu'il porte. 
 que nous portions, 
 que vous portiez. 
 qu'ils portent. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
 
 2d Conjugation. 
 
 que je finisse. 
 
 que tu finisses. 
 
 qu'il finisse. 
 
 que nous finissions. 
 
 que vous finissiez. 
 
 qu'ils finissent. 
 
 3d Conjugation. 
 que je rende. 
 que tu rendes. 
 qu'il rende. 
 que nous rendions. 
 que vous rendiez. 
 qu'ils rendent. 
 
 1. Je crois que M lle votre soeur espere que vous lui 
 doimerez cette jolie broche. 2. Je ne crois pas que vous 
 nous ayez prete le livre que vous reclamez. 3. Supposez- 
 vous que nous osions jamais lui parler cle cela ? 4. Si 
 vous etes puni, ne croyez pas que j'en sois la cause : je 
 n'ai pas parle de vous a votre maitre. 5. ISPesperez pas 
 que je trahisse mon ami pour vous faire plaisir. 6. lis 
 se flattent que je repondrai a leur lettre, mais ils se 
 trompent. 7. Elle ne croit pas que vous preferiez mon 
 livre au sien ; repetez-le-lui vous-meme. 8. Je vous de- 
 mande pardon, je vous assure qu'elle a ecrit six lettres 
 clepuis mon arrivee. 9. Ne vous imaginez pas que nous 
 nous amusions ici sans vous ; nous vous regrettons beau- 
 coup; nous parlons de vous a chaque instant. 10. Je sup- 
 pose que vous me defendrez si Ton m'attaque. 11. Soyez 
 tranquille ; je ne pense pas que personne ose vous atta- 
 quer, mais, si on le fait, je serai la et vous defendrai. 
 12. Je n'espere pas qu'il reussisse, mais je pense qu'il a 
 fait de son mieux. 13. Croient-ils que je les attende ? 
 14. Oui, Monsieur, ils esperent que vous les attendrez. 
 
 1. She does not think that her father is come. 2. She 
 thinks that her father is come. 3. Does she think that 
 her father is come ? 4. It may be that he is come. 
 5. She must finish her exercise at once. 6. I do not 
 pretend that he is right, but I think you are wrong. 
 
156 EXERCISES. 
 
 7. Do you hope that they will lend you the money of 
 which you have need ? 8. She thinks that you have 
 forgotten her muff. 9. She does not think that you will 
 arrive before her father. 10. I think that her brother 
 is ill. 11. Do you think that her brother is ill ? 12. I 
 do not think that her brother is ill. 13. Do you believe 
 that they are in London ? 14. I do not suppose you 
 will give her all that money. 15. She does not hope 
 that her father will answer your letter. 
 
 87. 
 
 A few impersonal verbs, implying certainty, are 
 followed by the indicative. The most frequently 
 used are : — 
 
 il resulte, it follows, the result is. il est vrai, it is true. 
 
 il s'ensuit, it follows. il est evident, it is evident. 
 
 il parait, it appears. il est demontre, it is proved. 
 
 il (me, te, lui . . .) semble, it il est incontestable, it is indisputable. 
 
 seems to me, to thee, to him. . . . il est clair, it is obvious. 
 
 il est sur, it is sure. il est manifeste, it is manifest. 
 
 il est certain, it is certain. il est decide, it has been decided. 
 
 A negative or interrogative verb is not followed by 
 the subjunctive when there is no doubt in the mind of 
 the speaker ; as : — 
 
 Savez-vous que votre pere est ma- Do you know that your father is 
 
 lade T unwell ? 
 
 Je ne savais pas qu'il etait ici, / did not know that he was here. 
 
 Hence the subjunctive is not used after est-ce que? 
 n'est-ce pas que? nor generally after the verbs savoir 
 (to know), faire savoir (to let know), dire (to tell), ap- 
 prendre (to learn, to hear, to inform), informer (to 
 inform), oublier (to forget), and such like, used in- 
 
EXERCISES. 157 
 
 terrogatively, or even negatively if there is no doubt 
 whatever in the mind of the speaker. 
 
 Savoir (au irregular verb), to know. 
 
 INDIC. PEES. 
 
 je sais. 
 
 
 nous savons. 
 
 
 tu sais. 
 
 
 vous savez. 
 
 
 il sait. 
 
 
 ils savent. 
 
 PAST INDEF. 
 
 j'ai su. 
 
 IMPERF. 
 
 je savais. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 je saurai. 
 
 CONDIT. 
 
 je saurais. 
 
 1. II parait que nion frere est malade depuis quinze 
 jours. 2. II me semble que vous avez eu tort dans cette 
 discussion ; est-ce qu'on parle ainsi a sa soeur ? 3. J'ai 
 eu tort, c'est vrai, mais il est certain qu'elle m'a provo- 
 que pendant une demi-heure. 4. II est decide que votre 
 petit cousin n'aura pas la permission qu'il demandait. 
 5. II resulte de toutes vos discussions que vous et Henri, 
 vous avez eu tort. 6. II est certain que ma soeur sera 
 ici ce soir ; elle me l'a ecrit ce matin. 7. II s'ensuit que 
 sa presence n'est pas du tout certaine. 8. II vous semble 
 que j'ai tort, mais je vous prouverai le contraire. 9. II 
 est clair que vous avez sommeil, couchez-vous vite. 10. II 
 est vrai que j'ai sommeil, mais j'ai tant rnarclie aujour- 
 d'hui que je suis horriblement fatigue. 11. Oubliez-vous 
 que je suis plus age que vous ? 12. ^e savez-vous pas 
 que M. votre frere est revenu de Paris ? 13. Vous ne 
 m'aviez pas dit que vous etiez indispose ; j'aime a croire 
 que vous vous portez mieux. 14. Avez-vous appris que 
 le bateau a vapeur par lequel -vous etes venu 1'annee 
 derniere a fait naufrage sur la cote d'Irlande ? 15. Est- 
 ce que vous ne saviez pas cela ? 16. Est-ce que vous ne 
 me croyez pas ? 
 
 1. It is certain that you are wrong. 2. It is possible 
 that you are wrong. 3. It appears that he will be 
 punished. 4. It is just that he should be punished. 
 
158 EXERCISES. 
 
 5. It is proved that he did not buy your uncle's house. 
 
 6. It may be that he has bought your uncle's house. 
 
 7. It seems to me that you have at last completed your 
 exercise. 8. It is essential that you should have com- 
 pleted your exercise before ten. 9. I must have some 
 paper, some ink, and a better pen. 10. Did you tell 
 them that I would thank them myself ? 11. Do you 
 not find that this water is very bad ? 12. I hope you 
 will answer your mother's letter ; do you forget she is 
 ill ? 13. I do not forget that she is ill, but I shall not 
 answer her letter yet. 14. Does she know that I have 
 lent you some money ? 15. I have not told her that 
 you had lent me some money, but I think she knows it. 
 16. Do (est-ce que) you believe that ? 17. {Est-ce que) 
 Is not that true ? 18. Do you know that your father 
 and I have quarrelled? 19. Do you not think that I 
 am right ? 
 
 88. 
 
 Verbs expressing will, wish, doubt, fear, expecta- 
 tion, prohibition, permission, complaint, joy, sorrow, 
 surprise, or any emotion, 1 are followed by the sub- 
 junctive with the conjunction que ; as : — 
 
 Je desire que vous lui parliez, / wish you to speak to him. 
 
 Je veux que vous m'attendiez, I want you to wait for me. 
 
 After verbs expressing wish or will, the English 
 put either the infinitive, to express a future action 
 or state, as in the above examples ; or the subjunctive 
 to express a present or a past action or state, as / 
 wish I ivere rich, I wish he had been rich. 
 
 1 Except only esperer, to hope. Croire and penser do not express an 
 emotion, and therefore require the indicative, unless used interrogatively 
 or negatively. 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 159 
 
 But in French the subjunctive is always used after 
 verbs expressing wish or will, except only in the case 
 when both verbs (that is, the verb expressing wish or 
 will, and the verb depending on it) have the same 
 person or persons for subjects ; in which case the 
 second verb is put in the infinitive, as je voudrais etre 
 riche, / should like to be rich, or, I wish I ivere rich. 
 
 Vouloir (an irregular verb), to wish. 
 
 INDIC. PRES. 
 
 je veux. 
 
 nous voulons. 
 
 
 tu veux. 
 
 vous voulez. 
 
 
 il veut. 
 
 ils veulent. 
 
 PAST INDEF. 
 
 j'ai voulu. 
 
 imperf. je voulais. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 je voudrai. 
 
 condit. je voudrais. 
 
 je veux, 
 
 
 / command, I want. 
 
 je veux bien, 
 
 
 I consent, I am willing, 
 
 je voudrais or 
 
 je voudrais bien, 
 
 I should like. 
 
 1. Je doute qu'il reussisse. 2. Je desire que vous 
 m'attendiez. 3. II veut que nous lui obeissions sans 
 replique. 4. Vous ordonnez qu'on vous obeisse. 5. Elle 
 exige que nous vous chassions. 6. Je defends qu'on le 
 punisse. 7. Je suis surpris que vous lui parliez encore 
 apres ce qu'il a dit et fait contre vous. 8. Je regrette 
 vivement que vous m'ayez attendu, mais je vous assure 
 que ce n'est pas ma faute. 9. Adieu, Monsieur, je sou- 
 haite que vous vous portiez bien. 10. Je desire que vous 
 m'accompagniez, mais je ne l'exige pas. 11. Voulez- 
 vous bien permettre que ma sceur et moi nous jouions un 
 peu ? 12. Je veux que vous restiez ici l'une et l'autre, 
 vous n'avez pas encore appris vos lecons. 13. Nous 
 doutons fort qu'il vous attende. 14. Ma mere est bien 
 aise que vous soyez en'fin revenu. 
 
 15. Obeis, si tu veux qu'on t'obeisse un jour. — ( Voltaire.) 
 
160 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Tliey wish you to speak to me. 2. I am glad that 
 you are so well. 3. Do you wish him to speak to you 
 to-night ? 4. Do you not wish her to sing that song ? 
 5. No, I want you to sing it yourself. 6. I hope she 
 will reply to my letter this week. 7. She forbids me to 
 speak to you. 8. Are you not surprised that your 
 brother has already come back ? 9. Do you insist upon 
 (exigez-vous) my being punished ? 10. I consent (veux 
 bien) that you may play a little, but you must stay here.' 
 11. I wish I were in Paris ! 12. They wish us to dine 
 with them on Monday. 13. We regret that you have 
 not received our letter. 14. She doubts that we shall 
 arrive before her. 15. I want (Je veux) you to work 
 with me. 16. Did you not know (imperf.) that I had 
 met him ? 
 
 89. 
 
 The following verbs meaning to fear, craindre, avoir 
 peur, and trembler, and the two verbs prendre garde (to 
 take care}, and empecher (to prevent, to keep from*) not 
 only are followed by the subjunctive, but they also 
 require ne before it. 
 
 je crains qu'il ne reussisse, I fear that lie will succeed. 
 
 However, if they are used negatively or interroga- 
 tively, the ne is left out : — 
 
 n'empechez pas qu'il reussisse, do not prevent him from succeeding. 
 Craindre (an irregular verb), to fear. 
 
 indic. pres. je crains. nous craignons. 
 
 tu crains. vous craignez. 
 
 il craint,. ils eraignent. 
 
 past indef. j'ai craint. imperf. je craignais. 
 
 future. je craindrai. condit. je craindrais. 
 
EXERCISES. 161 
 
 1. Je crains bien que vous ne vous soyez trompe. 2. Je 
 ne crains pas que vous perdiez votre belle montre, vous 
 n'etes plus un enfant. 3. Soyez tranquille, j'empecherai 
 qu'on ne vous derange. 4. Preferez-vous que je les pu- 
 nisse moi-meme ? je le veux bien, mais je crois qu'il 
 vaut mieux que ce soit vous. 5. lis meritent bien que 
 nous les corrigions, mais ne soyons pas trop severes. 
 6. Quoi ! vous souffrez qu'on vous batte ! un grand 
 garQon comme vous ! 7. Trouvez bon que je vous pu- 
 nisse quand vous le meritez : vous ni'en remercierez plus 
 tard. 8. Je tremble que votre supercherie ne soit de- 
 couverte. 9. Ne craignez pas que je vous afflige : je 
 garderai tous mes chagrins pour moi seul. 10. Ne me 
 parlez pas ainsi, j'aime mieux que vous me grondiez. 
 11. Est-il possible que vous souffriez qu'on vous in- 
 sulte ? 12. Mon pere n'aime pas que vous demeuriez ici. 
 13. Trouvera-t-il mauvais aussi que vous voyagiez avec 
 moi ? 14. Je crains bien qu'il ne s'y oppose. 
 
 1. I fear you will lose the money which I have given 
 you. 2. But my sister does not fear that you will lose 
 it. 3. I am afraid you are wrong. 4. Are you afraid 
 that I have forgotten you ? 5. I shall not suffer you to 
 insult me. 6. I shall not punish her, I much prefer that 
 she ask my pardon. 7. We shall prevent them from 
 succeeding. 8. Do you disapprove of her not answering 
 your note (trouvez-vous mauvais qu'elle . . .) ? 9. Do 
 you approve of their disobeying you ? 10. I tremble 
 lest you should be discovered. 11. Do not fear that I 
 shall be betrayed. 12. She requires (exige or vent) me 
 to wait for her. 13. I hope you are better. 14. He 
 wants us to take a walk together. 15. He does not fear 
 that we shall lose our way. 16. Does he know that we 
 are much better to-day ? 
 
 11 
 
162 EXERCISES. 
 
 90. 
 
 (1) A superlative (and also le seul, the equivalent of 
 a superlative) is followed by the subjunctive ; as : — 
 
 C'est le plus beau livre que j'aie It is the most beautiful book that I 
 jamais lu, have ever read. 
 
 C'est la plus nombreuse menagerie It is the largest menagerie that 
 qui soit jamais venue ici, has ever come here. 
 
 (2) But the indicative should be used if the thought 
 is positive, absolute ; and it is always so when the 
 superlative is followed by a genitive plural (that is, 
 a noun or pronoun preceded by of) : — 
 
 C'est le plus interessant des ro- This is the most interesting of the 
 
 mans que j'ai, novels which I have. 
 
 Voici la plus belle de toutes les This is the best of the menageries 
 
 menageries que j'ai vues, / have seen. 
 
 Connaitre (an irregular verb), to know by sight, to be acquainted with. 
 
 indic. pres. je connais. nous connaissons. 
 
 tu connais. vous connaissez. 
 
 il connait. ils connaissent. 
 
 past indef. j'ai connu. imperf. je connaissais. 
 
 future. je connaitrai. condit. je connaitrais. 
 
 subj. pres. que je connaisse. subj. imp. que je connusse. 
 
 (3) The following conjunctions are followed by the 
 subjunctive : — 
 
 afin que, ) . , jusqu'a ce que, until. 
 
 1 in order that 
 
 , \" 
 
 pour que, ) pourvu que, provided that. 
 
 avant que, before. sans que, without (that). 
 
 quoique, ) , . suppose que, suppose that. 
 bien que, ) 
 
 (4) The three following conjunctions require not 
 only the subjunctive, but also ne before it : — 
 
 a moins que, unless. de crainte que, ) . . , 
 
 \ for fear, lest. 
 de peur que, ) * 
 
EXERCISES. 163 
 
 1. Voila un bel animal, c'est le plus beau cheval que 
 j'aie jamais vu. 2. C'est, en tout cas, le plus beau des 
 chevaux qui etaient hier sur le champ de course. 3. Votre 
 cousine est la plus heureuse femme que je connaisse. 
 4. Vous avez raison ; c'est bien, certainement la plus 
 aimable des femmes que je connais. 5. De ces trois 
 officiers c'est le plus jeune que je connais. 6. Cette 
 " Histoire de France " est la meilleure de celles que j'ai 
 dans ma bibliotheque. 7. C'est, je crois, le seul livre 
 serieux que vous ayez chez vous. 8. Je suis venu moi- 
 meme afin que vous me racontiez toute l'affaire. 9. II 
 faut que tout soit pret avant que M. votre pere arrive. 
 
 10. Bien que vous soyez beaucoup plus age que moi, j'ose 
 dire que vous avez tort et que c'est moi qui ai raison. 
 
 11. Nous travaillerons jusqu'a ce que vous arriviez. 
 
 12. Pourvu que j'aie votre approbation, je suis content. 
 
 13. Est-ce que vous croyez que vous l'insulterez sans 
 qu'il vous punisse ? 14. Suppose que votre chien me 
 morde, est-ce que vous croyez que je ne lui donnerai pas 
 de coups de pied ? 15. Je ne vous raconterai pas l'his- 
 toire, de peur que vous ne la repetiez a votre cousin. 
 16. Le lion n'attaque jamais l'homme a moins qu'il ne 
 soit provoque. 17. La gloire est le seul bien qui me 
 puisse tenter {Racine). 
 
 1. This is {void) the most beautiful bird that we have 
 ever had. 2. Do not cut this rose, it is the only one we 
 have in our garden. 3. Give me back my French dic- 
 tionary, it is the best I have ever seen. 4. Of these 
 four ladies, it is the tallest that I know. 5. She is the 
 happiest woman I know. 6. She is the happiest of the 
 women that I know here. 7. I like him, although he 
 does not always obey me. 8. You must work until I 
 am ready. 9. I do not think he will reply to your letter 
 
164 EXERCISES. 
 
 before we arrive from the country. 10. He will not give 
 me the money he has promised me, unless I obey him. 
 11. I shall not punish you to-day, although you deserve 
 it. 12. He will go away (partira) lest we should scold 
 him. 13. You must be diligent, in order that your 
 mother may be pleased with (de) you. 14. I shall give 
 you a beautiful book illustrated by Gustave Dore, pro- 
 vided you gain (remporter) the first prize in (de) French. 
 
 15. I shall not gain that prize unless you help me a little. 
 
 16. She does not dare to come here, for fear you should 
 scold her. 17. I shall not look for your ring until (be- 
 fore) you return me my muff. 18. He flatters us in 
 order that we may forgive him. 
 
 The uses of the subjunctive may be shown by this 
 short table : — 
 
 Principal clause. Secondary clause* 
 
 J. 
 
 Impersonal verbs. 
 
 Negative verbs. 
 
 Interrogative verbs. 
 
 ■„,,.! , \ Subiunctive mood. 
 
 Emotional verbs. J 
 
 
 , 
 
 Superlatives. 
 Certain conjunctions. 
 
 91. 
 
 The Use of the Tenses of the Subjunctive. 
 
 If the verb in the principal clause is in the present 
 or the future tense, the subjunctive is put in the 
 present ; if the verb in the principal clause is in a 
 past tense or in the conditional, the subjunctive is 
 put in the imperfect ; l as : — 
 
 1 This rule has two exceptions, which will be explained in § 128. 
 
EXERCISES. 165 
 
 j'exigeais > 
 
 ., . j'ai exige I 
 
 ., . > qu'il finisse. j'avais exige > qu'il finit. 
 
 j'exigerai ) ., . f 
 
 ° j'exigerais 
 
 j'aurais exige ' 
 When the subjunctive is in a compound tense, the 
 same rule applies, — that is : if the verb in the prin- 
 cipal clause is in the present or the future tense, the 
 auxiliary of the subjunctive is put in the present ; if 
 the verb in the principal clause is in a past tense or 
 in the conditional, the auxiliary of the subjunctive 
 is put in the imperfect ; as : — 
 
 j'exigeais -v 
 
 ., j'ai exige / 
 
 ... \ qu'il ait fini. j'avais exige > qu'il eut fini. 
 
 j'exigerai ) * ., . . f 
 
 j'exigerais 
 
 j'aurais exige / 
 This rule for the use of the imperfect subjunctive is 
 strictly followed in writing or in public speaking ; in 
 familiar conversation the imperfect subjunctive is rarely 
 heard. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 que j'eusse, that 1 might have. que je fusse, that I might be. 
 
 que tu eusses. que tu fusses. 
 
 qu'il eut. qu'il fut. 
 
 que nous eussions. que nous fussions. 
 
 que vous eussiez. que vous fussiez. 
 
 qu'ils eussent. qu'ils fussent. 
 
 1. Je veux que vous soyez plus attentif. 2. Je vou- 
 drais que vous fussiez plus attentif. 3. II est indispensa- 
 ble qu'il ait ses livres ce soir. 4. II etait indispensable 
 qu'il eut ses livres ce soir. 5. Elle ne croit pas que vous 
 ayez recji tout cet argent ce matin. 6. Elle ne croyait 
 pas que vous eussiez vequ tout cet argent ce matin. 
 7. Mon pere craint que vous ne soyez fatigue. 8. Mon 
 
166 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 pere craignait que vous ne fussiez fatigue. 9. C'est le 
 plus beau morceau de musique que j'aie jamais entendu. 
 
 10. C'etait le plus beau morceau de musique que j'eusse 
 jamais entendu. 11. II travaille beaucoup, bien qu'il 
 soit malade. 12. II travaillait beaucoup, bien qu'il fut 
 malade. 13. Je souhaite que vous ayez ma lettre a 
 temps. 14. Je voudrais bien que vous eussiez ma lettre 
 a temps. 15. II n'a pas ose entrer de crainte que Pheure 
 ne fut passee. 
 
 1. Are you thinking that he is right ? 2. Were you 
 thinking that lie was right ? 3. I think that he is wrong. 
 4. I fear that he is wrong. 5. I do not think he is wrong. 
 6. I did not think (imperfect) that he was wrong. 7. I 
 feared (imperfect) he was wrong. 8. It was necessary 
 that she should be there. 9. It is necessary that she 
 should be there. 10. Do you believe they are guilty ? 
 
 11. Did you believe they were guilty ? 12. He approves 
 of my being (lie finds it good that I am) idle. 13. He 
 approved of my being idle. 14. It is of importance that 
 you should have those letters in time (a, temps). 15. It 
 was of importance that you should have those letters in 
 time. 16. I will not accept your present, unless I have 
 the permission of my father. 
 
 1st Conjugation, 
 
 que je portasse. 
 
 que tu portasses. 
 
 qu'il portat. 
 
 que nous portassions. 
 
 que vous portassiez. 
 
 qu'ils portassent. 
 
 92. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 2d Conjugation. 
 
 que je finisse. 
 
 que tu finisses. 
 
 qu'il finU. 
 
 que nous finissions. 
 
 que vous finissiez. 
 
 qu'ils finissent. 
 
 3(/ Conjugation. 
 
 que je rendissa. 
 
 que tu rendisses 
 
 qu'il rend't. 
 
 que nous rendissions. 
 
 que vous rendissiez 
 
 qu'ils rendisssnt 
 
EXERCISES. 167 
 
 More is translated by davantage when it is not fol- 
 lowed by than, or, in other words, when the second 
 term of the comparison is understood ; as : — 
 
 II veut que je travaille davantage, He wants me to work more (than I do). 
 
 1. J'empecherai qu'il ne ferme la porte. 2. J'ai em- 
 peche qu'il ne fermat la porte. 3. II est temps qu'il 
 finisse sa lettre et qu'il l'envoie a la poste. 4. II etait 
 temps qu'il finit sa lettre et qu'il l'envoyat a la poste. 
 5. II est preferable que vous me rendiez ce livre. 6. II 
 etait preferable que vous me rendissiez ce livre. 7. Ne 
 lui parlez pas de peur qu'elle ne fonde en larmes. 8. Je 
 ne lui ai pas parle de peur qu'elle ne fondit en larmes. 
 9. Je veux qu'il etudie davantage. 10. Je voudrais bien 
 qu'il etudiat davantage. 11. Je prefere qu'elle choisisse 
 elle-meme le ruban qu'elle desire. 12. Je prefererais 
 qu'elle choisit elle-meme le ruban qu'elle desire. 13. J'ai 
 prefere qu'elle choisit elle-meme le ruban qu'elle desirait. 
 14. Ne commencez pas la discussion avant que votre frere 
 arrive. 15. Vous etes entre dans la discussion avant que 
 votre frere arrivat. 
 
 1. Do you desire her to speak to you to-night ? 2. Did 
 you desire (imperf.) her to speak to you to-night ? 3. Do 
 you want my brother to help her ? 4. Would you wish 
 my brother to help her ? 5. I do not think your cousin 
 will sell his dog to that man. 6. I did not believe (im- 
 perfect) that your cousin would have sold his dog to that 
 man. 7. It is time for her to choose (that she should 
 choose). 8. It was time for her to choose. 9. You are 
 the only man whom (a qui) she obeys. 10. You were 
 the only man whom she obeyed. 11. It is certain that 
 I am right. 12. It was certain that I was right. 13. I 
 fear she will disobey you. 14. I feared she would dis- 
 
168 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 obey you. 15. He was the best man I had ever met 
 with. 16. I shall not speak to you, unless you stay here 
 this evening. 
 
 The use of the tenses of the subjunctive is shown 
 in this table : — 
 
 Verb in principal clause. 
 Present. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Past. 
 
 Conditional. 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 Present. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 93. 
 
 THE INFINITIVE. 
 
 When two verbs come together, the second is put in 
 the infinitive, with or without a preposition ; unless 
 the first is one of the auxiliaries, etre or avoir ; as : 
 
 Je veux parler a mon frere, / wish to speak to my brother. 
 
 II n'ose pas venir, He does not dare to come. 
 
 Of verbs requiring an infinitive after them without 
 a preposition, there are about fifty ; : among those 
 most frequently used are : — 
 
 aimer mieux, to like better, 
 aller, to go. 
 compter, to intend. 
 desirer, to desire, to wish. 
 esperer, to hope. 
 
 oser, to dare. 
 pretendre, to pretend. 
 venir, to come. 
 voir, to see. 
 vouloir, to wish. 
 
 Observe, however, that to must be translated by pour 
 whenever it may be changed into in order to : — 
 
 II est venu me parler de vous une He came and spoke to me of you 
 
 demi-heure, for half an hour. 
 
 II est venu pour me parler de He came to speak to me of you, but 
 
 vous, mais j'etais sorti, / ivas out. 
 
 1 The list will be found in tlie Appendix, page 318. 
 
EXERCISES. 169 
 
 1. J'aimerais mieux me battre avec vous qu'avec lui. 
 
 2. Elle est allee voir son oncle, qui est arrive ce matin 
 de Paris. 3. Quand comptez-vous partir ? 4. N'oubliez 
 pas de me dire quand vous partirez ; je desire vous ac- 
 compagner jusqu'a Londres. 5. N'esperez pas me trom- 
 per, vous n'etes pas assez malin pour cela. 6. Est-ce que 
 vous avez ose lui dire une pareille chose ? 7. II ne veut 
 pas aller chez vous. 8. Je ne pretends pas dire que vous 
 avez tort. 9. Pourquoi n'etes-vous pas venu nous voir 
 la semaine derniere ? 10. Je vous ai vu passer sous nos 
 fenetres, mais je n'ai pas ose vous appeler. 11. Nous ne 
 vivons pas pour manger, mais nous mangeons pour vivre. 
 12. Elles sont venues me parler. 13. Elles sont venues 
 pour me parler, mais elles ne m'out pas trouve. 14. J'ai 
 fait tout mon possible pour gagner votre amitie, mais il 
 parait que je n'ai pas reussi. 
 
 1. We went and saw (tee went to see) our aunt this 
 morning ; she is much better. 2. Do you intend to leave 
 on Friday ? 3. I hope to see you 1 on Thursday. 4. She 
 did not dare to look at me. 5. She does not wish to. 
 come to-day, unless you think that she will find her 
 father. 6. We do not pretend to guarantee the truth 
 of the anecdote. 7. I like better to leave to-day than 
 to-morrow. 8. She will not be willing to accompany us. 
 9. They came and saw {they came to see) us this morn- 
 ing. 10. They came to (in order to) see us this morning, 
 but we were out. 11. We have done our very best to 
 receive him with honor. 12. He said that to deceive 
 me. 13. She did it to please you. 14. They went to 
 London in order to see you. 15. It seems to me that 
 you are mistaken ; I do not believe that I am acquainted 
 with this lady. 
 
 1 A pronoun is placed before the verb by which it is governed. In this 
 sentence vous must be placed before voir, not before esperer. 
 
170 EXERCISES. 
 
 94. 
 
 The Infinitive -with the Preposition de. 
 
 Certain verbs require de before the following verb ; 
 such are : } — 
 
 cesser de, to cease to. essayer de, to try to. 
 
 commander de, to command to. negliger de, to neglect to. 
 
 conseiller de, to advise to. proposer de, to propose to. 
 
 craindre de, to fear to. recommander de, to recommend to. 
 
 defendre de, to forbid to. refuser de, to refuse to. 
 
 The verb avoir followed by a noun requires de be- 
 fore the next verb, if that verb cannot be changed 
 into an infinitive passive ; such are : — 
 
 avoir la bonte de, to have the kind- avoir l'intention de, to intend to. 
 
 ness to. avoir raison de, to be right to. 
 
 avoir le courage de, to have the avoir tort de, to be wrong to. 
 
 courage to. avoir peur de, to be afraid to. 
 
 avoir l'audace de, to have the au- avoir besoin de, to require to. 
 
 dacity to. avoir coutume de, to be accustomed 
 
 avoir le plaisir de, to have the pleas- to. 
 
 ure to. avoir envie de, to have a mind or 
 
 avoir l'occasion de, to have an op- ivish to. 
 
 portunity to. 
 
 An adjective preceded by the impersonal verb il est, 
 il etait, etc., requires de before the next verb ; as : — 
 
 II est difficile de faire ce que vous dites, It is difficult to do what you say. 
 
 1. II a cesse de me parler au mois de Janvier dernier. 
 2. Je ne vous conseille pas de Pattendre, il n'arrive 
 jamais a temps. 3. Est-ce que vous craignez de lui par- 
 ler ? c'est l'homme le plus aimable du monde. 4. Je 
 vous defends de sortir. 5. N'essayez pas de me trom- 
 per. 6. II a refuse de nous accompagner. 7. Elle n'a 
 pas eu le courage d'entrer. 8. II est plus facile de dire 
 
 1 The complete list is given in the Appendix, page 316. 
 
EXERCISES. 171 
 
 cela que de le faire. 9. J'ai eu l'occasion de faire la 
 connaissance de M me votre tante ; c'est une charm ante 
 vieille dame. 10. Je pense que vous avez eu tort de 
 lui reprocher cette action, il ne vous le pardonnera ja- 
 mais. 11. Ou avez-vous coutume de vous promener ? 
 12. Avez-vous absolumeut besoin de les voir ? 13. Est-ce 
 que vous avez peur de venir avec nous ? 14. Je pense 
 qu'il serait utile de leur annoncer votre avancement. 
 1. He has advised me to go to London this evening. 
 
 2. I had the pleasure of meeting your uncle last night. 
 
 3. They tried to deceive me. 4. She refused to come 
 with us. 5. Did he forbid you to speak to me ? 6. Have 
 the kindness to ring. 7. You are right to forget that 
 discussion. 8. We have a wish to go to the coast at the 
 beginning of next week. 9. You will not have the 
 audacity to ask him for some money. 10. Be so good 
 as to shut the door. 11. It is time to set out. 12. It 
 is absurd to speak so (ai?isi). 13. She neglects writing 
 to us. 14. We had the pleasure of seeing your mother 
 this morning. 15. Do not propose to him to come with 
 us. 16. You are the only one who has encouraged me 
 
 in my labors. 
 
 ■ 
 
 95. 
 
 The Infinitive with the Preposition a. 
 
 Certain verbs require a before the following verb ; 
 such are : 1 — 
 
 s'appliquer a, to apply one's self to. s'habituer a, to accustom one's self to. 
 
 s'attendre a, to expect to. inviter a, to ask, to invite. 
 
 consentir a, to consent to. renoneer a, to renounce. 
 
 decider a, to persuade to. reussir a, to succeed in. 
 
 engager a, to induce to. tarder a, to be late in. 
 
 1 The complete list is given in the Appendix, page 317. 
 
172 EXERCISES. 
 
 The verb avoir followed by a noun requires a before 
 the next verb, if that verb can be changed into an 
 infinitive passive ; as : — 
 
 J'ai une lettre a ecrire, / have a letter to write (meaning to be 
 
 written). 
 lis ont une maison a louer, They have a house to let (meaning to 
 
 be let). 
 
 An adjective preceded by c'est, c'etait, ... or cela 
 
 est, cela etait, . . . requires a before the next verb ; 
 
 as : — 
 
 C'est difficile a faire, 
 
 > that is difficult to do. 
 
 Cela est difficile a faire 
 
 1. II s'est applique a me tourmenter hier soir et ce 
 matin. 2. Ne vous attendez pas a le voir avant midi 
 et demi. 3. lis n'ont pas consenti a me laisser voyager. 
 4. Vous ont-ils enfin decide a venir jouer ce soir avec 
 nous ? 5. J'ai consenti a les visiter l'un apres l'autre. 
 6. II ne s'est pas encore habitue a faire cinq repas par 
 jour. 7. M me votre mere m'a invite a diner avec vous 
 ce soir ; j'ai accepte son invitation avec beaucoup de 
 plaisir. 8. II y a deux ans que j'ai renonce a jouer et 
 a fumer. 9. Avez-vous enfin reussi a rencontrer ce 
 monsieur que vous avez cherche si longtemps ? 10. II 
 me semble que vous avez beaucoup tarde a venir. 
 11. Avez-vous beaucoup a faire ce matin ? 12. J'ai 
 trois lettres a ecrire et deux personnes a visiter. 
 13. C'est plus facile a dire qu'a faire. 
 
 l.i They have a horse to sell. J 2. I have nothing to 
 fear. 3. Have you any money to give her ? 4. I have 
 invited him to dine with us. 5. She is late in coming. 
 
 6. He succeeded in gaining (r'emporter) the second prize. 
 
 7. Do you consent (consentez-vous) to see him ? 8. I 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 173 
 
 expect to see you on Saturday next. 9. Who has in 
 duced you to come ? 10. When will you renounce 
 smoking ? (j.1. Have you not a house to sell now ? 
 12/ No, sir, but we have .one to let.) 13. (How many 
 letters have you to write ?j 14. ( That is not easy to 
 do. ) 15. That is strange to see. 16. It is possible that 
 I am mistaken ; but I fear you have forgotten me. 
 
 96. """/— 
 The Subjunctive and Infinitive Moods Compared. 
 
 When the subjunctive mood can be avoided by using the iufinitive 
 in the secondary clause, as in the followiug cases, it must be done, 
 because the frequent use of the subjunctive makes the style heavy. 
 
 When two verbs have the same person for subject, 
 the second is put in the infinitive ; as : — 
 
 Est-ce que vous craignez de lui parler 1 Do you fear to speak to him ? 
 Je voudrais bien etre a votre place, / wish I were in //our place. 
 
 But if the first of the two verbs is croire, penser, dire, repondre, 
 declarer, pretendre, or soutenir, the use of the infinitive is not abso- 
 lutely required ; a personal tense is even often preferred . Je crois que 
 j'ai eu tort ; je reponds que j'ai bien fait. 
 
 If the two clauses have the same person for sub- 
 ject, the conjunction which joins them may often be 
 changed to a preposition, and the verb following will 
 in consequence be put in the infinitive : 1 — 
 
 1 The following conjunctions may be changed into prepositions: — 
 
 CONJ. 
 
 
 
 PREP. 
 
 afin que, 
 
 in order that, 
 
 
 into afin de. 
 
 pour que, 
 
 in order that, 
 
 
 " pour. 
 ( ( avant de. 
 
 avant que, 
 
 before that, 
 
 
 } avant que de. 
 
 sans que, 
 
 without, 
 
 
 " sans. 
 
 a moins que, 
 
 unless, 
 
 
 „ ( a moins de. 
 I a moins que de 
 
 de crainte que, 
 
 for fear that, 
 
 lest, 
 
 " ( de crainte de. 
 
 de peur que, 
 
 for fear that, 
 
 lest, 
 
 " i de peur de. 
 
 jusqu'a ce que, 
 
 till, until, 
 
 
 " jusque. 
 
174 EXERCISES. 
 
 Venez me voir avant de lui ecrire, Come to see me before you write to him. 
 II ne sortira pas de peur de vous He will not go out lest he should meet 
 rencontrer. you. 
 
 Even when both clauses have not identical subjects, 
 the second verb is put in the infinitive if its subject 
 is clearly shown by the general sense ; as : — 
 
 Elle a ordonne a l'enf ant de sortir, She gave the child an order to go out. 
 
 We may also say : elle a ordonne que l'enfant sortit, but this con- 
 struction means that she gave somebody the order to take the child 
 out ; whilst, in the first case, the command, being directly given to 
 the child, leaves no doubt as to who has to obey. 
 
 This last rule applies more particularly to imper- 
 sonal verbs : — 
 
 On nous attend pour trois heures, il We were expected at three, we must 
 
 faut partir, leave at once. 
 
 II est honteux de se conduire ainsi, It is shameful for one to behave so. 
 
 1. Mon pere a ordonne que les enfants descendissent 
 an salon (he simply ordered). 2. Mon pere a ordonne 
 aux enfants de descendre au salon (he ordered, speaking 
 to the children). 3. Elle a commande que je lui ache- 
 tasse un journal franqais. 4. Elle m'a commande de lui 
 acheter un journal fran^ais. 5. Je ne sortirai pas avant 
 que j'aie obtenu votre promesse. 6. (A better way:) Je 
 ne sortirai pas avant d'avoir obtenu votre promesse. 7. Tl 
 craint qu'il ne vous ait mecontente. 8. II craint de vous 
 avoir mecontente. 9. II dit vous avoir ecrit. 10. (An- 
 other way :) II dit qu'il vous a ecrit. 11. II pretend 
 avoir raison. 12. II pretend qu'il a raison. 13. II sou- 
 tient avoir bien fait. 14. II soutient qu'il a bien fait. 
 15. Je crois vous avoir ecrit. 
 
 1. I fear I am wrong. 2. I feared I was wrong. 3. I 
 am sorry I am late (etre en retard). 4. I was sorry I 
 
EXERCISES. 175 
 
 was late. 5. She has ordered me to punish you. 6. She 
 has ordered that I should punish you. 7. I think I 
 have seen you this morning (both ways). 8. I thought 
 I had seen you this morning. 9. He pretends he has 
 spoken to you (both ways). 10. He will not try it for 
 fear (use the preposition) he should make a mistake. 
 11. I shall speak to him before (use the preposition) I 
 write to you. 12. I wish I were arrived, that I might 
 {pour jpouvoir) rest ! 13. He now believes he (qu'il) 
 was wrong. 14. He says that he (qu'il) does not be- 
 lieve me. 15. It is time to leave. 
 
 97. 
 
 THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 
 
 avoir, to have. ayant, having. 
 
 etre, to be, etant, being. 
 
 1st Conj. porter, to earn/. portant, carrying. 
 
 2d Conj. finir, to finish. finissant, finishing. 
 
 3d Conj. rendre, to give back. rendant, giving back. 
 
 The present participle, which is an essential part of 
 a verb, must not be confounded with the verbal adjec- 
 tive, — that is, an adjective derived from a verb. 
 
 Both have generally the same form, but the pres- 
 ent participle always expresses an action, and is in- 
 variable ; as : — 
 
 Ces hommes, prevoyant le danger, These men, foreseeing the danger f 
 se sont mis sur leurs gardes, put themselves on their guard. 
 
 The verbal adjective, on the contrary, always ex- 
 presses an habitual quality, a permanent state, a man- 
 ner of being, and, like all adjectives, agrees with the 
 noun ; as : — 
 
 Ces hommes prevoyants ont apercu These farsighted men perceived 
 le danger, the danger. 
 
176 EXERCISES. 
 
 The present participle in French is not of so frequent use as in. 
 English. It is much used in English with the auxiliary verb to be {I 
 am or was speaking) ; it is never thus used in French. Again, in 
 English it may be used after nearly all prepositions (of by, without, or 
 before speaking); in French en is the only preposition used with the 
 present participle ; all other prepositions require the infinitive ; as : — 
 
 de parler, a parler, sans parler, avant de parler, 
 
 en parlant. 
 
 After the following verbs the present participle 
 is generally used in English, and the infinitive in 
 French. Instead of the infinitive a tense of the in- 
 dicative with qui may be used with all except paraitre 
 and sembler : — 
 
 apercevoir, to perceive. regarder, to look at. 
 
 ecouter, to listen. sentir, to feel. 
 
 entendre, to hear. voir, to see. 
 
 observer, to observe. paraitre, to appear. 
 
 sembler, to seem. 
 
 je l'entends chanter, / hear him singing. je l'entends qui chante. 
 je le vois jouer, / see him playing. je le vois qui joue. 
 
 je l'ai vu jouer, / saw him playing. je l'ai vu qui jouait. 
 
 Ne . . . que, only, nothing but, (ne is put before the verb 
 
 as usual, and que where but or only stands in English). 
 
 1. J'ai vu courir votre frere (or again: J'ai vu votre 
 frere qui courait). 2. J'entends crier ma soeur (or: 
 J'entends ma soeur qui crie). 3. Kegardez-le marcher, 
 est-ce qu'il ne vous semble pas boiter ? 4. Ecoutez-le 
 rire, il me semble que ce rire est peu naturel. 5. II 
 travaille en chantant et en causant avec tout le monde. 
 6. Ces messieurs sont vraiment amusants. 7. Le champ 
 de bataille etait couvert de soldats mourants. 8. Ces 
 photographies sont bien ressemblantes. 9. II n'y a que 
 les ames ai mantes qui soient propres a l'etude de la 
 nature (Bernardin de St. Pierre). 
 
EXEKCISES. 177 
 
 1. I hear your brother speaking. 2. I heard him 
 speaking to his friend. 3. Did you see me playing with 
 that little girl ? 4. We have looked at him eating. 
 5. Did they hear me singing this forenoon ? 6. This 
 lady is truly amusing. 7. Your portrait is very like. 
 8. I read (lis) while eating. 9. Appetite comes (vient) 
 in eating. 10. She is an obliging person. 11. This 
 woman appears to suffer (the infinitive, or the verbal ad- 
 jective). 12. Your stories are not very amusing. 13. Do 
 not call her away, she is amusing us. 14. For two 
 hours I have been walking here and I have met only one 
 lady. She was an old friend of mine and I was glad to 
 see her. 15. I think I saw you walking here yesterday. 
 
 98. 
 
 THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 
 
 (1) The past participle, when used as an adjective 
 or when conjugated with etre, except in pronominal 
 verbs, agrees like an adjective with the noun or pro- 
 noun to which it relates ; as : — 
 
 que de remparts detruits ! que de how many ramparts destroyed! how 
 villes forcees ! many cities taken by storm ! 
 
 la vertu timide est souvent op- timid virtue is often oppressed. 
 primee, 
 
 ils ont ete chaties, they have been chastised. 
 
 (2) The past participle, when conjugated with avoir, 
 and also in all pronominal verbs (which are conju- 
 gated with etre), agrees not with its subject but with 
 its direct object whenever this direct object precedes 
 it ; as : — 
 
 voici une montre, mon pere l'a here is a watch ; my father bought 
 
 achetee hier, it yesterday. 
 
 les belles dames que j'ai vues, the beautiful women whom I saw, 
 
 12 
 
178 EXERCISES. 
 
 les lettres que je vous ai ecrites, the letters ivhich I wrote you, have 
 
 les avez-vous recues 1 you received them ? 
 
 ma soeur s'est coupee, my sister has cut herself. 
 
 ma sceur s'est coupe le doigt, my sister has cut her finger. 
 
 elles se sont imagine des choses they imagined untrue things. 
 
 fausses, 
 
 les choses fausses qu'elles se sont the untrue things which they im- 
 
 imaginees, agined. 
 
 la dame que j'ai entendue chanter, the lady whom I heard sing. 
 
 les belles chansons que j'ai en- the beautiful songs which I heard 
 
 tendu chanter, sung. 
 
 ils nous ont donne une boite, they have given us a box. 
 
 nous avons chante, we have sung. 
 
 In the first two examples the direct objects : la and que, referring 
 to a feminine noun, precede the participle, which is consequently 
 feminine. 
 
 In the third example que and les, referring to lettres, precede and 
 are the direct objects of ecrites and recues, which are consequently 
 feminine plural. 
 
 In the fourth example coupee is preceded by its direct object se, 
 and is feminine. 
 
 In the fifth example the direct object of coupe is doigt, which 
 follows it ; se stands for a elle ; coupe is then invariable. 
 
 In the sixth example choses is the direct object of imagine and 
 follows it ; se is the indirect object and stands for a elles. 
 
 In the seventh example the direct object que precedes the parti- 
 ciple imaginees, which is feminine plural. 
 
 In the eighth example que is the direct object of entendue, which 
 then agrees with it. 
 
 In the ninth example que is the direct object of chanter, and 
 entendu is invariable. 
 
 Why is the participle invariable in the last two examples ? 
 
 1. lis sont bien recus. 2. Elles sont venues. 3. Ils 
 sont convaincus que j'ai eu tort de vous parler de l'affaire. 
 4. Ma mere est enchantee de vous revoir. 5. A peine 
 arrives a Paris, l'empereur de Russie et ses nls sont alles 
 
 1 The direct object is the answer to the question whom ? or what ? before 
 the verb. What has my father bought ? Whom have I seen, ? 
 
EXERCISES. 179 
 
 au spectacle ; je les ai vus passer. 6. Nous avons lu vos 
 deux romans fraiiQais. 7. Les avez-vous finis ? 8. Nous 
 ne les avons pas encore finis, nous comptons les finir ce 
 soir. 9. Ou avez-vous mis mes pantoufles ? 10. Je les 
 ai mises sur une chaise, est-ce que vous ne les trouvez pas ? 
 11. Ernest a vendu sa montre et sa chaine. 12. A qui 
 les a-t-il vendues ? 13. lis se sont bien defendus. 14. lis 
 se sont defendu cet amusement. 15. Elles se sont 
 adressees a nous. 16. Elles se sont adresse des lettres. 
 
 1. Are your sisters arrived ? 2. Yes, they arrived 
 this morning. 3. Have you seen them ? 4. Yes, I 
 have seen them walking in the garden. 5. No, I have 
 not yet seen them. 6. Did you return to them the books 
 which they have lent you ? 7. I have not yet returned 
 them to them ; I will return them (to them) to-morrow. 
 8. I received this morning the letter which you wrote 
 to me. 9. I have sent it to my sister. 10. Has she 
 not yet replied to you ? 11. Yes, she has replied to me, 
 but I think I have lost her letter. 12. I looked for it 
 this morning, but I did not find it. 13. My sisters have 
 amused themselves last night. 14. My cousin Louisa and 
 your sister have written to each other. 15. I have seen 
 both (les deux) letters, they are not very interesting. 
 
 h 
 
 99. 
 
 The Preterite or Past Definite. 
 
 j'eus, I had. je fus, / was. 
 
 tu eus. tu fus. 
 
 il or elle eut. il or elle fut 
 
 nous eumes. nous fumes. 
 
 vous eutes. vous ftites. 
 
 ils or elles eurent, ils or elles furent- 
 
180 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 je portai, I carried, je finis. je rendis. 
 
 tu portas. tu finis. tu rendis. 
 
 il porta. il finit. il rendit. 
 
 nous portames. nous finimes. nous rendimes. 
 
 vous pcrt&tes. vous finites. vous rendites. 
 
 ils porterent. ils finirent. ils rendirent. 
 
 When translating an English past tense into French, 
 first try if it can be changed into used to (as / used, to 
 speak), or into the present participle with I was, etc., 
 (as I tv as speaking). 
 
 If either of these two ways can be employed, use 
 the imperfect (je parlais) ; if neither can be employed 
 you may generally use the past indefinite (j'ai parle) 
 in conversation, and the preterite (je parlai) in narra- 
 tives or historical style. 1 
 
 When I was in Paris, I often went 
 
 (used to go) to the opera, 
 I was writing while my sister played, 
 
 I went to see her this morning, 
 Prince Edicard on that clay did not 
 lose sixty men, 
 
 The emperor alighted near the bench 
 where J was sitting, 
 
 quand j'etais a Paris, j'allais sou- 
 vent a 1' opera. 
 
 j'ecrivais tandis que ma soeur jou- 
 ait. 
 
 je suis alle la voir ce matin. 
 
 le prince Edouard dans cette 
 journee ne perdit pas soixante 
 hommes. 
 
 l'empereur descendit aupres du 
 banc sur lequel j'etais assis. 
 
 1 As in English, the present is sometimes used instead of the preterite to 
 give more animation to a narrative. 
 
 Note on the Origin of the Preterite or historical tense. — 
 The Latin preterite cantavi was transformed by the people during the Ro- 
 man occupation of Gaul into habeo cantatum (which afterwards became 
 j'ai chante), but the authors of the time, disdaining this vulgar Latin, ad- 
 hered in their Chronicles to the classical cantavi, which has thus remained 
 in the written French under the form je chantai, tu chantas, etc , whilst 
 the popular j'ai chante continued to be the tense general^ used in conver- 
 sation to express the past. This remark applies, of course, not only to 
 Chanter, but to all French verbs. 
 
EXERCISES. 181 
 
 The imperfect denotes a customary or repeated action 
 or state, or an unfinished action, in past time. 
 
 elle chantait tous les jours, she used to sing every day. 
 
 The perfect (or past indefinite) is generally used to 
 denote a past action or state without reference to its 
 completion or end, or a past action the effect of which 
 still continues. 
 
 je vous ai donne dix francs, / have given you ten francs. 
 
 The preterite (or past definite) is used of an action or 
 state which was definitely completed in past time. 
 
 le roi donna dix francs au soldat et the king gave ten francs to the soldier, 
 lui demanda s'il en etait content, and asked him if he were satisfied 
 
 with it. 
 
 The preterite can be used to express what took place only in a time 
 wholly past, like yesterday, last month, last year ; as : — 
 
 je recus hier plusieurs lettres de / received yesterday several letters 
 mon pere, from my father. 
 
 But you must say, — 
 
 j'ai recu plusieurs lettres de mon I have received several letters from 
 pere cette semaine, my father this week, 
 
 because this week is not yet wholly past. 
 
 The past anterior, which is the compound of the 
 preterite, expresses an action or state immediately 
 anterior to the one expressed by the preterite, and is 
 never used but after such adverbs of time as quand, 
 lorsque, des que, aussitot que, a peine : 
 
 Calypso had scarcely uttered these a peine Calypso eut-elle prononce 
 
 words when she regretted them. ces paroles qu'elle s'en repentit. 
 
 As soon as he had written that letter, aussitot qu'il eut ecrit cette lettre, 
 
 he prepared to die. il se prepara a mourir. 
 
182 EXERCISES. 
 
 The past anterior is the compound of the preterite in the same way 
 that the pluperfect is the compound of the imperfect. 
 
 j'eus eu, / had had. j'eus ete, / had been. 
 
 j'eus porte, / had carried, j'eus fini. j'eus rendu. 
 
 j'eus ete porte, / had been je me fus lave, / had washed 
 
 carried. myself. 
 
 1. J'eus; il fut. 2. lis eurent; nous fumes. 3. II 
 porta ; ils vendirent. 4. Vous finites ; nous vendimes. 
 5. II eut porte; il eut ete porte; il fut porte. 6. Ils 
 ecouterent ; elle regarda. 7. Le roi donna dix louis au 
 paysan et lui pardonna sa faute. 8. Un officier anglais 
 ay ant ete blesse fut transports chez lui, ou deux me- 
 decins furent appeles. 9. On demanda a un petit garqon 
 pourquoi il prenait du sel; c'est, repondit-il, pour la 
 viande qu'on me donnera. 10. Aussitot qu'il eut fini 
 son travail, il partit pour la campagne. 11. L'annee 
 derniere je visitai mon pere a Londres, et je m'y amu- 
 sais beaucoup. 12. C'est ici qu'on se battit, il y a trente 
 ans. 
 
 (Put in the Preterite every verb in italics.) 
 
 1. He had ; I was. 2. They were ; we had. 3. They 
 had ; they had been ; they had been carried. 4. She 
 was ; she was called. 5. You (sing.) asked ; you (plur.) 
 asked. 6. They asked her where her friends lived. 7. She 
 replied that they were living at the sea-shore. 8. We 
 finished our labors last week; they finished theirs this 
 morning. 9. The king arrived on Thursday morning ; 
 he will leave this evening. 10. When she had written 
 her letter, she was quite happy. 11. We visited the 
 chamber in which you used to live. 12. He asked my 
 pardon, and assured me that he had already written me 
 six letters. 13. I told (dis) him that I had not yet 
 received them. 
 
 i 
 
EXERCISES. 183 
 
 100. 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Irregular verbs are those the conjugation of which 
 differs, in some persons or tenses, from the three models 
 of regular verbs. They are pretty numerous ; the most 
 important are conjugated here ; a complete list is given 
 in the Appendix, pages 304, 315. 
 
 The knowledge of the rules by which tenses are formed 
 will greatly facilitate the study of irregular verbs. 
 
 Formation of Tenses. 
 
 Tenses are divided into two classes : primitive tenses 
 and derived tenses. 
 
 Primitive tenses are those from which the others 
 are formed. They are : 1st, The present infinitive ; 
 2d, The present participle ; 3d, The past participle ; 
 4th, The present of the indicative ; and 5th, The 
 preterite (or past definite). 
 
 Derived tenses are those formed from the primitive 
 tenses. 
 
 (1) From the infinitive are formed the future by 
 changing -r or -re into -rai, and the conditional by 
 changing -r or -re into -rais : — 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 porte-r, 
 fini-r, 
 
 je porte-rai, 
 je fini-rai, 
 
 je porte-rais 
 je fini-rais. 
 
 3. 
 
 rend-re, 
 
 je rend-rai, 
 
 je rend-rais. 
 
 (2) From the present participle are formed two 
 tenses, the imperfect of the indicative and the present 
 of the subjunctive, and part of another tense,, the plu- 
 ral of the present indicative. 
 
184 EXERCISES. 
 
 The imperfect of the indicative is formed by chang- 
 ing -ant into -ais, and the present subjunctive by 
 changing -ant into -e : — 
 
 1. port-ant, je port-ais, que je port-e. 
 
 2. finiss-ant, je finiss-ais, que je finiss-e. 
 
 3. rend-ant, je rend-ais, que je rend-e. 
 
 The plural of the present of the indicative is formed 
 by changing -ant into -ons, -ez, -ent : — 
 
 1. port-ant, nous port-ons, vous port-ez, ils port-ent. 
 
 2. finiss-ant, nous finiss-ons, vous finiss-ez, ils finiss-ent. 
 
 3. rend-ant, nous rend-ons, vous rend-ez, ils rend-ent. 
 
 (3) From the past participle, with avoir or etre, are 
 formed all the compound tenses : — 
 
 j'ai aime, je suis aime, j'avais fini, il etait rendu, elle s'est amusee. 
 
 (4) From the present of the indicative are formed 
 the corresponding persons of the imperative : — 
 
 indicative pres. je porte. imperative, no 1st person. 
 
 tu portes. porte. 
 
 il porte. qu'il porte. 1 
 
 nous portons. portons. 
 
 vous portez. portez. 
 
 ils portent. qu'ils portent. 1 
 
 Observe that, in the first conjugation, the s of the second person 
 singular of the present indicative does not appear in the imperative, 
 unless the imperative is followed by the pronouns en or y, before 
 which it is kept : donnes-en la moitie a ton frere ; menes-y-moi. 
 
 (5) From the preterite is formed the imperfect of 
 the subjunctive, by adding -se to the second person 
 singular : — 
 
 tu portas, que je portas-se. 
 
 tu finis, que je finis-se. 
 
 tu rendis, que je rendis-se. 
 
 1 Properly speaking, the imperative has no third person, as a command 
 in the third person must absolutely be indirect. When an indirect command 
 is given, the third person singular and plural of the subjunctive present are 
 used : (je veux) qu'il finisse or qu'ils finissent. 
 
EXERCISES. 185 
 
 Infin. aller, to go. Pres. Part, allant. Past Part. alle. 
 Indic. Pres. je vais, tu vas, il va, nous allons, vous allez, ils vont. 
 Imperf. j'allais, tu allais, il allait, nous allions, vous alliez, ils al- 
 laient. 
 
 Preterite, j'allai, tu alias, il alia, nous allames, vous allates, ils 
 
 aller ent. 
 Future, j'irai, tu iras, il ira, nous irons, vous irez, ils iront. 
 Conditional, j'irais, tu irais, il irait, nous irions, vous iriez, ils 
 
 iraient. 
 Subj. Pres. que j'aille, que tu ailles, qu'il aille, que nous allions, 
 
 que vous alliez, qu'ils aillent. 
 Subj. Imperf. que j'allasse. 
 Imperative, va, qu'il aille, allons, allez, qu'ils aillent. 
 
 The parts of the verb will always be given in this 
 order : Infinitive ; Present Participle ; Past Participle ; 
 Indicative Present, Imperfect, Preterite, Future ; Condi- 
 tional ; Subjunctive Present, Imperfect ; Imperative. The 
 compound tenses are not given, as they are regularly 
 formed from the past participle with the auxiliaries 
 avoir or etre. Remember that aller is conjugated with 
 etre. 
 
 Envoyer, to send, and renvoyer, to send back, are the only other 
 irregular verbs in the first conjugation. Their irregularities consist in 
 the formation of the future, which is enverrai and renverrai, and of 
 the conditional, which is enverrais and renverrais. The change of y 
 to i before e mute (as j'envoie, tuenvoies, etc.) is explained in § 70. 
 
 The Article. 
 
 The article le, la, les, is used before names of conti- 
 nents, countries, provinces, rivers, and mountains ; 
 as, — 
 
 L'Asie, la France, l'Angleterre, les Etats-TJnis, la Seine, le Mont 
 Blanc, les Pyrenees, etc. 
 
 But the article is suppressed before the name of a country used 
 adjectively ; as, la reine d'Angleterre, du vin de France, de l'encre de 
 Chine, etc. 
 
186 EXEKCISES. 
 
 To or 212 before Names of Places or Countries. 
 
 To or in is translated, — 
 
 (1) By a without the article before names of 
 towns ; as, — 
 
 She is going to London, elle va a Londres. 
 
 He lives in Paris, il demeure a Paris. 1 
 
 (2) By en without the article before names of 
 continents, countries, provinces, when they are femi- 
 nine ; as, — 
 
 Aller, ou resider, en Asie, en Afrique, en Chine, en Angleterre, en 
 Ecosse, en Normandie, en Alsace. 
 
 But we say : aller aux Indes, aux Antilles, a la Guadeloupe, a la 
 Martinique, a la Jama'ique, though these names are feminine. 
 
 (3) By a with the article (that is, by an or aux) if 
 they are masculine ; as, — 
 
 Aller, ou resider, au Japon, au Mexique, au Canada, au Bresil, au 
 Chili, aux Etats-Unis. 
 
 But we say : en Portugal, en Danemark, though they are masculine. 
 
 (4) By dans with the article, should the name of a 
 country be accompanied by an adjective or any attri- 
 bute ; as, — 
 
 Etendre son commerce dans les Indes Orientales, dans l'Amerique du 
 Sud, dans toute la France. 
 
 From is translated by de, without the article, in the 
 first two cases seen above (that is, before names of 
 
 1 We may also say : il demeure dans Paris, but this means that he 
 lives inside the town, not in the suburbs, while a Paris may have either 
 sense, inside the town or in the suburbs. 
 
 A few towns are always used with the article ; as, je vais au Havre, 7 
 am going to Havre. 
 
EXERCISES. 187 
 
 towns or feminine names of countries), and by du, de 
 la, de T, or des, in the other two cases (that is, before 
 masculine names of countries, or names of countries 
 accompanied by an adjective) ; as, — 
 
 Partir ou venir de Paris, de Londres, de France, d'Angleterre, d'lta- 
 lie, etc. Partir ou venir du Japon, du Mexique, du Canada, de l'Ame- 
 rique du Nord, des Indes Orientales, etc. 
 
 1. J'irai en France le mois prochain. 2. Si vous etiez 
 dispose a y aller aussi, nous partirions le 15 du mois. 
 3. J'ai visite plusieurs pays l'ete dernier : la Belgique, 
 la Hollande, les bords du Rhin, la Prusse, l'Autriche et 
 l'ltalie. 4. L'ete prochain j'irai en Espagne et peut-etre 
 jusqu'au Maroc. 5. Dans deux ans, si je suis assez riche, 
 j'irai au Canada, aux Etats-Unis et au Mexique. 6. Mon 
 pere m'a envoye quelcpies bouteilles de vin de France ; 
 voulez-vous venir en go titer ce soir ? 7. Sans l'aide de 
 Garibaldi, Victor Emmanuel n'aurait jamais pu creer le 
 royaume d'ltalie. 8. Quand meme vous me donneriez 
 tout l'or des monts Oural, je n'irais jamais demeurer en 
 Russie. 9. M. votre frere n'est-il pas alle passer l'hiver 
 en Italie? 10. Non, Monsieur, il est alle dans le midi de 
 la France, dans la petite ville de Cannes. 11. Et M. votre 
 cousin est parti, je crois, pour le Chili ? 12. Monsieur, 
 vous vous trompez encore ; il est alle aux Etats-Unis et 
 non au Chili. 13. La laine d'Espagne est, dit-on, prefe- 
 rable a celle d'Angleterre et a celle de Saxe. 
 
 1. They (m.) are going. 2. They went (pret.). 3. They 
 were going. 4. They had gone. 5. They will go. 6. They 
 will have gone. 7. They would go. 8. They would 
 have gone. 9. That they may go. 10. That they might 
 go. 11. Let them go. 12. To have gone. 13. My 
 brother lives in England. 14. He will go to Spain next 
 month. 15. He has already visited Holland, Belgium, 
 
188 EXERCISES. 
 
 Prussia, and Austria. 16. In what country does your 
 aunt live ? 17. She lived in Mexico formerly, but now 
 she lives in (a la) Jamaica. 18. Have you ever been in 
 Italy ? 19. Yes, I went to Rome three years ago. 
 
 20. I saw the pope, but I did not see the king of Italy. 
 
 21. Our uncle came back from Canada last week. 
 
 22. Have you ever seen Mont Blanc ? 23. They left 
 for the south of France by this morning's train. 24. I 
 fear they will send me to Italy next year, and I do not 
 wish to go there. 
 
 101. 
 
 S'en aller, to go away, is conjugated like aller. 
 
 s'en allant. s'en etant alle\ 
 
 je m'en vais, tu t'en vas, il s'en va, nous nous en allons, vous vous en 
 allez, ils s'en vont. 
 
 Imper. va-t'en, qu'il s'en aille, allons-nous-en, allez-vous-en, qu'ils 
 s'en aillent. 
 
 je m'en suis alle, I have gone aivay. 
 
 je m'en serai alle, / shall have gone aivay. 
 
 je m'en etais alle, / had gone away. 
 
 Idiomatical Uses of the Verb aller. 
 
 Instead of putting a verb in the future, the French 
 often use the verb aller when the action is to be done 
 immediately ; as, — 
 
 je vais sortir, / shall go out immediately, or I am 
 
 on the point of going. 
 j'allais sortir, I ivas about to go. 
 
 Aller is familiarly used instead of se porter: — 
 
 comment allez-vous 1 how are you ? 
 
 comment va votre frere 1 how is your brother f 
 
 comment ca 1 va-t-il (very familiar)'' how goes it with you ? 
 
 1 Qa is a familiar contraction for cela. 
 
EXERCISES. 189 
 
 Aller also means to fit, to suit, to become : — 
 
 votreclef ne va pas a ma montre, your key does not Jit my watch. 
 ce chapeau ne vous va pas, this hat does not Jit (or become) you. 
 
 aller a pied, to walk (as distinguished from other ways of locomotion). 
 
 aller a cheval, to ride. aller en bateau, to sail. 
 
 aller en voiture, to drive. aller au-devant de, to go to meet. 
 
 1. Depechez-vous, nous nous en allons. 2. Maintenant 
 que j'ai ecrifc toutes mes lettres, je vais aller voir ma 
 belle-soeur. 3. On m'a clit qu'elle allait partir pour 
 Paris. 4. Comment vont vos deux freres ? J'aime a 
 croire qu'ils sont aussi bien portants et aussi gais qu'a 
 l'ordinaire. 5. Eh bien, mon vieux camarade, comment 
 ca va-t-il aujourd'hui ? 6. Ces bottiues ne me vont pas 
 du tout, elles sont trop etroites. 7. Cette clef va a la 
 serrure. 8. Trouvez-vous que cet habit aille bien ? 
 
 9. Nous sommes alles de Stirling a Edimbourg a pied. 
 
 10. Mes soeurs y sont allees en voiture. 11. Henri, qui 
 y est alle a cheval, est arrive le premier. 12. II est 
 venu au-devant de nous. 13. Allez-vous-en tous, vous 
 m'empechez de travailler. 
 
 1. She is going away ; she has gone away. 2. She 
 was going away ; she had gone away. 3. She will go 
 away ; she will have gone away. 4. She would have 
 gone away. 5. That she may go away. 6. Let her go 
 away. 7. Having gone away. 8. They will go away 
 immediately. 9. She will go out immediately. 10. We 
 will dine immediately. 11. How are you, my little 
 friend ? 12. I am very well, thanks ; how are you (and 
 you) ? 13. Your coat does not fit you. 14. Your pro- 
 posal suits me, I accept it. 15. If you wish, we shall 
 go to meet my aunt. 16. She is about to arrive by the 
 five o'clock train. 17. Shall we drive there ? x 18. We 
 
 1 For the sake of euphony, y is not used before the future and the condi- 
 tional of aller. 
 
190 EXERCISES. 
 
 shall walk, if you have no objection (le vouloir Men). 
 19. Do not go away so soon. 20. I shall go away with 
 you. 21. Why did you go away yesterday when we 
 came in (§ 12) ? 22. I went away because it was late 
 and (supply que) I was hungry. 
 
 102. 
 
 Partir, to set out, to leave. partant. parti, 
 
 je pars, tu pars, il part, nous partons, vous partez, ils partent. 
 je partais, tu partais, il partait, nous partions, vous partiez, ils par- 
 
 taient. 
 
 je partis, etc. je partirai. je partirais. 
 
 que je parte, que tu partes, qu'il parte, que nous partions, que vous 
 
 partiez, qu'ils partent. que je partisse. 
 
 pars, qu'il parte, partons, partez, qu'ils partent. 
 
 je suis parti, / have left. je serai parti, / shall have left. 
 
 Like partir are conjugated : — 
 repartir, to set off again ; sortir, to go out ; ressortir, to go out again. 
 
 The Article continued. 
 
 The article le, la, les, is used instead of a or an be- 
 fore nouns of weight, measure, or number ; but par is 
 used for a or an before time ; as : — 
 
 cinq francs le kilo, five francs a kilo. 
 
 un franc le metre, one franc a metre. 
 
 dix centimes la douzaine, ten centimes a dozen. 
 
 trois francs par jour, three francs a day. 
 
 The article is omitted after que or quel used as an 
 exclamation ; as : — 
 
 quelle jolie chose ! what a pretty thing ! 
 
EXERCISES. 191 
 
 1. Quand partirez-vous pour PEcosse ? 2. Nous par- 
 tirons pour Eclimbourg le 27, nous arriverons a Glasgow 
 le 2S, et nous en repartirons le 30 pour PIrlande. 3. Si 
 vous sortez cette apres-midi, j'irai avec vous partem t ou 
 vous voudrez. 4. Nous sortirons a une heure, nous irons 
 acheter ces beaux rubans que votre cousine vend a six 
 francs le metre. 5. Six francs le metre ! ne trouvez-vous 
 pas que c'est un peu (rather) clier ? 6. M lle votre soeur 
 est sortie ce matin a dix heures, elle est rentree a onze 
 heures, et je crois qu'elle est ressortie a midi. 7. Elle 
 a beaucoup d'emplettes a faire ; trois de ses amies vont 
 venir la voir, et elle a taut de clioses a preparer ! 8. Vous 
 pretendez que ce pauvre horn me gagne 75 francs par 
 mois. 9. Eh bien ! moi je parie qu'il ne gagne pas trente 
 sous par jour. 10. Quel magnifique chat vous avez ! 
 11. C'est un chat angora que M. Jones nous a donne ; 
 voyez quelle belle queue il a! 12. Achetez-moi {buy 
 from me, see § 113 (1) ) cette petite cargaison de fruits ; 
 je vous les vendrai a trois francs la caisse. 13. Moi ! lui 
 ai-je repondu, vous acheter ces fruits pourris a trois 
 francs la caisse ! est-ce que vous me croyez devenu fou ? 
 
 1. I am going ; I am leaving ; I am going out. 2. He 
 went (i/m/perf.) ; he left ; he went out. 3. We had gone ; 
 we had left ; we had gone out. 4. You will go ; you 
 will leave ; you will go out. 5. I have gone ; I have 
 left ; I have gone away (s'en oiler). 6. Leave ; go out ; 
 go away. 7. Let us leave ; let us go out ; let us go away. 
 8. They go out three times x a week. 9. This house is 
 too dear at («) fifty pounds a year. 10. He sold me that 
 (at) two francs a dozen. 11. What a pretty piece of 
 
 1 Time is translated by fois, when it can be numbered, one time, two 
 times, three times, sometimes, this time, that time ; by temps, when it is the 
 general idea of time, as, time flies, a long time, some time, at all times, the 
 old times ; by heure, when it means hour, as : what time is it ? 
 
192 EXERCISES. 
 
 ribbon you have ! How much did you pay (for) it ? 12. I 
 paid (for) it seven francs a metre. 13. Did you not go 
 out this morning ? 14. No, not (pas) yet ; I am a little 
 indisposed. 15. I shall go out this evening, if you will 
 (voulez Men) accompany ' me. 16. When shall you set 
 out for London ? 17. We shall set out for England on 
 Monday next. 
 
 103. 
 
 Sentir, to feel, to smell. sentant. senti. 
 
 je sens, tu sens, il sent, nous sentons. vous sentez, ils sentent. 
 je sentais, tu sentais, il sentait, nous sentions, vous sentiez, ils sentaient. 
 
 je sentis. je sentirai. je sentirais. 
 
 que je sente, que tu sentes, qu'il sente, que nous sentions, que vous 
 
 sentiez, qu'ils sentent. que je sentisse. 
 
 sens, qu'il sente, sentons, sentez, qu'ils sentent. 
 
 Sentir is conjugated like partir and sortir. So are : 
 
 consentir a, to consent to. s'endormir to fall asleep. 
 
 mentir, to lie, to tell a lie. se rendormir, to fall asleep again. 
 
 se repentir de, to repent of. servir, 1 to serve, to serve up, to help. 
 
 dormir, 1 to sleep. se servir de, to help one's self to, to 
 endormir, to lull, to send to sleep. make use of. 
 
 The Substantive. 
 
 (1) The preposition de is always put between the 
 name of a thing and the name of the substance of 
 which it is made ; as : — 
 
 une table de marbre, a marble table. 
 
 un sac de papier, a paper bag. 
 
 1 Just as the t of sentir, sortir, partir, disappears in the singular of the 
 pres. ind. and the second pers. sing, of the imperative, so the m of dormir 
 and the v of servir disappear in the same persons. But in all other persons 
 and tenses the t reappears in sentir, sortir, and partir, the m in dormir, 
 and the v in servir, 
 
 je dors, tu dors, il dort, nous dormons, vous dormez, ils dorment ; 
 
 je me sers, tu te sers, il se sert, nous nous servons, vous vous servez, 
 ils se servent. 
 
EXERCISES. 193 
 
 (2) De is also put between two nouns, when the 
 second is a noun of place, or expresses the contents of 
 the object represented by the first noun : 
 
 du vin de Bourgogne, Burgundy wine. 
 
 les chales de Paisley, Paisley shawls. 
 
 un verre de vin, une tasse de the, a glass of wine, a cup of tea. 
 
 (3) The qualifying noun is united to the principal 
 noun by the preposition a to denote the use, purpose, 
 or fitness of the thing mentioned, and also the means 
 by which an object is put in motion ; as : — 
 
 un couteau a papier, a paper knife. 
 
 un verre a vin, a wine-glass. 
 
 un pot a fleurs, a flower-pot. 
 
 un bateau a vapeur, a steamboat. 
 
 un moulin a vent, a windmill. 
 
 1. Est-ce que vous consentez a lui donner votre joli 
 sac de nuit ? 2. ISTon certainement, je ne le lui donnerai 
 pas, je m'en sers presque toutes les semaines. 3. Ne 
 vous repentez-vous pas d'avoir offense votre maitre de 
 dessin ? 4. Oui, je m'en repens un peu, mais figurez- 
 vous qu'il m'a puni parce que j'ai dormi cinq minutes 
 pendant la classe. 5. II a certainement bien fait : est-ce 
 qu'on a jamais vu un eleve dormir pendant sa classe de 
 dessin ? 6. Marie, apportez-nous trois verres a, vin et 
 trois tasses a the, nous resterons ce soir dans la salle a 
 manger. 7. Anguste s'est enclormi hier a table, et il a 
 casse deux verres a vin. 8. II s'est reveille en sursaut 
 et ne s'est plus rendormi : maman l'a tant gronde ! 9. Re- 
 merciez ]\I me votre mere de m'avoir si bien servi, et priez- 
 la d'accepter cette corbeille de fleurs. 10. Voici mes 
 livres, mes cahiers, mon papier et mes plumes ; servez- 
 vous-en, je vous prie. 11. ]\Ierci, Monsieur, je ne me 
 servirai que de votre papier et de vos plumes ; je n'ai 
 que quelques lettres a ecrire. 
 
 13 
 
194 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. He feels ; he sleeps ; he serves. 2. We were feel- 
 ing ; we were sleeping ; we were serving. 3. Thou wilt 
 feel ; thou wilt sleep ; thou wilt serve. 4. She had felt ; 
 she had slept ; she had served. 5. They would feel ; 
 they would sleep ; they would serve. 6. Sleep well, we 
 shall meet to-morrow. 7. Let us help ourselves to a glass 
 of water. 8. A gold watch has been given to me. 9. I 
 shall accept a cup of tea with pleasure. 10. Mary, bring 
 me a teacup. 11. Here is the paper knife, in case (dans 
 le cas ou) you should wish to read that new pamphlet. 
 12. Let us not fall asleep in the dining-room ; everybody 
 would mock us. 13. Where did you lose your watch- 
 key ? 14. I think I lost it in the park yesterday. 
 
 15. This paper bag will serve you as a (de) carpet bag. 
 
 16. Where did I put my watch ? 17. I think you have 
 put it on the little wooden table. 
 
 104. 
 
 Courir, to run. courant. couru. 
 
 je cours, tu cours, il court, nous courons, vous courez, ils courent. 
 
 je courais, tu courais, il courait, nous courions, vous couriez, ils cou- 
 raient. 
 
 je courus. je courrai. je courrais. 
 
 que je coure, que tu coures, qu'il coure, que nous courions, que vous 
 couriez, qu'ils courent. que je courusse. 
 
 cours, qu'il coure, courons, courez, qu'ils courent. 
 
 Notice the doubled r in the future and conditional, distinguishing 
 these tenses from some forms of the present and imperfect ; nous cou- 
 rons, nous courrons ; je courais, je courrais. 
 
 accourir, to hasten, to come up. parcourir, to run, to go, over or 
 
 concourir, to compete, to concur. through. 
 
 encourir, to incur. secourir, to succor, to relieve. 
 
EXERCISES. 195 
 
 Mourir, to die. mourant. mort. 
 
 je meurs, tu meurs, il meurt, nous mourons, vous mourez, ils meurent. 
 
 je mourais, tu mourais, il mourait, nous mourions, vous mouriez, ils 
 mouraient. 
 
 je mourus. je mourrai. je mourrais. 
 
 que je meure, que tu meures, qu'il meure, que nous mourions, que vous 
 mouriez, qu'ils meurent. que je mourusse. 
 
 meurs, qu'il meure, mourons, mourez, qu'ils meurent. 
 
 Here also notice the doubled r in the future and conditional. 
 
 Collective Nouns. 
 
 Some nouns, although used in the singular, repre- 
 sent a number of persons or things, and are called 
 in consequence collective nouns. These collective 
 nouns are general when they represent the whole of 
 the persons or things mentioned, such as 1'armee, la 
 famille, le peuple. They are partitive, when they ex- 
 press only a part of the whole, such as une foule, un 
 certain nombre, une douzaine. 
 
 Collective nouns preceded by le or la are general, 
 and require their verb, adjective, and pronoun, to be 
 put in the singular ; as : — 
 
 le comite s'est reuni, the committee have met. 
 
 la foule des spectateurs applaudit, the crowd of spectators applauded. 
 
 Collective nouns preceded by un or une are usually 
 partitive, and their verb, adjective, and pronoun agree, 
 not with the collective, but with its complement ; as : 
 
 une foule d'enfants le suivaient, a crowd of children followed him. 
 une foule d'hommes sont accourus, a crowd of men came up. 
 
 The collectives la plupart de, la moitie de, peu de, etc., are partitive 
 and require agreement with their complement ; as, — 
 
 la plupart des enfants sont legers, most children are thoughtless. 
 
196 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Le clerge s'est oppose a la reforme, mais le parle- 
 ment a passe outre. 2. Huit jours apres la bataille, une 
 foule de soldats etaient morts de leurs blessures. 3. La 
 maisou de ce monsieur est fermee ; la famille est partie 
 pour la campagne la semaine derniere. 4. Nous avons 
 parcouru les plus beaux quartiers de la ville, nous avons 
 vu une foule de choses interessantes. 5. Bon nombre 
 de ces messieurs ont eu recours a la protection du presi- 
 dent, qui leur a, comme tou jours, pardonne. 6. Yous 
 n'avez pas le droit de parler mal de lui, il vous a secouru 
 de sa bourse ; vous etes un ingrat. 7. La moitie de la 
 classe a concouru, mais je crois que bien peu d'eleves 
 reussiront. 8. On pretend que j'encourrai votre disgrace 
 si je dis la verite; j'espere, Monsieur, qu'il n'en sera 
 rien. 9. Le ills de notre voisine est mort ce matin. 
 
 10. C'est ce qu'on appelle mourir a la fleur de Page. 
 
 11. De quoi M me votre cousine est-elle morte ? 12. Elle 
 est morte d'une haleine courte ; nous avons tous admire 
 sa fermete. 
 
 1. Does she sleep ; does she run ; does she feel ? 
 
 2. Did she not run ; did she not sleep ; did she not die ? 
 
 3. Was she not running ; was she not sleeping ; was she 
 not dying ? 4. Will they not sleep ; will they not run ; 
 will they not die ? 5. Let us not go to sleep. 6. Die, 
 scoundrel that you are ! 7. A great number of pupils 
 have competed for that prize. 8. The crowd ran to the 
 field of battle. 9. A crowd of children were running 
 about in the meadow. 10. Our family has incurred your 
 displeasure. 11. I hope you will succor them in their 
 misery. 12. His sister died very young. 13. How old 
 was she when she died ? 14. I think she was only 1 
 thirteen years (of age). 15. The poor man to whom you 
 
 1 Translate only by ne . . . que, placing ne before the verb and que be- 
 fore the number. 
 
EXERCISES. 197 
 
 spoke last week died of hunger yesterday. 16. I do not 
 think her uncle is dead; I saw him walking in his gar- 
 den yesterday. We must (faut) not believe all we 
 hear. 17. I fear that she is dead. 18. He died (jjret.) 
 in England. 
 
 105. 
 
 Acquerir, to acquire. acquerant. acquis, 
 
 j'acquiers, tu acquiers, il acquiert, nous acquerons, vous acquerez, ils 
 
 acquierent. 
 
 j'acquerais, tu acquerais, il acquerait, nous acquerions, etc. 
 
 j'acquis. j'acquerrai. j'acquerrais. 
 
 que j'acquiere, que tu acquieres, qu'il acquiere, que nous acquerions, 
 que vous acqueriez, qu'ils acquierent. que j'acquisse. 
 
 acquiers, qu'il acquiere, acquerons, acquerez, qu'ils acquierent. 
 conquerir, to conquer. s'enquerir, to inquire. 
 
 Ouvrir, to open. ouvrant. ouvert. 
 
 j'ouvre, tu ouvres, il ouvre, nous ouvrons, vous ouvrez, ils ouvrent. 
 
 j'ouvrais, tu ouvrais, il ouvrait, nous ouvrions, vous ouvriez, ils ou- 
 
 vraient. 
 
 j'ouvris. j'ouvrirai. j'ouvrirais. 
 
 que j'ouvre, que tu ouvres, qu'il ouvre, que nous ouvrions, que vous 
 
 ouvriez, qu'ils ouvrent. que j'ouvrisse. 
 
 ouvre, qu'il ouvre, ouvrons, ouvrez, qu'ils ouvrent. 
 
 couvrir, to cover. offrir, to offer. 
 
 decouvrir, to uncover, to discover, souffrir, to suffer, to endure. 
 
 The Place of Adjectives. 
 
 The following adjectives, used singly, generally pre- 
 cede the noun : — 
 
 joli, pretty. petit, little. mauvais, bad. 
 
 beau, fine, beautiful. jeune, young. mechant, ivicked. 
 
 grand, great, big. vieux, old. triste, sad. 
 
 gros, large, stout. ancien, ancient. vilain, ugly. 
 
 bon, good. dernier, last. premier, first. 
 
198 EXERCISES. 
 
 To the adjectives mentioned in § 34 as following 
 their noun may be added : adjectives of form (square, 
 round) ; of taste (sweet, bitter) : and participles used 
 adjectively. 
 
 une table carree, a square table. une personne seduisante, a charming 
 une orange douce, a sweet orange. person. 
 un prince redoute, a dreaded prince. 
 
 In addition, observe that, when an adjective is a mere ornament, 
 which could be suppressed without altering the meaning of the sen- 
 tence, it generally comes before the noun ; as, un vil scelerat. If, on 
 the contrary, the adjective is absolutely necessary to complete the ex- 
 pression and give a clear meaning to it, it is placed after the noun ; as, 
 un homme vil. 1 
 
 The preposition with, placed after an adjective or a 
 participle, is translated by avec when it means along 
 ivith, and by de when it implies with some of or with 
 any of; as : — 
 
 il est arrive avec votre frere, he has arrived ivith your brother. 
 
 elle est douee de grandes qualites, 2 she is gifted with great qualities. 
 
 By after a comparative, in after a superlative, and 
 than before a number, are translated by de ; as : — • 
 
 je suis plus grand que lui de trois / am taller than he by three centi- 
 
 centimetres, meters. 
 
 voici le plus beau tableau de cette here is the finest picture in this 
 
 galerie, gallery. 
 
 nous n'etions pas plus de quinze, we were not more than fifteen. 
 
 1. Ce prince a conquis des territoires vastes et nom- 
 breux, niais il est abhorre de tous les honnetes gens. 
 
 1 There will be found in the Appendix a list of adjectives which change 
 their signification according as they are placed before or after the noun. 
 
 2 Some is not expressed here to avoid the meeting of two de's. If it 
 were expressed, we should have, She is gifted with (some) great qualities, 
 elle est douee de (des) grandes qualites. 
 
EXERCISES. 199 
 
 2. II a commis plus de crimes que le dernier miserable 
 enferme dans ses prisons. 3. Com me il est puissant et 
 victorieux, presque tout le monde se decouvre et s'incline 
 a son passage. 4. M. votre grand-pere se sert toujours 
 d'anciennes expressions. 5. II m'a prie de vous dire 
 qu'il s'etait " enquis de votre sante ; " inon ami, on ne 
 dit plus : " s'enquerir de la sante de quelqu'un," mais 
 " demander des nouvelles de quelqu'un." 6. J'ai eu bien 
 des luttes penibles a supporter dans ma jeunesse, mais 
 j'ai acquis de l'experience, et, comme j'ai beaucoup souf- 
 fert, je sais maintenant jouir. 7. N'ouvrez pas cette 
 fenetre, j'ai peur d'un courant d'air. 8. Je crains, mon 
 bon ami, que vous n'exageriez un peu votre connaissance 
 du francais ; j'ai decouvert plus de dix fautes dans votre 
 derniere lettre. 9. J'aime a croire que vous n'allez pas 
 offrir cette rose a M 1,e votre cousine, c'est la pins vilaine 
 du jardin. 10. Je la lui ai cleja offerte, mais elle l'a 
 refusee. 11. Elle ne veut rien accepter de moi, parce 
 qu'elle a decouvert, dit-elle, que je suis un mauvais sujet. 
 12. Nous avons souffert ses impertinences pendant plus 
 de trois lieures. 13. II est si malade qu'il ne pent 
 souffrir ni la voiture ni le cheval. 14. J'ai cruellement 
 souffert du froid tout le temps qu'a dure l'expedition. 
 
 1. By that noble disinterestedness he conquered all 
 hearts. 2. His father has acquired a large fortune in 
 Spain. 3. The first French book that I read seemed 
 to me very difficult. 4. We have bought a round table 
 larger than the one (celle) which you saw. 5. Alexander 
 conquered a great part of the known world. 6. Your 
 brother is not a reasonable man, he is never pleased. 
 7. You lent my mother a very interesting book. 8. Of- 
 fer this flower to your aunt, it is the most beautiful that 
 I have found. 9. If you wish me to open this door, 
 
200 EXERCISES. 
 
 aunt, you must give me the key. 10. Our dining-room is 
 longer than yours by one metre and a half. 11. I dis- 
 covered more than fifteen mistakes in her exercise. 
 12. She is older than her brother by three years. 13. It 
 is by far (de beaucoup) the best novel I ever read. 
 
 14. This general is the oldest officer in the army. 
 
 15. We opened the door less than five minutes ago. 
 
 16. He never gives me less than ten francs a week. 
 
 17. I don't think he is by a great deal so learned as his 
 brother. 18. She has left with her two sons. 19. Let 
 her open the little box which her uncle has offered her ; 
 it is filled with diamonds. 
 
 106. 
 
 Cueillir, to gather, to pluck. cueillant. cueilli. 
 
 je cueille, tu cueilles, il cueille, nous cueillons, vous cueillez, ils cueil- 
 
 lent. 
 je cueillais, tu cueillais, il cueillait, nous cueillions, vous cueilliez, ils 
 
 cueillaient. 
 je cueillis. je cueillerai. je cueillerais. 
 
 que je cueille. cueille, qu'il cueille, cueillons, cueillez, qu'ils cueillent. 
 
 accueillir, to receive, to welcome. recueillir, to harvest, to take up. 
 se recueillir, to collect one's selfov one's thoughts. 
 
 Assaillir, to assail, to attack. assaillant. assailli. 
 
 Future, j'assaillirai. Conditional, j'assaillirais. 
 
 The rest as cueillir. 
 
 Than before a tense of the indicative is translated 
 by que . . . ne ; as : — 
 
 nous sommes plus riches que vous we are richer than you think. 
 ne pensez, 
 
 But if the first clause of the sentence is negative or 
 interrogative, or if there is an adverb between que and 
 the verb, the ne is left out ; as : — 
 
EXERCISES. 201 
 
 n'agissez pas autrement que vous do not act otherwise than you 
 
 parlez, speak. 
 
 croyez-vous qu'un homme puisse do you believe that a man can be 
 
 etre plus heureux que vous l'etes happier than you have been for 
 
 depuis trois mois ] three months ? 
 
 elle est plus malheureuse que lors- she is more unhappy than when she 
 
 qu'elle demeurait chez vous, was living with you. 
 
 I. Nous recueillerons cette annee plus de vin que nous 
 n'en avons recueilli les deux dernieres annees. 2. Vous 
 avez cueilli plus de fleurs qu'on ne vous l'avait 1 permis. 
 
 3. lis m'ont accueilli avec plus de cordialite que je ne 
 l'avais espere.' 4. Nous habitons un pays froid oil Ton 
 ne recueille ni ble ni vin. 5. Les poires qu'ils ont 
 cueillies ce matin sont moins mures qu'ils ne croyaient. 
 G. II me semble que votre oncle n'est pas plus riche qu'il 
 l'etait il y a six ans. 7. Est-ce qu'il n'est pas moins 
 malheureux qu'il l'etait l'an dernier ? 8. Nous avons 
 ete assaillis d'une tempete deux heures apres etre sortis 
 du port. 9. Apres s'etre recueilli un moment, il a com- 
 mence le plus beau di scours qu'il ait jamais prononce. 
 10. Ne me pressez pas tant de repondre, j'ai besoin de 
 me recueillir quelque temps. 
 
 II. Helas ! du crime affreux dont la honte me suit 
 Jamais mon triste cceur n'a recueilli le fruit ! 
 
 1. We shall not acquire ; we shall not cover. 2. Is 
 she collecting herself ; had she collected herself ? 3. They 
 would not have acquired ; they would not have covered. 
 
 4. Let her collect herself; let us collect ourselves. 
 
 5. Have I acquired ; have I covered ; have I collected 
 myself. 6. He acts better 2 than he speaks. 7. He is 
 
 1 For the use of le in several sentences, see § 40. 
 
 2 Better is sometimes an adjective, sometimes an adverb. It is an ad- 
 jective and is translated by meilleur when it qualifies a noun or a pronoun : 
 your pens are better than mine, vos plumes sont meilleures que les 
 miennes. It is an adverb and is translated by mieux when it modi ties a 
 verb: he reads better than you, il lit mieux que vous. 
 
202 EXERCISES. 
 
 richer than people think. 8. The distance is less 1 than 
 yon pretend. 9. She is less pretty than you believe. 
 10. They are richer than they were a year ago. 11. He 
 is not richer than he was. 12. Is he richer than he was 
 last year ? 13. Yon have welcomed him with more cor- 
 diality than he deserves. 14. We shall receive these 
 gentlemen with kindness. 15. I shall welcome your 
 friend this time better than I did last year. 
 
 107. 
 
 Tenir, to hold. tenant. tenu. 
 
 je tiens, tu tiens, il tient, nous tenons, vous tenez, ils tiennent. 
 je tenais, tu tenais, il tenait, nous tenions, vous teniez, ils tenaient. 
 je tins, tu tins, il tint, nous tinmes, vous tintes, ils tinrent. 
 je tiendrai. je tiendrais. 
 
 que je tienne, que tu tiennes, qu'il tienne, que nous tenions, que vous 
 
 teniez, qu'ils tiennent. que je tinsse. 
 
 tiens, qu'il tienne, tenons, tenez, qu'ils tiennent. 
 
 s'abstenir de, to abstain from. entretenir, to support, talk with, en- 
 
 appartenir, to belong. tertain. 
 
 contenir, to contain. obtenir, to obtain. 
 
 detenir, to detain. soutenir, to sustain, to prop up, to 
 
 maintenir, to maintain. defend, etc. 
 
 tenir bon, to hold firm. 
 
 se tenir debout, to stand up. 
 
 se tenir tout droit, to stand or sit erect. 
 
 tenez, there ! here ! hold ! 
 
 The before a comparative is not expressed in French ; 
 as : — 
 
 plus on est riche, plus on a de the richer a man is, the more cares 
 soucis, he has. 
 
 1 When less is an adjective, it is translated by moindre, and when an 
 adverb by moins. 
 
EXERCISES. 203 
 
 The adverb tout (quite, entirely) varies for the sake 
 of euphony before an adjective or participle feminine 
 beginning with a consonant or h aspirated ; as : — 
 
 elle est toute surprise et toute triste, she is quite surprised and sad. 
 
 1. Avez-vous remarque comme il etait pale lorsqu'il 
 s'est approche de nous en tenant son cheval par la bride ? 
 2. Je crois qu'il serait torn be si son frere ne l'avait pas 
 soutenu. 3. Sa mere tient pension dans une des rues 
 les plus obscures du Quartier Latin ; j'y suis alle un jour 
 pour l'entretenir de l'affaire que vous savez. 4. Voila 
 deux bouquets qui sentent bien bon, a qui appartiennent- 
 ils ? 5. Je crois qu'ils appartiennent a M Ue votre soeur. 
 6. Elle les a oublies tout a l'heure sur cette table, et, 
 comme elle croit les avoir perdus, elle est maintenant 
 toute triste. 7. Croyez-moi, plus vous vous abstiendrez 
 de ces bruyants plaisirs, plus vous serez heureux. 8. Nous 
 avons soutenu la guerre tant que nous avons pu ; esperons 
 qu'on va bientot signer la paix. 9. II faut rendre a 
 chacun ce qui lui appartient. 10. Tenez, voici la somme 
 que je vous avais promise ; j'espere que vous allez de- 
 sormais me laisser tranquille. 11. Je ne me doutais pas 
 qu'elle put (was able) crier si fort. 12. Ni moi non plus. 
 13. N'obtiendrons-nous jamais la vengeance ou la mort ? 
 
 1. You are detaining me ; they used to entertain us. 
 2. I was maintaining ; you have been sustained. 3. That 
 I might hold ; that she may have held. 4. Do not de- 
 tain me ; let us not support them. 5. She will have ob- 
 tained; they would maintain. 6. You must entertain 
 me until I am ready to take a walk. 7. Do not entreat 
 him any 1 more : the more you ask (future), the less yon 
 will obtain. 8. To whom do these paintings belong ? 
 
 1 Not any more is translated the same as no more, by ne . . . plus, or ne 
 . . . pas davantage. 
 
204 EXERCISES. 
 
 9. They belong to ine, they cost me very dear. 10. My 
 sisters are quite surprised that you have obtained a per- 
 mission which has been refused to them (which one has 
 refused to them). 11. Why did you scold Jane before 
 (avani) so many people ? * she was quite ashamed. 12. The 
 more you attack {future) her cousin, the more she will 
 defend him. 13. Hold this ladder firm till {que with 
 stibj.) I come down. 14. She abstained from eating and 
 drinking for thirty-six hours. 15. I could not (je ne 
 pourrais pas) abstain so long. 16. Nor I either. 
 
 Jt 108, 
 
 Venir, to come. venant. venu. 
 
 je viens, tu viens, il vient, nous venons, vous venez, ils viennent. 
 
 je venais, tu venais, il venait, nous venions, vous veniez, ils venaient. 
 
 je vins, tu vins, il vint, nous vinmes, vous vintes, ils vinrent. 
 
 je viendrai. je viendrais. 
 
 que je vienne, etc., que nous venions, etc. que je vinsse. 
 
 viens, qu'il vienne, venons, venez, qu'ils viennent. 
 
 convenir (with avoir), to suit, (with prevenir, to team, to apprise. 
 
 etre), to agree. revenir, to come back. 
 
 devenir, to become. se souvenir de, to remind one's self 
 parvenir, to attain, to succeed. of to remember. 
 
 venir, devenir, parvenir, revenir, and se souvenir are conjugated 
 with etre. 
 
 Idiomatic Use of the Verb venir. 
 
 Just as aller is used before a verb to express action 
 which is to be done immediately, in like manner venir 
 de, followed by an infinitive, expresses an action that 
 has just taken place. 
 
 je viens de sortir, / have just come out. 
 nous venons d'arriver, we have just arrived. 
 ils venaient de partir, they had just left. 
 
 1 People is translated by monde when it means company. 
 
EXERCISES. 205 
 
 The Possessive Adjective. 
 
 (1) When a possessive adjective (my, his, her, our, 
 your, their) is placed before a noun expressive of a 
 part of the body, governed by a verb, it is expressed 
 by to me, to him, to her, to us, to you, or to them ; as : 
 
 He broke my finger, il m'a casse le doigt. 
 
 (2) If the possessor is clearly shown, suppress the 
 
 pronoun to me, to him, etc. ; as : — 
 
 He lost his right leg in the battle, il a perdu la jambe droite dans la 
 
 bataille. 
 
 (3) With the three words, mal (pain), froid (cold), 
 and chaud (warm), translate by the verb avoir, making 
 the person spoken of subject of the verb ; as : — 
 
 Her feet are sore, elle a mal aux pieds. 
 
 My hands are very cold, j'ai bien froid aux mains. 
 
 1. II est convenu avec moi que vous etes plus instruit 
 que lui. 2. Votre proposition lui a convenu. 3. Etes- 
 vous parvenu a le convaincre ? 4. Je viens de le ren- 
 contrer. 5. II vient de se casser la jambe. 6. Je vous 
 previens que j'ai mal au pied droit et qu'il m'est impos- 
 sible de marcher. 7. Je me suis souvenue que vous 
 avez tou jours froid aux pieds, et j'ai dit a la bonne de 
 vous faire un bon feu dans votre chambre. 8. Attendez 
 un instant, mon frere va venir. 9. Mais, Mademoiselle, 
 j'ai vu votre frere il y a cinq minutes ; il ne va pas venir, 
 il vient de venir. 10. Cela commence a devenir fatigant. 
 11. II me dit (pret. told) qu'il venait de Tolede et qu'il 
 allait a Madrid; et moi je lui clis (told) que je venais de 
 Burgos et que j'allais a Cordoue. 12. Devenant mal- 
 heureux, il m'est devenu cher. — (Racine.) 
 
206 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. We remember him ; lie remembers us ; I shall re- 
 member you. 2. We were coming ; he came (pret.) ; 
 they (fern.) have come. 3. I fear that he will succeed ; 
 they fear that I shall not succeed. 4. You must re- 
 member this, that she did not become proud till she be- 
 came rich. 5. What (§ 83) has happened does not 
 astonish me ; you remember that I warned you of it a 
 long time ago. 6. You are right, I remember it now, 
 but I had quite forgotten it. 7. He will come ; they 
 will have come. 8. He would remember ; they {fern.) 
 would have remembered. 9. She has just gone out ; she 
 had just gone out. 10. They have just arrived ; they 
 had just arrived. 11. He has just broken his leg. 12. He 
 had just lost his left hand. 13. She has a sore foot. 
 14. Remember that she has a sore finger. 15. I have 
 a headache. 16. These shoes pinch my feet. 
 
 109. 
 
 Jf Voir, to see. voyant. vu. 
 
 je vois, tu vois, il voit, nous voyons, vous voyez, ils voient. 
 
 je voyais, tu voyais, il voyait, nous voyions, vous voyiez, ils voyaient. 
 
 je vis, tu vis, il vit, nous vimes, vous vites, ils virent. 
 
 je verrai. je verrais. 
 
 que je voie, que tu voies, qu'il voie, que nous voyions, que vous voyiez, 
 qu'ils voient. que je visse. 
 
 vois, qu'il voie, voyons, voyez, qu'ils voient. 
 
 prevoir, to foresee (future, je prevoirai, condit., je prevoirais). 
 revoir, to see again. 
 
 aller voir, to go to see, to go and see, to call on, upon, to pat/ a visit to. 
 meriter d'etre vu, to be worth seeing. 
 voyons ! let me see ! let us see ! come ! 
 
 Mouvoir, to move. mouvant. mu, mue. 
 
 je meus, tu meus, il meut, nous mouvons, vous mouvez, ils meuvent. 
 
EXERCISES. 207 
 
 je mouvais, tu mouvais, il mouvait, nous mouvions, vous mouviez, ils 
 mouvaient. 
 
 je mus. je mouvrai. je mouvrais. 
 
 que je meuve. que je musse. 
 
 meus, qu'il meuve, mouvons, mouvez, qu'ils meuvent. 
 
 emouvoir, to move, to rouse, past part, emu, emue. 
 s'emouvoir, to get excited, to be roused. 
 
 Several tenses of mouvoir are scarcely ever used, except in technical 
 language. To move is generally translated by remuer, faire aller, 
 faire marcher, etc. 
 
 1. Si vous le voyez venir (§ 97), faites semblant {pre- 
 tend) de ne pas l'apercevoir. 2. Allons ensemble au 
 spectacle ce soir ; on dit que la nouvelle piece merite 
 d'etre vue. 3. Je ne vois pas que vous vous repentiez 
 beaucoup de la faute que vous avez commise envers nioi. 
 4. Voyons, n'est-ce pas aujourd'hui le l er du mois ? 
 voyez done l'almanacli. 5. Non, Monsieur, e'est au- 
 jourd'liui le 2. C'est apres-deniain, 4 mars, que nous 
 verrons M. votre frere. 6. Youlez-vous me dire la date 
 de la mort des quatre Henri qui out ete rois de France ? 
 7. Henri I er est mort en 1060, Henri II l en 1559, Henri 
 III en 1589, et Henri IV en 1610. 8. II vaut mieux, dit 
 La Eochefoucauld, employer notre esprit a supporter les 
 infortunes qui nous arrivent qu'a prevoir celles qui nous 
 peuvent {may) arriver. 9. Quelle horrible histoire vous 
 nous avez contee ! j'en suis encore tout emue. 10. Je 
 vous en prie, ne parlez plus de cela, du moins devant 
 ces enfants; vous leur faites peur {jj oil frighten theni). 
 11. Voila un homme qui ne s'emeut de rien. 12. Yoila 
 une fenime qui a vu la mort dans son plus terrible appa- 
 reil sans en etre emue. 
 
 . . '{ 
 
 1 Premier is the only ordinal number used in naming princes, as well as 
 
 for dates (§ 25). 
 
208 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Do you not see ? were you not seeing ? had you 
 not seen ? 2. We shall see ; they will have seen ; he 
 saw (pret). 3. She is getting excited ; she was getting 
 excited. 4. She will get excited ; she would get excited. 
 
 5. Will you not foresee ? will you not have foreseen ? 
 
 6. I see him coming ; I saw him coining (§ 97). 7. We 
 went to see them on the 10th. 8. We shall go to see 
 you on the 1st of next month. 9. She will pay you a 
 visit to-morrow forenoon. 10. George the First, George 
 II., George III., George IV. were kings of England. 
 11. The 1st of April, the 2d of March, the 3d of August, 
 the 21st of June. 12. Come ! give me what you prom- 
 ised me last week. 13. I am just going to give them 
 the songs which I have promised them. 14. I have just 
 given him his pen ; has he lent it to you ? (§ 74). 15. No, 
 sir; I asked him for it, but he had already lent it to 
 some one. 16. Do not ask him for it again. 
 
 * 
 
 110. 
 
 S'asseoir, to sit dozen. s'asseyant. s'etant assis. 
 
 je m'assieds, tu t'assieds, il s'assied, nous nous asseyons, vous vous as- 
 seyez, ils s'asseyent. 
 
 je m'asseyais, tu t'asseyais, il s'asseyait, nous nous asseyions, vous 
 vous asseyiez, ils s'asseyaient. 
 
 je m' assis, tu t' assis, il s'assit, nous nous assimes, vous vous assites, 
 ils s'assirent. 
 
 je m'assierai or je m'asseyerai. je m'assierais or je m'asseyerais. 
 
 que je m'asseye, etc., que nous nous asseyions, que vous vous asseyiez, 
 qu'ils s'asseyent. que je m'assisse. 
 
 assied-toi, qu'il s'asseye, asseyons-nous, asseyez-vous, qu'ils s'asseyent. 
 je me suis assis, / sat down. je m'etais assis, / had sat down. 
 
-r 
 
 EXERCISES. 209 
 
 #^ 
 
 Pleuvoir, to rain, plu, rained. 
 
 An impersonal verb, used only in the infinitive, past participle, and 
 the third person singular of all tenses. There is no imperative. 
 
 il pleut. il pleuvait. il plut. il pleuvra. il pleuvrait. 
 
 qu'il pleuve. qu'il plut. 
 
 il a plu, it has rained. il avait plu, it had rained. 
 
 In the figurative sense, this verb is also used in the third person 
 plural : les balles pleuvaient de toutes parts, balls were raining (or pour- 
 ing) from all sides. 
 
 Pourvoir a, to provide for. 
 
 Same as voir, except Preterite, je pourvus ; Future, je pourvoirai ; 
 Condit., je pourvoirais ; Subj. imperf., que je pourvusse. 
 
 The Pronoun le (so or it). 
 
 In English, I am, ive are, etc., may be used without 
 other words in answer to a question; the French in- 
 sert le, la, les, before the verb, to represent the word 
 about which the question is asked. 
 
 (1) If the word is a substantive (or adjective used 
 substantively, as le malade, the patient), use le, la, les, 
 according to the gender and number of the substan- 
 tive represented : — 
 
 Are you the daughter of this gentle- etes-vous la fille de ce monsieur ? 
 
 man ? Yes, I am. oui, je la suis. 
 
 Are you the sick lady who sent for etes-vous la malade qui m'a fait 
 
 me ? No, I am not. appeler 1 non, je ne la suis pas. 
 
 (2) If the word to be represented is an adjective (or 
 a substantive used adjectively), le alone is used : x — 
 
 Are you pleased, ladies ? We all etes-vous contentes mesdames ? 
 
 are. nous le sommes toutes. 
 
 Are you a governess ? I am. etes-vous gouvernante % je le suis. 
 
 1 Another way to express the above rules : If the predicate in the ques- 
 tion is an adjective or a substantive with a, the le is not declined; if it is a 
 substantive with the, it is declined. 
 
 14 
 
210 EXERCISES. 
 
 Le is also used to represent a preceding adjective or 
 participle, or even a clause, although the form of the 
 sentence is not interrogative : — 
 
 She is more modest than she was elle est plus modeste qu'elle ne 
 
 formerly, l'etait autrefois. 
 
 He is beloved because he deserves il est aime parce qu'il est digne de 
 
 to be so, l'etre. 
 
 You have made more progress than vous avez fait plus de progres que 
 
 / hoped, je ne l'esperais. 
 
 1. Asseyez-vous done. 2. Donnez-vous la peine de 
 vous asseoir. 3. Asseyez-vous sur ce banc, je vais vous 
 montrer quelque chose de beau. 4. Me voila assise, et 
 prete a voir tout ce que vous voulez me montrer. 5. Oil 
 done voulez- vous que je m'asseye ? Par terre ? 6. Avez- 
 vous pourvu ma chambre de toutes les choses neces- 
 saires ? 7. Soyez tranquille, on y pourvoira. 8. Vous 
 savez bien que votre mere pourvoit a tout. 9. Ne m'en- 
 voyez pas ces livres s'il pleut, ils seraient tout gates. 
 10. Envoyez-les-moi pluiot demain, je serai a la maison 
 entre quatre et cinq heures. 11. Est-ce que vous etes 
 le monsieur qui vient de perdre une montre ? 12. Oui, 
 monsieur, je le suis ; je vous remercie de votre bonte. 
 En effet e'est ma montre, et j'avais peur que je ne la 
 revisse plus. 
 
 1. She sits down ; 1 she sat down ; she was sitting 
 down. 2. She is seated; she was seated; she will be 
 
 1 Observe that the reflective form is used here to express the act of sitting 
 down, whilst the passive merely expresses the state. 
 
 It is well known that the French language was originally a development 
 of the popular Latin spoken by the Roman soldiery, the colonists occupying 
 Gaul, and the whole rustic population. This popular Latin showed a contin- 
 uous tendency to decompose classical Latin, and among other decompositions 
 the following two were accomplished facts in the sixth century : — 1. The 
 present tense of the passive voice of amare, viz. amor, was transformed into 
 sum amatus ; 2. The preterite of the active voice, viz. amavi, had become 
 habco amalum. This novel use of the past participle has been so universally 
 
EXERCISES. 211 
 
 seated. 3. They had seated themselves ; they would 
 have seated themselves. 4. Let us sit down here ; it 
 is the only place (lieu) that we find where it does not 
 rain. 5. It will rain ; it will have rained ; it would rain. 
 6. Why do you not give her the watch which you have 
 promised her ? 7. No, do not give it to her, give it to 
 me (§ 76). 8. I am sure of it (§ 80) ; I am sure of him 
 (§71). 9. You speak of it ; you speak of her. 10. I 
 am glad of it. 11. I shall not consent to it. 12. He 
 has bought a great many novels, and will lend me a few. 
 13. Are you not a little lazy, Miss Jane ? Unfortunately, 
 I am. 14. Are you this gentleman's daughter ? No, 
 sir, I am not. 15. Are you the gentlemen who bought 
 these horses ? Yes, we are. 16. Wars are less numer- 
 ous than they were. 17. He is more learned than I 
 had thought. 
 
 constant in the French mind that the past participle no longer implies by 
 itself any idea of past as it did in classical Latin, but does so when combined 
 with j'ai, tu as, il a, etc. Thus the classical cantavi became habeo canta- 
 tum in popular Latin, and j'ai chante in French. In the same way, used 
 with je suis, tu es, il est, etc , it expresses the present : the classical amor 
 became sum amatus in popular Latin, in French je suis aime. 
 
 Bearing this in mind, and also remembering that French pronominal 
 verbs always take §tre in their compound tenses with the meaning o/" avoir, 
 one can easily understand that je me suis blesse, meaning j'ai blesse moi 
 meme, expresses a past action, whilst je suis blesse expresses a present 
 state. 
 
 Observe, however, that if je suis sorti, parti, venu, etc., are used with 
 a date expressed or understood, they express a. past action, as, il est arrive 
 hier, he arrived yesterday, elle est partie le 15 de ce mois, she left on 
 the 15th instant. If they are without a date expressed or understood, they 
 express & present state; je suis arrive, / am arrived, il est sorti, he is out, 
 elle est partie, she is away. 
 
 je m'assieds, I sit doivn. il se leve, he is rising. 
 
 je me suis assis, / sat down. il s'est leve, he rose. 
 
 je suis assis, / am seated or sitting, il est leve, he is up. 
 
 il se couche, he goes to bed. il se fache, he is getting angry. 
 
 il s'est couche, he ivent to bed. il s'est fache. he got angry. 
 
 il est couche, he is in bed. il est fache, he is angry. 
 
212 EXERCISES. 
 
 if 
 
 111. 
 
 Valoir, to be worth. valant. valu. 
 
 je vaux, tu vaux, il vaut, nous valons, vous valez, ils valent. 
 je valais, tu valais, il valait, nous valions, vous valiez, ils valaient. 
 
 je valus. je vaudrai. je vaudrais. 
 
 que je vaille, que tu vailles, qu'il vaille, que nous valions, que vous 
 valiez, qu'ils vaillent. que je valusse. No imperative. 
 
 The impersonal verb to be better is translated by 
 valoir mieux : — 
 
 It is better to leave to-day than to- il vaut mieux partir aujourd'hui 
 morrow, que demain. 
 
 After valoir mieux and aimer mieux, than followed by an infinitive 
 is translated by que de : — 
 
 It will be better to go away at once il vaudra mieux partir tout de suite 
 than to wait an hour, que d'attendre une heure. 
 
 I like better to write to him than to j'aime mieux lui ecrire que de lui 
 speak to him, parler. 
 
 *fr Savoir to know (by the mind). sachant. su. 
 
 je sais, tu sais, il sait, nous savons, vous savez, ils savent. 
 
 je savais, tu savais, il savait, nous savions, vous saviez, ils savaient. 
 
 je sus. je saurai. je saurais. 
 
 que je sache, que tu saches, qu'il sache, que nous sachions, que vous 
 sachiez, qu'ils sachent. que je susse. 
 
 sache, qu'il sache, sachons, sachez, qu'ils sachent. 
 
 Je ne sache pas is sometimes used for the negative of the first per- 
 son singular of the present indicative. 
 
 Savoir must be used instead of pouvoir, when can 
 means to know how, to have learned: — 
 
 He can read and write, \ ., , . 
 
 TT 7 , , 7 • ( il sait lire et ecrire. 
 
 lie knows lioiv to read and ivnte, > 
 
 Can you dance ? ) _ 
 
 r, i i i ( savez-vous danser 1 
 
 l)o you know hoiv to dance ? ) 
 
EXERCISES. 213 
 
 We may say, il peut ecrire ; but the sense is, he is able to write (in 
 spite of his sore fingers or hands). AVe say also, pouvez-vous danser 1 
 but it means, are you able to dance (in spite of your sore foot) ? 
 
 Savoir is one of four verbs (§ 116) which may be used negatively 
 without pas or point ; but when not to know means not to have learned, 
 pas or point is used : — 
 
 / know not what to say, je ne sais que dire. 
 
 He does not know his lesson, il ne sait pas sa lecon. 
 
 Do you not know it ? ne la savez-vous pas ? 
 
 / do not knoiv how to swim, je ne sais pas nager. 
 
 The conditional je ne saurais, etc., may be used for 
 the present je ne puis, etc. Only the meaning of the 
 latter is more absolute : — 
 
 He is not able to do this ) 
 
 tt * i ,i • f il ne saurait le faire. 
 
 He cannot do this, > 
 
 tt i ., , . , .» . I il ne peut le faire. 
 
 He does not know how to do this, j 
 
 The Use of Disjunctive Pronouns (see §§ 32, 37, 71). 
 
 Disjunctive pronouns 1 are used : — 
 
 (1) In answer to a question : — - 
 
 Who is speaking ? She is. qui parle % elle, or c'est elle. 
 
 Who brought that here'? I did. qui a apporte cela ici *? moi, or 
 
 c'est moi. 
 To whom did you speak? To him. a qui avez-vous parle? a lui. 
 
 (2) After reflective verbs : — 
 
 / address myself to you, je m'adresse a vous. 
 
 Do not trust (yourself) to him, ne vous fiez pas a lui. 
 
 (3) When they are separated from the verb, either 
 as subjects or objects, by some other word : — 
 
 He alone can understand you, lui seul peut vous comprendre. 
 
 He is not so rich as they, il n'est pas si riche qu'eux. 
 
 He lores nobody but me, il n'aime que moi. 
 
 1 They are called disjunctive because they are disjoined from the verb. 
 
214 EXERCISES. 
 
 (4) When they are separated from their verb by a 
 clause unnecessary to the meaning : — 
 
 lui, un homme qui pouvait parler he, a man who could speak so, de- 
 ainsi, vous a trompe, ceived you. 
 
 But when the intervening clause is necessary to the meaning, 1 use 
 celui, celle, ceux, celles for he, she, or they ; as, — 
 celui qui vous l'a dit vous a trompe, he who told you so deceived you. 
 
 1. Ce drap-ci vaut dix francs cinquante centimes le 
 metre : j'en ai achete quelques metres pour vous et pour 
 elle. 2. Et celui-la, combien vaut-il ? 3. Celui-la ne 
 vaut rien. 4. Cette affaire vaut bien la peine qu'on y 
 pense. 5. Dans huit jours cette paire de bottines ne 
 vaudra plus rien. 6. Les effets valent mieux que les 
 paroles. 7. II vaut mieux se taire que de mal parler. 
 8. Nous ne savons s'il viendra. 9. Je ne sais que dire 
 ni que faire. 10. Monsieur, j'ai mal a la main droite, 
 je n'ai pu faire mon exercice, mais je sais tres bien mes 
 leqons. 11. Je parie que lui seul sait tout. 12. Qui 
 vous a appris tout ce que vous savez ? C'est lui. 13. Qui 
 lui ? 14. Mon frere, je crois qu'il sait toute chose. 
 15. II y a longtenips que j'ai dit que, pour savoir 
 quelque chose, il le faut ecrire. 
 
 1. It will be better to do it now than to wait for your 
 father's arrival. 2. I like better to write to him than 
 to go (and) visit him. 3. Is it not he who has lent you 
 my Italian grammar ? 4. It is not he, it is I. 5. Does 
 she trust (herself) to him ? 6. To whom did you remit 
 
 1 Another way to express this rule : When the intervening clause ex- 
 pands, use lui, elle, eux, elles ; when it limits, use celui, celle, ceux, 
 celles. 
 
 A third way: If there is a comma after he, she, or they, use lui, elle, eux, 
 elles, as the comma shows that the clause merely expands ; if there is no 
 comma, use celui, celle, ceux, celles. 
 
EXERCISES. 215 
 
 (remis) the letter ? To herself. 7. Who took away my 
 glass ? I did. 8. How much is this worth ? 9. This 
 is not worth rive centimes. 10. Your brother is not 
 here, that I know of (que je sache). 11. Do you know 
 that your brother has arrived in America safely ? 12. She 
 is not able to tell us how the thing has passed (s'est 
 passee). 13. He and your sister know the whole secret. 
 14. He who arrives (future) first (le premier) will get 
 (aura) this engraving. 15. Your cousin's conduct is a 
 mystery to (pour) me : he, who had promised us his 
 support in this affair, has done all he could against us. 
 
 112. 
 
 Connaitre, to know by sight. connaissant. connu. 
 
 je connais, tu connais, il connait, nous connaissons, vous connaissez, 
 ils connaissent. 
 
 je connaissais, tu connaissais, il connaissait, nous connaissions, vous 
 connaissiez, ils connaissaient. 
 je connus. je connaitrai. je connaitrais. 
 
 que je connaisse. que je connusse. 
 
 connais. qu'il connaisse, connaissons, connaissez, qu'ils connaissent. 
 
 The following verbs ending in -aitre and -oitre are conjugated like 
 connaitre : — 
 
 reconnaitre, to recognize. disparaitre, to disappear. 
 
 paraitre, to appear, to seem. croitre, to grow, to increase. 
 
 In all these verbs the i takes a circumflex accent before t. 
 
 In the verb croitre, the present je crois and the preterite je crus 
 have the circumflex accent to distinguish them from je crois, / be- 
 lieve, je crus, / believed. 
 
 Naitre, to be born, to spring up. naissant. ne. 
 
 je nais, tu nais, il nait, nous naissons, vous naissez, ils naissent. 
 je naissais. je naquis. je naitrai. je naitrais. 
 
 que je naisse. que je naquisse. 
 
 nais, qu'il naisse, naissons, naissez, qu'ils naissent. 
 
216 EXERCISES. 
 
 Distinction between s avoir and connaltre. 
 
 Savoir means to know by the mind, to be sensible of, 
 to know how to. Therefore it never has persons for 
 its objects, and can be followed by a conjunction or a 
 verb : — 
 
 Do you know your lesson ? savez-vous votre lecon ? 
 
 How many languages does he know ? combien de langues sait-il ? 
 
 / know that she will come, je sais qu'elle viendra. 
 
 He knows how to read and write, il sait lire et ecrire. 
 
 Connaitre means to be acquainted with, to know {by 
 sight). Therefore it may have persons or things for 
 objects, but can never be followed by a conjunction or 
 a verb : — 
 
 1 know that gentleman, this lady, je connais ce monsieur, cette dame, 
 his house, Littre's Dictionary, sa maison, le dictionnaire de Lit- 
 etc. tre, etc. 
 
 The Use of Disjunctive Pronouns continued. 
 
 Disjunctive pronouns are used for the sake of em- 
 phasis or contradistinction : — 
 
 Would I lower myself so far ! moi, je m'abaisserais jusque la ! 
 
 You tremble, but I am not afraid, vous tremblez, vous ; mais moi je 
 
 n'ai pas peur. 
 He gave me a purse, and I presented il m'a donne un porte-monnaie, et 
 him with my photograph, moi je lui ai presente ma photo- 
 
 graphic 
 It is seen from these examples that the disjunctive pronoun comes 
 in addition to the conjunctive for emphasis or contradistinction ; but, in 
 the third person singular or plural, the conjunctive il or ils is some- 
 times suppressed to give more rapidity to the style : — 
 They will not come, but he will, elles ne viendront pas, mais lui 
 
 viendra. 
 They would not do it, but you will, eux n'ont pas voulu le faire, mais 
 
 vous, vous le ferez. 
 
EXERCISES. 217 
 
 1. Allez lui parler vous-rneme ; vous le connaissez, 
 vous, et moi je ne lui ai jamais clit un seul mot. 2. Ne 
 vous trompez-vous pas ? vous assurez que vous ue l'avez 
 jamais vu, mais lui pretend vous connaitre parfaitement. 
 3. Connaissez- vous beaucoup de monde ici ? 4. Moi ? je 
 n'y connais personne. 5. Voila un chemin que je ne 
 reconnais pas. 6. Je Fai vu paraitre un instant et s'en 
 aller. 7. Toute autre gloire disparait devant la votre. 
 8. Eux vous reconnaitront, mais lui passera sans vous 
 parler. 9. Vous lui parlez, vous ! 10. Vous la blamez, 
 elle ! 11. Je snis ne a Dinan, en Bretagne, le 12 fevrier 
 1704, d'une famille honnete et ancienne. 12. Bayle na- 
 quit dans l'annee 1647 ; la nature lui donna l'iinagination, 
 la force, la subtilite, la memoire. 13. Qui sait comment 
 la chose s'est passee ? 14. Moi, mais je ne vous le dirai 
 pas. 
 
 1. It is better (valoir mieux) ; it was better ; it has 
 been better. 1 2. It will be better ; it would be better ; 
 it would not have been better. 3. We do not know (sa- 
 voir) ; do not let them know. 4. They did not know 
 (imperf.); we did not know (past indef.); he did not 
 know (pret.) 5. They will not know ; they would not 
 know; they will not have known. 6. Alfred Tennyson 
 was born in (en) 1810; Macaulay was born (pret.) in 
 (en) 1800 and died (pret.) in 1858. 7. They do not be- 
 lieve that I know him ; they did not believe (imp.) that 
 I knew him. 8. They do not believe that I know it; 
 they did not believe that I knew it. 9. I know what I 
 say (dis) when I speak of him. 2 10. /have known him, 
 
 1 Put mieux before the past participle. 
 
 2 En and y apply to persons in two cases only : — 
 
 (1) To avoid the repetition of de lui, d'elle, d'eux, d'elles, or a lui, etc. 
 
 Examples : / complained of him yesterday, and I shall again {complain 
 
 of him) to-day, je me suis plaint de lui hier, et je m'en plaindrai encore 
 
218 EXERCISES. 
 
 but you have never even seen him. 11. They will speak 
 to you, but he will pass without looking at you. 12. You 
 detest me ! 13. You visit her ! 14. You read (lisez) 
 such books ! 15. I see nobody 1 but her. 16. They 
 alone know the whole story. 
 
 113. 
 
 Prendre, to take, to catch. prenant. pris. 
 
 je prends, tu prends, il prend, nous prenons, vous prenez, ils prennent. 
 
 je prenais. je pris. je prendrai. je prendrais. 
 
 que je prenne, que tu prennes, qu'il prenne, que nous prenions, que 
 
 vous preniez, qu'ils prennent. que je prisse. 
 
 prends, qu'il prenne, prenons, prenez, qu'ils prennent. 
 
 apprendre a, to learn. s'eprendre, to be smitten. 
 
 comprendre, to understand. se meprendre, to mistake. 
 
 entreprendre de, to undertake. surprendre, to take by surprise. 
 
 The letter n is doubled in all these verbs whenever it is followed by 
 a mute syllable. 
 
 prendre garde, to take care, to beware. 
 prendre gout a, to take a liking for. 
 prendre part a, to take a share in. 
 prendre patience, to be patient, or more patient. 
 prendre plaisir a, to take pleasure in. 
 
 After many verbs followed by from in English, and 
 marking extraction or separation, the French put the 
 preposition a (it is the Latin preposition a or ab which 
 these verbs have thus retained). Some of them are : — 
 
 aujourd'hui. Do you trust to her? Yes, I trust to her, vous fiez-vous a 
 elle ? oui, je m'y fie. 
 
 (2) When persons are spoken of vaguely : — 
 
 Example : When a man is dead, he is no more thought of, quand un 
 homme est mort, on n'y pense plus. 
 
 But if I am speaking of a certain person, a lui should be used : — 
 
 When this fellow is dead, he will no longer be thought of quand cet in- 
 dividu sera mort, on ne pensera plus a lui. 
 
 1 Nobody but must be translated the same as nothing but, by ne . . . que- 
 
EXERCISES. 219 
 
 acheter a. emprunter a. ravir a. 
 
 arracher a. enlever a. reprendre a. 
 
 derober a. extorquer a. retenir a. 
 
 se derober a. oter a. retrancher a. 
 
 echapper a. prendre a. se soustraire a. 
 
 voler a. 
 
 C'est or ce sont (see §§ 36, 37). 
 
 C'est is used for it is when placed before an adjective 
 not followed by the idea of the sentence : — 
 
 It is impossible, c'est impossible. 
 
 It is of no use, - c'est inutile. 
 
 But should the idea follow the adjective, c'est cannot 
 be used : — 
 
 It is impossible to do all this in a il est impossible de faire tout ceci 
 
 day, en un jour. 
 
 It is of no use to entreat him, il est inutile de le supplier. 
 
 Observe that ce sont is used before a third person plu- 
 ral (excepting the interrogative est-ce eux ? and est-ce 
 elles ?) whilst c'est is used in all other cases. 
 
 1. Est-ce vous qui avez pris la clef ? non, c'est mon 
 frere. 2. C'est le plus malheureux homme que je con- 
 naisse ; avant-hier il a perdu une grosse somme d'argent ; 
 hier sa maison a brule, et aujourd'hui on lui a pris une 
 vache dans son pre. 3. lis ont pris le deuil pour six 
 mois. 4. II est inutile de le defendre : il a ete pris la 
 main dans le sac. 5. Je n'ai encore rien pris de la 
 journee. 1 6. Chacun prend son plaisir ou il le trouve. 
 7. Je prends les choses comrae elles viennent, et les 
 homines comme ils sont. 8. Oil avez-vous appris ce que 
 
 1 All my life, the whole morning, the whole evening, the whole day, etc., 
 after a negation, are translated simply by de ma vie, de la matinee, de la 
 soiree, de la journee, etc. 
 
220 EXERCISES. 
 
 vous dites la ? 9. Apprenez ces vers par coeur. 10. II 
 avait appris tout ce que l'on peut apprendre, jusqu'aux 
 dauses les plus nouvelles. 11. La plupart des homines 
 estiment ce qu'ils ne comprennent pas. 12. Votre petit 
 frere n'etait pas le seul eleve dont le maitre fut content. 
 13. . . . Le corbeau, honteux et confus, 
 Jura, mais un peu tard, qu'on ne l'y prendrait plus. 
 
 (La Fontaine.) 
 
 1. They (fern.) are taking each other by surprise; 
 they have taken each other by surprise ; they were 
 taking each other by surprise. 2. They took (pret.) 
 each other by surprise ; they will have taken each other 
 by surprise. 3. They would not take each other by sur- 
 prise ; they would not have taken each other by surprise ; 
 let them take each other by surprise. 4. It is you who 
 have taught me to be patient (to take patience). 5. Is 
 it not your father who has undertaken the construction 
 of a new theatre in Glasgow ? 6. Yes, sir, it is my fa- 
 ther ; it will be the finest theatre in (§ 36, 2) Scotland. 
 7. Do you understand what (§ 83, 2) she says ? / de- 
 clare it is impossible. 8. These are pleasures for which 
 one takes a liking easily. 9. That is easy to learn. 
 
 10. It is easier to learn this than (que de) to write it. 
 
 11. Take care, do not speak so freely. 12. But these 
 people do not understand me. 13. Pardon me, they do ; 
 they are * all Frenchmen. 14. Since 2 they are 1 all 
 Frenchmen, why do they not take a share in the conver- 
 sation ? 15. Very likely because they would not take 
 pleasure in it. 
 
 1 Translate by ce sont if you put the article des before Francais, by ils 
 sont if you use francais adjectively. 
 
 2 Since is translated by puisque when it may be changed into as, seeing 
 that % and by depuis or depuis que when it refers to time. 
 
EXERCISES. 221 
 
 114. 
 
 Mettre, to put, to put on. mettant. mig. 
 
 je mets, tu mets, il met, nous mettons, vous mettez, ils mettent. 
 je mettais. je mis. je mettrai. je mettrais. 
 
 que je mette. que je misse. 
 
 mets, qu'il mette, mettons, mettez, qu'ils mettent. 
 
 se mettre, to place one's self, tu sit permettre de, to permit, 
 
 down, to dress. promettre de, to promise. 
 
 admettre, to admit. remettre, to remit. 
 
 commettre, to commit. soumettre, to submit. 
 
 omettre, to omit. 
 
 Suivre, to follow, to attend. suivant. suivi. 
 
 je suis, tu suis, il suit, nous suivons, vous suivez, ils suivent. 
 
 je suivais. je suivis. je suivrai. je suivrais. 
 
 que je suive. que je suivisse. 
 
 suis, qu'il suive, suivons, suivez, qu'ils suivent. 
 
 s'ensuivre, to result, to follow. poursuivre, to pursue, to run after. 
 
 The Interrogative Pronoun. 
 
 Who or whom used interrogatively may be rendered : 
 
 (1) By qui (subject or object) : — 
 
 Who has just spoken to you ? qui vient de vous parler ? 
 
 Whom did you see ? qui avez-vous vu ? 
 
 (2) Or by qui est-ce qui when subject, and qui est-ce 
 que when object : — 
 
 qui est-ce qui vient de vous parler 1 
 qui est-ce que vous avez vu ? 
 
 This second way is the more familiar of the two, but the first alone 
 can be used before §tre : Who is there ? qui est la ? not : qui est-ce qui 
 est Ik 1 
 
222 EXERCISES. 
 
 (3) The interrogative whom, governed by a preposi- 
 tion, is translated by qui alone : — 
 
 Whom do you speak to? or, { , , _ 
 
 _ . ; , a ( a qui parlez-vous ? 
 
 1 o whom do you speak ? ) 
 
 In French no preposition can be placed at the end of a clause, as in 
 the first of these two English sentences. 
 
 (4) What, used interrogatively, is rendered by 
 qu'est-ce qui when subject, and by qu'est-ce que or 
 que alone when object. 
 
 What prevents you from coming qu'est-ce qui vous empeche de venir 
 
 with us ? avec nous ? 
 
 What do you say ? qu'est-ce que vous dites 1 or, que 
 
 dites-vous ] 
 
 (5) The interrogative what, governed by a preposi- 
 tion, must be translated by quoi : — 
 
 What are you thinking of? a quoi pensez-vous ! 
 
 What do you complain of? de quoi vous plaignez-vous 1 1 
 
 1. Cette chaleur est insupportable ; mettez un ecran 
 devant le feu. 2. Mettez vos gants et votre chapeau, 
 et nous irons faire un tour. 3. Qui est-ce qui vous a 
 recommande de mettre tous les rnois un peu d'argent a 
 la caisse d'epargne ? 4. Qui est-ce qui vous a mis dans 
 une telle colere ? 5. A qui avez-vous rerais le paquet 
 que je vous avais confie ? 6. Est-ce que vous n'avez pas 
 promis a votre neveu de le mener au spectacle ? 7. Qui 
 est-ce qui vous a permis de sortir ce matin ? 8. Qui 
 est-ce qui vous permet de parler ? 9. Permettez, le 
 soleil me donne dans les yeux, je vais baisser la jalousie. 
 10. Qu'est-ce que vous poursuiviez si ardemment ce ma- 
 
 1 For other ways of translating what, see §§ 44, 83. 
 
EXEECISES. 223 
 
 tin ? II me semble vous avoir vu courir a toutes jambes. 
 
 11. Si vous cessez de les voir, que s'ensuivra-t-il ? 
 
 12. Qu'est-ce que je vous repondrai ? je crains qu'il ne 
 s'ensuive de grands malheurs. 13. Allez devant, je 
 vous suis. 
 
 1. She is permitting; she is permitted. 2. She was 
 permitting ; she was permitted. 3. She had permitted ; 
 she had been permitted. 4. She will have permitted ; 
 she will have been permitted. 5. She would have per- 
 mitted; she would have been permitted. 6. Do I follow 
 you ? Do you follow me ? 7. Shall we not follow ? 
 Should we not follow. 8. That they may not follow; 
 that they might not follow. 9. What is he going to do ? 
 10. What have you put in my carpet-bag ? 11. What 
 (§ 44) hands she has ! 12. Who has permitted you to 
 go out ? 13. Who has promised you to take (mener) 
 you to the theatre this evening ? 14. Whom did you 
 admit (mettre) into the secret ? 15. Whom did they 
 admit into their club (cercle) last night ? 16. To whom 
 did you submit (yourself) ? 17. To whom did you prom- 
 ise this nosegay ? 18. Guess what I have in my hand ! 
 19. I know what it is. 
 
 115. 
 
 Vivre, to live, to be alive. vivant. v6cu. 
 
 je vis, tu vis, il vit, nous vivons, vous vivez, ils vivent. je vivais. 
 
 je vecus, tu vecus, il vecut, nous vecumes, vous vecutes, ils vecurent. 
 je vivrai. je vivrais. que je vive. que je vecusse. 
 
 vis, qu'il vive, vivons, vivez, qu'ils vivent. 
 
 When to live means to dwell, it is expressed by demeurer : Where do 
 you live ? I live in the country, ou demeurez-vous ? je demeure a la 
 campagne. 
 
224 EXERCISES. 
 
 Craindre, to fear. craignant. craint. 
 
 je crains, tu crains, il craint, nous craignons, vous craignez, il» 
 
 craignent. 
 
 je craignais. je craignis. je craindrai. je craindrais. 
 
 que je craigne. que je craignisse. 
 
 crains, qu'il craigne, craignons, craignez, qu'ils craignent. 
 
 For the use of craindre with the subjunctive and 
 infinitive, see §§ 89, 96. 
 
 I fear he will come, je crains qu'il ne vienne. 
 
 / do not fear his coming, je ne crains pas qu'il vienne. 
 
 Do you fear he will come ? craignez-vous qu'il vienne T 
 
 / am afraid to be mistaken, je crains de me tromper. 
 
 contraindre, to compel, to constrain, se joindre, to meet. 
 eteindre, to extinguish, to annul, plaindre, to pity. 
 
 joindre, to join. se plaindre, to complain. 
 
 Which, whose, etc. (see §§ 45, 46). 
 
 Sometimes the relative which preceded by a prepo- 
 sition means where or when, in which case it may 
 simply be rendered by oil, d'oii, par oil, etc. ; as, — 
 
 voici la boite ou j'ai mis vos lettres. 
 
 l'instant ou nous naissons est un pas vers la mort. 
 
 1. De quoi vit ce monsieur ? 2. Je crois qu'il vit de 
 ses rentes, mais Auguste pretend qu'il vit de son travail. 
 3. Qui vivra verra. 4. Pourquoi vous decourager si 
 vite ? qu'est-ce qui vous empeche de poursuivre votre 
 entreprise ? 5. De qui ou de quoi vous plaignez-vous ? 
 6. A qui ou a quoi pensez-vous ? 7. Je ne crains pas 
 qu'il fasse cette faute. 8. Je crains de ne pas le voir. 
 9. Je craignais qu'il ne vint pas. 10. Je crains qu'il ne 
 lui arrive quelque accident. 11. Laquelle de ces eventu- 
 alites craignez-vous le plus ? 12. Desquels de ses amis 
 se plaint-il ? 13. Voici la malheureuse femme dont vous 
 
EXERCISES. 225 
 
 plaigniez le sort ce matin. 14. Voici Fatelier oil votre 
 oncle avait coutume de peindre. 15. Je crams Dieu, 
 cher Abner, et n'ai point d' autre crainte. — (Racine.) 
 
 1. Do they not live ? Are they not living ? 2. Did he 
 not live (pret.) ? Did he not live (past indef.) ? 3. Shall 
 we not live ? Shall we not have lived. 4. Should 
 we not live ? Should we not have lived ? 5. She is not 
 compelled to it (y etre contrainte) ; she had not been 
 compelled to it ; she would not have been compelled to 
 it. 6. She does not complain of it (s'en plaindre) ; she 
 has not complained of it ; she would not complain of it. 
 
 7. We fear he will go out ; we feared he would go out. 
 
 8. We do not fear his going out; we did not fear his 
 going out. 9. Do you fear he will go out ? Did you 
 fear he would go out ? 10. I fear to see him ; I feared 
 I should see him. 11. Which of these two events does 
 she fear most (le plus) ? 12. Of which of these two 
 men do you complain ? 13. This is (voici) the house 
 in which we lived three years ago. 14. See the state in 
 which I am ; do you not pity me ? 15. What prevents 
 you from attending this course ? 16. What do you 
 think you will do ? 17. Of what do you complain. 
 18. What is he thinking of ? 19. What impudence ! 
 20. What a misfortune ! 
 
 116. 
 
 Pouvoir, to be able, can, may. pouvant. pu 
 
 je peux (or je puis), tu peux, il peut, nous pouvons, vous pouvez, ils 
 
 peuvent. 
 je pouvais, tu pouvais, il pouvait, nous pouvions, vous pouviez, ils 
 pouvaient. 
 
 je pus. je pourrai. je pourrais. 
 
 que je puisse, que tu puisses, qu'il puisse, que nous puissions, que vous 
 puissiez, qu'ils puissent. que je pusse. 
 
 15 
 
226 EXERCISES. 
 
 The four verbs pouvoir, oser, to dare, cesser, to cease, 
 and savoir, to know, when used negatively, do not 
 require pas or point, but may take it : — 
 
 / cannot do this, je ne puis (or je ne puis pas) faire ceci. 1 
 
 May and might are translated by the verb pouvoir, 
 with the following verb in the infinitive : — 
 
 That may be true, cela peut etre vrai. 
 
 An accident might happen, un accident pourrait arriver. 
 
 They can be omitted in translation if they are 
 treated as the auxiliary of a verb in the subjunctive ; 
 but, even then, the use of pouvoir is more forcible : — 
 
 T . , , . lA ( je voudrais qu'il vint. 
 
 1 wish he might come, < . . . ,., A . 
 
 ( je voudrais qu'il put venir. 
 
 The simplest way to express what o'clock it is (see 
 § 44), is to name the hour which has last struck and add 
 to it the number of minutes which have since elapsed : 
 
 12.5, 
 
 midi cinq. 
 
 12.30, 
 
 midi trente. 
 
 12.10, 
 
 midi dix. 
 
 12.40, 
 
 midi quarante. 
 
 12.15, 
 
 midi quinze. 
 
 12.50, 
 
 midi cinquante. 
 
 12.20, 
 
 midi vingt. 
 
 12.55, 
 
 midi cinquante-cinq. 
 
 1. Si je pouvais finir ce travail a 11 heures 15, je par- 
 tirais par le train de midi 15. 2. Vous ne pourrez pas 
 le finir avant midi, vous ne partirez que par le train de 1 
 heure 25. 3. Vous arriverez chez votre oncle a 2 heures 
 10, vous pourrez regler votre affaire avec lui en trois 
 quarts d'heure et revenir par le train de 3 heures 35. 
 4. Je ne pourrai regler une affaire si importante que 
 celle-ci en trois quarts d'heure. 5. Ne pouvez-vous at- 
 tendre jusqu'a demain ? 6. Impossible ; si je ne puis 
 
 1 The addition of pas to ne pouvoir strengthens the negation, je ne 
 puis supposes obstructions and difficulties ; je ne puis pas expresses a 
 complete impossibility. 
 
EXERCISES. 227 
 
 y aller aujourd'hui, l'affaire est manquee. 7. Je ne 
 crois pas d'ailleurs qu'il puisse vous etre tres utile. 
 8. Pourrez-vous tenir la promesse que vous m'avez 
 faite ? 9. Cela pourrait bien arriver. 10. II pourra 
 venir un meilleur temps. 11. II pouvait etre (il est 
 probable qu'il etait) clix heures ; je venais d'eteindre ma 
 lampe et de me coucher. 12. Depuis huit jours que 
 nous sommes a Paris, nous n'avons pu nous joindre une 
 seule fois. 
 
 1. He can go out at 1.15, but they will not be able 
 to go out till 3.35. 2. They were not able (imperf.) to 
 leave ; he was not able (pret.) to leave. 3. They would 
 not have been able to arrive before 4.50. 4. That they 
 may be able ; that we might be able ; that he might have 
 been able. 5. You may go away now ; it is * half-past 
 three. 6. Shall we be able to leave by the quarter be- 
 fore four o'clock train ? 7. Since you have just (§ 108) 
 bought the whole collection of Walter Scott's novels, you 
 might (condit.) lend me one or two. 8. I shall lend you 
 as many (§ 80) as you (will) desire. 9. They cannot get 
 rid of it. 10. We are going to the theatre to-night ; can 
 you not come there with us? 11. I cannot, I am en- 
 gaged ; I should like (je voudrais bien) to go (§ 80) 
 though ! 12. He may go out if his tutor allows him (it 
 to him). 13. Tell him that he may come with us if his 
 father is willing (88, 110 (2) ). 14. You might give us a 
 holiday. 15. You might show me Virginia's letter ; you 
 remember that you promised to show it to me. 16. The 
 man whose honesty you praised (of ivhom you 'praised 
 the honesty) last night has just been condemned for 
 theft. 17. You have just spoken to a lady whose sister 
 I am about to marry. 
 
 1 It is, being here an impersonal verb, must be translated by il est, not 
 c'est. 
 
228 EXERCISES. 
 
 117. 
 
 Vouloir, to wish, to be willing. voulant. voulu. 
 
 je veux, tu veux, il veut, nous voulons, vous voulez, ils veulent. 
 
 je voulais, tu voulais, il voulait, nous voulions, vous vouliez, ils 
 voulaient. 
 
 je voulus. je voudrai. je voudrais. 
 
 que je veuille, que tu veuilles, qu'il veuille, que nous voulions, que 
 
 vous vouliez, qu'ils veuillent. que je voulusse. 
 
 veuille, qu'il veuille, veuillons, veuillez, qu'ils veuillent. 
 
 en vouloir a, to be angry with, to bear ill will to. 
 
 s'en vouloir, to be angry with one's self, to reproach one's self for. 
 
 vouloir dire, to mean. 
 
 (1) The verb vouloir is followed by the infinitive 
 without a preposition, or the subjunctive preceded by 
 que. The infinitive is used when both verbs refer to 
 the same person ; the subjunctive, when the verbs 
 refer to different persons. See § 96. 
 
 mon frere veut s'en aller, My brother wishes to go away. 
 
 ma mere veut bien que vous restiez, My mother wishes you to stay. 
 
 (2) When will and would mean to wish or to be 
 ivilling, they are translated by the verb vouloir : — 
 
 / asked him to come, but he would je lui ai demande de venir, mais il 
 
 not, n'a pas voulu. 
 
 Will you come to the country with voulez-vous venir a la campagne 
 
 me ? avec moi ? 
 
 In other words, when would expresses the past, translate it by vou- 
 loir in a past tense, as in the first of the above examples. But when 
 would expresses the conditional (that is, refers to a future time ex- 
 pressed or understood) it is an auxiliary, and the next verb is put in 
 the conditional ; as, — 
 
 He ivould go to the country if it were il irait a la campagne s'il faisait 
 Hue weather, beau temps. 
 
EXERCISES. 229 
 
 (3) Will you must be thus translated by voulez-vous 
 when the person addressed is asked to do a thing; 
 and the answer / will, I am quite willing, with pleas- 
 ure, I have no objection, is rendered by je le veux 
 bien : — 
 
 Will you (do you wish to) go to the voulez-vous aller a la campagne 
 country with your brother? lam avec votre f rere x . je le veux 
 quite willing. bien. 
 
 But shSll and will, referring to future time, are 
 auxiliaries of the future tense : — 
 
 irez-vous demain a la campagne ? Shall you go to the country to- 
 morrow ? 
 
 (4) The present of vouloir generally means to will, 
 to command : — 
 
 The law commands it, la loi le veut. 
 
 Do what I command you, faites ce que je veux. 
 
 But, if the word bien is added to it, it softens the 
 expression and gives it the sense of a consent : — 
 
 If it is agreeable to you, we shall go si vous le voulez bien, nous parti- 
 at once, rons tout de suite. 
 
 (5) Je voudrais or je voudrais bien expresses a mere 
 wish : — 
 
 / should like to see that, je voudrais bien voir cela. 
 
 He would like to go to the theatre, but il voudrait aller au spectacle, mais 
 his mother will not allow him, sa mere ne le veut pas. 
 
 (6) Vouloir, followed by an infinitive, means some- 
 times to intend : — 
 
 He intends to do nothing, il ne veut rien faire. 
 
 She intends to leave to-morrow, elle veut partir demain 
 
230 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Nous comptions partir par le train de deux heures 
 et demie, mais mon tuteur ne l'a pas voulu. 2. Voudriez- 
 vous que je vienne vous voir, quand vous serez a la cani- 
 pagne ? 3. Voulez-vous prendre une tasse de the avec 
 moi ? 4. Je le veux bien. 5. Elle ne veut pas attendre 
 une minute de plus. 6. Une fois que l'homme de coeur 
 a dit: "je veux," il se sent bien plus maitre de lui qu'il 
 ne le croyait auparavant. 7. Je veux bien que vous 
 alliez patiner cette apres-inidi, mais je veux que vous 
 soyez de retour avant cinq heures. 8. Je voudrais 
 vous parler un moment en particulier. 9. Je voudrais 
 bien etre riche, je voyagerais six mois de l'annee. 
 10. C'est l'homme le plus irresolu que je connaisse, il ne 
 sait jamais ce qu'il veut. 11. Celui-ci, au contraire, 
 est un modele de fermete : il veut ce qu'il veut. 12. Que 
 voulez-vous dire ? 13. Je veux dire que j'ai raison, et 
 que c'est vous qui avez tort. 
 
 14 Veuillez etre discret, 
 
 Et n'allez pas, de grace, eventer mon secret. 
 
 — (Moliere.) 
 
 1. I wish to go away. 2. I want him to go away. 
 3. I wished to pay him, but he would not receive my 
 money. 4. They are ready to depart, they will not wait 
 one minute longer (de plus). 5. They were wishing to 
 send me to Germany, but I would not go. 6. Will you 
 come to take a walk with me ? With pleasure. 7. I 
 wonder (je m'etonne) if you will receive (recevrez) your 
 money to-day. 8. I am quite willing to receive it, but I 
 know they will not give it to me. 9. I want him to 
 come, he must obey me. 10. I consent that he may 
 come. 11. If it is agreeable to you, we shall pay (fe- 
 rons) a visit to your sister-in-law. 12. I wish I were 
 rich ! 13. I should like to see him beating you ! 14. I 
 
EXERCISES 
 
 think she intends to write to you. 15. What does that 
 mean? 16. When I am in the country (§49), would 
 you like to come to see me ? 17. Will you tell me, 
 please, the name of the lady whom we heard sing (§ 98), 
 last evening ? 18. It is impossible for me to lend you 
 this novel ; I have promised to lend it to him. 
 
 •A 
 
 118. 
 
 Devoir, to owe, to have to, must, ought. devant. dil, 1 due. 
 
 je dois, tu dois, il doit, nous devons, vous devez, ils doivent. 
 
 je devais. je dus. je devrai. je devrais. 
 
 que je doive, que tu doives, qu'il doive, que nous devions, que vous 
 deviez, qu'ils doivent. que je dusse. 
 
 dois, qu'il doive, devons, devez, qu'ils doivent. 
 
 apercevoir, to perceive, to see (with the eyes), 
 s'apercevoir, to be aware of, to notice (by the mind), 
 recevoir, to receive. decevoir, to deceive. 
 
 Different Meanings of the Verb devoir. 
 
 (1) The original meaning of devoir is to owe, to be 
 owing : — 
 
 He owes me money, il me doit de l'argent. 
 
 He owes more than he possesses, il doit plus qu'il ne possede. 
 
 Its figurative meaning is to be one's duty, as in most 
 of the following cases : — 
 
 (2) When should can be changed into ought, trans- 
 late it by je devrais, etc. ; when shoidd have can be 
 changed into ought to have, translate it by j'aurais du, 
 etc., with the next verb in the present infinitive ; as — 
 
 You should come with me, vous devriez venir avec moi. 
 
 You should have come with me, vous auriez du venir avec moi. 
 
 1 The circumflex accent is put upon the past participle du merely to dis- 
 tinguish it from the article du, of the. 
 
232 EXERCISES. 
 
 (3) When to be is followed by an infinitive, trans- 
 late it by the verb devoir : — 
 
 He is to (intends to, shall) dine il doit diner avec nous. 
 
 with us, 
 He was to (intended to) dine with il devait diner avec nous. 
 
 us, 
 
 (4) When to have is followed by an infinitive, 
 translate it either by devoir or by avoir a : — 
 
 She has to go out this morning, elle doit sortir ce matin. 
 
 She is obliged to go out this morning, elle a a sortir ce matin. 
 
 (5) When must implies supposition, translate it by 
 je dois, etc., and must have by j'ai du, etc., with the 
 next verb in the infinitive present : — 
 
 You must be ill after so much fa- vous devez etre malade apres tant 
 
 tig ue, de fatigues. 
 
 You must have been well pleased, vous avez du etre bien content. 
 
 You must have been very glad to vous avez du etre bien aise d'ap- 
 
 hear that your father arrived prendre que M. votre pere est 
 
 safely, arrive sans accident. 
 
 (6) The imperfect of the subjunctive (dusse-je, dusses- 
 tu, dut-il, etc.), placed at the beginning of a clause, 
 means even though : — 
 
 Even though I should be blamed, I dusse-je etre blSme, je vous sou- 
 shall support you, tiendrai. 
 
 1. II me devait dix inille francs, il y a trois mois, mais 
 aujourd'hui il ne m'en doit plus que cinq mille. 2. Vous 
 lui devez tout. 3. C'est a elle qu'il doit la place qu'il 
 occupe. 4. Je ne dois compte de mes actions a personne. 
 
 5. On devrait planter des arbres le long de cette route. 
 
 6. Vous auriez du me prevenir. 7. Vous n'auriez pas 
 du sortir sans ma permission. 8. Je dois aller demain 
 
EXERCISES. 233 
 
 a la campagne. 9. II doit partir apres-demain. 10. II 
 devait sortir hier. 11. Nous devons chanter ce soir. 
 12. II doit y avoir cette semaine une asseniblee de sol- 
 dats. 13. C'est lui qui doit avoir fait cela. 1 14. Des 
 actes d'une nature si sublime doivent etre rares. 15. II 
 a du partir ce matin par le train de 9 heures 40. 
 
 16. Dusse-je etre blame, je lui donnerai mon appui. 
 
 17. Dussions-nous echouer, nous essayerons. 
 
 18. Je dois quatre cents francs a mon marchand de vin, 
 Un fripon qui demeure au cabaret voisin. 
 
 — (Reynard.) 
 
 1. He does not receive ; she is not received. 2. We 
 have not received ; she has not been received. 3. You 
 were not receiving ; she was not received. 4. I will not 
 receive ; she will not be received. 5. He will not have 
 received ; she will not have been received. 6. Thou 
 wouldst not have received; she would not have been 
 received. 7. That she may receive ; that she might 
 receive ; that she may not have been received ; that she 
 might not have been received. 8. I owe her still fifty- 
 one francs. 9. You should pay her at once. 10. You 
 should have paid her when she was at my father's house 
 last month. 11. I think I should not go out with you. 
 
 12. Should they not have sent me that parcel long ago ? 
 
 13. We are to spend (passer) two months in the country 
 this summer. 14. She was to pay (rendre) us a visit 
 this morning, but we have not yet seen her. 15. I have 
 to go to the market, come along (venez) with me. 
 16. You must be very hungry. 17. He must have left 1 
 last night or this morning. 18. You must have been 
 
 1 It is seen by this sentence that must have is not invariably rendered by 
 j'ai du, etc., as is said in the 5th Rule of this chapter. It is translated by 
 je dois avoir, etc., when the action or its consequences are still lasting. 
 
234 EXERCISES. 
 
 very sorry {peine) to hear that your cousin was dead. 
 19. Even though he should scold me, I shall take a holi- 
 day. 20. What am I to bring (apporter) you ? Would 
 you like a glass of fresh water ? 
 
 119. 
 
 Faire, to do, to make. faisant. fait, 
 
 je fais, tu fais, il fait, nous faisons, vous faites, ils font, 
 je faisais, tu faisais, il faisait, nous faisions, vous faisiez, ils faisaient. 
 je fis, tu fis, il fit, nous fimes, vous fites, ils firent. 
 
 je ferai. je ferais. que je fasse. que je fisse. 
 
 fais, qu'il fasse, faisons, faites, qu'ils fassent. 
 
 In faisant and its derivatives (faisons, faisais, etc.) ai has the 
 sound of e mute. 
 
 se faire a, to accustom one's self to. ref aire, to do over again. 
 defaire, to undo, to overthrow. se refaire, to recruit one's strength. 
 
 se defaire de, to get rid of, to come undone. 
 
 faire une faute, to make a mistake. 
 
 faire une bevue, to make a blunder. 
 
 faire bon accueil, bonne mine, bon visage a, to welcome. 
 
 faire peur a, to frighten. 
 
 faire pitie, to excite pity. faire plaisir, to afford pleasure. 
 
 faire place a, to make room for. faire faillite, to fail. 
 
 faire naufrage, to be shipwrecked. 
 
 faire un voyage, to take a journey. faire un pas, to take a step. 
 
 faire un kilometre, un mille, to walk a kilometer, a mile. 
 
 faire une promenade, un tour, un tour de promenade, to take a walk. 
 
 faire une course, to go out on business. 
 
 faire un tour de jardin, to take a turn in the garden. 
 
 faire, to act, to pretend to be. faire le difficile, to be particular, 
 
 faire le sourd, to counterfeit deaf hard to please. 
 
 ness. faire l'enfant, to be childish. 
 
 faire le mort, to feign death, to keep faire le magnanime, to affect mag- 
 still, nanimity. 
 
EXERCISES. 235 
 
 1. La description que vous venez de nous faire est tres 
 interessante. 2. Quelles bevues j'ai faites dans cet ex- 
 ercice ! 3. Je craignais qu'on ne nous fit pas bon 
 accueil, mais on nous a recus avec la plus franche cor- 
 dialite. 4. Vous nous faites peur avec vos histoires 
 de revenants ; allez-vous-en, vilain homme ! 5. Ce pau- 
 vre enfant nous faisait vraiment pitie ; il avait les pieds 
 nus et grelottait de froid. 6. Nous avons fait ce matin 
 une petite promenade qui nous a fait beaucoup de plaisir. 
 7. Si vous me faites place pres de vous, je vous conterai 
 une petite histoire qui vous interessera beaucoup. 8. Ce 
 monsieur fait argent de tout. 9. Laissez-moi sortir, 
 j'ai deux ou trois courses a faire avant le diner. 10. Allez 
 faire un tour de jardin, cela vous donnera de Pappetit. 
 11. Ne faites done pas Penfant, dites oui tout de suite, 
 et partons. 12. Je crois, mon petit bonhomme, que tu 
 fais le difficile ; avant peu tu seras corrige de ce defaut- 
 la. 13. Tu me braves, Cinna, tu fais le magnanime ! 
 
 1. We accustom ourselves to it (se faire a) ; they 
 were accustoming themselves to it. 2. They accustomed 
 themselves (pret.) to it; we had accustomed ourselves 
 to it. 3. He will accustom himself to it ; we shall have 
 accustomed ourselves to it. 4. I should accustom my- 
 self to it ; you would have accustomed yourselves to it. 
 5. That he may accustom himself to it ; that you (sing.) 
 may have accustomed yourself to it. 6. We are accus- 
 tomed to it; we were accustomed to it (§110, note). 
 7. You make too many mistakes in your exercises, you 
 are not attentive enough. 8. You frighten these chil- 
 dren with your faces (grimaces). 9. We have enjoyed 
 that walk : (that walk caused great pleasure to us.) 
 10. We were shipwrecked (pret.) on the 2d of April, 
 1870. 11. I heard your uncle had failed lately, I hope 
 
236 EXERCISES. 
 
 that it is not true. 12. What a grand voyage I took 
 that summer ! I shall never forget it. 13. How many 
 kilometres did you walk 1 this morning? 14. I walked 
 only seven or eight. 15. Come (and) take a turn in the 
 garden, you will see what beautiful roses and (what) 
 dahlias we have. 16. Don't be childish, put on your hat 
 and go take a walk with your cousin. 17. He pretends 
 to be deaf, but he hears all that we say. 18. Were you 
 not rather particular when you were young ? 
 
 120. 
 
 (1) Used impersonally, the verb faire expresses the 
 
 state of the weather : — 
 
 il fait jour, it is da y light. il fait de la neige, or il neige, it 
 il fait nuit, it is night. snows. 
 
 il fait sombre, it is dark. il fait de la grele, or il grele, it 
 il fait beau temps, or simply beau, hails. 
 
 it is fine weather. il fait bon, it is pleasant. 
 
 il fait mauvais temps, or simply il fait doux, it is mild. 
 
 mauvais, it is had weather. il fait humide, it is damp. 
 
 il fait chaud, it is warm. il fait glissant, it is slippery. 
 
 il fait froid, it is cold. il fait sec, it is dry. 
 
 il fait soleil, it is sunny. il fait des eclairs, there is lightning. 
 
 il fait clair delune, it is moonlight. il fait de la poussiere, it is dusty. 
 
 il fait du vent, it is ivindy. il fait de l'orage, it is stormy. 
 
 il fait de la pluie, or il pleut, it il fait du tonnerre, or il tonne, it 
 
 rains. is thundering. 
 
 il fait du brouillard, it is foggy. il fait sale, it is dirty. 
 
 If the word temps, air, route, rue, etc., is made the subject of the 
 verb, §tre, not faire, must be used : — 
 
 le temps est beau, the weather is fine. 
 
 le temps est froid, the weather is cold. 
 
 l'air est doux, the air is mild. 
 
 le pave" est glissant, the pavement is slippery. 
 
 les rues sont sales, the streets are dirty. 
 
 1 The past participle fait is invariable when it is used intransitively- 
 
EXERCISES. 237 
 
 (2) Annee, journee, matinee, and soiree are used : 
 (a) to express the whole duration of the year, day, 
 morning, and evening ; (b) in speaking of the weather. 
 
 In all other cases use an, jour, matin, and soir : — 
 
 on travaille toute l'annee, toute la People work the whole year, the whole 
 
 journee, toute la matinee, toute day, the whole morning, the whole 
 
 la soiree. — on paye a un ouvrier evening. — A workman is paid for 
 
 sa journee. — on souhaite une his dag's work. — People ivish a 
 
 bonne et heureuse annee. — des happy new gear. — Years of 
 
 annees de secheresse, d'abon- drought, of abundance. — The 
 
 dance. — l'annee, la journee, etc., gear, the day, etc., are fine, wet. 
 sont belles, pluvieuses. 
 
 un evenement a eu lieu l'an 1870, Such an event took place in the year 
 
 tel jour, un matin, un soir. — le 1870, on such a dag, in the morn- 
 
 soleil se leve le matin et se couche ing, in the evening. — The sun 
 
 le soir. — mon frere a vingt ans. rises in the morning and sets in 
 
 — il y a trois ans que nous ne the evening. — My brother is 
 
 l'avons vu. — il gagne cinq mille twenty gears old. — We have not 
 
 francs par an. seen him for three gears. — He 
 
 makes five thousand francs a gear. 
 
 1. II fait un temps charmant ce matin : quelle belle 
 promenade nous allons faire ! 2. L'air est un peu froid, 
 mais il fait un soleil magnifique. 3. Ne trouvez-vous 
 pas qu'il fait un peu trop de vent ? 4. Peut-etre, mais 
 c'est un vent nord-ouest qui nous rafraichera. 5. Vous 
 souvenez-vous du temps qu'il faisait samedi dernier ? 
 6. Le matin il a fait du brouillard, a midi il pleuvait, et 
 le soir la neige tombait a gros flocons. 7. Quelle journee 
 desagreable nous avons eue la, et quelle triste promenade 
 nous avons faite ! 8. Oui, mais le lendemain quelle 
 agreable soiree nous avons passee au pare ! 9. II faisait 
 un beau clair de lune, et l'air etait cloux quoiqu'un peu 
 humide. 10. Quel beau jour ! 11. Quelle belle journee ! 
 12. Pendant ces derniers temps, combien en a-t-on vus 
 Qui du soir au matin sont pauvres devenus 
 Pour vouloir trop tot etre riches ! — (La Fontaine.) 
 
238 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. I am getting rid of them (s'en defaire) ; thou hast 
 got rid of them. 2. He got rid of them (pret.) ; we 
 were getting rid of them. 3. You will get rid of them ; 
 they shall have got rid of them. 4. That he may get 
 rid of us ; that they might have got rid of her. 5. Let 
 us get rid of him ; let them not get rid of us. 6. What 
 a fine morning ! 7. What a splendid evening ! 8. If 
 the weather is dry to-morrow, we shall go to the country. 
 9. The weather will be dry and warm, I think, but it 
 will be dusty. 10. I have just received a letter from 
 London ; they tell me it has been foggy there for the 
 last ten days. 1 11. Take an umbrella if you go out, it 
 will be wet in less than (before) an hour. 12. The 
 streets are always dirty in that quarter of the town. 
 13. The air is very cold, but it is very pleasant in your 
 parlor. 14. Is it daylight at five o'clock ? 15. No, 
 not yet ; the sun rose at six o'clock this morning. 
 16. What a fine day we have had ! 17. Who is that 
 gentleman to whom you were just speaking ? 18. Why, 
 don't you know ? That is the President (Monsieur le 
 President) of the French Republic, a man whom every- 
 body respects. 
 
 121. 
 
 In a great number of cases, faire is immediately 
 followed by an infinitive ; it then means to cause or to 
 get or to have something done, and becomes in many 
 of its constructions an auxiliary verb. 
 
 je fais batir une maison, / am building a house. 
 
 j'ai fait batir une maison, / have built a house. 
 
 1 Last is not rendered here, as the verb being in the present and the 
 preposition depuis show that the fog is still continuing. 
 
EXERCISES. 239 
 
 il m'a fait sortir, He made me go out. 
 
 elle a fait relier sa grammaire, She has had her grammar bound. 
 
 je vous ferai nommer capitaine, I shall get gou made a captain. 
 
 nous ferons venir le medecin, We shall send for the doctor. 
 
 je ferai batir ma maison a or par / shall have my house built by this 
 
 cet architecte, architect. 
 
 j'ai fait dire par un messager an / sent word by a messenger to the 
 
 medecin de venir, doctor to come. 
 
 vous f aites dire a Ciceron une chose You make Cicero say a thing which 
 
 qu'il n'a jamais dite, he never said. 
 
 il a fait faire un nouvel habit, He has had a new coat made. 
 
 faites repasser mon chapeau, Have my hat ironed. 
 
 If the infinitive following faire is a pronominal verb, 
 its pronoun-object is generally omitted : — 
 
 je Ten ferai repentir, } 
 
 instead of \ I shall make him repent. 
 
 je l'en ferai se repentir, ) 
 
 In the auxiliary uses of faire with the infinitive, the 
 pronoun-objects precede faire in all forms except the 
 imperative affirmative, where they follow it. 1 
 
 faites-le bien garder, Have him well kept. 
 
 je le ferai partir, 1 shall make him set out. 
 
 non, ne le faites pas partir, No, don't make him set out. 
 
 Faire followed by an infinitive has no passive. If, 
 therefore, you translate to put to death by faire mourir, 
 do not say, il a ete fait mourir, but on l'a fait mourir. 
 
 ne faire que sortir, to do nothing but go out. 
 
 ne faire que de sortir, to have but just gone out. 
 
 faire savoir, to let know. faire faire, to get made or done. 
 
 faire venir, to send for. faire dire, to send word. 
 
 1 The same rule applies to laisser with the infinitive : — 
 laissez le sortir, let him go otd. 
 ne le iaissez pas sortir, do not let him go out. 
 je le laisserai sortir, / shall let him go out. 
 
240 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Mon oncle a fait batir une maison a la campagne 
 cet ete. 2. Vous m'avez fait faire une bevue. 3. Je 
 me ferai couper les cheveux cette semaine. 4. Faites 
 porter cette lettre a la poste. 5. Faites venir le me- 
 decin. 6. Non, ne le faites pas venir, elle va beaucoup 
 inieux. 7. Le travail fait dormir. 8. Faites entrer 
 cette dame, mais ne la faites pas monter au salon. 
 9. Cette pauvre bete souffrait tant qu'on l'a fait * mou- 
 rir. 10. Votre visite a detruit les soupgons qu'un nial- 
 entendu avait fait naitre. 11. On vous fera savoir tout 
 ce qui s'est passe. 12. Faites-le asseoir sur cette chaise. 
 
 13. Faites-moi done voir la photographie de votre frere. 
 
 14. Vous ne faites que jouer toute la journee. 15. Nous 
 ne faisons que d'arriver. 16. Mon frere ne fait que de 
 sortir. 17. Vous ne faisiez que d'entrer. 
 
 1. You make me laugh. 2. Get your coat mended. 
 3. I shall have him punished by his master. 4. Did 
 you get my parcel carried to the bookseller's ? 5. If you 
 like, I will send for your brother-in-law. 6. I shall 
 make him rise at half-past six. 7. They make us go to 
 bed at half-past eight every evening. 8. Make him 
 work ten hours a day. 9. I cannot make him work two 
 hours ; I never saw a (§42, 2) more lazy boy. 10. They 
 did not let me know your arrival in (a) time. 11. I 
 shall get a little bridge made over that stream. 12. He 
 has been put out of the room (one has made him go 
 out. . . .). 13. He does nothing but play the whole 
 evening. 14. They do nothing but go and come. 15. She 
 has (pres. of faire) but just arrived. 16. I ought to 
 have my hair (plural) cut; don't you think it is too 
 long ? 17. I wish to have a new coat made : would you 
 please send to my house the best tailor that you know ? 
 
 1 The participle fait followed by an infinitive is always invariable, be- 
 cause it is considered as forming a single word with the infinitive. 
 
EXERCISES. 241 
 
 122. 
 
 Plaire, to pleast . plaisant. plu. 
 
 je plais, tu plais, il plait, nous plaisons, vous plaisez, ils plaisent. 
 je plaisais. je plus. je plairai. je plairais. 
 
 que je plaise. que je plusse. 
 
 plais, qu'il plaise, plaisons, plaisez, qu'ils plaisent. 
 
 The i of the root of plaire, complaire, etc., takes a circumflex accent 
 before t. The participle plu is always invariable. 
 
 se plaire a, to like (a place). se deplaire a, to dislike (a place), 
 
 complaire, to humor. taire, to pass over in silence. 
 
 se complaire, to delight in. se taire, to remain silent, to hold 
 deplaire, to displease. one's tongue. 
 
 Conduire, to conduct, to lead. conduisant. conduit. 
 
 je conduis, tu conduis, il conduit, nous conduisons, vous conduisez, ils 
 conduisent. 
 
 je conduisais. je conduisis. je conduirai. je conduirais. 
 
 que je conduise. que je conduisisse. 
 
 conduis, qu'il conduise, conduisons, conduisez, qu'ils conduisent. 
 
 se conduire, to behave. detruire, to destroy, 
 
 construire, to construct, to build. instruire, to instruct. 
 
 se construire, to construe. produire, to produce. 
 
 cuire, to cook, to bake. reduire, to reduce. 
 
 traduire, to translate. 
 
 The Passive Form. 
 
 For translation of the English passive, see § 83, 1. 
 
 / was scolded this morning, on m'a gronde ce matin. 
 
 He has been punished by his father, son pere l'a puni. 
 
 The passive voice is also elegantly rendered in 
 French by the pronominal form, in speaking of inani- 
 mate objects : — 
 
 This sells (is sold) very well, ceci se vend tres bien. 
 
 16 
 
242 EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Elle a le don de plaire. 2. Ce qui lui a plu lui 
 plaira to uj ours. 3. Cela ne plait pas a tout le monde. 
 4. Yous plairait-il de venir diner avec moi a la cam- 
 pagne ? 5. Je ne me deplais pas ici. 6. II parait que 
 vous vous plaisiez a Paris. 7. La vigne se plait dans les 
 terrains pierreux. 8. On a bien mal traduit cette phrase ; 
 le sens qu'on en a donne est tout different du vrai sens. 
 9. Tous vos arguments se reduisent a demontrer que 
 vous n'avez pas eu tout a fait tort. 10. Une foule de 
 fautes se sont trouvees dans votre premiere edition. 
 
 11. Les adjectifs sur et certain se construisent avec de. 
 
 12. II nous a tu les details. 13. Faites taire votre chien. 
 14. Voulez-vous vous taire, impertinente ; vous venez 
 toujours meler vos extravagances a toutes choses. 
 
 15. Messieurs les courtisans, cessez de vous detruire ; 
 Faites, si vous pouvez, votre cour sans vous nuire. 
 
 1. I like the place (s'y plaire) ; she has liked the 
 place. 2. We used to like the place ; he liked the place 
 (pret.). 3. You will like the place; they would have 
 liked the place. 4. He is behaving better; they used to 
 behave better. 5. She has behaved better ; she had be- 
 haved better. 6. We should behave better ; we should 
 have behaved better. 7. Show her, if you please, the 
 letter which I addressed to you on Wednesday. 8. This 
 house has been very badly constructed, there are draughts 
 in every room. 9. I confess that I was wrong to write 
 you that letter, I had been led into error (lead into error, 
 faire egarer) . 10. Has this letter been translated ? 
 
 11. Yes, sir, it has been translated by your brother. 
 
 12. I was told that you had behaved badly last Sunday 
 (climanche dernier). 13. Take me to your father's office, 
 I wish to speak to him on {pour) business. 14. Sir, I 
 am told (dit) that your brother has failed ; do you know 
 
-^EXERCISES. 243 
 
 anything (quelque chose) about it {en) ? 15. I was told 
 the same thing an hour ago. 16. His books sell very 
 well. 17. Wood is sold very dear in this country. 
 18. That is worn no longer. 19. Advise him to hold 
 his tongue. 20. Do hold your tongue ! 
 
 123. 
 
 Dire, to tell, to say. disant. dit. 
 
 je dis, tu dis, il dit, nous disons, vous dites, ils disent. 
 je disais, tu disais, il disait, nous disions, vous disiez, ils disaient. 
 je dis, tu dis, il dit, nous dimes, vous dites, ils dirent. 
 
 je dirai. je dirais. que je dise. que je disse. 
 
 dis, qu'il dise, disons, dites, qu'ils disent. 
 
 redire, to say again, is conjugated in all tenses and persons like dire, 
 se dedire, to retract one's word, 
 
 contredire, to contradict, 
 interdire, to forbid, 
 medire, to speak ill of, to slander, 
 predire, to predict, 
 maudire, to curse, doubles the s in the plural of the pres. indie and 
 iinper., in the imperf. indie, the pres. part., and the subjuuetive. 
 
 make in the second person plural of 
 the present indicative and in the 
 imperative : dedisez, contredisez, 
 interdisez, medisez, and predisez. 
 
 For the use of ne without pas or point see §§ 89, 
 90 (4), 106, 116. 
 
 Ne is also commonly used without pas or point : — 
 
 (1) After si used negatively and meaning unless : — 
 
 j'irai le trouver, si vous n'y allez / will go to him if you yourself do 
 vous-meme, not go. 
 
 (2) After que beginning a negative sentence and 
 meaning why : — 
 
 que ne lui dites- vous tout ce qui Why do you not tell him all that 
 s'est passe \ has taken place ? 
 
 This form of speaking is used only to hint a reproach, a regret, or a 
 wish. For a real interrogation pourquoi must be used. 
 
244 EXERCISES. 
 
 (3) After depuis que, il y a . . . que, followed by the 
 past indefinite, with a negative meaning ; as — 
 
 il y a dix jours que je ne l'ai vu, It is ten days since I saw him. 
 
 If the verb is not in the past indefinite, pas or point 
 must be used : — 
 
 il y a dix jours que nous ne nous We have not spoken to each other 
 
 parlons point, for ten days. 
 
 il y avait dix jours que nous ne We had not spoken to each other 
 
 nous parlions point, for ten days. 
 
 See also § 126 (3). 
 
 / say ! dites done (the c of done is not sounded here). 
 
 To tell the truth, a dire vrai, or a vrai dire. 
 
 All is said, voila qui est dit, tout est dit. 
 
 That is a matter of course, cela va sans dire. 
 
 Without uttering a word, sans mot dire. 
 
 So to say, so to speak, pour ainsi dire. That is to say, e'est-a-dire. 
 
 1. Vous lui direz bien des choses honnetes de ma part. 
 2. Je me le suis dit vingt fois. 3. II est parti sans mot 
 dire. 4. II parait qu'on vous a recu autrement que vous 
 ne l'esperiez ; je vous l'avais bien dit (/ told you so before, 
 you ivere warned). 5. II a, m'a-t-on dit, Pintention de 
 parler. 6. Je crains qu'il ne m'interdise cette demarche. 
 7. Prenez garde qu'il ne se dedise. 8. Elle dira la chose 
 mieux que vous ne pensez. 9. II ne sait que dire. 
 10. Voila qui est dit (la chose est convenue). 11. Dites 
 done, inon ami, qu'est-ce que vous faites la ? 12. lis 
 sont, pour ainsi dire, morts a toutes les joies. 13. Vous 
 avez bien raison, mon cher maitre ; on veut toujours dire 
 mieux qu'on ne doit dire ; e'est le defaut de presque tous 
 nos ecrivains. 14. Que ne vous est-il permis de m'accom- 
 pagner ! 15. Que n'est-il a cent lieues de nous ! 16. Je 
 ne sortirai point si vous ne venez me prendre en voiture. 
 17. Prince, si tu n'as des vertus, on te rendra des horn- 
 
EXERCISES. 245 
 
 mages, et on te haira. 18. Bien des choses se sont pas- 
 sees depuis que je ne vous ai vu. 19. II y a six mois 
 que je ne lui parle plus. 
 
 1. You say so ; 1 they were saying so. 2. They have 
 not said so ; he said (pret.) so. 3. We shall say so ; we 
 shall have said so. 4. That you may say so ; that you 
 might say so ; that you might have said so. 5. I do not 
 know why you always contradict me. 6. I do not know 
 if the day will be fine to-morrow, I cannot predict the 
 weather. 7. She will repeat the story better than 
 people think. 8. I say, take care lest 2 they (on) forbid 
 you to come here. 9. I fear that she will contradict 
 you. 10. I say, why did you not send the letter which 
 you wrote yesterday ? 11. To tell the truth, I am too 
 idle to write. 12. What does he mean ? 13. All is 
 said, we shall leave together at nine. 14. I am always 
 wrong, and you are always right, that's a matter of course. 
 15. If you don't come at once, I am off. 16. If you are 
 cold, why (que) do you not put on your great-coat ? 
 17. Tell me, why did you never visit your aunt ? 18. I 
 have not spoken to him for a long time \it is (a) long 
 time since (que) I have spoken (neg.) to him~\. 19. Turn 
 the same sentence into, It is a long time since I no longer 
 speak to him. 20. Since I saw you (neg.), things have 
 changed much (bien change). 21. Now that (depuis que) 
 I no longer see you, I am sad and ill. 22. How have 
 you been since I saw you (neg.) ? 
 
 1 So is translated after transitive verbs by le, after intransitive verbs by 
 ainsi : — 
 
 To think so, le penser. To speak so, parler ainsi. 
 
 To believe so, le croire. To act so, agir ainsi. 
 
 To say so, le dire. To behave so, se conduire ainsi. 
 To do so, le faire, etc. 
 
 2 Lest, after the verbs to fear, to be afraid, to tremble, to take care, is 
 translated simply by que. 
 
r 
 
 246 ' EXERCISES. 
 
 124. 
 
 Lire, to read. lisant. lu. 
 
 je lis, tu lis, il lit, nous lisons, vous lisez, ils lisent. 
 
 je lisais. je lus. je lirai. je lirais. 
 
 que je Use. que je lusse. 
 
 lis, qu'il lise, lisons, lisez, qu'ils lisent. 
 
 Ecrire, to write. ecrivant. ecrit. 
 
 j'ecris, tu ecris, il ecrit, nous ecrivons, vous ecrivez, ils ecrivent. 
 j'ecrivais. j'ecrivis. j'ecrirai. j'ecrirais. 
 
 que j'ecrive. que j'ecrivisse. 
 
 ecris, qu'il ecrive, ecrivons, ecrivez, qu'ils ecrivent. 
 
 ctecrire, to describe. souscrire, to subscribe. 
 
 prescrire, to prescribe. transcrire, to transcribe. 
 
 The Adverb. 
 
 Mieux, bien, mal, jamais, toujours, pas, plus, and trop, 
 generally precede the infinitive : — 
 
 mieux ecrire, bien parler, mal prononcer, ne jamais se tromper, ne 
 pas rire, ne plus manger, trop courir. 
 
 For the position of adverbs and adverbial phrases in 
 simple and compound tenses, see § 41. 
 
 These words and phrases require the preposition de 
 before a following adjective or participle : — 
 
 quelque chose, something or ani/thiw/. que (interrogative), what. 
 
 rien, nothing or not anything. quoi (admirative), ivhat. 
 
 quelqu'un, somebody or anybody. tout ce que, all that. 
 personne, nobody. 
 
 quelque chose de nouveau, something new. 
 
 rien de bon, nothing good. 
 
 quelqu'un de malade, somebody ill. 
 
 personne de blesse, nobody wounded. 
 
EXERCISES. 247 
 
 qu'y a-t-il de nouveau ? what is there new ? 
 
 quoi de plus charmant que ce what is more charming than this 
 
 poeme ? poem ? 
 
 tout ce qu'il y a de beau. all that is beautiful. 
 
 1. Ne me parlez pas, je lis en ce nionieiit quelque 
 chose cle tres interessant. 2. II n'y a rien de nouveau 
 dans les journaux que j'ai lus ce matin. 3. Les voici, je 
 crois, ce sont eux que votre frere vient de jeter sur le fau- 
 teuil. 4. Ne lisez pas si haut, il y a quelqu'un de malade 
 dans la chambre voisine. 5. Qu'on est heureux d'aimer 
 a lire ! a dit M ,ne de Sevigne. 6. Oui, mais qu'a dit Rol- 
 lin, ce bon et modeste Rollin que Montesquieu a appele 
 Vabeille de la France : " On songe plus a lire beaucoup 
 qu'a lire utilement." 7. II n'y a de 1 bon que ce qu'on 
 peut relire sans degout (Voltaire). 8. Avec quelque at- 
 tention que j'aie lu cet ecrivain, sa pensee m'a echappe 
 (Cond iliac). 9. On s'accoutume a bien parler en lisant 
 les auteurs qui ont bien ecrit (Voltaire). 10. Ecrivez-moi 
 votre nom au bas de ce petit papier. 11. II vous a ecrit 
 que son frere etait impatient de recevoir de vos nou- 
 velles ; 2 pourquoi ne lui avez-vous pas repondu ? 12. Je 
 vous ai ecrit que j'etais malade, mais vous n'en avez pas 
 tenu compte. 13. Je ne vous ai pas ecrit que je fusse 
 retabli. 14. Ces deux personnes s'ecrivent. 15. Tout 
 ce qui se dit ne s'ecrit pas. 
 
 16. Son visage etait triste et beau ; 
 A la lueur de mon flambeau, 
 Dans mon livre ouvert il vint lire. 
 
 — (A. de Musset.) 
 
 1. Are you reading ? Were they writing ? 2. He 
 reads better than he writes, but that is not saying (vouloir 
 
 1 The de is required by rien understood. 
 
 2 To hear of or from (p.) is recevoir des nouvelles de (p.). 
 
248 EXERCISES. 
 
 dire) much. 3. He wrote and read very well ; he was 
 the best pupil that I ever had. 4. You should (118) 
 try to read better. 5. You ought to read better books. 
 6. Doctor (le docteur) Robinson has advised me to read 
 no more at night (le solr). 7. Get away now, you will 
 not have anything more. 8. Is there anybody ill in 
 your house ? 9. No, madam, there is nobody seriously 
 ill, but we are all somewhat (an pen) indisposed. 
 10. Have you anything good to eat ? 11. Here is, sir, 
 all that is (tout ee quHl y a de) good in the house. 
 12. What l (can be) more fortunate than what happens 
 to you ? 13. I entreat you not to show him my letter ? 
 
 14. I recommend you not to speak to him any more. 
 
 15. She consented not to go away. 16. I wrote you to 
 come at once ; why did you not obey me ? 17. She will 
 not have the boldness to write me after such a scandal 
 (a such scandal). 18. Have you no remedy to prescribe 
 for my headache ? 19. It is not so easy as you think to 
 prescribe remedies for an imaginary illness. 20. This 
 is pleasant to read. 21. Where is your father ? I have 
 come here to speak to him. 22. I did my very best to 
 persuade him. 
 
 125. 
 
 Hire, to laugh. riant. ri. 
 
 je ris, tu ris, il rit, nous rions, vous riez, ils rient. 
 
 je riais. je ris. je rirai. je rirais. 
 
 que je rie. que je risse. 
 
 ris, qu'il rie, rions, riez, qu'ils rient. 
 
 se rire de, ) , . sourire, to smile. 
 
 > to lauqh at. , „ 
 
 rire au nez de, ) se moquer de, to make fun of. 
 
 Nuire, to Injure, nuisant, nui, and luire, to shine, luisant, lui, arc 
 conjugated like conduire, § 122 ; the past participles nui and lui are 
 always invariable ; luire has no preterite and no imperfect subjunctive. 
 
 1 What, followed by an adjective, is translated by quoi de. 
 
EXERCISES. 249 
 
 For translated by depuis, pendant, or pour. 1 
 
 Depuis marks the beginning of a period of time ; 
 pendant marks the whole duration from beginning to 
 end, and is often omitted ; see §§ 59, 60. 
 
 He has been unwell for a week, il est malade depuis huit jours. 
 
 He was unwell only for three days, il n'a ete malade que pendant trois 
 
 jours, or simply, que trois jours. 
 
 Pour denotes the end : — 
 
 He has gone Jbr three weeks, il est parti pour trois semaines. 
 
 We have provisions for the whole nous avons des provisions pour tout 
 winter, l'hiver. 
 
 Avant, auparavant, devant (before). 
 
 (1) Avant denotes time, and, being a preposition, 
 requires an object. It is used in opposition to apres, 
 after : — 
 
 il est arrive une heure avant moi, He arrived an hour before me. 
 
 (2) Auparavant also denotes time, but, being an ad- 
 verb, it cannot have an object : — 
 
 je partirai avec vous, mais je veux / shall leave with you, but I want to 
 finir cette lettre auparavant, finish this letter before. 
 
 (3) Devant marks a situation, and its contrary is 
 derriere {behind). Devant may mean also in presence of. 
 
 ne vous placez pas devant cette Do not place yourself before that 
 
 dame, lady. 
 
 ne repetez pas cela devant elle, Do not repeat that in her presence. 
 
 1 The following diagram may help pupils to remember the distinction 
 between depuis, pendant, and pour : — 
 
 J2 O 
 
 depuis .... pour 
 
 .2 M 
 
 hO - 
 
 x* a 
 
 pendant 
 
250 EXERCISES. 
 
 Dans and en used to express Time. 
 
 Dans marks the end of an action, and en the time of 
 performing it : — 
 
 il fera cela dans trois jours, He will do that in three days (after 
 
 three days have elapsed). 
 
 il fera cela en trois jours, He will finish that in three days (it 
 
 will not take him more than 
 three days to finish that). 
 
 1. Vous riez ; qu'y a-t-il done de si comique dans ce 
 que je dis la ? 2. Je riais des menaces que vous me 
 faites. 3. Vous voulez rire ; il n'est pas possible qu'on 
 soit si bete ! 4. II se rit de tout ce que vous pouvez 
 dire et faire contre lui. 5. Je crois qu'il a cherche a 
 vous nuire quand nous voyagions en Ecosse. 6. On me 
 Pa dit a Edimbourg, mais je m'en suis moque. 7. Long- 
 temps (or pendant longtemps) j'ai craint l'effet de ses 
 propos, mais depuis trois ans je ne m'en inquiete plus. 
 8. Vous savez sans doute que, depuis que j'ai herite de 
 mon oncle, j'ai de quoi vivre pour toute ma vie. 9. Ma- 
 dame, vos bons offices n'ont pas nui a mon succes ; je 
 vous suis fort oblige. 10. lis se sont nui l'un a l'au- 
 tre. 11. On voyait de loin luire les epees, les casques 
 et les cuirasses. 12. Le soleil luit pour tout le monde. 
 13. Tout ce qui remit n'est pas or. 14. Allez devant 
 moi, je vous en prie. 15. Voila ce que je faisais aupa- 
 ravant, mais maintenant je n'en ferai rien ; e'est a vous 
 d'aller le premier. 16. Avant de partir il m'a dit qu'il 
 serait de retour dans huit jours. 
 
 1. I am not laughing ; you are not reading ; they are 
 not writing. 2. We were not laughing ; he was not read- 
 ing ; thou wast not writing. 3. I did not laugh (pret.) ; 
 
EXERCISES. 251 
 
 he did not read ; they did not write. 4. We shall not 
 laugh ; you would not read ; they would not have written. 
 5. That I may not laugh 5 that he might not read ; that 
 you might not have written. 6. She has been very well 
 all this winter. 7. Only she has had (she has) a bad 
 (gros) cold for the (last) ten days. 8. I have been 
 studying French for the (last) six months ; I take a les- 
 son every second day (tons les deux jours). 9. My father 
 has left for three months ; he is travelling on the Conti- 
 nent. 10. Have you (got) enough pocket money for a 
 whole week ? 11. Do not wait for me ; I have to write 
 for two hours. 12. I think they have been in England 
 for the last three years, but, before, they lived long in 
 North America. 13. We walked from Rheims to Paris 
 in three days, and arrived a few hours before your 
 father. 14. In a week I shall resume my work, and I 
 will study nothing but French for two months and a half. 
 15. I wish you would repeat that before your cousin ; 
 she studies much less than she ought. 16. She is learn- 
 ing to write ; she is only nine years old. 17. She wrote 
 to us to tell us of her arrival. 18. That is not easy to 
 describe. 
 
 126. 
 
 Croire, to believe. croyant. cru. (See § 86.) 
 
 je crois. je croyais. je crus. je croirai. je croirais. 
 que je croie, etc., que nous croyions, que vous croyiez, qu'ils croient. 
 que je crusse. crois, qu'il croie, croyons, croyez, qu'ils croient. 
 
 Used affirmatively, croire (as well as penser) is fol- 
 lowed by the indicative ; used negatively or interroga- 
 tively, it requires the subjunctive if there is a doubt 
 in the speaker's mind as to the fact mentioned in the 
 question : — 
 
252 EXERCISES. 
 
 je crois qu'elle viendra, / believe she will come. 
 
 je ne crois pas qu'elle vienne, / do not believe she will come. 
 
 croyez-vous qu'elle vienne ? Do you believe she will come ? 
 
 est-ce que vous croyez qu'elle You don't believe she will come, do 
 viendra ? you f 
 
 Vaincre, to conquer, overcome. vainquant. vaincu. 
 
 je vaincs, tu vaincs, il vainc, nous vainquons, vous vainquez, ils 
 vainquent. 
 
 je vainquais. je vainquis. je vaincrai. je vaincrais. 
 
 que je vainque. que je vainquisse. 
 
 vaincs, qu'il vainque, vainquons, vainquez, qu'ils vainquent. 
 
 convaincre, to convince. 
 
 Observe that the letter c is changed into qu before a, e, i, o. 
 
 The present and imperfect indicative and the singular of the pres- 
 ent subjunctive are seldom used. Etre victorieux or vainqueur are 
 employed instead. 
 
 conquerir, to conquer, to gain possession of. 
 
 The Conjunction que. 
 
 (1) Que may be used to avoid the repetition of any 
 conjunction : — 
 
 comme je n'ai pas beaucoup d'ar- As I hare not much money, and as 
 gent et que jesuisunpeumalade, / am rather unwell, I shall not 
 je ne ferai pas ce voyage, take that journey. 
 
 (2) Que requires the subjunctive only when it 
 stands for a conjunction requiring the subjunctive, 
 or for si : — 
 
 venez que nous vous grondions, Come that we may scold you. 
 
 s'il vient, et que je ne sois pas a la If he comes, and I should not be at 
 maison, faites venir mon frere, home, send for my brother. 
 
 (3) Ne is required before the following verb when 
 que stands for a moins que, avant que, sans que, jusqu'a 
 
EXERCISES. 253 
 
 ce que, de peur que, de crainte que, and depuis que (or 
 il y a . . . que) : — 
 
 je ne partirai pas d'ici que vous ne / shall not go from this place till you 
 
 m'ayez tout confesse, have confessed everything to me. 
 
 je ne partirai pas que vous n'arri- 7" shall not leave before (or till) you 
 
 viez, arrive. 
 
 je ne puis travailler qu'aussit6t je / cannot work without being imme- 
 
 ne sois malade, diately Hi. 
 
 je ne leur donnai point de repos I gave them no rest till they had sent 
 
 qu'ils ne m'eussent fait venir un for an old clothesman. 
 
 fripier, 
 
 prenez garde (de peur or de crainte) Take care lest he see you. 
 
 qu'il ne vous voie, 
 
 II y a deux mois que je ne l'ai vu, / have not seen him for tivo months. 
 
 il s'est passe bien des choses depuis Many things have taken place since 
 
 que nous ne nous sommes vus, we have seen each other. 
 
 Observe that, when que stands for any of the four conjunctions, 
 a moins que, avant que, sans que, and jusqu'a ce que, the first clause 
 of the sentence must be negative. 1 
 
 (4) Que is also used for the adverbs how, hotv much, 
 hoiv many, and expresses wonder, irony, indignation. 
 The adjective following it must be translated without 
 tres, bien, or fort : — 
 
 qu'il a l'air maladroit ! How very awkward he looks ! 
 
 The adjective or adverb following que is generally put after the 
 verb in French, as in the preceding example. If, instead of an adjec- 
 tive or an adverb, a noun is modified by que, the noun may also be 
 placed after the verb, but is more commonly placed after que. 
 
 que la revolution francaise a de- How many prejudices has the 
 truit de prejuges ! or, que de pre- French Revolution destroyed ! 
 juges la revolution francaise a 
 detruits ! 
 
 1 However, que may stand for jusqu'a ce que after attendre used with- 
 out a negation : Wait till I come tfo«m,attendez que je descende. 
 
254 EXERCISES. 
 
 The conjunction and, sometimes used after the verbs 
 to go, to come, to run, is omitted in French : as, — 
 
 Go and take that letter to your allez porter cette lettre a votre 
 
 uncle. oncle. 
 
 Will you come and take a walk voulez-vous venir faire un tour 
 
 with me ? avec moi ? 
 
 1. Si vous croyez ce qu'elle vous dit, et que, inalgre 
 cela, vous agissiez contre ses interets, je ne vous pardon- 
 nerais de ma vie. (See § 113, note 1.) 2. Je ne saurais 
 faire un pas que je ne l'aie aussitot a mes trousses. 3. II 
 ne peut faire un seul mouvement du bras que la douleur 
 ne lui arrache un cri. 4. Puisqu'ils vous out desobei, 
 je ne leur permettrai pas de sortir qu'ils ne vous deman- 
 dent pardon. 5. A quelles ruses hypocrites ces gens-la 
 ont du descendre, que de mensonges savamment elabores 
 ils ont debites, que de crimes ils ont commis, pour ar- 
 river au rang qu'ils occupent! 6. Qu'etiez-vous done 
 devenu, mon petit ami ? il y a bien (full) quinze jours 
 que nous ne vous avons vu. Nous vous croyions ma- 
 lade ? 7. Ce qui se dit souvent finit par se croire. 8. Je 
 croyais a cet homme plus de droiture qu'il n'en a. 9. Sa- 
 por, roi des Perses, vainquit et fit prisonnier l'empereur 
 Valerien l'an 260 apres J. C. 10. II faut tacher de 
 paincre cette difficulte. 11. Je suis parvenu a vaincre 
 6on indifference et sa froideur. 12. Miltiade, apres 
 s'etre rendu maitre de la Chersonese, apres avoir conquis 
 Lemnos et les Cyclades, apres avoir vaincu a Marathon, 
 fut accuse de trahison et mourut dans les fers. 13. Je 
 ne pouvais faire autrement ; je me suis laisse vaincre par 
 ses prieres et par ses larmes. 14. J'ai fait ce que j'ai 
 pu pour le convaincre. 15. Cela doit suffire pour vous 
 con vaincre que je n'ai pas voulu mal faire. 16. Qui veut 
 vaincre est deja bien pres de la victoire. 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 1. I can hardly (avoir de la peine a) believe that ; ai 
 you, Miss, do you believe it ? 2. No, sir, I do not be- 
 lieve that the affair took place (se passer) so. 3. Is it 
 believed (active with on) ? was it believed ? has it been 
 believed ? 4. Will it be believed ? would it be believed ? 
 would it have been believed ? 5. If they go to my 
 house, and if I be not there, they will certainly come 
 here. 6. Wait till he comes. 7. We shall not leave 
 till we have seen him. 8. Do not send your letter till 
 you have showed it to me. 9. He cannot walk (/aire) a 
 mile without being tired. 10. How often {how many 
 times) I have come here ! 11. How many services he 
 has rendered me ! 12. How very pleasant that remem- 
 brance must (§ 118) be to you ! 13. How long that night 
 seemed to me ! 14. I came, I saw, I conquered. 15. We 
 were unable to conquer his resistance; I never saAV a 
 (§ 42, 2) more obstinate fellow. 16. Try, and you will 
 conquer all these difficulties. 17. He conquered an en- 
 emy worthy of himself (lid). 18. Eun and tell him that 
 we have arrived. 19. Come and pay (faire or rendre) 
 a visit to my mother. 
 
 127. 
 
 Falloir. impersonal verb, must, to be necessary, want. 
 
 No present participle. fallu. 
 
 il faut. il fallait. il fallut. il faudra. il faudrait. 
 
 qu'il faille. qu'il fallut. 
 
 We have seen (§ 118) that must implying supposition 
 is translated by je dois, tu dois, etc., and must have by 
 j'ai du, tu as du, etc. ; as, — 
 You must be hungry, vous devez avoir faim. 
 
 In all other cases must is translated by falloir in one 
 of the four following ways : — 
 
256 EXERCISES. 
 
 (1) When it is clear who must or must not do a 
 thing, the pronoun-subject of must is not translated, 
 and the next verb is put in the infinitive ; as, — 
 
 We must always speak the truth, il faut tou jours dire la verite, 
 You must not l break this glass, il ne faut pas casser ce verre. 
 
 (2) If the subject of must (whether a noun or a 
 pronoun) has to be expressed, must is translated by 
 il faut que, and the next verb is put in the sub- 
 junctive : — 
 
 She must go out, il faut qu'elle sorte. 
 
 The servant must not come, il ne faut pasjque la bonne vienne. 
 
 (3) Or, again, if the subject of must is a pronoun 
 and has to be expressed for the sake of clearness, we 
 may translate by il faut and an infinitive, putting one 
 of the objective pronouns me, te, lui, nous, vous, leur, 
 before faut : — 
 
 / must go out, il me faut sortir. 
 
 He or she must go out, il lui faut sortir. 
 
 You must go out, . il vous faut sortir. 
 
 They must go out, il leur faut sortir. 
 
 (4) Lastly, the same form, but without an infinitive, 
 is used to express a want ; as — 
 
 / want, or must have, a coat, il me faut un habit. 
 
 He or she wants a dictionary, il lui faut un dictionnaire. 
 
 We want, or must have, pens and il nous faut des plumes et de 
 
 ink, l'encre. 
 
 They want, or must have, money, il leur faut de l'argent. 
 
 Or, again, if the subject is a noun instead of a pro- 
 noun : — 
 
 My brother wauts a coat, il faut un habit a mon frere. 
 
 1 The negation generally goes with falloir, not with the following verb. 
 
EXERCISES. 257 
 
 un homme comme il faut, a man as one ought to be, a gentleman. 
 une personne comme il faut, a ladylike person. 
 par le froid qu'il fait, with or in this cold weather. 
 
 1. Nous voici au 15 avril ; la carnpagne doit etre deja 
 belle. 2. Vous devez mourir de faim apres une si longue 
 abstinence. 3. II va falloir 1 partir. 4. Attendons en- 
 core un peu, il faut voir ce que cela deviendra. 5. II dit 
 qu'il m'empechera de passer, c'est ce qu'il faudra voir. 
 
 6. II ne faut pas 2 croire tout ce qu'on dit. 7. II vous 
 faudra faire ce voyage. 8. II faudra que nous partions 
 demain par le train de 7 heures. 9. Aristote disait qu'on 
 doit examiner dans un livre si l'auteur dit tout ce qu'il 
 faut, s'il ne dit que ce qu'il faut, s'il le dit comme il faut. 
 10. Voila precisement ce qu'il me faut. 11. Quelle somme 
 vous faut-il ? 12. Vous faut-il beaucoup d'argent ? 
 13. Qu'il m'a fallu de force pour cacher a tous les yeux 
 les tourments que j'eprouvais ! 14. Voila un homme 
 comme il faut. 15. C'est une femme tout-a-fait comme 
 il faut. 16. Rien ne va comme il faut. 17. Allez-vous- 
 en, je le veux, il le faut. 
 
 1. You must have been glad to hear that I have suc- 
 ceeded in getting (a obtenir) this situation. 2. They 
 must be very sorry to know that you are ill. 3. We 
 must learn our lessons well to-day, the professor will 
 perhaps give us a holiday; this is {c'est aujourd'hui) his 
 birthday. 4. You must not repeat to him what I have 
 told you. 5. You must not go out in this cold weather, 
 you would catch cold. 6. We must write to them. 
 
 7. Your brother must leave the door open. 8. She must 
 
 1 When an impersonal verb is in the infinitive, the verb which governs 
 it must be used impersonally. 
 
 2 il ne faut pas always means must not, never it is not necessary, which 
 we translate into French by il n'est pas necessaire. 
 
 17 
 
258 EXERCISES. 
 
 not go out alone. 9. You will be obliged to write all 
 this before you go. 10. They must have patience {pren- 
 dre patience). 11. We shall be obliged to go and visit 
 your uncle this evening. 12. He wants another French 
 grammar. 13. I want another watch. 14. My sister 
 wants another book. 15. They need a good punishment. 
 16. You will need some courage. 17. How long do you 
 take (combien, or co7nbien de temps vous faut-il) to write 
 your exercises ? 18. I take (II me faut, or fy mets) 
 about an hour. 
 
 128. 
 
 Exceptions to the Rule on the Use of the Tenses of 
 the Subjunctive. 
 
 First Exception. — Although the verb in the prin- 
 cipal clause is in the present or the future, the sub- 
 junctive is put in the imperfect or pluperfect if it is 
 accompanied by some condition expressed or under- 
 stood, 1 as — 
 
 je ne crois pas qu'il vint, si on ne / do not believe that he would come, 
 l'y forcait, if he were not obliged. 
 
 je ne crois pas qu'il fut venu, si on / do not believe that he would have 
 ne l'y avait force, come, if he had not been obliged. 
 
 je nepense pas que votrefrere vous / do not tliink your brother would 
 etit fait ce cadeau s'il avait su have given you that present if he 
 ce qui s'est passe, had known what has taken place. 
 
 je ne crois pas que vous eussiez agi I do not believe that you would have 
 autrement que moi {understood : acted differently from me {if yon 
 si vous aviez ete a ma place), had been in my place. 
 
 1 However, if the condition be expressed by the present indicative, the 
 present subjunctive must be used : — 
 
 je crains qu'il ne tombe si vous ne I fear he will fall unless you support 
 
 le soutenez, him. 
 
 je ne crois pas qu'il reussisse sans / do not think that he will succeed 
 
 vous {that is, si vous ne le prote- without your support. 
 
 gez pas), 
 
EXERCISES. 259 
 
 Second Exception. — After a past indefinite fol- 
 lowed by one of the conjunctions afin que or pour que, 
 de crainte que or de peur que, quoique or bien que, the 
 subjunctive is put in the present to express a present 
 or future time : — 
 
 je ne lui ai pas dit tout ce qui / did not tell him all that had taken 
 
 s'etait passe, quoiqu'il soit mon place, although he is my brother. 
 frere (pres.), 
 
 je vous ai ecrit la semaine derniere, / wrote to you last week in order 
 
 pour que vous ayez tout le temps that you may have plenty of time 
 
 de songer a ma proposition et que to think of my proposal, and that 
 
 vous puissiez me repondre avant you may answer me before the 
 
 la fin de cette semaine (future), end of this week. 
 
 1. Je n'espere pas qu'il reussisse. 2. Je ne crois pas, 
 je ne croirai jamais, qu'il reussit si vous ne le protegiez. 
 3. Je ne suppose pas qu'il eiit reussi sans votre protec- 
 tion. 4. Croyez-vous qu'elle se retablit si elle allait a 
 Bath ? 5. Je ne croirai jamais qu'il se rut rendu coupa- 
 ble de cette faute s'il eut tant soit peu reflechi. 6. Votre 
 frere s'est trop mal conduit pour que je prenne sur moi 
 de Pexcuser. 7. On m'a dit qu'il n'avait pas ete admis 
 dans votre regiment, quoiqu'il soit plus grand que vous. 
 8. J'ai prepare vos deux malles afin que vous ne vous 
 fassiez pas attendre. 9. II m'a train quoiqu'il soit mon 
 ami. 10. Je n'ai ose lui re peter ce que vous m'aviez 
 dit de peur qu'il ne vous en veuille ainsi qu'a moi. 
 11. Bien qu'il soit beaucoup plus jeune que moi, il a pre- 
 tendu que je lui cedasse le pas. 12. Dieu a voulu, dit 
 Pascal, que les verites divines entrent du cceur dans 
 l'esprit, et non de Pesprit dans le cceur. 
 
 1. I do not think that he will come. 2. I do not 
 think that he is come. 3. I do not think that he would 
 come if he knew that you were (present tense) here. 4. I 
 
260 EXERCISES. 
 
 do not think that he would have come if he had known 
 that you were here. 5. We fear that he shall deceive 
 you. 6. We fear that he would deceive you if he dared. 
 7. We fear that he has deceived you. 8. We fear that 
 he would have deceived you if he had dared. 9. I do 
 not wish him to know all my business, although he is 
 my uncle. 10. I did not wish him to know all my busi- 
 ness, although he is my uncle. 11. They doubt that I 
 shall succeed. 12. They doubt that I have succeeded. 
 13. They doubt that I would succeed but for your sup- 
 port. 14. They doubt that I would have succeeded but 
 for your support. 
 
 129. 
 The Second Form of the Conditional Past. 
 
 The pluperfect of the subjunctive of any verb is 
 sometimes used (without que) as a second form of the 
 conditional past : — 
 
 j'eusse eu, / would have had. je fusse alle, / would have gone. 
 
 tu eusses eu. tu fusses alle. 
 
 il eut eu. il fut alle. 
 
 nous eussions eu. nous fussions alles. 
 
 vous eussiez eu. vous fussiez alles. 
 
 ils eussent eu. ils fussent alles. 
 
 Like the preterite and the past anterior, this second 
 form of the conditional past is kept for elevated style, 
 while the first form is used in conversation : — 
 
 Fabricius, qu'eut pense votre Fabricius, what would your great 
 grande ame, si, pour votre mal- soul have thought, if unhappily 
 heur, rappele a la vie, vous eus- for yourself, recalled to life, you 
 siez vu la face pompeuse de cette had seen the gorgeous appear- 
 Home sauvee par votre bras. — ance of this Rome, saved by your 
 (J. J. Rousseau.) arm! 
 
EXERCISES. 261 
 
 j'aurais fini ma besogne si cemon- / would have finished my work if 
 sieur n'etait pas venu. that gentleman had not come. 
 
 Although the conjunction si beginning a clause 
 cannot be followed by the conditional (§ 51), yet, by 
 exception, this second form of the conditional past 
 may be elegantly used after si in elevated style : — 
 
 il est vrai, s'il m'eut cru, qu'il n'etit It is true, if he had believed me, he 
 
 point fait de vers. — (Boileau.) would have made no verses. 
 
 si le sombre empire de Pluton se If the dark empire of Pluto had 
 
 fut entr'ouvert, je n'aurais pas half-opened before me, I should 
 
 ete saisi, je l'avoue, d'une plus not hare been seized, I confess, 
 
 grande horreur. — (Fene'lon.) with greater horror. 
 
 INSECTES HABITANT UN FRAISIER. 
 
 Quelque petits que fussent ces objets, ils etaient dignes 
 de mon attention, puisqu'ils avaient merite celle de la 
 nature. Je n'eusse pu leur refuser une place dans son 
 histoire generale, lorsqu'elle leur en avait donne une dans 
 l'univers. A plus forte raison, si j'eusse ecrit l'histoire 
 de mon fraisier, il eut fallu en tenir compte. Les plantes 
 sont les habitations des insectes, et on ne fait point 
 l'histoire d'une ville sans parler de ses habitants. 
 D'ailleurs mon fraisier n'etait point dans son lieu 
 naturel, en pleine campagne, sur la lisiere d'un bois 
 ou sur le bord d'un ruisseau, ou il eut ete frequente 
 par bien d'autres especes d'animaux. II etait dans 
 un pot de terre, au milieu des fumees de Paris. Je ne 
 l'observais qu'a des moments perdus ; je ne connaissais 
 point les insectes qui le visitaient dans le cours de la 
 journee, encore moins ceux qui n'y venaient que la 
 nuit attires par de simples emanations, ou peut-etre 
 par des lumieres phosphoriques qui nous echappent. 
 — Bernardix de St. Pierre. 
 
262 
 
 EXERCISES. 
 
 (Put in the second form of the conditional past the verbs 
 printed in italics.) 
 
 Napoleon I. was gifted with 1 ambition as wonderful 
 as his genius, and it was his misfortune and that of 
 France. Sprung 2 from the Revolution, of which he 
 defended (pluperfect) the principles at the beginning 
 of his career, 3 he turned aside, 4 for the advantage 5 of 
 himself and of his family, the great movement of the 
 nations which were demanding 6 liberty and equality. 
 His glory, which will perhaps equal 7 that of Alexander 
 and of Caesar, 8 would have been much greater if he had 
 labored for humanity instead of pursuing his selfish 
 views, 9 and his name, cursed to-day by several con- 
 temporary 10 historians, would have been surrounded 
 by n the unanimous 12 love of posterity. If he had re- 
 mained faithful to law and to honor, he would not have 
 destroyed™ without warrant, 14 and by force and craft, 15 
 the established government ; he ivould not have assas- 
 sinated the Duke 16 of Enghien ; Paris would not have 
 twice 17 seen within her walls, 18 what she 19 had not seen 
 since the reign 20 of an insane 21 king, Charles VI., an 
 army of foreigners 22 mistress of her gates, 23 of her 
 streets, and of her palaces. 
 
 1 gifted with, doue 
 
 d'une. 
 
 2 sprung, sorti. 
 
 3 career, carriere (£.). 
 
 4 he turned aside, il de- 
 
 tourna. 
 
 5 for the advantage, au 
 
 profit. 
 
 6 to demand, vouloir. 
 
 7 to equal, £galer. 
 
 8 Ccesar, Ctesar. 
 
 9 selfish mews, vues 
 
 ^go'istes. 
 
 10 contemporary, con- 
 
 temporain. 
 
 11 surrounded by, en- 
 
 toure" de. 
 
 12 unanimous, unanime. 
 
 13 to destroy, detruire. 
 
 14 warrant, mandat. 
 
 15 craft, la ruse. 
 
 !6 the Duke, le due. 
 
 17 twice, deux fois. 
 !8 within her walls, dans 
 ses murs. 
 
 19 she, il. 
 
 20 the reign, le regne. 
 
 21 insane, en demence. 
 
 22 foreigner, etranger. 
 
 23 mistress of her gates, 
 
 maitresse de ses 
 portes. 
 
EXTRACTS FOE READING. 263 
 
 EXTRACTS FOR READING. 
 
 1. UN DROLE DE PRISONNIER. 
 
 " A moi, 1 a moi ! mon capitaine, criait un soldat, a 
 moi ! je tiens un prisonnier. — Eh bien, lui dit le capi- 
 taine, amene-le. — Je ne demande pas mieux ; 2 mais il 
 ne veut pas me laisser aller." 
 
 2. COMMENT ON DEVIENT MARECHAL DE 
 
 FRANCE. 
 
 Le marechal Lefebvre avait un camarade de regiment 
 qui vint le voir un jour et qui admirait, non sans un 
 sentiment d'envie, son bel hotel, ses belles ventures, sa 
 nombreuse livree, 3 ses magnifiques appartements, tout 
 le train enfin d'un grand dignitaire de l'empire : " Par- 
 bleu, lui dit-il, il faut avouer que tu es bien heureux, 
 et que le ciel t'a bien traite ! — Veux-tu, lui repondit 
 le marechal, avoir tout cela ? — Oui, certainement. — 
 La chose est tres-simple : tu vas descendre dans la colli- 
 de mon hotel ; je mettrai a chaque fenetre deux soldats 
 qui tireront sur toi. Si tu echappes aux balles, je te 
 donnerai tout ce que tu m'envies. C'est comme cela que 
 je l'ai obtenu." 
 
 1 Help ! 3 Hi s numerous retinue. 
 
 2 I ask nothing better, or, T wish I could. 
 
264 EXTRACTS FOR READING. 
 
 3. L'OPJSRATION INUTILE. 
 
 Un officier anglais ayant recu une balle dans la jambe, 
 fut transports chez lui, ou deux medecins furent appeles. 
 Pendant huit jours ils ne firent que l sonder et fouiller la 
 plaie. L'officier, qui souffrait beaucoup, leur demanda ce 
 qu'ils cherchaient : " Nous cherchons la balle qui vous a 
 blesse. — C'est trop fort ! 2 s'ecria le patient, pourquoi ne 
 le disiez-vous pas plus tot ? je Fai dans ma poche." 
 
 4. A QUOI SERT 3 LA VACCINE? 
 
 Un homme tres-credule disait qu'il n'avait pas de con- 
 fiance dans la vaccine. "A quoi sert-elle, ajoute-t-il; je 
 connais un enfant beau comine le jour, que sa famille 
 avait fait vacciner... eh bien ! il est mort deux jours 
 apres... — Comment ! deux jours apres ?... — Oui... il est 
 tombe du haut d'un arbre, et s'est tue raide... Faites 
 done vacciner vos enfants apres cela ! " 
 
 5. SCENE D'OMNIBUS. 
 
 La scene se passe 4 dans un omnibus, a Paris. Deux 
 vieilles dames sont assises l'une a cote de l'autre. L'une 
 vent que la portiere soit fermee, l'autre la veut ouverte. 
 On appelle le conducteur pour decider la question. 
 " Monsieur, dit la premiere, si cette fenetre reste ou- 
 verte, je suis sure d'attraper un rliume qui m'emportera. 
 — Monsieur, si on la ferine, je suis certaine de mourir 
 d'un coup d'apoplexie." Le conducteur ne savait que 
 faire, 5 lorsqu'un vieux monsieur, qui jusque la s'etait 
 
 1 They did nothing but. 3 Of what use is. 
 
 2 That is too much .' 4 Takes place. 
 
 6 Did not know what to do. 
 
EXTRACTS FOR READING. 265 
 
 tenu tranquille dans im coin de la voiture, le tira d'em- 
 barras. " Ouvrez done la portiere, mon cher ami, cela 
 fera mourir l'une ; puis vous la fernierez, cela nous 
 debarrassera de l'autre, et nous aurons la paix." 
 
 6. LE BON CHASSEUR. 
 
 Un ministre protestant etabli a Sniyrne, M. Kuhn, 
 liomme tres grave, se determina un jour a suivre a la 
 chasse quelques personnes de sa connaissance ; il s'etait 
 fait accompagner d'un petit garcpn J pour porter et char- 
 ger son fusil. On lui assigna son poste ; il s'y plaga, 
 s'assit, rait ses lunettes, et tirant un livre de sa poche, il 
 commenca sa lecture, apres avoir recornmande au petit 
 garqon de l'avertir lorsqu'il verrait une piece de gibier. 
 Chaque fois que le petit drole en apercevait une, il disait 
 au ministre : " Monsieur, en voila une." Mais avant que 
 celui-ci eut pose son livre, ote ses lunettes, pris son 
 fusil, ce qu'il faisait toujours tres flegmatiquement, la 
 bete disparaissait, et le petit garcon desole lui disait : 
 "Eh! mais, monsieur, elle est partie. — Mon ami, re- 
 pondait gravement le pasteur, j'en aurais fait autant 2 a 
 sa place." 
 
 7. LA CORRESPONDANCE DU ROI DE PRUSSE 
 ET DU SACRISTAIN. 
 
 Le sacristain de Peglise cathedrale de Berlin ecrivit un 
 jour a Frederic II : " Sire, j'avertis Votre Majeste, 1. qu'il 
 manque des livres de cantique 3 pour la famille royale ; 
 j'avertis Votre Majeste, 2. qu'il n'y a pas assez de bois 
 pour chauffer comme il faut la tribune royale ; j'avertis 
 
 1 He had taken with him a small boy. 8 Hymn-books. 
 
 2 T should have done the same. 
 
266 EXTRACTS FOR READING. 
 
 Votre Majeste, 3. que la balustrade qui est sur la riviere, 
 derriere l'eglise, menace ruine. 
 
 Signe Schmidt, 
 Sacristain de la cathedrale." 
 
 Le roi de Prusse s'anmsa beaucoup de cette lettre, et 
 lit la reponse suivante : 
 
 " J'avertis M. le sacristain Schmidt, 1. que ceux qui 
 veulent chanter peuvent acheter des livres ; j'avertis M. 
 le sacristain Schmidt, 2. que ceux qui veulent se chauf- 
 fer peuvent acheter du bois ; j'avertis M. le sacristain 
 Schmidt, 3. que la balustrade qui est sur la riviere ne 
 le regarde point ; l enfin j'avertis M. le sacristain 
 Schmidt, 4. que je ne veux plus avoir de correspondance 
 avec lui." 
 
 8. LE DOCTEUR ABERNETHY. 
 
 Le docteur Abernethy etait bien connu par son laco- 
 nisme. II detestait les longues consultations et les de- 
 tails inutiles. Une dame, connaissant cette particularite, 
 se presente chez lui pour le consulter sur une grave bles- 
 sure qu'un chien lui avait faite au bras. Elle entre sans 
 rien dire, decouvre la partie blessee, et la place sous les 
 yeux du docteur. M. Abernethy regarde un instant, puis 
 il dit : " Egratignure ? — Morsure. — Chat ? — Chien. — 
 Aujourd'hui ? — Hier. — Douloureux ? — Non." 
 
 Le docteur fut si enthousiasme de cette conversation, 
 qu'il aurait presque embrasse la dame. 
 
 II n'aimait pas non plus qu'on vint le deranger la nuit. 
 Une fois, qu'il se couchait a une heure du matin de fort 
 mauvaise humeur, parce qu'on etait venu le faire lever 2 
 a minuit, il entendit la sonnette retentir. " Qu'y a-t-il ? 
 
 1 Is no business of his. 2 Some one had come to call him up. 
 
EXTRACTS FOR READING. 267 
 
 s ? ecria-t-il avec colere. — Docteur... vite ! vite !... Mon 
 fils vient d'avaler une souris. — Eh bien, clites-lui d'a- 
 valer un chat et laissez-moi tranquille \" fit x le docteur, 
 en se recouchant. 
 
 9. SWIFT ET LE DOMESTIQUE. 
 
 Un jour un ami de Swift lui envoya un magnifique 
 turbot. Le groom charge de la commission s'etait deja 
 maintes fois acquitte de pareils messages sans avoir 
 jamais rien requ de Swift. Fatigue d'une besogne aussi 
 peu lucrative, il deposa brusquement le poisson sur une 
 table en s'ecriant : " Voici un turbot que vous envoie 
 mon maitre. — Plait-il ? 2 repartit aussitot Swift. Est-ce 
 ainsi que tu remplis tes fonctions ? Tiens, prends ce 
 siege ; nous allons changer de role, et tache, une autre 
 fois, de mettre a profit ce que je vais t'enseigner." Swift 
 alors s'avance respectueusement vers le domestique, qui 
 s'etait assis dans un large fauteuil, et lui dit, en lui pre- 
 sentant le turbot : " Monsieur, je suis charge par mon 
 maitre de vous prier de bien vouloir accepter ce petit 
 cadeau. — Vraiment ? reprit effrontemeut le valet, c'est 
 tres-aimable a lui ; et tiens, mon brave garcon, voici trois 
 francs pour ta peine." 
 
 Swift s'empressa de congedier le groom. 
 
 10. LE DESERTEUR. 
 
 Quelque temps avant la bataille de Eosbach, epoque a 
 laquelle les affaires du grand Frederic allaient de mal en 
 pis, ce prince etait couche et dormait sur la paille entoure 
 de ses grenadiers. Au milieu de la nuit, Pun d'eux le 
 reveilla, en lui criant : " Frederic, voila un de tes grena- 
 
 1 Said. 2 What do you say ? 
 
268 EXTRACTS FOR READING. 
 
 diers qui avait deserte, et qu'on te ramene. — Fais-le 
 avancer, dit le roi... Pourquoi m'as-tu abandonne ? con- 
 tinua-t-il, quand le deserteur fut en sa presence. — Parce 
 que tes affaires sont dans un tel etat, qu'il m'a fallu aller 
 chercher fortune ailleurs. — Tu as raison, repondit Fre- 
 deric ; niais je te demande de rester encore avec moi 
 cette campagne ; et si les choses ne vont pas mieux, je 
 te proniets de deserter avec toi." 
 
 11. LE CHEVAL TEOP COUBT. 
 
 Lalande, musicien de la chapelle de Versailles, etait 
 connu conime un homme jovial et qui aimait beaucoup 
 le plaisir. Jeune, il lui prit envie, pendant la semaine 
 sainte, d'aller figurer a Longchamps. 1 II va trouver 
 Mousset, loueur de chevaux, retient un cheval richement 
 caparaQonne, et donne neuf francs a cornpte sur dix-huit, 2 
 le prix convenu. Sorti de l'ecurie, il rencontre un ami 
 qui lui parle d'une partie de Longchamps, dans sa voi- 
 ture avec deux amis. " Si seulement, dit Lalande, je 
 pouvais retirer les neuf francs que je viens de donner ! 
 En tout cas, allons chez Mousset, et nous verrons... M. 
 Mousset, montrez-moi encore une fois le cheval que je 
 vous ai loue. — Monsieur, le voici. — Savez-vous, mon- 
 sieur Mousset, que ce cheval-la est bien court ? — Com- 
 ment, Monsieur, bien court? — Mais certainement..." 
 Puis s'adressant a son ami : " Voila bien ma place, voila 
 la tienne, voila celle de Daigremont... Mais ou done se 
 placera Mondonville, et cependant il vient avec nous ? — 
 Comment, Monsieur, vous montez a quatre ? 3 — Mais 
 oui. — Tenez, voila votre argent ; allez chercher un cheval 
 ailleurs ; je ne loue pas le mien pour qu'on l'ereinte." 
 
 1 To go and cut a figure at Longchamps, a race-course outside of Paris. 
 
 2 Nine francs on account, out of eighteen. 
 
 3 You mean to ride four together? 
 
EXTRACTS FOR READING. 269 
 
 12. JUNOT ET BONAPARTE. 
 
 Un jour, pendant le siege de Toulon, un commandant 
 d'artillerie, venu de Paris depuis peu de jours pour 
 diriger les operations du siege, demanda au lieutenant 
 du poste un jeune sous-officier qui eut en meme temps 
 de l'audace et de 1 'intelligence. Le lieutenant appelle 
 aussitot La Tempete, 1 et Junot se presente. Le com- 
 mandant fixe sur lui cet ceil qui semblait deja connaitre 
 les homines. " Tu vas quitter ton habit, 2 dit le com- 
 mandant, et tu iras la, porter ces ordres." II lui indi- 
 quait de la main un point plus eloigne de la cote, et lui 
 expliqua ce qu'il voulait de lui. Le jeune sergent devint 
 rouge comme une grenade, ses yeux etincelerent. " Je 
 ne suis pas un espion, repondit-il au commandant ; 
 cherchez un autre que moi pour executer ces ordres." 
 Et il se retirait. " Tu refuses d'obeir ? lui dit l'officier 
 superieur d'un ton severe ; sais-tu bien a quoi tu t'ex- 
 poses ? — Je suis pret a obeir, dit Junot, mais j'irai la 
 on vous m'envoyez avec mon uniforme, ou je n'irai pas." 
 Le commandant sourit, en le regardant attentivement. 
 " Mais ils te tueront ! reprit-il. — Que vous importe ? 3 
 Vous ne me connaissez pas assez pour que cela vous 
 fasse de la peine, et quant a moi, qa m'est egal... Allons, 
 je pars comme je suis, n'est-ce pas ? " Alors il mit la 
 main dans sa giberne. " Bien ! avec mon fusil et ces 
 dragees-la, 4 du moins la conversation ne languira pas, si 
 ces messieurs veulent causer." 
 
 Et il partit en chantant. Apres son depart : " Com- 
 ment s'appelle ce jeune liomrae ? demanda 1'officier 
 
 1 The Tempest, a nickname given to Junot. 
 
 2 You are to change your clothes. 
 
 3 What is that to you ? 
 
 4 These sugar-plums ; that is, the cartridges. 
 
270 EXTRACTS FOR READING. 
 
 superieur. — Junot. — II fera son chemin." Alors le 
 commandant inscrivit son nom sur ses tablettes. On a 
 facilement devine que l'officier d'artillerie etait Napoleon. 
 Peu de jours apres, se retrouvant a cette meine bat- 
 terie, Bonaparte demanda quelqu'un qui etit une belle ecri- 
 ture ; Junot sortit des rangs et se presenta. Bonaparte 
 le reconnut pour le sergent qui deja avait fixe son atten- 
 tion. II lui temoigna de l'interet, et lui dit de se placer 
 pour ecrire sa lettre sous sa dictee. Junot se mit sur 
 l'epaulement meme de la batterie. 1 A peine avait-il ter- 
 mine sa lettre, qu'une bombe lancee par les Anglais eclate 
 a dix pas, et le couvre de terre ainsi que la lettre. " Bien, 
 dit en riant Junot, nous n'avions pas de sable pour seclier 
 l'encre." Bonaparte arreta son regard sur le jeune ser- 
 gent ; il etait calme et n'avait pas meme tressailli. Cette 
 circonstance decida de sa fortune. 
 
 13. LA PLUS GRANDE GANACHE DE 
 L'EMPIRE. 
 
 Un jour Napoleon, fort mecoutent a la lecture d'une 
 depeche de Vienne, dit a Marie-Louise, "Votre pere 
 est une ganache." Marie-Louise, qui ignorait beaucoup 
 de termes frangais, s'adressa au premier chambellan : 
 "L'empereur dit que mon pere est une ganache, que veut 
 dire cela ? " 2 A cette demande inattendue, le courtisan 
 balbutia que cela voulait dire un homme sage, de poids, 
 de bon conseil. A quelques jours de la, 3 et la memoire 
 encore toute fraiche de sa nouvelle acquisition, Marie- 
 Louise presidait le conseil de famille. Voyant la discus- 
 sion plus animee qu'elle ne voulait, elle interpella, pour 
 
 1 The very crest of the fort. 2 What does that meant 
 
 8 A few days afterwards. 
 
EXTRACTS FOR READING. 271 
 
 y mettre fin, M. B,..., qui, a ses cotes, 1 bayait aux cor- 
 neilles. 2 "C'est a vous a nous mettre d' accord dans 
 cette occasion importante, lui dit-elle ; vous serez notre 
 oracle, car je vous tiens pour la plus grande ganache de 
 l'empire." 
 
 14. JOSEPH II ET LE SERGENT. 
 
 L'empereur Joseph II n'aimait ni la representation ni 
 Pappareil. Un jour, revetu d'une simple redingote bou- 
 tonnee, 3 accompagne d'un seul domestique a cheval 4 et 
 sans livree, iletaitalle, dans une caleche a deux places qu'il 
 conduisait lui-meme, faire une promenade du matin dans 
 les environs de Vienne. Com me il reprenait le chemin 
 de la ville, il fut surpris par la pluie. 
 
 II en etait encore eloigne, lorsqu'un pieton, qui re- 
 gagnait aussi la capitale, fait signe au conducteur d'arre- 
 ter, ce que Joseph II fait aussitot. " Monsieur, lui dit le 
 militaire (car c'etait un sergent), y aurait-il de Findiscre- 
 tion a vous demander une place a cote de vous ? cela ne 
 vous generait pas prodigieusement, puisque vous etes seul 
 dans votre caleche, et menagerait mon uniforme que je 
 mets aujourd'hui pour la premiere fois. — Menageons 
 votre uniforme, mon brave, lui dit Joseph, et mettez-vous 
 la. D'ou venez-vous ? — Ah ! dit le sergent, je viens de 
 chez un garde-chasse de mes amis, 5 ou j'ai fait un fier 
 dejeuner. — Qu'avez-vous done mange de si bon ? — 
 Devinez. — Que sais-je, 6 moi ; une soupe a la biere ? — 
 Ah ! bien, oui, une soupe ; mieux que Qa. — De la chou- 
 croute ? — Mieux que qa. — Une longe de veau ? 7 — Mieux 
 
 1 For his part. 
 
 2 Was gaping at the croivs, that is, was staring in the air. 
 8 Dressed in a plain frock-coat, buttoned up close. 
 
 4 On horseback. 6 How do I know f 
 
 6 A game-keeper, a friend of mine. 7 a i i n of veal. 
 
272 EXTRACTS FOR READING. 
 
 que Qa, vous dit-on. — Oh ! ma foi, je ne puis plus deviner, 
 dit Joseph. — Un faisan, mon digne homme, un faisan 
 tire sur les plaisirs 1 de Sa Majeste, dit le camarade en 
 lui frappant sur le genou. — Tire sur les plaisirs de Sa 
 Majeste, il n'en devait etre que meilleur. 2 — Je vous en 
 reponds." 
 
 Com me on approchait de la ville, et que la pluie tom- 
 bait toujours, Joseph demanda a son compagnon dans 
 quel quartier il logeait, et oil il voulait qu'on le descendit. 
 " Monsieur, c'est trop de bonte, je craindrais d' abuser 
 de... — Non, non, dit Joseph, votre rue ? " — Le sergent, 
 indiquant sa demeure, demanda a connaitre celui dont il 
 recevait tant d'honnetetes. "A votre tour, dit Joseph, 
 devinez. — Monsieur est militaire, sans doute ? — Comme 
 dit monsieur. — Lieutenant ? — Ah ! bien oui, lieutenant ; 
 mieux que Qa. — Capitaine ? — Mieux que <ja. — Colonel, 
 peut-etre? — Mieux que ca, vous dit-on. — Comment ! s'e- 
 crie le sergent, en se rencognant aussitot dans la caleche, 
 seriez-vous feld-marechal ? — Mieux que qa. — Ah ! mon 
 Dieu, c'est l'empereur ! — Lui-meme, dit Joseph, se de- 
 boutonnant pour montrer ses decorations." II n'y avait 
 pas moyen de tomber a genoux dans la voiture ; l'inva- 
 lide 3 se confond en excuses et supplie l'empereur d'arre- 
 ter pour qu'il puisse descendre. "Non pas, lui dit Jo- 
 seph ; apres avoir mange mon faisan, vous seriez trop 
 heureux de vous debarrasser de moi aussi promptement ; 
 j'entends bien que vous ne me quittiez qu'a votre porte." 
 Et il l'y descendit. 
 
 1 The pleasure grounds, the preserves. 
 
 2 There ought to be nothing better. 
 8 The veteran. 
 
APPENDIX OF FORMS AND RULES. 
 
 I. THE ARTICLE. 
 
 the 
 
 of the or ) 
 from the, ) 
 to the, at the, 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 I 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 Before all 
 nouns. 
 
 Before a consonant or 
 h aspirate. 
 
 Before a vowel or 
 h mute. 
 
 Masculine. 
 Ie 
 du 
 au 
 
 Feminine. 
 la 
 
 dela 
 a la 
 
 Masc. or Fern. 
 V 
 
 del' 
 kV 
 
 les 
 des 
 
 aux 
 
 THE NOUN. 
 II. The gender of inanimate objects. 
 
 The shortest and most satisfactory rule yet given for the 
 gender of French nouns is as follows : — 
 
 Nouns having the following terminations are feminine : — 
 
 ale, ole, ule ; ure, ere, eur ; 
 rre, He, ie, ie ; ee, ue, ion ; 
 be, ce, de ; fe, ne, pe ; 
 se, te, te ; ve, he, aison. 
 
 As cathedrale, ecole, nature, faveur, terre, conversation, ctemenoe, 
 
 be ante, marche, maison. 
 
 Nouns not having these terminations are masculine. 
 
 As port, cheval, cafe\ crime, village. 
 
 18 
 
274 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 There are, of course, exceptions to this rule ; but according to its 
 author, it holds good in 99 cases out of 100. 
 
 Observe that the rule does not apply to nouns evidently denoting 
 males, as prince, homme ; nor to nouns evidently denoting females, 
 as princesse, dame, etc. 
 
 III. Formation of the feminine in nouns representing ani- 
 mate beings. 
 
 Nouns representing animate beings usually have a partic- 
 ular form for each sex, and their feminine, like the feminine 
 of adjectives, is more or less regularly formed : — 
 
 un Francais, 
 un Frussien, 
 un jardinier, 
 un baron, 
 un jumeau, 
 un epoux, 
 un compagnon, 
 
 a Frenchman, 
 a Prussian, 
 a gardener, 
 a baron, 
 a twin, 
 a husband, 
 a companion, 
 
 une Francaise. 
 une Frussienne. 
 une jardiniere, 
 une baronne. 
 une jumelle. 
 une epouse. 
 une compagne. 
 
 (1) Those ending with an e mute are the same for both 
 genders : — 
 
 un Russe. 
 
 a Russian, 
 
 une Russe. 
 
 un esclave, 
 
 a slave, 
 
 une esclave. 
 
 un artiste, 
 
 an artist, 
 
 une artiste. 
 
 
 PRINCIPAL EXCEPTIONS. 
 
 un ane, 
 
 an ass, 
 
 une anesse. 
 
 un chanoine 
 
 , a canon, 
 
 une chanoinesse, 
 
 un comte, 
 
 a count, 
 
 une comtesse. 
 
 un hdte, 
 
 a host, 
 
 une hotesse. 
 
 un maitre, 
 
 a master, 
 
 une maitresse 
 
 un negre, 
 
 a negro, 
 
 une negresse. 
 
 un pretre, 
 
 a priest, 
 
 une pr§tresse. 
 
 un Suisse, 
 
 a Swiss, 
 
 une Suissesse. 
 
 un tigre, 
 
 a tiger, 
 
 une tigresse. 
 
 un traitre, 
 
 a traitor, 
 
 une traitresse. 
 
 (2) Substantives ending in -eur, and which are derived 
 from a present participle, change -eur into -euse : — 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 275 
 
 le danseur (from dansant), the dancer, la danseuse. 
 
 le plaideur (from plaidant), the suitor, la plaideuse. 
 
 le buveur (from buvant), the drinker, la buveuse. 
 
 (3) Substantives ending in -teur, and which are not de- 
 rived from a present participle, change -teur into -trice : — 
 
 l'accusateur, 
 
 l'acteur, 
 
 l'instituteur, 
 
 the accuser, 
 the actor, 
 the teacher, 
 
 l'accusatrice. 
 l'actrice. 
 
 l'institutrice. 
 
 Add to these : le debiteur, debtor ; 1'inspecteur, the inspector ; l'exe- 
 euteur, the executor ; l'inventeur, the inventor ; le persecuteur, the 
 persecutor. 
 
 (4) Some in -eur change it into -eresse for the feminine, such as : 
 l'enchanteur, the enchanter, l'enchanteresse ; le pecheur, the sinner, la 
 pecheresse ; le vengeur, the avenger, la vengeresse ; le defendeur, the 
 defendant, la defenderesse ; le chasseur, the hunter, la chasseresse. — 
 Chanteur has two feminines, chanteuse and cantatrice : the latter is 
 said only of professional singers. Empereur makes imperatrice ; gou- 
 verneur makes gouvernante, serviteur makes servante. Temoin is used 
 for both genders, and also auteur, poete, philosophe, peintre, juge, 
 guide, etc., and even possesseur and successeur. 
 
 (5) Some nouns originally feminine keep that gender, even when 
 applied to man : la dupe, the dupe ; la sentinelle, the sentry ,• la recrue, 
 the recruit; la caution, the bail ; la victime, the victim, etc. 
 
 (6) The names of animals form their feminine irregularly : — 
 
 le belier, 
 le bouc, 
 le cbeval, 
 le mouton, 
 le sanglier, 
 le singe, 
 le canard, 
 le chat, 
 le lapin, 
 le mulet, 
 Tours, 
 
 le perroquet, 
 le loup, 
 le dindon, 
 
 the ram, 
 the he-goat, 
 the horse, 
 the sheep, 
 the wild boar, 
 the monkey, 
 the duck, 
 the cat, 
 the rabbit, 
 the mule, 
 the bear, 
 the parrot, 
 the wolf, 
 the turkey, 
 
 la brebis. 
 la cbevre. 
 la jument. 
 la brebis. 
 la laie. 
 la guenon. 
 la cane, 
 la cbatte. 
 la lapine. 
 la mule, 
 l'ourse. 
 la perruche. 
 la louve. 
 la dinde- 
 
276 APPENDIX. 
 
 (7) Most of the names of animals have only one form for both 
 genders ; such are : — 
 
 ALL MASCULINE. 
 
 le castor, the beaver. le eigne, the swan. 
 
 le chameau, the camel. le hibou, the owl. 
 
 1'ecureuil, the squirrel. le vautour, the vulture. 
 
 l'elephant, the elephant. le merle, the blackbird. 
 
 le leopard, the leopard. le saumon, the salmon. 
 
 ALL FEMININE. 
 
 la baleine, the whale. l'alouette, the lark. 
 
 la girafe, the giraffe. l'hirondelle, the swallow. 
 
 la panthere, the panther. la perdrix, the partridge. 
 
 l'hyene, the lu/ena. la pie, the magpie. 
 
 la souris, the mouse. la tortue, the tortoise. 
 
 To all these nouns, when we want to determine the sex, we add 
 male or femelle: la panthere male, la panthere femelle; 1' elephant 
 male, 1' elephant femelle. 
 
 IV. Formation of the plural. 
 
 Nouns and adjectives form their plural by adding s to the 
 singular ; §§ 9, 10. 
 
 Exceptions. — (1) Nouns and adjectives ending in s, x, z, 
 in the singular, are the same in the plural ; § 30. 
 
 (2) Nouns and adjectives ending in -au or -en take x 
 
 in the plural ; § 30. 
 
 But the noun landau, a landau (sort of carriage), and the adjec- 
 tive bleu, blue, take s in the plural. 
 
 (3) Nouns and adjectives in -al change al into aux ; 
 
 § 30. 
 
 But s is added in the plural to the nouns bal, carnaval, chacal, 
 regal, and to the adjectives amical, fatal, final, glacial, initial, 
 taatinal, naval, penal, theatral, and a few others seldom used. 
 
 (4) Six nouns ending in -ail change ail into aux '. — 
 
 le bail, the lease, les baux. 
 
 le corail, the coral, les coraux. 
 
 1'email, the enamel, les emaux. 
 
APPENDIX. 277 
 
 le soupirail, the air hole, les soupiraux. 
 
 le travail, the work, the labor, les travaux. 
 
 le vitrail, the glass windows, les vitraux. 
 
 (5) Six nouns ending in -on take x : — 
 
 le bijou, the jewel, les bijoux, 
 
 le caillou, the flint, les cailloux. 
 
 le chou, the cabbage, les choux. 
 
 le geuou, the knee, les genoux. 
 
 le hibou, the owl, les biboux. 
 
 le joujou, the toy, les joujoux. 
 
 (6) A'ieul, ciel, and ceil, generally make a'ieux, ancestors; cieux, 
 heavens; yeux, eyes. But aieul makes aieuls when it means the pa- 
 ternal and maternal grandfathers ; ciel makes ciels when it means 
 the testers of beds, the roofs of quarries, or " skies " in painting ; and 
 in the cases when ceil does not mean properly eye, it makes ceils, as. 
 des oeils-de-boeuf, oval windows. 
 
 (7) Foreign words, which have not yet been naturalized in 
 France by custom, remain invariable, such as : des alibi, des errata, 
 des in-folio, des in-quarto, des post-scriptum, des fac-simile, etc. 
 
 But the following take the mark of the plural : des bravos, des 
 duos, des trios, des numeros, des operas, des zeros, des impromptus, 
 des echos, des deficits, etc. 
 
 THE ADJECTIVE. 
 V. Formation of the feminine of adjectives. 
 
 General Rule. — To form the feminine of adjectives, 
 add e mute to the masculine (§ 2). 
 
 Exceptions. — (1) Adjectives ending with e mute in the 
 masculine are the same in the feminine (§2). 
 
 (2) Adjectives ending in -el, -en, -on, -et, double the last 
 consonant, and take an e mute after it (§ 54). 
 
 (3) Eight other adjectives also double their last consonant 
 in the feminine (§ 54). 
 
 (4) Adjectives ending in -f change f into ve (§ 54). 
 
 (5) Adjectives ending in -x change x into se (§ 54). 
 
 (6) Adjectives ending in -eur, and which are derived from 
 a present participle, change eur into euse. 
 
278 
 
 \PPENDIX. 
 
 Flatteur (from flattant), flatteuse ; grondeur (from grondant), 
 grondeuse. 
 
 (7) Adjectives ending in -teur, and which are not derived 
 from a present participle, change teur into trice. 
 
 Profanateur, profanatrice ; corrupteur, corruptrice. 
 
 Adjectives ending in -erieur, not belonging to either of the above 
 exceptions, follow the general rule : inferieur, inferieure ; ulterieur, 
 ulterieure. Add to them meilleur, majeur, and mineur. 
 
 (8) Some adjectives form their feminines irregularly (§ 55). 
 
 The plural of adjectives is formed in the same way as that 
 of nouns (see page 276). 
 
 For the comparison of adjectives see §§ 24, 48. 
 VI. Possessive adjectives. 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 Both genders. 
 
 My, 
 
 mon. 
 
 ma. 
 
 mes. 
 
 Thy, 
 
 ton. 
 
 ta. 
 
 tes. 
 
 Sis, her, its, 
 Our, 
 
 son. 
 
 sa. 
 
 ses. 
 nos. 
 
 notre. 
 
 Your, 
 
 votre. 
 
 vos. 
 
 Their, 
 
 leur. 
 
 leurs. 
 
 Observe. — Possessive adjectives are compared with possessive 
 pronouns in § x. 
 
 VII. Demonstrative adjectives. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 This or that, 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 These or those, 
 
 MASCUL 
 
 Before a consonant, 
 ce. 
 
 INE. 
 
 Before a vowel, 
 cet. 
 
 FEMININE. 
 
 Before any letter. 
 cette. 
 
 cee. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 279 
 
 NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 
 
 VIII. Cardinal Numbers. 
 
 1, un, nne. 52 
 
 2, deux. 60 
 
 3, trois. 61 
 
 4, quatre. 62 
 
 5, cinq. 70 
 
 6, six (siss). 71 
 
 7, sept {sett). 72 
 
 8, huit (weet, short). 73 
 
 9, neuf. 74 
 
 10, dix (diss). 75 
 
 11, ouze. 76 
 
 12, douze. 77 
 
 13, treize. 78 
 
 14, quatorze. 79 
 
 15, quinze. 80 
 
 16, seize. 81 
 
 17, dix-sept (diz-sett). 82 
 
 18, dix-huit (diz-huile). 90 
 
 19, dix-neuf (diz-neufe). 91 
 
 20, vingt (vin). 92 
 
 21, vingt-et-un (vinte-un). 93 
 
 22, vingt-deux (vinte). 94 
 
 23, vingt-trois (vinte). 95 
 
 24, vingt-quatre (vinte). 96 
 
 25, vingt-cinq (vinte). 97 
 
 26, vingt-six (vinte). 98 
 
 27, vingt-sept (vinte). 99 
 
 28, vingt-huit (vinte). 100 
 
 29, vingt-neuf (vinte). 150 
 
 30, trente. 200 
 
 31, trente-et-un. 230 
 
 32, trente-deux, etc. 300 
 
 40, quarante. 1000 
 
 41, quarante-et-un. 1203 
 
 42, quarante-deux, etc. 2000 
 
 50, cinquante. 2100 
 
 51, cinquante-et-un. 1,000,000 
 
 cinquante-deux. 
 
 soixante. 
 
 soixante-et-un. 
 
 soixante-deux. 
 
 soixante-dix. 
 
 soixante-et-onze. 
 
 soixante-douze. 
 
 soixante-treize. 
 
 soixante-quatorze. 
 
 soixante-quinze. 
 
 soixante-seize. 
 
 soixante-dix-sept. 
 
 soixante-dix-huit. 
 
 soixante-dix-neuf. 
 
 quatre- vingts (vin). 
 
 quatre-vingt-un. 
 
 quatre-vingt-deux. 
 
 quatre-vingt-dix. 
 
 quatre-vingt-onze. 
 
 quatre- vingt-douze. 
 
 quatre- vingt-treize. 
 
 quatre-vingt-quatorze. 
 
 quatre-vingt-quinze. 
 
 quatre-vingt-seize. 
 
 quatre-vingt-dix-sept. 
 
 quatre- vingt-dix-huit. 
 
 quatre- vingt-dix-neuf. 
 
 cent. 
 
 cent cinquante. 
 
 deux cents. 
 
 deux cent trente. 
 
 trois cents. 
 
 mille. 
 
 mille deux cent trois. 
 
 deux mille. 
 
 deux mille cent. 
 
 un million. 
 
!80 
 
 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 
 
 IX. 
 
 Ordinal Numbers. 
 
 1st, 
 
 premier, premiere. 
 
 17th, dix-septieme. 
 
 2nd 
 
 deuxieme, or 
 
 second, e. 18th, dix-huitieme. 
 
 3rd, 
 
 troisieme. 
 
 
 19th, dix-neuvieme. 
 
 4th, 
 
 quatrieme. 
 
 
 20th, vingtieme. 
 
 5th, 
 
 cinquieme. 
 
 
 21st, vingt-et-unieme. 
 
 6th, 
 
 sixieme. 
 
 
 22nd, vingt-deuxieme. 
 
 7th, 
 
 septieme. 
 
 
 30th, trentieme. 
 
 8th, 
 
 huitieme. 
 
 
 40th, quarantieme. 
 
 9th, 
 
 neuvieme. 
 
 
 50th, cinquantieme. 
 
 10th, 
 
 dixieme. 
 
 
 60th, soixantieme. 
 
 11th, 
 
 onzieme. 
 
 
 70th, soixante-dixieme. 
 
 12th, 
 
 douzieme. 
 
 
 80th, qnatre- vingtieme. 
 
 13th, 
 
 treizieme. 
 
 
 90th, quatre-vingt-dixie 
 
 14th, 
 
 quatorzieme. 
 
 
 100th, centieme. 
 
 15th, 
 
 quinzieme. 
 
 
 1,000th, millieme. 
 
 16th, 
 
 seizieme. 
 
 
 1,000,000th, millionieme. 
 
 
 
 THE PRONOUN. 
 
 
 
 
 Definition. 
 
 A pronoun is a short word standing instead of a noun to 
 
 avoid its repetition, while an adjective always accompanies 
 
 a noun to qualify it or determine it. 
 
 In the sentence ma plume est bonne, la tienne est bonne aussi, ma 
 is an adjective determining the noun plume, that is to say, expressing 
 whose pen it is ; la tienne, on the contrar} r , is a pronoun standing for 
 ta plume and is used to avoid the repetition of that noun, which 
 would be disagreeable to the ear. 
 
 X. Possessive pronouns. 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 PLUKAL. 
 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 Mine, 
 
 le mien. 
 
 la mienne. 
 
 les miens. 
 
 les miennes. 
 
 Thine, 
 
 le tien. 
 
 la tienne. 
 
 les tiens. 
 
 les tiennes. 
 
 His, hers, its, 
 
 le sien. 
 
 la sienne. 
 
 les siens. 
 
 les siennes. 
 
 Ours, 
 
 le or la notre. 
 
 les ndtres. 
 
 Yours, 
 
 le or la vdtre. 
 
 les vdtres. 
 
 Theirs, 
 
 le or la leur. 
 
 les leurs. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 281 
 
 Comparing possessive adjectives with possessive pronouns, ob- 
 serve : — 
 
 (1) The o of the possessive pronouns le notre, le vStre, les notres, 
 les votres, has a circumflex accent, while that o is short in the adjec- 
 tives notre and votre. 
 
 (2) The same pronouns take s in the plural, les notres, les votres, 
 while the adjectives change their form entirely and become noa, vos. 
 
 THE VERB. 
 Auxiliary Verbs. 
 
 There are only two auxiliary verbs in French, avoir (to 
 have) and etre (to be). They are the most frequently used 
 and the most important of all verbs. 
 
 XI. Avoir. 
 
 INFINITIVE PRESENT. 
 
 avoir, to have. 
 
 INFINITIVE PAST. 
 
 avoir eu, to have had. 
 
 PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
 
 ayant, having. 
 
 PARTICIPLE PAST. 
 
 eu, had. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 j'ai, / have. 
 
 tu as. 
 
 il or elle a. 
 
 nous avons. 
 
 vous avez. 
 
 ils or elles ont. 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 j'ai eu, / have had, I had. 
 
 tu as eu. 
 
 il or elle a eu. 
 
 nous avons eu. 
 
 vous avez eu. 
 
 ils or elles ont eu. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 j'avais, / had. 
 
 tu avais. 
 
 il or elle avait. 
 
 nous avions. 
 
 vous aviez. 
 
 ils or elles avaient. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 j'avais eu, / had had. 
 
 tu avais eu. 
 
 il or elle avait eu. 
 
 nous avions eu. 
 
 vous aviez eu. 
 
 ils or elles avaient eu. 
 
/ 
 
 282 
 
 -' 
 
 PRETERITE. 
 
 j'eus, 1 had. 
 
 tu eus. 
 
 il or elle eut. 
 
 nous eiirnes. 
 
 vous eutes. 
 
 ils or elles eurent. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 j'aurai, / shall or will have. 
 
 tu auras. 
 
 il or elle aura. 
 
 nous aurons. 
 
 vous aurez. 
 
 ils or elles auront. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
 
 / would or should have. 
 j'aurais. 
 tu aurais. 
 il or elle aurait. 
 nous aurions. 
 vous auriez. 
 ils or elles auraient. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
 
 that I may have, that I have. 
 que j'aie. 
 que tu aies. 
 qu'il or qu'elle ait. 
 que nous ayons. 
 que vous ayez. 
 qu'ils (elles) aient. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 that I might have, that I had. 
 que j'eusse. 
 que tu eusses. 
 qu'il or qu'elle e&t. 
 que nous eussions. 
 que vous eussiez. 
 qu'ils (elles) eussent. 
 
 APPENDIX 
 i 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 j'eus eu, / had had. 
 
 tu eus eu. 
 
 il or elle eut eu. 
 
 nous eumes eu. 
 
 vous eutes eu. 
 
 ils or elles eurent eu. 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 j'aurai eu, / shall have had. 
 
 tu auras eu. 
 
 il or elle aura eu. 
 
 nous aurons eu. 
 
 vous aurez eu. 
 
 ils or elles auront eu. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PAST. 
 
 / would or should have had, 
 j'aurais eu. 
 tu aurais eu. 
 il or elle aurait eu. 
 nous aurions eu. 
 vous auriez eu. 
 ils or elles auraient eu. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 
 
 that I may have had. 
 que j'aie eu. 
 que tu aies eu. 
 qu'il or qu'elle ait eu. 
 que nous ayons eu. 
 que vous ayez eu. 
 qu'ils (elles) aient eu. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 
 
 that I might have had. 
 que j'eusse eu. 
 que tu eusses eu. 
 qu'il or qu'elle eut eu. 
 que nous eussions eu. 
 que vous eussiez eu. 
 qu'ils (elles) eussent eu. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 283 
 
 aie, have (than). 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 ayons, let us have. 
 
 ayez, have (you). 
 
 XII. Etre. 
 
 INFINITIVE PRESENT. 
 
 Stre, to be. 
 
 PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
 
 £tant, being. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 je suis, / am. 
 
 tu es. 
 
 il or elle est. 
 
 nous sommes. 
 
 vous etes. 
 
 ils or elles sont. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 j'etais, I was. 
 
 tu etais. 
 
 il or elle etait. 
 
 nous etions. 
 
 vous etiez. 
 
 ils or elles etaient. 
 
 PRETERITE. 
 
 je fus, I was. 
 
 tu fus. 
 
 il or elle fut. 
 
 nous fumes. 
 
 vous futes. 
 
 ils or elles furent. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 je serai, I shall or will be. 
 
 tu seras. 
 
 il or elle sera, 
 
 nous serons. 
 
 vous serez. 
 
 ils or elles seront. 
 
 INFINITIVE PAST. 
 
 avoir ete, to have been. 
 
 PARTICIPLE PAST. 
 
 ete, been. 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 j'ai ete, / have been, 1 was. 
 
 tu as ete. 
 
 il or elle a ete. 
 
 nous avons ete. 
 
 vous avez ete. 
 
 ils or elles ont ete\ 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 j'avais ete, / had been. 
 
 tu avais ete. 
 
 il or elle avait ete. 
 
 nous avions ete". 
 
 vous aviez ete. 
 
 ils or elles avaient ete. 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 j'eus ete, I had been. 
 
 tu eus ete. 
 
 il or elle eut ete\ 
 
 nous eumes ete. 
 
 vous eutes e"te. 
 
 ils or elles eurent ete. 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 j'aurai ete, I shall have been, 
 
 tu auras ete. 
 
 il or elle aura ete. 
 
 nous aurons £te\ 
 
 vous aurez e"te. 
 
 ils or elles auront ete\ 
 
284 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
 
 je serais, / would or should be. 
 
 tu serais. 
 
 il or elle serait. 
 
 nous serions. 
 
 vous seriez 
 
 ils or elles seraient. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
 
 que je sois, that I may be, that I be. 
 
 que tu sois. 
 
 qu'il or qu'elle soit. 
 
 que nous soyous. 
 
 que vous soyez. 
 
 qu'ils (elles) soieut. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 that I might be. 
 que je fusse. 
 que tu fusses, 
 qu'il or qu'elle flit, 
 que uous fussions. 
 que vous fussiez. 
 qu'ils or qu'elles fussent. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PAST. 
 
 j'aurais ete, / would or should have 
 
 tu aurais ete. [been. 
 
 il or elle aurait ete. 
 
 nous aurious ete. 
 
 vous auriez ete. 
 
 ils or elles auraient ete. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 
 
 que j'aie ete, that I may have been. 
 
 que tu aies ete. 
 
 qu'il or qu'elle ait 6"te. 
 
 que nous ayons ete. 
 
 que vous ayez ete. 
 
 qu'ils (elles) aient ete\ 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT.. 
 
 that I might have been. 
 que j'eusse ete. 
 que tu eusses ete. 
 qu'il or qu'elle eut ete\ 
 que nous eussions e"te. 
 que vous eussiez ete. 
 qu'ils or qu'elles eussent ete\ 
 
 sois, be (thou). 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 soyons, let us be. 
 
 soyez, be (you). 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 ai-je? have It 
 as-tu 1 
 
 a-t-il? a-t-elle? 
 avons-nous ? 
 avez-vous 1 
 ont-ils? ont-elles? 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 avais-je? had I? 
 
 avais-tu? 
 
 avait-il? avait-elle? 
 
 avions-nous 1 
 
 aviez-vous ? 
 
 avaient-ils ? avaient-elles 7 
 
 XIII. Avoir used interrogatively. 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 ai-je eu? have I had? had It 
 
 as-tu eu % 
 
 a-t-il eu ? a-t-elle eu ? 
 
 avons-nous eu^ 
 
 avez-vous eu ? 
 
 ont-ils eu 1 ont-elles eu ? 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 avais-je eu 1 ? had I had? 
 avais-tu eu 1 ? 
 
 avait-il eu 1 avait-elle eu? 
 avions-nous eu ? 
 aviez-vous eu? 
 avaient-ils (elles) eu ? 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 285 
 
 PRETERITE. 
 
 eus-je ? had I ? 
 
 eus-tu ? 
 
 eut-il? eut-elle? 
 
 eumes-nous ? 
 
 eutes-vous ? 
 
 eurent-ils ? eurent-elles ? 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 aurai-je ? shall I have ? 
 
 auras-tu ? 
 
 aura-t-il ? aura-t-elle ? 
 
 aurons-nous ? 
 
 aurez-vous ? 
 
 auront-ils ? auront-elles ? 
 
 CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
 
 aurais-je ? should I have? 
 aurais-tu. ? 
 
 aurait-il I aurait-elle ? 
 aurions-nous ? 
 auriez-vous ? 
 auraient-ils (elles) ? 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 eus-je eu? Aarf / had? 
 eus-tu eu? 
 
 eut-il eu ? eut-elle eu 7 
 eumes-nous eu? 
 eutes-vous eu ? 
 eurent-ils (elles) eu? 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 aurai-je eu ? s/mW / Aave fead? 
 auras-tu eu ? 
 
 aura-t-il eu ? aura-t-elle eu ? 
 aurons-nous eu ? 
 aurez-vous eu ? 
 auront-ils (elles) eu 1 ? 
 
 CONDITIONAL PAST. 
 
 aurais-je eu 1 ? should J have had? 
 aurais-tu eu ? 
 
 aurait-il eu ? aurait-elle eu ? 
 aurions-nous eu ? 
 auriez-vous eu? 
 aUraient-ils (elles) eu? 
 
 XIV. Etre used interrogatively. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 suis je? am I? 
 
 es-tu ? 
 
 est-il? est-elle? 
 
 sommes-nous ? 
 
 etes-vous ? 
 
 sont-ils ? sont-elles ? 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 etais-je ? was 1 1 
 
 etais-tu ? 
 
 etait-il ? etait-elle ? 
 
 etions-nous ? 
 
 etiez-vous ? 
 
 etaient-ils f etaient-elies ? 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 ai-je ete ? have I been ? was I ? 
 
 as-tu ete ? 
 
 a-t-il ete ? a-t-elle ete ? 
 
 avons-nous ete ? 
 
 avez-vous ete ? 
 
 ont-ils ete ? ont-elles ete ? 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 avais-je ete 1 had I been ? 
 avais-tu ete ? 
 
 avait-il ete ? avait-elle ete ? 
 avions-nous ete ? 
 aviez-vous ete ? 
 avaient-ils (elles) ete? 
 
280 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 PRETERITE. 
 
 f us-je ? was I ? 
 
 fus-tu ? 
 
 f ut-il % f ut elle ? 
 
 fumes-nous ? 
 
 f iites-vous ? 
 
 f urent-Us % f urent-elles 1 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 serai-je % shall I be? 
 
 seras-tu % 
 
 sera-t-il 1 sera-t-elle ? 
 
 serons-nous ? 
 
 serez-vous "i 
 
 seront-ils T seront-elles ? 
 
 CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
 
 serais-je % should I be? 
 
 serais-tu % 
 
 serait-il ? serait-elle ? 
 
 serions-nous T 
 
 seriez-vous ? 
 
 seraient-ils 1 seraient-elles ? 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 eus-je ete % had I been ? 
 eus-tu ete ? 
 
 eut-il ete ? eut-elle ete 1 
 eumes-nous ete ? 
 eutes-vous ete % 
 eurent-ils (elles) ete? 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 aurai-je ete T shall I have been ? 
 
 auras-tu ete ? 
 
 aura-t-il ete % aura-t-elle 6t§ ? 
 
 aurons-nous ete ? 
 
 aurez-vous ete ? 
 
 auront-ils (elles) ete? 
 
 CONDITIONAL PAST. 
 
 aurais-je ete ? should I have been 
 aurais-tu ete 1 
 
 aurait-il-ete ? aurait elle 6te ? 
 aurions-nous ete ? 
 auriez-vous ete ? 
 auraieut-ils (elles) ete ? 
 
 XV. Avoir used negatively. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 je n'ai pas. 
 
 tu n'as pas. 
 
 il or elle n'a pas. 
 
 nous n'avons pas. 
 
 vous n'avez pas. 
 
 ils or elles n'ont pas. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 je n'avais pas, / had not. 
 
 tu n'avais pas. 
 
 il or elle n'avait pas. 
 
 nous n'avions pas. 
 
 vous n'aviez pas. 
 
 ils or elles n'avaient pas. 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 / have not had, 1 had not had. 
 je n'ai pas eu. 
 tu n'as pas eu. 
 il or elle n'a pas eu. 
 nous n'avons pas eu. 
 vous n'avez pas eu. 
 ils or elles n'ont pas eu, 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 je n'avais pas eu, / had not had. 
 
 tu n'avais pas eu. 
 
 il or elle n'avait pas eu. 
 
 nous n'avions pas eu. 
 
 vous n'aviez pas eu. 
 
 ils or elles n'avaient oas eu. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 28" 
 
 PRETERITE. 
 
 je n'eus pas, / had not. 
 
 tu n'eus pas. 
 
 il or elle n'eut pas. 
 
 nous n'eumes pas. 
 
 vous n'eutes pas. 
 
 ils or elles n'eurent pas. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 I shall not have. 
 je n'aurai pas. 
 tu n' auras pas. 
 il or elle n'aura pas. 
 nous n'aurons pas. 
 vous n'aurez pas. 
 ils or elles n'auront pas. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
 
 / should not have. 
 je n'aurais pas. 
 tu n'aurais pas. 
 il or elle n'aurait pas. 
 nous n'aurions pas. 
 vous n'auriez pas. 
 ils or elles n'auraient pas. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
 
 that I man not have. 
 que je n'aie pas. 
 que tu n'aies pas. 
 qu'il or qu'elle n'ait pas. 
 que nous n'ayons pas. 
 que vous n'ayez pas. 
 qu'ils (elles) n'aient pas. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 that I might not have. 
 que je n'eusse pas. 
 que tu n'eusses pas. 
 qu'il or qu'elle n'eut pas. 
 que nous n'eussions pas. 
 que vous n'eussiez pas. 
 qu'ils (elles) n'eussent pas. 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 je n'eus pas eu, / had not had. 
 
 tu n'eus pas eu. 
 
 il or elle n'eut pas eu. 
 
 nous n'eumes pas eu. 
 
 vous n'eutes pas eu. 
 
 ils or elles n'eurent pas eu. 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 / shall not have had. 
 je n'aurai pas eu. 
 tu n' auras pas eu. 
 il or elle n'aura pas eu. 
 nous n'aurons pas eu. 
 vous n'aurez pas eu. 
 ils or elles n'auront pas eu. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PAST. 
 
 1 should not have had. 
 je n'aurais pas eu. 
 tu n'aurais pas eu. 
 il or elle n'aurait pas eu. 
 nous n'aurions pas eu. 
 vous n'auriez pas eu. 
 ils or elles n'auraient pas eu. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 
 
 that I may not have had. 
 que je n'aie pas eu. 
 que tu n'aies pas eu. 
 qu'il or qu'elle n'ait pas eu. 
 que nous n'ayons pas eu. 
 que vous n'ayez pas eu. 
 qu'ils (elles) n'aient pas eu. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 
 
 that I might not have had. 
 que je n'eusse pas eu. 
 que tu n'eusses pas eu. 
 qu'il or qu'elle n'eut pas eu. 
 que nous n'eussions pas eu. 
 que vous n'eussiez pas eu. 
 qu'ils (elles) n'eussent pas eu. 
 
288 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 n'aie pas, have not (thou). 
 n'ayons pas, let us not have. 
 n'ayez pas, have not (you). 
 
 XVI. Etre used negatively. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 I am not. 
 je ne suis pas. 
 tu n'es pas. 
 il or elle n'est pas. 
 nous ne sommes pas. 
 vous n'etes pas. 
 ils or elles ne sont pas. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 je n'etais pas, I teas not. 
 
 tu n'etais pas. 
 
 il or elle n'etait pas. 
 
 nous n'etions pas. 
 
 vous n'etiez pas. 
 
 ils or elles n'etaient pas. 
 
 PRETERITE. 
 
 je ne fus pas, I was not. 
 
 tu ne fus pas. 
 
 il or elle ne fut pas. 
 
 nous ne fumes pas. 
 
 vous ne futes pas. 
 
 ils or elles ne furent pas. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 J shall not be. 
 je ne serai pas. 
 tu ne seras pas. 
 il or elle ne sera pas. 
 nous ne serons pas. 
 vous ne serez pas. 
 ils or elles ne seront pas, 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 I have not been, I was not. 
 je n'ai pas ete. 
 tu n'as pas ete. 
 il or elle n'a pas ete. 
 nous n'avons pas ete. 
 vous n'avez pas ete. 
 ils or elles n'ont pas ete. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 je n'avais pas ete, I had not been. 
 
 tu n'avais pas ete. 
 
 il or elle n'avait pas ete. 
 
 nous n'avions pas ete. 
 
 vous n'aviez pas ete. 
 
 ils or elles n'avaient pas ete. 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 je n'eus pas ete, I had not been. 
 
 tu n'eus pas ete. 
 
 il or elle n'eut pas ete. 
 
 nous n'eumes pas ete. 
 
 vous n'eutes pas ete. 
 
 ils or elles n'eurent pas et§. 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 I shall not have been. 
 je n'aurai pas ete. 
 tu n'auras pas ete. 
 il or elle n'aura pas ete. 
 nous n'aurons pas ete. 
 vous n'aurez pas ete. 
 ils or elles n'auront pas ete. 
 
A.PPENDIX. 
 
 289 
 
 CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
 
 1 should not be. 
 je ne serais pas. 
 tu ne serais pas. 
 il or elle ne serait pas. 
 nous ne serions pas. 
 vous ne seriez pas. 
 lis or elles ne seraient pas. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
 
 that I may not be. 
 que je ne sois pas. 
 que tu ne sois pas. 
 qu'il (elle) ne soit pas. 
 que nous ne soyons pas. 
 que vous ne soyez pas. 
 qu'ils (elles) ne soient pas. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 that 1 might not be. 
 que je ne fusse pas. 
 que tu ne fusses pas. 
 qu'il or qu'elle ne fut pas. 
 que nous ne fussions pas. 
 que vous ne fussiez pas. 
 qu'ils (elles) ne fussent pas. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PAST. 
 
 / should not have been. 
 je n'aurais pas ete. 
 tu n'aurais pas ete. 
 il or elle n'aurait pas ete. 
 nous n'aurions pas ete. 
 vous n'auriez pas ete. 
 ils or elles n'auraient pas ete. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 
 
 that I may not have been. 
 que je n'aie pas ete. 
 que tu n'aies pas ete. 
 qu'il (elle) n'ait pas ete. 
 que nous n'ayons pas ete. 
 que vous n'ayez pas ete. 
 qu'ils (elles) n'aient pas ete. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 
 
 that I might not have been. 
 que je n'eusse pas ete. 
 que tu n'eusses pas ete. 
 qu'il or qu'elle n'eut pas ete. 
 que nous n'eussions pas ete. 
 que vous n'eussiez pas ete. 
 qu'ils (elles) n'eussent pas ete\ 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 ne sois pas, be not (thou). ne soyons pas, let us not be. 
 
 ne soyez pas, be not (you). 
 
 Observation for all verbs used negatively. — Instead of 
 pas, put point for a stronger negation, jamais for never, and plus for 
 no more or no longer. 
 
 XVII. Avoir used negatively and interrogatively. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 n'ai-je pas ? have I not ? 
 n'as-tu pas ? 
 n'a-t-il (elle) pas! 
 n'avons-nous pas'? 
 n'avez-vous pas T 
 n'ont-ils (elles) pas ? 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 n'ai-je pas eu 1 have I not had ? 
 n'as-tu pas eu ? 
 n'a-t-il (elle) pas eu? 
 n'avons-nous pas eu ? 
 n'avez-vous pas eu ? 
 n'ont-ils (elles) pas eu? 
 
 1!) 
 
290 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 'avais-je pas ? had I not ? 
 etc. 
 
 PRETERITE. 
 
 n'eus-je pas ? had I not ? 
 etc. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 shall I not have ? 
 n'aurai-je pas ? 
 
 etc. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
 
 should I not have ? 
 n'aurais-je pas % 
 
 etc. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 n'avais-je pas eu % had I not had ? 
 
 etc. 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 n'eus-je pas eu ? had I not had ? 
 etc. 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 shall I not have had ? 
 n'aurai-je pas eu ? 
 etc. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PAST. 
 
 should I not have had ? 
 n'aurais-je pas eu ? 
 etc. 
 
 XVIII. Etre used negatively and interrogatively. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 am I not ? 
 ne suis-je pas ? 
 n'es-tu pas ? 
 
 n'est-il pas % n'est-elle pas 'i 
 ne sommes-nous pas ] 
 n'etes-vous pas ? 
 ne sont-ils (elles) pas ? 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 was I not ? 
 n'etais-je pas T 
 
 etc. 
 
 PRETERITE. 
 
 was I not ? 
 ne f us-je pas 1 
 
 etc. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 shall I wot be ? 
 ne serai- je pas ? 
 
 etc. 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 have I not been ? was I not? 
 n'ai-je pas ete ? 
 n'as-tu pas ete ? 
 
 n'a-t-il pas ete 1 n'a-t-elle pas ete ? 
 n'avons-nous pas ete ? 
 n'avez-vous pas ete ? 
 n'ont-ils (elles) pas ete? 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 had I not been ? 
 n'avais-je pas ete ? 
 etc. 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 had I not been ? 
 n'eus je pas ete ? 
 etc. 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 shall I not have been ? 
 n'aurai-je pas ete 1 
 etc. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 291 
 
 CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
 
 should I not be ? 
 ne serais-je pas ? 
 etc. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PAST. 
 
 should I not have been ? 
 n'aurais-je pas ete % 
 etc. 
 
 'pzfddduij 
 9aipunfqng 
 
 4) 4> 
 CO CO 
 CO CO 
 
 00^" 
 
 CO CO CO 
 CO CO CO 
 
 e$ 03 <C3 7t Tt ~ 
 
 45 CD 
 CO CO 
 
 CO CO 
 
 1-1 W <-< 
 
 O 4> *■* 
 
 .« .« 4> 
 
 CO CO CO 
 
 CO CO CO 
 
 <d 4> 
 co co 
 
 CO CO 
 
 daipunfqng 
 
 45 43 u •- •-. x> 
 
 CO CO CO CO CO CO 
 
 <D 45 ».S.2 S 
 
 "daiivdddwj 
 
 •HNS 
 45 O 4) 4> 
 
 . CO CO CO CO 
 CO CO CO CO CO 
 
 'JDUOllipUOJ 
 
 71 7Z Jt ..H "f* C3 
 
 5 a) 4> S *> a) 
 
 " rt rt .— < ■«-< 72 
 >_ j_ j_ (h ;_ ;-, 
 
 ...<£.. G 
 rr. /. *- G s V 
 •3 "3 '3 o a>-3 
 
 '9un)nj 
 
 • p, ao . a N s 
 
 c3 eS =3 O 43 O 
 43 45 43 43 cy 43 
 
 .« co • C 
 c^ c{ cj o 
 J-, S-, ;-, ;_ 
 
 •9Jl.Op.lJ 
 
 'pdJUdduif 
 
 43 CO S 
 - © 43 
 
 .— -/ • 1- — ;_ 
 
 es ci os <ra <oj -43 
 
 
 c3 c3 -m •« o3 
 
 ._ c3 o3 '^ ..-» c3 
 co co co co co co 
 co co co co co 00 
 
 *, >H =-. (- Sh - 
 
 43 CO fl 
 
 • • . c 43 43 
 
 _CO CO 4-1 r- *i S_ 
 
 CO co +i C N 05 
 
 '3 "3 '3 .2 .2 '3 
 
 •VAlfDOipUJ 
 IWdSdJLJ 
 
 a N a 
 
 O 43 45 
 
 . • . co co co 
 
 co co *-> co co co 
 
 •dldpipnd pvj 
 
 '?ldptpvd 
 
 lUdSd.lJ 
 
 C N fl 
 O 4) 05 
 
 'aaifmifuj 
 
 •NTOIXYOfirilOO 
 
 <M 
 
 CO 
 
292 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Observations on these terminations. 
 
 (1) All verbs in the French language terminate in the same way 
 in three of their tenses : — 
 
 The imperfect in -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, -aient. 
 
 The future in -rai, -ras, -ra, -rons, -rez, -ront. 
 
 The conditional in -rais, -rais, -rait, -rions, -riez, -raient. 
 
 (2) The termination of the past participle is the most important 
 to be remembered, as all compound tenses are formed by that parti- 
 ciple preceded by avoir or etre. 
 
 (3) The imperative is exactly like the present indicative. It must, 
 however, be remarked that the s of the second person singular of the 
 present indicative in verbs of the 1st conjugation does not appear in 
 the imperative. 
 
 XX. The Three Conjugations. 
 
 Verbs in -er. 
 porter, to carry. 
 avoir porte. 
 portant. 
 porte. 
 
 Verbs in -ir. 
 
 INFINITIVE PRESENT. 
 
 finir, to finish. 
 
 INFINITIVE PAST. 
 
 avoir fini. 
 
 PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
 
 fmissant. 
 
 PARTICIPLE PAST. 
 
 fini. 
 
 Verbs in -re. 
 
 rendre, to give hack. 
 
 avoir rendu. 
 
 rendant. 
 
 rendu. 
 
 je porte. 
 tu portes. 
 il porte. 
 nous portons. 
 vous portez. 
 ils portent. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 (I come back, I am coming back, I do come back.) 
 je finis. je rends, 
 
 tu finis. tu rends, 
 
 il finit. il rend, 
 
 nous finissons. nous rendons. 
 
 vous finissez. vous rendez. 
 
 ils finissent. 
 
 ils rendent. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 293 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 (I came back last year or this year, last month or this month, last 
 week or this week, yesterday, to-day, this morning, an hour ago.) 
 
 j'ai porte. 
 tu as porte. 
 il a porte. 
 nous avons porte. 
 vous avez porte. 
 ils ont porte. 
 
 j'ai fini. 
 tu as fini. 
 il a fini. 
 nous avons fini. 
 vous avez fini. 
 ils ont fini. 
 
 j'ai rendu, 
 tu as rendu, 
 il a rendu, 
 nous avons rendu, 
 vous avez rendu, 
 ils ont rendu. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 (I came back — meaning used to come back — every day for dinner; I 
 was coming back from the town when I met your brother.) 
 
 je portais. je finissais. je rendais. 
 
 tu portais. tu finissais. tu rendais. 
 
 il portait. il finissait. il rendait. 
 
 nous portions. nous finissions. nous rendions. 
 
 vous portiez. vous finissiez. vous rendiez. 
 
 ils portaient. ils finissaient ils rendaient. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 I had come back already 
 
 j'avais porte. 
 tu avais porte. 
 il avait porte. 
 nous avions porte. 
 vous aviez porte 
 ils avaient porte. 
 
 when the Emperor died; he had died before 
 I came in.) 
 
 j'avais fini. 
 tu avais fini. 
 il avait fini. 
 nous avions fini. 
 vous aviez fini. 
 ils avaient fini. 
 
 j'avais rendu, 
 tu avais rendu, 
 il avait rendu, 
 nous avions rendu, 
 vous aviez rendu, 
 ils avaient rendu. 
 
 PRETERITE 
 
 (I came back, in narratives or historical style.) 
 
 je portai. 
 tu portas. 
 il porta, 
 nous portames. 
 vous portates. 
 ils porterent. 
 
 je finis, 
 tu finis. 
 il finit. 
 nous finimes. 
 vous finites. 
 ils finirent. 
 
 je rendis. 
 tu rendis. 
 il rendit. 
 nous rendimes. 
 vous rendites. 
 ils rendirent. 
 
294 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 (Scarcely had Caesar entered the Senate when he was slaughtered 
 
 historical style.) 
 
 j'eus porte. 
 tu ens porte. 
 il eut porte. 
 nous eumes porte. 
 vous eutes porte. 
 ils eurent porte. 
 
 j'eus fini. 
 tu eus fini. 
 il eut fini. 
 nous eumes fini. 
 vous eutes fini. 
 ils eurent fini. 
 
 j'eus rendu, 
 tu eus rendu, 
 il eut rendu, 
 nous eumes rendu, 
 vous elites rendu, 
 ils eurent rendu. 
 
 je porterai. 
 tu porteras. 
 il portera. 
 nous porterons. 
 vous porterez. 
 ils porteront. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 (I shall or will come back . 
 
 je finirai. 
 tu finiras. 
 il finira. 
 nous finirons. 
 vous finirez. 
 ils finiront. 
 
 je rendrai. 
 tu rendras. 
 il rendra. 
 nous rendrons. 
 vous rendrez. 
 ils rendront. 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 (I shall have come back — or shall be back- 
 
 j'aurai porte 
 tu auras porte. 
 il aura porte. 
 nous aurons porte. 
 vous aurez porte. 
 ils auront porte. 
 
 j'aurai fini. 
 tu auras fini. 
 il aura fini. 
 nous aurons fini. 
 vous aurez fini. 
 ils auront fini. 
 
 before you go.) 
 
 j'aurai rendu, 
 tu auras rendu, 
 il aura rendu, 
 nous aurons rendu, 
 vous aurez rendu, 
 ils auront rendu. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
 
 (I should or would come back if . . .) 
 
 je porterais. 
 tu porterais. 
 il porterait. 
 nous porterions. 
 vous porteriez. 
 ils porteraient. 
 
 je finirais. 
 tu finirais. 
 il finirait. 
 nous finirions. 
 vous finiriez. 
 ils finiraient. 
 
 je rendrais. 
 tu rendrais. 
 il rendrait. 
 nous rendrions. 
 vous rendriez. 
 ils rendraient. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 295 
 
 CONDITIONAL PAST. 
 
 (I should have come back but for your brother.) 
 
 j'aurais porte. j'aurais fini. 
 
 tu aurais porte. tu aurais fini. 
 
 il aurait fini. 
 
 nous aurions fini. 
 
 vous auriez fini. 
 
 ils auraient fini. 
 
 il aurait porte. 
 nous aurions porte. 
 vous auriez porte. 
 ils auraient porte. 
 
 j'aurais rendu, 
 tu aurais rendu, 
 il aurait rendu, 
 nous aurions rendu, 
 vous auriez rendu, 
 ils auraient rendu. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
 
 (Is it necessary, or do you think, or do you wish that he should come 
 
 back?) 
 
 que je porte. 
 que tu portes. 
 qu'il porte. 
 que nous portions, 
 que vous portiez. 
 qu'ils portent. 
 
 que je finisse. 
 que tu finisses. 
 qu'il finisse. 
 que nous finissions. 
 que vous finissiez. 
 qu'ils finissent. 
 
 que je rende. 
 que tu rendes. 
 qu'il rende. 
 que nous rendions. 
 que vous rendiez. 
 qu'ils rendent. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 
 
 (Is it necessary, or do you think, or do you wish that he should have 
 come back before my departure ? ) 
 
 que j'aie porte. 
 que tu aies porte. 
 qu'il ait porte. 
 que nous ayons porte. 
 que vous ayez porte. 
 qu'ils aient porte. 
 
 que j'aie fini. 
 que tu aies fini. 
 qu'il ait fini. 
 que nous ayons fini. 
 que vous ayez fini. 
 qu'ils aient fini. 
 
 que j'aie rendu, 
 que tu aies rendu, 
 qu'il ait rendu, 
 que nous ayons rendu, 
 que vous ayez rendu, 
 qu'ils aient rendu. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 (Was it necessary, or did you think, or did you wish that he should 
 
 come back?) 
 
 que je finisse. 
 que tu finisses. 
 qu'il finit. 
 que nous finissions. 
 que vous finissiez. 
 qu'ils finissent. 
 
 que je portasse. 
 que tu portasses. 
 qu'il portat. 
 que nous portassions 
 que vous portassiez. 
 qu'ils portassent. 
 
 que je rendisse. 
 que tu rendisses. 
 qu'il rendit. 
 que nous rendissions. 
 que vous rendissiez. 
 qu'ils rendissent. 
 
296 APPENDIX. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 
 
 (Was it necessary, or did you think, or did you wish that he should 
 have come back before my departure 1 ) 
 
 que j'eusse porte. que j'eusse fini. que j'eusse rendu, 
 
 que tu eusses porte. que tu eusses fini. que tu eusses rendu, 
 qu'il eut porte. qu'il eut fini. qu'il eut rendu, 
 
 que nous eussions porte. que nous eussions fini. que nous eussions rendu- 
 que vous eussiez porte. que vous eussiez fini. que vous eussiez rendu, 
 qu'ils eussent porte. qu'ils eussent fini. qu'ils eussent rendu. 
 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 
 
 (Come back at once.) 
 
 
 porte. 
 
 finis. 
 
 rends. 
 
 portons. 
 
 finissons. 
 
 rendons. 
 
 portez. 
 
 finissez. 
 
 rendez. 
 
 XXI Peculiarities in verbs of the first conjugation. 
 
 All the verbs of the 1st conjugation, but two, are regular, and 
 consequently conjugated like porter. But a few, besides those which 
 have been seen in §§ 69-70, present some peculiarities. 
 
 (1) Verbs in -ier, such as prier, crier, have two consecutive i's in 
 the 1st and 2nd persons plural of the imperfect indicative and pres- 
 ent subjunctive : priions, priiez, criions, criiez ; the first i belongs to 
 the root, the second to the termination. 
 
 (2) In verbs in -yer, after the y of the root, there is an i belong- 
 ing to the termination in the same parts of the verb : employions, 
 employiez. 
 
 XXII. Peculiarity in the second, conjugation. 
 
 The verb hair, to hate, loses the diaeresis in the singular of the pres- 
 ent indicative: je hais, tu hais, il halt; and the second singular of 
 the imperative: hais. 
 
 XXIII. Peculiarity in the third conjugation. 
 
 Battre, and all verbs formed with it (abattre, combattre, etc.) take 
 only one t in the singular of the present indicative, and the second 
 singular of the imperative : je bats, tu bats, il bat, ne bats pas. In 
 all other tenses they are regular. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 297 
 
 XXIV. Verbs in -evoir. 
 
 Seven verbs ending -evoir form a whole conjugation in 
 most grammars, according to which the 1st ends in -er, the 
 2nd in -ir, the 3rd in -evoir, and the 4th in -re. 
 
 INFINITIVE PRESENT. 
 
 recevoir, to receive. 
 
 PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
 
 recevant, receiving. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 je regois, I receive. 
 tu regois. 
 il, elle regoit. 
 nous recevons. 
 vous recevez. 
 ils, elles regoivent. 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 je recevais, / was receiving. 
 
 tu recevais. 
 
 il, elle recevait. 
 
 nous recevions. 
 
 vous receviez. 
 
 ils, elles recevaient. 
 
 PRETERITE. 
 
 je regus, I received. 
 tu regus. 
 il, elle regut. 
 nous regumes. 
 vous refutes. 
 ils, elles regurent. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 je recevrai, / shall receive. 
 
 tu recevras. 
 
 il, elle recevra. 
 
 nous recevrons. 
 
 vous recevrez. 
 
 .48, elles recevront. 
 
 INFINITIVE PAST. 
 
 avoir regu, to have received. 
 
 PARTICIPLE PAST. 
 
 regu, received. 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 j'ai regu, / received. 
 tu as recu. 
 il, elle a regu. 
 nous avons regu. 
 vous avez regu. 
 ils, elles ont regu. 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 j'avais regu, / had received. 
 
 tu avais regu. 
 
 il, elle avait regu. 
 
 nous avions regu. 
 
 vous aviez requ. 
 
 ils, elles avaient recu. 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 j'eus regu, / had received. 
 
 tu eus requ. 
 
 il, elle eut regu. 
 
 nous eumes requ. 
 
 vous eutes requ. 
 
 ils, elles eurent regu. 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 j'aurai requ, I shall have received. 
 
 tu auras requ. 
 
 il, elle aura regu. 
 
 nous aurons regu. 
 
 vous aurez regu. 
 
 ils, elles auront recu. 
 
298 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
 
 je recevrais, I should receive. 
 
 tu recevrais. 
 
 il, elle recevrait. 
 
 nous recevrions. 
 
 vous recevriez. 
 
 ils, elles recevraient. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
 
 that I may receive. 
 que je regoive. 
 que tu regoives. 
 qu'il, qu'elle regoive. 
 que nous recevions. 
 que vous receviez. 
 qu'ils, qu'elles regoivent. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 that I might receive. 
 que je regusse. 
 que tu regusses. 
 qu'il, qu'elle regut. 
 que nous regussions. 
 que vous regussiez. 
 qu'ils, qu'elles regussent. 
 
 CONDITIONAL, PAST. 
 
 j'aurais regu, I should have received. 
 
 tu aurais regu. 
 
 il, elle aurait regu. 
 
 nous aurions regu. 
 
 vous auriez regu. 
 
 ils, elles auraient regu. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 
 
 that I may have received. 
 que j'aie regu. 
 que tu aies regu. 
 qu'il, qu'elle ait regu. 
 que nous ayons regu. 
 que vous ayez regu. 
 qu'ils, qu'elles aient regu. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 
 
 that I might have received. 
 que j'eusse regu. 
 que tu eusses regu. 
 qu'il, qu'elle eut regu. 
 que nous eussions regu. 
 que vous eussiez regu. 
 qu'ils, qu'elles eussent regu. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 regois, receive (thou). recevons, let us receive. recevez, receive (ye). 
 
 XXV. The Passive Form. 
 
 Verbs have two Voices, namely : — 
 
 The Active Voice, when the subject does something, as, — 
 
 mon pere me punit, my father punishes me. 
 mon pere m'a puni, my father has punished me. 
 
 The Passive Voice, 1 when the subject has something done 
 to it, as, — 
 
 je suis puni par mon pere, I am punished by my father. 
 j'ai ete puni par mon pere, / was punished by my father. 
 
 1 Only transitive verbs have a passive voice. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 299 
 
 Conjugation of the passive verb etre frappe. 
 
 INFINITIVE PRESENT. 
 
 etre frappe, to be struck. 
 
 PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
 
 etant frappe, being struck. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 / am struck. 
 je suis frappe (ee). 
 tu es frappe (ee). 
 il est frappe (ee). 
 nous sommes frappes (ees). 
 vous etes frappes (ees). 
 ils sout frappes (ees). 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 / was struck. 
 j'etais frappe (ee). 
 tu etais frappe (ee). 
 il etait frappe (ee). 
 nous etions frappes (ees). 
 vous etiez frappes (ees). 
 ils etaient frappes (ees). 
 
 PRETERITE. 
 
 / was struck. 
 je fus frappe (ee). 
 tu fus frappe (ee). 
 il fut frappe (ee). 
 nous fumes frappes (ees). 
 vous futes frappes (ees). 
 ils furent frappes (ees). 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 / shall be struck. 
 je serai frappe (ee). 
 tu seras frappe (ee). 
 il sera frappe (ee). 
 nous serons frappes (ees). 
 vous serez frappes (ees). 
 ils seront frappes (ees). 
 
 INFINITIVE PAST. 
 
 avoir ete frappe, to have been struck 
 
 PARTICIPLE PAST. 
 
 ayant ete frappe, having been struck 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 / have been struck, 1 was struck. 
 j'ai ete frappe (ee). 
 tu as ete frappe (ee). 
 il a ete frappe (ee). 
 nous avons ete frappes (ees). 
 vous avez ete frappes (ees). 
 ils ont ete frappes (ees). 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 / had been struck. 
 j'avais ete frappe (ee). 
 tu avais ete frappe (ee). 
 il avait ete frappe (ee). 
 nous avions ete frappes fees), 
 vous aviez ete frappes (ees). 
 ils avaient ete frappes (ees). 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 I had been struck. 
 j'eus ete frappe (ee). 
 tu eus ete frappe (ee). 
 il eut ete frappe (ee). 
 nous eumes ete frappes (ees). 
 vous elites ete frappes (ees). 
 ils eurent ete frappes (ees). 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 / shall have been struck. 
 j'aurai ete frappe (ee). 
 tu auras ete frappe (ee). 
 il aura ete frappe (ee). 
 nous aurons ete frappes (ees). 
 vous aurez ete frappe (ees), 
 ils auront ete frappes (ees). 
 
300 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 CONDITIONAL, PRESENT. 
 
 1 should be struck. 
 je serais frappe (ee). 
 tu serais frappe (ee). 
 il serait frappe (ee). 
 nous serions frappes (ees). 
 vous seriez frappes (ees). 
 ils seraient frappes (ees). 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
 
 that I may be struck. 
 que je sois frappe (ee). 
 que tu sois frappe (ee). 
 qu'il soit frappe (ee). 
 que nous soyons frappes (ees). 
 que vous soyez frappes (ees). 
 qu'ils soient frappes (ees). 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 that I might be struck. 
 que je fusse frappe (ee). 
 que tu fusses frappe (ee). 
 qu'il fut frappe (ee). 
 que nous fussions frappes (ees). 
 que vous fussiez frappes (ees). 
 qu'ils fussent frappes (ees). 
 
 CONDITIONAL PAST. 
 
 / should have been struck. 
 j'aurais ete frappe (ee). 
 tu aurais ete frappe (ee). 
 il aurait ete frappe (ee). 
 nous aurions ete frappes (ees). 
 vous auriez ete frappes (ees). 
 ils auraient ete frappes (ees). 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 
 
 that I may have been struck. 
 que j'aie ete frappe (ee). 
 que tu aies ete frappe (ee). 
 qu'il ait ete frappe (ee). 
 que nous ayons ete frappes (ees). 
 que vous ayez ete frappes (ees). 
 qu'ils aient ete frappes (ees). 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 
 
 that 1 might have been struck. 
 que j'eusse ete frappe (ee). 
 que tu eusses ete frappe (ee). 
 qu'il eut ete frappe (ee). 
 que nous eussions ete frappes (ees). 
 que vous eussiez ete frappes (ees). 
 qu'ils eussent ete frappes (ees). 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 sois frappe (ee), be struck. soyons frappes (ees), let us be struck. 
 soyez frappes (ees), be you or ye struck. 
 
 XXVI. Conjugation of a reflective verb. 
 
 INFINITIVE PRESENT. 
 
 se laver, to wash one's self. 
 
 INFINITIVE PAST. 
 
 s'etre lave, to have ivashed one's self. 
 
 PARTICIPLE PRESENT. PARTICIPLE PAST. 
 
 se lavant, washing one's self. s'etant lave, having washed one's self. 
 
 je me lave, 
 tu te laves, 
 il se lave. 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 / wash myself. 
 
 nous nous lavons. 
 vous vous lavez. 
 ils se lavent. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 301 
 
 je me suis lave (ee). 
 tu t'es lave (ee). 
 il s'est lave (ee). 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 I was loashing myself. 
 je me lavais. 
 tu te lavais. 
 il se lavait. 
 nous nous lavions. 
 vous vous laviez. 
 ils se lavaient. 
 
 PRETERITE. 
 
 / washed myself. 
 je me lavai. 
 tu te lavas, 
 il se lava, 
 nous nous lavames. 
 vous vous lavates. 
 ils se laverent. 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 / shall wash myself. 
 je me laverai. 
 tu te laveras. 
 il se lavera. 
 nous nous laverons. 
 vous vous laverez. 
 ils se laveront. 
 
 CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 
 
 / shoidd icash myself. 
 je me laverais. 
 tu te laverais. 
 il se laverait. 
 nous nous laverions. 
 vous vous laveriez. 
 ils se laveraient. 
 
 FAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 / have washed myself. 
 
 nous nous sommes laves (ees). 
 vous vous etes laves (ees). 
 ils se sont laves (ees). 
 
 PLUPERFECT. 
 
 I had washed myself. 
 je m'etais lave (ee). 
 tu t'etais lave (ee). 
 il s'etait lave (ee). 
 nous nous etions laves (ees). 
 vous vous etiez laves (ees). 
 ils s'etaient laves (ees). 
 
 PAST ANTERIOR. 
 
 / had washed myself. 
 je me fus lave (ee). 
 tu te fus lave (ee). 
 il se fut lave (ee). 
 nous nous fumes laves (ees). 
 vous vous futes laves (ees). 
 ils se furent laves (ees). 
 
 FUTURE ANTERIOR. 
 
 / shall have washed myself 
 je me serai lave (ee). 
 tu te seras lave (ee). 
 il se sera lave (ee). 
 nous nous serons laves (ees). 
 vous vous serez laves (ees). 
 ils se seront laves (ees). 
 
 CONDITIONAL PAST. 
 
 I should have ivashed myself. 
 je me serais lave (ee). 
 tu te serais lave (ee). 
 il se serait lave (ee). 
 nous nous serions laves (ees). 
 vous vous seriez laves (ees). 
 ils se seraient laves (ees). 
 
302 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. 
 
 that 1 may wash myself. 
 cjue je me lave, 
 que tu te laves, 
 qu'il se lave, 
 que nous nous lavions. 
 que vous vous laviez. 
 qu'ils se lavent. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 
 
 that 1 might wash myself. 
 que je me lavasse. 
 que tu te lavasses. 
 qu'il se lavat. 
 que nous nous lavassions. 
 que vous vous lavassiez. 
 qu'ils se lavassent. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PAST. 
 
 that I may have washed myself. 
 que je me sois lave (ee). 
 que tu te sois lave (ee). 
 qu'il se soit lave (ee). 
 que nous nous soyons laves (ees). 
 que vous vous soyez laves (ees). 
 qu'ils se soient laves (ees). 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. 
 
 that I might have washed myself. 
 que je me fusse lave (ee). 
 que tu te fusses lave (ee). 
 qu'il se fut lave (ee). 
 que nous nous fussions laves (ees). 
 que vous vous fussiez laves (ees). 
 qu'ils se fussent laves (ees). 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 lave-toi, wash thyself. lavons-nous, let us wash ourselves. 
 
 lavez-vous, wash yourselves. 
 
 Observe that the pronoun object is placed after the imperative. 
 See § 94. If the imperative is negative, the pronoun is placed before, 
 according to the general rule, as : — 
 
 ne te lave pas, 
 
 ne nous lavons pas, 
 
 ne vous lavez pas, 
 
 do not wash thyself. 
 
 let us not wash ourselves. 
 
 do not wash yourselves. 
 
 XXVII. Conjugation of a reciprocal verb. 
 
 nous nous flattons 
 vous vous flattez 
 ils se flattent 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 Speaking of two per- 
 sons only. 
 
 1'un 1 l'autre, 
 l'un l'autre, 
 l'un l'autre, 
 
 Speaking of more 
 than two. 
 
 les uns * les autres. 
 les uns les autres. 
 les uns les autres. 
 
 1 All through the conjugation, put l'une l'autre if speaking of two femi- 
 nine subjects, and les unes les autres if speaking of more than two. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 303 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 nous nous sommes flattes l'un 1' autre, 
 vous vous etes flattes l'un l'autre, 
 
 ils se sont flattes l'un l'autre, 
 
 nous nous flattions 
 vous vous flattiez 
 ils se flattaient 
 
 and so on till the 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 l'un l'autre, 
 l'un l'autre, 
 l'un l'autre, 
 
 les uns les autres. 
 les uns les autres. 
 les uns les autres. 
 
 les uns les autres. 
 les uns les autres. 
 les uns les autres. 
 
 IMPERATIVE AFFIRMATIVE. 
 
 flattons-nous l'un l'autre, les uns les autres. 
 
 flattez-vous l'un l'autre, les uns les autres. 
 
 IMPERATIVE NEGATIVE. 
 
 ne nous flattons pas l'un l'autre, les uns les autres. 
 
 ne vous flattez pas l'un l'autre, les uns les autres. 
 
 If the reciprocal verb requires the preposition a before its 
 object, it is conjugated in this way : — 
 
 nous nous parlons 
 vous vous parlez 
 ils se parlent 
 
 INDICATIVE PRESENT. 
 
 We speak to each other. 
 l'un a l'autre, les uns aux autres. 
 
 l'un a l'autre, les uns aux autres. 
 
 l'un a l'autre, les uns aux autres. 
 
 If the reciprocal verb requires any other preposition be- 
 fore its object, the preposition is likewise placed between 
 l'un and l'autre, or les uns and les autres, as : — 
 
 PAST INDEFINITE. 
 
 We fought against each other. 
 nous nous sommes battus l'un contre l'autre, les uns contre les autres, 
 vous vous etes battus l'un contre l'autre, les uns contre les autres. 
 ils se sont battus l'un contre l'autre, les uns contre les autres. 
 
 XXVIII. Formation of Tenses. 
 For the formation of tenses, see pages 183, 184. 
 
304 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 
 Absoudre, 
 
 absolvant, 
 
 j'absous, 
 
 nous absolvons, 
 
 
 to absolve. 
 
 absous, 
 
 tu absous, 
 
 vous absolvez, 
 
 
 
 absoute. 
 
 il absout, 
 
 ils absolvent. 
 
 
 Acquerir, 
 
 acquerant, 
 
 j'acquiers, 
 
 nous acquerons, 
 
 
 to acquire. 
 
 acquis, -e. 
 
 tu acquiers 
 il acquiert, 
 
 vous acquerez, 
 ils acquierent. 
 
 
 Aller, 
 
 allant, 
 
 je vais, 
 
 nous allons, 
 
 
 to go. 
 
 alle, -e. 
 
 tu vas, 
 il va, 
 
 vous allez, 
 ils vont. 
 
 
 Assaillir, 
 
 assaillant, 
 
 j'assaille, 
 
 nous assaillons, 
 
 
 to assail. 
 
 assailli, -e. 
 
 tu assailles. 
 il assaille, 
 
 vous assaillez, 
 ils assaillent. 
 
 
 Asseoir, 
 
 asseyant, 
 
 j'assieds, 
 
 nous asseyons, 
 
 
 to seat. 
 
 assis, -e. 
 
 tu assieds. 
 il assied, 
 
 vous asseyez, 
 ils asseyent. 
 
 
 Battre, 
 
 
 all regular except 
 
 
 to beat. 
 
 
 je bats, 
 
 tu bats, il bat. 
 
 \L 
 
 ^Boire, 
 
 buvant, 
 
 je bois, 
 
 nous buvons, 
 
 
 to drink. 
 
 bu, -e. 
 
 tu bois, 
 il boit, 
 
 vous buvez, 
 ils boivent. 
 
 i 
 
 Botiillir, 
 
 bouillant. 
 
 je bous, 
 
 nous bouillons, 
 
 
 to boil. 
 
 bouilli, -e. 
 
 tu bous, 
 il bout, 
 
 vous bouillez, 
 ils bouillent. 
 
 
 Clore, 
 
 no pres. part. 
 
 je clos, 
 
 
 
 to close. 
 
 clos, -e. 
 
 tu clos, 
 il clot. 
 
 no plural. 
 
 
 Conclure, 
 
 concluant, 
 
 je conclus, 
 
 nous concluons, 
 
 
 to conclude. 
 
 conclu, -e. 
 
 tu conclus, 
 il conclut, 
 
 vous concluez, 
 ils concluent. 
 
 y 
 
 Conduire, 
 
 conduisant, 
 
 je conduis, 
 
 nous conduisons, 
 
 
 to conduct. 
 
 conduit, -e. 
 
 tu conduis, 
 il conduit, 
 
 vous conduisez, 
 ils conduisent. 
 
 
 Confire, 
 
 confisant, 
 
 In all other parts like suffire. 
 
 
 to preserve. 
 
 confit, -e. 
 
 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 305 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 IMPF. & PRE 1. 
 
 PRES. SUBJ 1 \('l LVE. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 j'absoudrai. 
 
 j'absolvais. 
 
 que j'absolve. 
 
 absous, 
 
 
 no preterite. 
 
 
 absolvons, 
 absolvez 
 
 j'acquerrai. 
 
 j'acquerais. 
 
 que j'acquiere. 
 
 acquiers, 
 
 
 j 'acquis. 
 
 
 acquerons, 
 
 acquerez. 
 
 j'irai. 
 
 j'allais. 
 
 que j'aille, 
 
 va. 
 
 
 j'allai. 
 
 que nous alliens, 
 
 allons, 
 
 
 
 qu'ils aillent. 
 
 allcz. 
 
 j'assaillirai. 
 
 j'assaillais. 
 
 que j'assaille. 
 
 assaille, 
 
 
 j'assaillis. 
 
 
 assaillons, 
 
 assaillez. 
 
 j'assierai 
 
 j'asseyais. 
 
 que j'asseye. 
 
 assieds, 
 
 or 
 
 j'assis. 
 
 
 asseyons, 
 
 j'asseyerai. 
 
 
 
 asseyez. 
 
 je boirai. 
 
 je buvais. 
 
 que je boive, 
 
 bois, 
 
 
 je bus. 
 
 que nous buvions, 
 
 buvons, 
 
 
 
 qu'ils boivent. 
 
 buvez. 
 
 je bouillirai. 
 
 je bouillais. 
 
 que je bouille. 
 
 bous, 
 
 
 je bouillis. 
 
 
 bouillons, 
 bouillez. 
 
 je clorai. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 que je close. 
 
 clos. 
 
 je eonclurai. 
 
 je concluais. 
 je conclus. 
 
 que je conclue. 
 
 conclus. 
 
 je conduirai. 
 
 je conduisais. 
 
 que je conduise. 
 
 conduis, 
 
 
 je conduisis. 
 
 
 conduisons, 
 conduisez 
 
306 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 v INFINITIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 Connaitre, 
 
 connaissant, 
 
 je connais, 
 
 nous connaissons, 
 
 to know. 
 
 connu, -e. 
 
 tu connais, 
 il connait, 
 
 vous connaissez, 
 ils connaissent. 
 
 Construire, to 
 
 construct, is 
 
 conjugated 
 
 like conduire. 
 
 Coudre, 
 to sew. 
 
 cousant, 
 cousu, -e. 
 
 je couds, 
 tu couds, 
 il coud, 
 
 nous cousons, 
 vous cousez, 
 ils cousent. 
 
 Courir, 
 
 courant, 
 
 je cours, 
 
 nous courons, 
 
 to run. 
 
 couru. 
 
 tu cours, 
 il court, 
 
 vous courez, 
 ils courent. 
 
 Craindre, 
 
 ?raignant, 
 
 je crains, 
 
 nous craignons, 
 
 to fear. 
 
 craint, -e. 
 
 tu crains, 
 il craint, 
 
 vous craignez, 
 ils craignent. 
 
 Croire, 
 
 to believe. 
 
 croyant, 
 cru, -e. 
 
 je crois, 
 tu crois, 
 il croit, 
 
 nous croyons, 
 vous croyez, 
 ils croient. 
 
 Croitre, 
 
 croissant, 
 
 je crois, 
 
 nous croissons, 
 
 to grow. 
 
 cru, crue. 
 
 tu crois 
 il croit, 
 
 vous croissez, 
 ils croissent. 
 
 Cueillir, 
 
 to gather. 
 
 cueillant, 
 cueilli, -e. 
 
 je cueille, 
 tu cueilles, 
 il cueille, 
 
 nous cueillons, 
 vous cueillez, 
 ils cueillent. 
 
 Cuire, 
 
 to cook. 
 
 cuisant, 
 cuit, -e. 
 
 is conjugated like conduire. 
 
 Dechoir, 
 to fall. 
 
 wanting. 
 dechu, -e. 
 
 je dechois, 
 
 tu dechois, 
 il dechoit, 
 
 nous dechoyons. 
 vous dechoyez, 
 ils dechoient. 
 
 Devoir, 
 
 to oive, must. 
 
 devant, 
 du, due. 
 
 je dois, 
 tu dois, 
 il doit, 
 
 nous devons, 
 vous devez, 
 ils doivent. 
 
 Dire, 
 
 to say. 
 For compounds of 
 
 disant, 
 dit, -e. 
 dire seep. 243. 
 
 je dis, 
 tu dis, 
 il dit, 
 
 nous disons, 
 vous dites, 
 ils disent. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 307 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 IMPF. & PRET. 
 
 PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 je connaitrai. 
 
 je connaissais. 
 
 que je connaisse. 
 
 connais, 
 
 
 je connus. 
 
 
 connaissons, 
 connaissez. 
 
 je coudrai. 
 
 je cousais. 
 
 que je couse. 
 
 couds, 
 
 
 je cousis. 
 
 
 cousons, 
 cousez. 
 
 je courrai 
 
 je courais. 
 
 que je coura 
 
 cours, 
 
 
 je courus. 
 
 
 courons, 
 courez. 
 
 je craindrai. 
 
 je craignais. 
 
 que je craigne. 
 
 crains, 
 
 
 je craignis. 
 
 
 craignons, 
 craignez. 
 
 je croirai. 
 
 je croyais. 
 
 que je croie, 
 
 crois, 
 
 
 je crus. 
 
 que nous croyions. 
 
 croyons, 
 
 croyez. 
 
 je croitrai. 
 
 je croissais. 
 
 que je croisse. 
 
 crois, 
 
 
 je crus. 
 
 
 croissons, 
 croissez. 
 
 je cueillerai. 
 
 je cueillais. 
 
 que je cueille. 
 
 cueille, 
 
 
 je cueillis. 
 
 
 cueillons, 
 cueillez. 
 
 Or it may 
 
 be used in 
 
 the infinitive 
 
 
 tvith faire 
 
 as an 
 
 auxiliary. 
 
 
 je decherrai. 
 
 je dechoyais. 
 
 que je dechoie. 
 
 deehois, 
 
 
 je dechus. 
 
 
 dechoyons, 
 dechoyez. 
 
 je devrai. 
 
 je devais, 
 
 que je doive, 
 
 dois, 
 
 
 je dus. 
 
 que nous devions. 
 
 devons, 
 devez. 
 
 je dirai. 
 
 je disais. 
 
 que je dise. 
 
 dis, 
 
 
 je dis. 
 
 
 disons, 
 dites. 
 
308 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 Dormir, 
 
 to sleep. 
 
 dormant, 
 dormi. 
 
 je dors, nous dormons, 
 tu dors, vous dormez, 
 il dort, ils dorment. 
 
 Ecrire, 
 
 ecrivant, 
 
 j'ecris, nous ecrivons, 
 
 to write. 
 
 ecrit, -e. 
 
 tu ecris, vous ecrivez, 
 il ecrit, ils ecrivent. 
 
 Envoyer, 
 
 to send. 
 
 envoyant, 
 envoye, -e. 
 
 j'envoie, nous envoyons, 
 tu envoies, vous envoyez, 
 il envoie, ils envoient. 
 
 Faillir, 
 
 to fail. 
 
 wanting. 
 failli. 
 
 il faut, ils faillent. 
 
 Faire, 
 
 to do. 
 
 faisant, 
 fait, -e. 
 
 je fais, nous faisons, 
 tu fais, vous faites, 
 il fait, ils font. 
 
 Falloir, 
 
 to be necessary. 
 
 wanting. 
 fallu. " 
 
 il faut. 
 
 Fuir. 
 
 to flee. 
 
 fuyant, 
 fui. 
 
 i becomes y before a voivel, 
 except before -e, -es, -ent. 
 
 Gesir, 
 
 to lie. 
 
 gisant. 
 
 nous gisons, 
 vous gisez, 
 il git, ils gisent. 
 
 Joindre, 
 
 to join. 
 
 joignant, 
 joint, -e. 
 
 is conjugated like craindre, 
 substituting oifor ai. 
 
 Lire, 
 
 to read. 
 
 lisant, 
 lu, -e. 
 
 je lis, nous lisons, 
 tu lis, vous lisez, 
 il lit, ils lisent. 
 
 Luire, 
 
 to shine. 
 
 luisant, 
 lui. 
 
 is conjugated like conduire. 
 
 Mettre, 
 
 to put. 
 
 mettant, 
 mis, -e. 
 
 je mets, nous mettons, 
 tu mets, vous mettez, 
 il met, ils mettent. 
 
 Moudre, 
 
 to grind. 
 
 moulant, 
 moulu, -e. 
 
 je mouds, nous moulons, 
 tu mouds, vous moulez, 
 il moud, ils moulent. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 309 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 impf. & pret. 
 
 PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 je dormirai. 
 
 je dorraais. 
 
 (|ue jc dorme. 
 
 dors, 
 
 
 je dormis. 
 
 
 dormons, 
 dormez. 
 
 j'ecrirai. 
 
 j'ecrivais. 
 
 que j'ecrive. 
 
 ecris, 
 
 
 j'ecrivis. 
 
 
 ecrivons, 
 
 ecrivez. 
 
 j'enverrai. 
 
 j'envoyais. 
 
 que j'envoie. 
 
 envoie, 
 
 
 j'envoyai. 
 
 
 envoyons, 
 envoyez. 
 
 je faudrai. 
 
 je faillis. 
 
 
 
 je ferai. 
 
 je faisais. 
 
 que je fasse. 
 
 fais, 
 
 
 jefis. 
 
 
 faisons, 
 faites. 
 
 
 il fallait. 
 
 
 
 il faudra. 
 
 il fallut. 
 je gisais. 
 
 qu'il faille. 
 
 
 je lirai. 
 
 je lisais. 
 
 que je lise. 
 
 lis, 
 
 
 je lus. 
 
 
 lisons, 
 lisez. 
 
 
 no preterite. 
 
 
 
 je mettrai. 
 
 je mettais. 
 
 que je mette. 
 
 mets, 
 
 
 je mis. 
 
 
 mettons, 
 mettez. 
 
 je moudrai. 
 
 je moulais. 
 
 que je moule. 
 
 mouds, 
 
 
 je moulus. 
 
 
 moulons, 
 moulez. 
 
310 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 Mourir, 
 
 mourant, 
 
 je meurs, nous mourons, 
 
 to die. 
 
 mort, -e. 
 
 tu meurs, vous mourez, 
 il meurt, ils meurent. 
 
 Mouvoir, 
 
 mouvant, 
 
 je meus, nous mouvons, 
 
 to move. 
 
 inu, mue. 
 
 tu meus, vous mouvez, 
 il meut, ils meuvent. 
 
 Naitre, 
 
 to be born. 
 
 1 
 
 naissant, 
 ne, -e. 
 
 is conjugated like connaitre 
 except preterite. 
 
 Nuire, 
 
 to injure. 
 
 nuisant, 
 nui. 
 
 is conjugated like conduire. 
 
 Offrir, 
 
 to offer. 
 
 offrant, 
 offert, -e. 
 
 is conjugated like ouvrir. 
 
 Oui'r, 
 
 to hear. 
 
 oui, -e. 
 
 is conjugated only in the infin- 
 itive and compound tenses. 
 
 Ouvrir, 
 
 ouvrant, 
 
 j'ouvre, nous ouvrons, 
 
 to open. 
 
 ouvert, -e. 
 
 tu ouvres, vous ouvrez, 
 il ouvre, ils ouvrent. 
 
 Paitre, 
 
 to graze. 
 
 paissant. 
 no past part. 
 
 is conjugated like connaitre. 
 
 Partir, 
 
 to set out. 
 
 partant, 
 parti, -e. 
 
 je pars, nous partons, 
 tu pars, vous partez, 
 il part, ils partent. 
 
 Peindre, 
 
 to paint. 
 
 peignant, 
 peint, -e. 
 
 is conjugated like craindre, 
 substituting ei for ai. 
 
 Plaire, 
 
 to please. 
 
 plaisant, 
 plu. 
 
 je plais, nous plaisons, 
 tu plais, vous plaisez, 
 il plait, ils plaisent. 
 
 Pleuvoir, 
 
 to rain. 
 
 pleuvant, 
 plu. 
 
 il pleut. 
 
 Pourvoir, 
 
 to provide. 
 
 pourvoyant, 
 pourvu, -e. 
 
 je pourvois, nous pourvoyons, 
 tu pourvois, vous pourvoyez, 
 il pourvoit, ils pourvoient. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 311 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 IMPF. & FRET. 
 
 PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 je mourrai. 
 
 je mourais. 
 
 que je meure, 
 
 meurs, 
 
 
 je mourus. 
 
 que nous mourions, 
 
 niourons, 
 
 
 
 qu'ils meurent. 
 
 mourez. 
 
 je mouvrai. 
 
 je mouvais. 
 
 que je meuve, 
 
 mens, 
 
 
 je mus. 
 
 que nous niouvions, 
 
 mouvons, 
 
 
 
 qu'ils meuvent- 
 
 mouvez. 
 
 
 je nacquis. 
 
 
 
 j'ouvrirai. 
 
 j'ouvrais. 
 
 que j'ouvre. 
 
 ouvre, 
 
 
 j'ouvris. 
 
 
 ouvrons, 
 ouvrez. 
 
 
 no preterite. 
 
 
 
 je partirai. 
 
 je partais. 
 
 que je parte 
 
 pars, 
 
 
 je partis. 
 
 
 partons, 
 partez. 
 
 je plairai. 
 
 je plaisais. 
 
 que je plaise. 
 
 plais, 
 
 
 je plus. 
 
 
 plaisons, 
 plaisez. 
 
 
 il pleuvait. 
 
 qu'il pleuve. 
 
 
 il pleuvra. 
 
 il plut. 
 
 
 
 je pourvoirai . 
 
 je pourvoyais. 
 
 que je pourvoie. 
 
 pourvois, 
 
 
 je pourvus. 
 
 
 pourvoyons, 
 pourvoyez. 
 
312 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT INDICATIVE. 
 
 Pouvoir, 
 
 to be able. 
 
 pouvant, 
 pu. 
 
 jepeux(puis), nous pouvons, 
 tu peux, vous pouvez, 
 il peut, ils peuvent. 
 
 Prendre, 
 
 to take. 
 
 prenant, 
 pris, -e. 
 
 je prends, nous prenons, 
 tu prends, vous prenez, 
 il prend, ils prennent. 
 
 Se repentir, 
 
 to repent. 
 
 repentant, 
 repenti, -e. 
 
 is conjugated like partir. 
 
 Resoudre, 
 
 to resolve. 
 
 resolvant, 
 resolu, -e, 
 resous. 
 
 je resous, nous resolvons, 
 tu resous, vous resolvez, 
 il resout, ils resolvent. 
 
 Rire, 
 
 to laugh. 
 
 riant, 
 ri. 
 
 je ris, nous rions, 
 tu ris, vous riez, 
 il rit, ils rient. 
 
 Rompre, 
 
 to break. 
 
 rornpant, 
 rompu, -e. 
 
 the third person singular is 
 il rompt. 
 
 Saillir, 
 
 to project, 
 to gush forth, 
 
 is conjugated 
 is regular 
 
 like assaillir. 
 like finir. 
 
 S avoir, 
 
 to know. 
 
 sachant, 
 su, -e. 
 
 je sais, nous savons, 
 tu sais, vous savez, 
 il sait, ils savent. 
 
 Sentir, 
 
 to feel. 
 
 sentant, 
 senti, -e. 
 
 is conjugated like partir. 
 
 Servir, 
 
 servant, 
 
 je sers, nous servons, 
 
 to serve. 
 
 servi, -e. 
 
 tu sers, vous servez, 
 il sert, ils servent. 
 
 Sortir, 
 
 to go out. 
 
 sortant, 
 sorti, -e. 
 
 is conjugated like partir. 
 
 SoufFrir, 
 
 to suffer. 
 
 souffrant, 
 souffert, -e. 
 
 is conjugated like ouvrir. 
 
 Suffire, 
 
 to suffice. 
 
 suffisant, 
 suffi. 
 
 je suffis, nous suffisons, 
 tu suilis, vous sutiisez, 
 il suffit, ils suffisent. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 313 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 IMPP. & PRET. 
 
 PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 je pourrai. 
 
 je pouvais. 
 je pus. 
 
 que je puisse. 
 
 wanting. 
 
 je prendrai. 
 
 je prenais. 
 je pris. 
 
 que je prenne, 
 que nous prenions, 
 qu'ils prennent. 
 
 prends, 
 prenons, 
 
 prenez. 
 
 je resoudrai. 
 
 je resolvais. 
 je resolus. 
 
 que je resolve. 
 
 resous, 
 
 resolvons, 
 
 resolvez. 
 
 je rirai. 
 
 je rials. 
 je ris. 
 
 que je rie. 
 
 ris, 
 
 rions, 
 
 riez. 
 
 All the rest 
 
 of the verb is 
 
 regular. 
 
 
 je saurai. 
 
 je savais. 
 je sus. 
 
 que je sache. 
 
 sache, 
 
 sachons, 
 
 sachez. 
 
 je servirai. 
 
 je servais. 
 
 que je serve. 
 
 sers, 
 
 
 je servis. 
 
 
 servons, 
 servez. 
 
 je suffirai. 
 
 je suffisais. 
 je suffis. 
 
 que je suffise. 
 
 suffis. 
 suffisons, 
 
 suffisez. 
 
 • 
 
314 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PRESENT 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Suivre, 
 
 suivant, 
 
 je suis, 
 
 nous suivons, 
 
 to follow. 
 
 suivi, -e. 
 
 tu suis, 
 
 vous suivez, 
 
 
 
 il suit, 
 
 ils suivent. 
 
 Taire, 
 
 taisant, 
 
 is conjugated like plaire. 
 
 to keep silent. 
 
 tu ; -e. 
 
 
 
 Tenir, 
 
 tenant, 
 
 je tiens, 
 
 nous tenons, 
 
 to hold. 
 
 tenu, -e. 
 
 tu tiens, 
 
 vous tenez, 
 
 
 
 il tient, 
 
 ils tiennent. 
 
 Traire, 
 
 tray ant, 
 
 je trais, 
 
 nous trayons, 
 
 to milk. 
 
 trait, -e. 
 
 tu trais, 
 
 vous trayez, 
 
 
 
 il trait, 
 
 ils traient. 
 
 Tressaillir, 
 
 tressaillant, 
 
 is conjugated like assaillir. 
 
 to start. 
 
 tressailli, -e. 
 
 
 
 Vaincre, 
 
 vainquant, 
 
 je vaincs, 
 
 nous vainquons, 
 
 to overcome. 
 
 vaincu, -e. 
 
 tu vaincs, 
 
 vous vainquez, 
 
 
 
 il vainc, 
 
 ils vainquent. 
 
 Valoir, 
 
 valant, 
 
 je vaux, 
 
 nous valons, 
 
 to be worth. 
 
 valu. 
 
 tu vaux, 
 
 vous valez, 
 
 
 
 il vaut, 
 
 ils valent. 
 
 Venir, 
 
 venant, 
 
 is conjugated like tenir. 
 
 to come. 
 
 venu, -e. 
 
 
 
 V§tir, 
 
 vetant, 
 
 je vets, 
 
 nous vetons. 
 
 to clothe. 
 
 vetu, -e. 
 
 tu vets, 
 
 vous vetez, 
 
 
 
 il vet, 
 
 ils vetent. 
 
 Vivre, 
 
 vivant, 
 
 je vis, 
 
 nous vivons, 
 
 to live. 
 
 vecu. 
 
 tu vis, 
 
 vous vivez, 
 
 
 
 il vit, 
 
 ils vivent. 
 
 Voir, 
 
 voyant, 
 
 je vois, 
 
 nous voyons, 
 
 to see. 
 
 vu, -e. 
 
 tu vois, 
 
 vous voyez, 
 
 
 
 il voit, 
 
 ils voient. 
 
 Vouloir, 
 
 voulant, 
 
 je veux, 
 
 nous voulons, 
 
 to be williny. 
 
 voulu, -e. 
 
 tu veux, 
 
 vous voulez, 
 
 
 
 il veut, 
 
 ils veulent. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 315 
 
 FUTURE. 
 
 IMPF. & FRET. 
 
 PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 je suivrai. 
 
 je suivais. 
 
 que je suive. 
 
 suis, 
 
 
 je suivis. 
 
 
 suivons, 
 suivez. 
 
 je tiendrai. 
 
 je tenais. 
 
 que je tienne, 
 
 tiens, 
 
 
 je tins. 
 
 que nous tenions, 
 
 tenons, 
 
 
 
 que vous teniez. 
 
 tenez. 
 
 je trairai. 
 
 je trayais. 
 
 que je traie, 
 
 trais, 
 
 
 no preterite. 
 
 que nous trayions, 
 
 trayons, 
 
 
 
 que vous trayiez. 
 
 trayez. 
 
 je vaincrai. 
 
 je vainquais. 
 
 que je vainque. 
 
 vaincs, 
 
 
 je vainquis. 
 
 
 vainquons, 
 vainquez. 
 
 je vaudrai. 
 
 je valais. 
 
 que je vaille, 
 
 ivanting. 
 
 
 je valus. 
 
 que nous valions, 
 que vous valiez. 
 
 
 je vdtirai. 
 
 je vetais. 
 
 que je vete. 
 
 vets, 
 
 
 je vetis. 
 
 
 vetous, 
 vetez. 
 
 je vivrai. 
 
 je vivais. 
 
 que je vive. 
 
 vis, 
 
 
 je vecus. 
 
 
 vivons, 
 vivez. 
 
 je verrai. 
 
 je voyais. 
 
 que je voie, 
 
 vois, 
 
 
 je vis. 
 
 que nous voyions, 
 
 voyons, 
 
 
 
 que vous voyiez. 
 
 voyez. 
 
 je voudrai. 
 
 je voulais. 
 
 que je veuille, 
 
 veuille, 
 
 
 je voulus. 
 
 que nous voulions. 
 
 veuillons, 
 
 
 
 que vous vouliez. 
 
 veuillez. 
 
316 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 List of verbs governing the 
 a preposition. 
 
 entendre, to hear. 
 envoyer, to send. 
 espe'rer, to hope. 
 faillir, to have like to, to 
 
 be near... 
 faire, to cause, to get, to 
 
 have. 
 falloir, to be necessary. 
 s'imaginer, to fancy. 
 laisser, to allow, to let. 
 mener, to take. 
 nier, to deny. 
 observer, to observe. 
 oser, to dare. 
 ou'ir, to hear. 
 paraitre, to appear. 
 penser, to be like to, to 
 
 be near... 
 pouvoir, to be able. 
 
 XXIX. 
 
 aimer mieux, to prefer. 
 aller, to go, to be about to. 
 affirmer, to affirm. 
 apercevoir, to perceive. 
 assnrer, to assert. 
 avouer, to confess. 
 compter, to expect. 
 eoncevoir, to conceive, to 
 
 represent to one's self 
 confesser, to confess. 
 croire, to believe. 
 daigner, to deign. 
 declarer, to declare. 
 deposer, to depose (as a 
 
 witness), 
 desirer, to desire. 
 devoir, to be to, to have 
 
 to, must. 
 ecouter, to listen. 
 
 infinitive without 
 
 preferer, to prefer. 
 
 pre'tendre, to pretend. 
 
 rapporter, to relate. 
 
 recounaitre, to acknowl- 
 edge. 
 
 regarder, to look at. 
 
 retourner, to go back. 
 
 revenir, to come back. 
 
 savoir, to know. 
 
 sembler, to seem. 
 
 sentir, to feel. 
 
 souhaiter, to wish. 
 
 soutenir, to maintain. 
 
 te'moigner, to testify. 
 
 valoir mieux, to be bet- 
 ter. 
 
 venir, to come. 
 
 voir, to see. 
 
 vouloir, to be willing. 
 
 XXX. List of verbs requiring de before an infinitive. 
 
 Is'excuser, to excuse one's 
 
 self. 
 feindre, to pretend. 
 finir, to finish. 
 
 accepter, to accept. 
 accorder, to permit 
 achever, to finish. 
 affecter, to affect. 
 
 craindre, to fear. 
 crier, to cry out, 
 dedaiguer, to disdain. 
 defendre, to forbid. 
 
 ambitionuer, to be ambi- 
 tious to. 
 
 apprebender, to appre- 
 hend. 
 
 s'aviser, to bethink one's 
 self. 
 
 blamer, to blame. 
 
 bruler, to be impatient. 
 
 cesser, to cease. 
 
 cboisir, to choose. 
 
 commander, to com- 
 mand. 
 
 conjurer, to entreat. 
 
 conseiller, to advise. 
 
 se contenter, to be satis- 
 fied. 
 
 se depecber, to hasten. 
 
 detester, to detest. 
 
 differer, to differ. 
 
 dire, to say, to tell. 
 
 discontinue^ to discon- 
 tinue. 
 
 ecrire, to write. 
 
 s'efforcer, to exert one's 
 self. 
 
 eluder, to elude. 
 
 empecher, to hinder. 
 
 eutrepreudre, to under- 
 take. 
 
 rssiu er, to try. 
 
 s'etonner, to wondi r. 
 
 e'viter, to shun. 
 
 se flatter, to flatter one's 
 self to hope. 
 
 fre'mir, to shudder. 
 
 gager, to wager. 
 
 se garder, to take care 
 not. 
 
 gemir, to groan. 
 
 se hater, /" make haste. 
 
 imaginer, to take into 
 one's head. 
 
 s'indigner, to be indig- 
 nant. 
 
 inspirer, to inspire. 
 
 interdire, to forbid. 
 
 jurer, to swear. 
 
 loner, to praise. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 317 
 
 mander, to write word. 
 manquer, to fail to. 
 mediter, to contemplate. 
 se meler, to interfere. 
 menacer, to threaten. 
 me'riter, to deserve. 
 ue'gliger, to neglect. 
 obliger, to oblige, to do 
 
 a service. 
 obtenir, to obtain. 
 offrir, to offer. 
 omettre, to omit. 
 ordonner, to j)rescribe. 
 pardonner, to forgive. 
 permettre, to permit. 
 persuader, to persuade. 
 
 se plaindre, to complain, 
 prier, to request, to ask. 
 projeter, to project. 
 promettre, to promise. 
 proposer, to propose. 
 se proposer, to purpose. 
 protester, to protest. 
 recommander, to recom- 
 mend. 
 redouter, to fear. 
 refuser, to refuse. 
 regretter, to regret. 
 se re'jouir, to rejoice. 
 remereier, to thank. 
 se repentir, to repent. 
 reprocher, to reproach. 
 
 se re'server, to reserve to 
 one's self a right. 
 
 re'soudre, to resolve. 
 
 risquer, to risk. 
 
 rougir, to blush. 
 
 sommer, to summon. 
 
 se soueier, to mind, to 
 cure. 
 
 soupconner, to suspect. 
 
 se souvenir, to remem- 
 U r. 
 
 sugge'rer, to suggest. 
 
 tenter, to attempt. 
 
 tacher, to endeavor. 
 
 trembler, to fear. 
 
 se vanter, to boast. 
 
 XXXI. List of verbs requiring a before an infinitive. 
 
 s'abaisser, to stoop to. 
 
 aboutir, to end in. 
 
 s'aceorder, to agree in. 
 
 s'accoutumer, to accus- 
 tom one's self 
 
 s'acbaroer, to be eager 
 at. 
 
 admettre, to admit. 
 
 aguerrir, to inure. 
 
 s'aguerrir, to inure one's 
 self. 
 
 aider, to help. 
 
 aimer, to tike. 
 
 s'amuser, to amuse one's 
 self. 
 
 s'appliquer, to apply. 
 
 apprendre, to learn. 
 
 s'appreter, to prepare 
 cue's self 
 
 aspirer, to aspire. 
 
 assigner, to summon. 
 
 assujettir, to compel. 
 
 s'assujettir, to submit. 
 
 s'attacber, to mah it 
 one's studi/. 
 
 s'attendre, to expect. 
 
 autoriser, to authorize. 
 
 s'avilir, to demean out's 
 self. 
 
 avoir, to have. 
 
 balancer, to hesitate. 
 
 se borner, to confine 
 one's self. 
 
 chercher, to seek. 
 
 commeueer, to begin. 
 
 se complaire, to delight. 
 
 concourir, to concur. 
 
 condamner, to condemn. 
 
 se condamner, to con- 
 demn one's self. 
 
 condescendre, to conde- 
 scend. 
 
 consentir, to consent. 
 
 consister, to consist. 
 
 conspirer, to conspire. 
 
 se consumer, to ruin 
 one's health. 
 
 contribuer, to contribute. 
 
 convier, to invite. 
 
 coiiter, to cost. 
 
 decider, to persuade. 
 
 se de'eider, to decide. 
 
 destiner, to destine, to 
 design. 
 
 determiner, to persuade, 
 to induce. 
 
 se de'terminer, to deter- 
 mine. 
 
 se devouer, to devote 
 one's self 
 
 disposer, to prepare, to 
 fit. 
 
 se disposer, to prepare. 
 
 dresser, to train. 
 
 employer, to employ, in 
 occupy. 
 
 s'employer, to employ, 
 to occupy one's self 
 
 encourager, to encour- 
 age. 
 
 s'encourager, to incite 
 one's self. 
 
 engager, t<> induce. 
 
 s'engager, to bind one's 
 self 
 
318 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 s'enhardir, to make bold. 
 enseigner, to teach. 
 s'entendre, to know how. 
 s'etudier, to make it 
 
 one's study. 
 exceller, to excel. 
 exciter, to urge. 
 s'exciter, to stimulate 
 
 one's self. 
 s'exercer, to exercise 
 
 one's self. 
 exhorter, to exhort. 
 s'exposer, to expose 
 
 one's self. 
 se fatiguer, to fatigue 
 
 one's self. 
 gagner, to gain. 
 s'habituer, to accustom 
 
 one's self 
 se hasarder, to venture. 
 he'siter, to hesitate. 
 instruire, to instruct. 
 s'instruire, to instruct 
 
 one's self 
 inviter, to invite, to ask. 
 
 se mettre, to set about, 
 to begin. 
 
 s'obstiner, to be obsti- 
 nate. 
 
 occuper, to occupy, to 
 employ. 
 
 s'occuper, to be engaged. 
 
 s'offrir, to offer, to stand 
 forth. 
 
 s'opiniatrer, to be obsti- 
 nate. 
 
 parvenir, to succeed. 
 
 pencher, to lean. 
 
 penser, to think, to have 
 some thoughts. 
 
 perseve'rer, to persevere. 
 
 persister, to persist. 
 
 se plaire, to delight. 
 
 plier, to bend. 
 
 se plier, to bend, to stoop. 
 
 porter, to induce, to 
 prompt. 
 
 preparer, to prepare. 
 
 se preparer, to prepare 
 one's self. 
 
 pretendre, to aspire. 
 provoquer, to provoke. 
 re'duire, to reduce. 
 se refuser, to refuse one's 
 
 self, not to admit. 
 renoncer, to renounce. 
 repugner, to be repug- 
 nant. 
 se re'signer, to resign, to 
 
 submit, one's self 
 se resoudre, to resolve. 
 reussir, to succeed. 
 servir, to serve. 
 songer, to think. 
 suffire, to be sufficient. 
 tarder, to delay, to be 
 
 long. 
 travailler, to study, to 
 
 endeavor. 
 se tuer, to kill one's self 
 
 to take much trouble. 
 viser, to aim, to aspire. 
 vouer, to devote. 
 se vouer, to devote, to 
 
 apply, one's self 
 
 XXXII. Adjectives -which change their signification ac- 
 cording as they are placed before or after the noun. 
 
 Bon. Un Homme bon, '/ good man ; un bon homme, (/ simple man : un 
 
 bon mot, a pun ; une bonne parole, a good word. 
 Brave. Un homme brave, a brave man ; un brave homme, a worthy 
 
 man . 
 Certain. Une chose certaine, a positive thing ; une certaine chose, a 
 
 particular thing. 
 Commun. Une voix commune, a common voice ; d'une commune voix, 
 
 unanimously. 
 Dernier. Le mois dernier, last month ; le dernier mois, the last month 
 
 (of the year, of my stay in London, etc.). 
 Faux. Une fausse clef, a skeleton key ; une clef fausse, a wrong key ; 
 
 une fausse porte, a secret door ; une porte fausse, a false door. 
 
APPENDIX. 319 
 
 Furieux. Un furieux menteur, a terrible liar ; un homme furieux, an 
 enraged man. 
 
 Galant. Un galant homme, a well-bred man ; un homme galant, a man 
 polite to ladies. 
 
 Gentil. Un gentilhomme, a nobleman ; un homme gentil, a gay, polite 
 man. 
 
 Grand. Un grand homme, a great man ; un homme grand, a tall man. 
 But if, after grand homme, some other external qualities are added, 
 it means tall : C'est un grand homme blond, bien fait. In like man- 
 ner if, after un homme grand, some moral qualification is added, 
 (/rand does not refer to the size : Un homme grand dans ses desseins. 
 Le grand air, noble manners ; l'air grand, a noble look. 
 
 Haut. Le haut ton, an arrogant manner ; le ton haut, a loud voice. 
 
 Honnete. Un honnete homme, an honest man ; un homme honnete, a 
 polite man. 
 
 Mauvais. Le mauvais air, vulgar appearance ; l'air mauvais, ill-natured 
 look, 
 
 Mechant. Une mechante epigramme, a poor epigram ; une e'pigramme 
 mechante, a wicked epigram. 
 
 Mortel. Un mortel ennemi, a deadly enemy ; l'homme mortel, mortal 
 man. 
 
 Neuf. Un habit neuf, a new-made coat ; un habit nouveau, a coat oj 
 new fashion ; un nouvel habit, another coat. 
 
 Nouveau. Le nouveau vin, wine different from that which was drunk 
 before, newly broached wine ; du vin nouveau, wine newly made. 
 
 Pauvre. When placed before the noun, it lias the various significa- 
 tions which the word poor has in English : assister un pauvre vieil- 
 lard, une pauvre veuve, un pauvre homme, means to assist one in 
 poverty; le pauvre enfant, les pauvres innocents, le pauvre animal, 
 are terms of endearment ; un pauvre, orateur, de pauvre vin, are terms 
 of contempt. When placed after the noun it always signifies pov- 
 erty : un homme pauvre, a needy man. 
 
 Petit. Un petit homme, a little man ; un homme petit, a mean man. 
 Observe that petit has its natural meaning when placed before 
 the noun, its figurative when placed after. It is the reverse with 
 grand. 
 
 Plaisant. Un plaisant conte, an unlikely, absurd tale ; un conte plai- 
 sant, an amusing story. Un plaisant homme, a ridiculous man ; un 
 homme plaisant, a humorous man. 
 
320 APPENDIX. 
 
 Propre. Mon propre habit, my own coat ; un habit propre, a ch an 
 
 coat. 
 
 Seul. Un seul homme, a single man; un homme seul, a man alone. 
 
 Triste. Un triste homme, a poor kind of a man ; un homme triste, a 
 
 sorrowful man. 
 
 Vilain. Un vilain homme, a disagreeable man ; un homme fort vilain, 
 an ugly man. 
 
 THE ADVERB. 
 Formation of qualificative adverbs. 
 
 (1) Qualificative adverbs are formed either from the 
 masculine of adjectives, or from the feminine. 
 
 (2) If the masculine ends with a vowel, the termina- 
 tion -ment is added : poli, poliment ; sage, sagement. 
 
 Exceptions. — Impuni makes impunement ; prodigue, prodigale- 
 ment ; traitre, traitreusement. Aveugle, conforme, enorme, incom- 
 mode, opiniatre, and uniforme, change e mute into e ; aveuglement. 
 
 (3) If the masculine ends with a consonant, it is to 
 the feminine that the termination -ment is added. 
 
 Pur, purement ; franc, franchement ; sec, sechement ; complet, 
 completement ; heureux, heureusement ; actif , activement. 
 
 Exceptions. — Gentil makes gentiment. Commun, confus, diffus, 
 expres, importun, obscur, precis, profond, end in -ement instead of 
 -ement : communement, confusement, etc. 
 
 The adjectives beau, nouveau, fou, mou, beiug derived from bel, 
 nouvel, fol, mol, are considered as ending with a consonant, and make 
 bellement, nouvellement, follement, mollement. 
 
 (4) If the masculine ends in -nt, nt is changed into 
 -mment, and the last two syllables are pronounced amant : 
 mediant, mechamment ; prudent, prudemment. 
 
 Exceptions. — The three adjectives lent, present, vehement, make 
 lentement, presentement, vehementement 
 
c 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 I. — FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 A, has. 
 
 il y a, (here is, (here are, 
 ago. 
 
 a, to, at, in, by. 
 
 abandonner, to abandon. 
 
 abeille, bee. 
 
 abhorre de, abhorred by. 
 
 abondaut, abundant. 
 
 d'abord, at first. 
 
 aboyer, to bark. 
 
 absolument, entirely, 
 absolutely. 
 
 s'abstenir, to abstain. 
 
 abstinence, abstinence. 
 
 abuser, to abuse. 
 
 accepte, accepted. 
 
 accepter, to accept. 
 
 acces, fit. 
 
 accident, accident. 
 
 accompagner, to accom- 
 pany. 
 
 accord, agreement. 
 
 accoutumer, to accus- 
 tom. 
 
 accueil, reception, wel- 
 come. 
 
 accueillir, to receive. 
 
 accuser, to accuse. 
 
 achete, bought. 
 
 acheter, (a), to buy 
 from. 
 
 acque'rir, to acquire 
 
 s'acquitter, to perform. 
 
 acte, act. 
 
 actif, active. 
 
 action, engagement, ac- 
 tion. 
 
 adjectif, adjective. 
 
 admettre, to admit. 
 
 admirer, to admire. 
 
 adresser, to apply to. 
 
 s'adresser (a), to ad- 
 dress. 
 
 affaire, affair, matter. 
 
 affliger, to a/flirt, to dis- 
 tress. 
 
 affreux, sombre, fright- 
 ful. 
 
 afin de, in order to. 
 
 afin que, so that. 
 
 age, age. 
 
 moyen age, Middle 
 Ages. 
 
 age', old. 
 
 agi, behaved. 
 
 agir, to act, to behave. 
 
 agreable, pleasant, 
 agreeable. 
 
 aide, help. 
 
 aiguille, needle. 
 
 ail leu rs, elsewhere. 
 
 d'ailleurs, besides. 
 
 aimable, amiable, kind. 
 
 aimer, to like, to love. 
 21 
 
 ainsi, thus, so. 
 aise, bien aise, glad. 
 alle', gone. 
 aller, to go. 
 allons ! come ! 
 almanach, almanac. 
 alors, then, at that time. 
 ambition, ambition. 
 amener, to bring. 
 Ame'rique, America. 
 ami, friend. 
 ami tie', friendship 
 amusant, amusing 
 amuser, to amuse. 
 s'amuser, to enjou one's 
 
 self. 
 an, year. 
 
 ancien, old, ancient. 
 anglais, English. 
 Angleterre, England. 
 angora, angora. 
 animal, animal. 
 anime, animated. 
 an nee. year. 
 1 'an ne'e derniere, last 
 
 year. 
 annoncer, to announce. 
 aout. August. 
 apercevoir, to perceive. 
 apoplexie, apoplexy. 
 appareil, form, display 
 appartement, room. 
 
322 
 
 FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 appartenir, to belong. 
 
 appeler, to call, sum- 
 mon. 
 
 s'appeler, to call one's 
 self, to be called. 
 
 appetit. appetite. 
 
 applique, diligent. 
 
 s'appliquer, to apply 
 one's self. 
 
 apporter, to bring (here). 
 
 aoportez-moi, bring me. 
 
 apprendre, to learn. 
 
 appris, learnt. 
 
 approbation, approba- 
 tion. 
 
 s'approcher de, to go up 
 to, to come near. 
 
 approuver, to approve. 
 
 appui, support. 
 
 appuyer, to support. 
 
 apres, after, afterwards. 
 
 apres-demain, the day 
 after to-morrow. 
 
 apres-midi. afternoon. 
 
 arbre, tree. 
 
 ardemment, eagerly. 
 
 ardoise, slate. 
 
 argent, money, silver. 
 
 argument, argument. 
 
 Aristote, Aristotle. 
 
 arracher, to take out, to 
 extort. 
 
 arreter, to stop ; to flx. 
 
 arrive', arrived. 
 
 arrive'e, arrival. 
 
 arriver, to arrive, to 
 happen. 
 
 arrose, watered. 
 
 arroser, to water. 
 
 article, article. 
 
 artillerie, artillery. 
 
 assemble'e, assembly, 
 meeting. 
 
 asseoir, to seat. 
 
 s'asseoir, to sit down. 
 
 assez, enough ; (bef. adj. 
 or adv.), pretty. 
 
 assigner, to assign. 
 
 assurer, to affirm, to 
 maintain. 
 
 atelier, workshop, stud to. 
 
 attaquer, to attack. 
 
 attendre, to wait {for). 
 
 attentif, attentive. 
 
 attention, attention, no- 
 tice. 
 
 atteutivement, atten- 
 tively 
 
 atti rer, to attract, lodrag. 
 
 attraper, to catch. 
 
 au, to the, at the. 
 
 aucun, any. 
 
 audace, audacity. 
 
 au-devant, before. 
 
 aujourd'hui, to-day. 
 
 au moins, at the least. 
 
 auparavant, before. 
 
 auquel. a laquelle, aux- 
 quels, auxquelles. to 
 which. 
 
 aussi, also, as, therefore. 
 
 aussitot, immediately, at 
 once. 
 
 aussitot que, as soon as. 
 
 autant, as much, as 
 many. 
 
 auteur, author. 
 
 autre, other. 
 
 autrefois, formerly. 
 
 autrement, otherwise. 
 
 Autriche, Austria. 
 
 Autrichien, Austrian. 
 
 aux, to the, at the. 
 
 il y avait, there was, 
 there were. 
 
 avaler, to swallow. 
 
 plus avanee', better off. 
 
 avancement, promotion. 
 
 avancer, to advance. 
 avant, before. 
 avant-hier, the day be- 
 fore yesterday. 
 avec, with. 
 avenue, avenue. 
 avertir, to warn, to no- 
 
 avocat, laivyer. 
 avoir, to have. 
 avouer, to confess. 
 avril, April. 
 ay ant, having. 
 
 Bagage, luggage. 
 
 bague, ring. 
 
 baisser, to stoop, to 
 lower down. 
 
 balbutier, to stammer. 
 
 balle, ball, bullet. 
 
 balustrade, railing. 
 
 banc, bench. 
 
 bas, low. 
 
 au bas, at the foot. 
 
 bataille, battle. 
 
 bateau, boat. 
 
 bateau a vapeur, steam- 
 er. 
 
 batir, to build. 
 
 baton, stick. 
 
 batterie, battery. 
 
 battre, to beat, to flap. 
 
 se battre, to fight. 
 
 battu, beaten. 
 
 beau, be), belle, beauti- 
 ful, fine, handsome. 
 
 beau frere, brolher-in- 
 la w. 
 
 beaucoup, much, many, 
 a great deal, plenty. 
 
 Belgique, Belgium. 
 
 belle-sceur, sister-in-law. 
 
 besogne, task, job. 
 
FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 323 
 
 besoin (avoir), to be in 
 need, to need. 
 
 bete, beast, animal. 
 
 bete (adj.), stupid. 
 
 beurre, butter. 
 
 bevue, blunder. 
 
 bibliotheque, bookcase. 
 
 bieu, well, very, a great 
 many, most ; indeed. 
 
 eh bien ! well ! 
 
 bieu tot, soon. 
 
 biere, beer. 
 
 billet, note. 
 
 blamer, to b/anie. 
 
 blanc, blanche, white. 
 
 ble', wheat. 
 
 blesse', wounded. 
 
 blesser, to wound. 
 
 blessure, wound. 
 
 bleu, blue. 
 
 boire, to drink. 
 
 bois, wood, grove. 
 
 boite, box. 
 
 boiter, to halt. 
 
 bombe, bomb. 
 
 bon, bonne, good. 
 
 bonheur, happiness, 
 pleasure. 
 
 bonhomme, fellow, ' lit- 
 tle man.' 
 
 bonne, maid -servant, 
 nursemaid. 
 
 bonte', goodness. 
 
 bovd, edge, bank, shore. 
 
 au bord de la mer, at 
 the coast. 
 
 bottine, boot. 
 
 boucle d'oreille. ear- 
 ring. 
 
 boulanger, baker. 
 
 bouquet, nosegay. 
 
 bourse, purse ; exchange. 
 
 bouteille, bottle. 
 bouton, stud. 
 
 bracelet, bracelet. 
 bras, arm. 
 
 brave, brave; honest. 
 braver, to brave. 
 Bretagne, Brittany. 
 bride, bridle. 
 broche, brooch. 
 brouillard, fog. 
 bruit, noise, report. 
 briiler, to burn. 
 brusquement, rudely. 
 bruyant, noisy. 
 bu, drunk. 
 
 Ca (a familiar contrac- 
 tion for cela), (hat. 
 
 ca et la, here and there. 
 
 cabaret, tavern. 
 
 cache, hidden. 
 
 ca,cher,tohide,to conceal. 
 
 cadeau, present. 
 
 cafe, coffee. 
 
 cahier, copy-book. 
 
 caisse, bor. 
 
 caisse d'e'pargne, sav- 
 ings bank. 
 
 caleche, carriage. 
 
 calme, calm. 
 
 camarade, comrade. 
 
 campagne, country ; 
 campaign. 
 
 a la campagne, in the 
 country. 
 
 canne, cane. 
 
 caparaconne, capari- 
 soned. 
 
 capitaine, captain. 
 
 capitale, capital. 
 
 captiver, to captivate, to 
 take up. 
 
 car, for, as. 
 
 carafe, carafe, decanter. 
 
 cargaison, cargo. 
 
 cas, case, circumstanre. 
 en tous cas, at any rate 
 casque, helmet. 
 casser, to break. 
 cathedrale, cathedral. 
 cause, cause. 
 a cause de, on account of. 
 causer, to talk, to chat. 
 ce, cet, cette, this, that. 
 ce qui, ce que, what. 
 ce que e'est que (voila), 
 
 see what. . . is. 
 ce sont, they are. 
 ceci, this thinq. 
 ceder, to yield, to give 
 
 way or place. 
 ceder le pas, to give 
 
 precedence. 
 cela. that thing. 
 eclebrer, to celebrate 
 celle, that, this. 
 celle-ci, this, this one. 
 celle-la, that, that one. 
 celles, those, these. 
 celles-ci, these, these 
 
 ernes. 
 celles-la, (hose, those 
 
 ones. 
 celui, thai, this. 
 celui qui, he who. 
 celui-ci, the latter, this, 
 
 this one. 
 celui la, (hat, that one. 
 cent, hundred. 
 centime, centime, = 3 of 
 
 a cent, 
 cependaut, however, 
 
 meanwhile. 
 certain, certain. 
 certainement, certainly. 
 ces, these, those. 
 cesser, to cease. 
 e'est, he is, she is, it is, 
 
 they are. 
 
324 
 
 FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 cet, cette, this, that. 
 
 ceux, those, these. 
 
 ceux-ci, these, these ones. 
 
 ceux-la, those, those 
 ones. 
 
 chacun, each, every one. 
 
 chagrin, sad, vexed, 
 sorry. 
 
 chaine, chain. 
 
 chaise, chair. 
 
 chaleur, warmth, heat. 
 
 chambellau, chamber- 
 lain. 
 
 chambre, room. 
 
 champ de course, race- 
 ground. 
 
 changement, change. 
 
 changer, to change. 
 
 chanson, song. 
 
 chanter, to sing. 
 
 chapeau, hat. 
 
 chapelle, chapel. 
 
 chaque, each, every. 
 
 charger, to load, to 
 charge. 
 
 Charles, Charles. 
 
 eharmant, charming. 
 
 charme', delighted. 
 
 chasse, hunt. 
 
 chasser, to drive, to hunt. 
 
 chasseur, huntsman. 
 
 chat, chatte, cat. 
 
 chaud, hot, warm. 
 
 chaud (avoir), to be 
 warm. 
 
 chauffer, to warm. 
 
 chemin, way. 
 
 cher, dear. 
 
 cherclie, looked for, 
 sought. 
 
 chercher, to look for, to 
 seek, to bring, to try. 
 
 Chersonese, Chersonese. 
 
 cheval, horse. 
 
 cheveu, hair. 
 
 chez, at, in, or to the 
 1 to use of 
 
 chien, dog. 
 
 chiffre, number. 
 
 Chili, Chili. 
 
 choisi, chosen. 
 
 choisir, to choose. 
 
 choix, choice. 
 
 chose, thing. 
 
 chose (autre), something 
 else. 
 
 choucroute, sour-crout. 
 
 ci, here. 
 
 ciel, heaven, sky. 
 
 cinq, .//ye. 
 
 cinquante, fifty. 
 
 cinquieme, fifth. 
 
 circonstance, circum- 
 stance. 
 
 clair, clear, obvious. 
 
 clair de lune, moonlvjht. 
 
 elameur, noise. 
 
 classe, class. 
 
 cle, key. 
 
 clerge, clergy. 
 
 cceur, heart. 
 
 de tout mon cceur, with 
 all my heart. 
 
 coin, corner. 
 
 colere, anger, passion. 
 
 colonel, colonel. 
 
 combattre, to fight. 
 
 combien, how much, 
 how mam/. 
 
 combien de temps, how 
 long. 
 
 comique, comical. 
 
 commandant, com- 
 mander. 
 
 commande', ordered. 
 
 commander, to order, to 
 command. 
 
 comme, as, like, how. 
 
 comme a l'ordinaire, as 
 usual. 
 
 commencer, to begin, to 
 commence. 
 
 comment, how, what. 
 
 commettre, to commit. 
 
 commission, errand. 
 
 compagnon, companion. 
 
 complet, complete. 
 
 completement, com- 
 pletely. 
 
 compose, composed. 
 
 comprendre, to under- 
 stand. 
 
 compte, account. 
 
 compter, to count, to in- 
 tend. 
 
 concourir, to take part. 
 
 conducteur, conductor, 
 driver. 
 
 conduire, to take to ; to 
 drive. 
 
 se conduire, to behave. 
 
 conduite, conduct. 
 
 conliauce, confidence. 
 
 Conner, to trust, to in- 
 trust. 
 
 se confondre, to be lost 
 in 
 
 confus, confused. 
 
 congc'dier, to dismiss. 
 
 connaissance, acquainl- 
 ance, knowledge. 
 
 connaitre. to know. 
 
 conque'rir, to conquer 
 
 conseil, advice ; council. 
 
 conseiller, to advise, to 
 recommend. 
 
 consentir, to consent. 
 
 constamment, constant- 
 
 ly- 
 
 consulter, to consult. 
 content, satisfied, pleas- 
 ed. 
 
FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 325 
 
 conter, to relate. 
 
 continuellement, contin- 
 ually. 
 
 continuer, to continue. 
 
 contraindre, to compel. 
 
 contraire, contrary, re- 
 verse. 
 
 au coutraire, on the con- 
 trary. 
 
 contre, against. 
 
 convaincre, to convince. 
 
 convaincu, convinced. 
 
 conveDable, becoming. 
 
 convenablement, prop- 
 erly. _ 
 
 convenir, to agree. 
 
 convenu, appointed, 
 agreed upon. 
 
 conversation, conversa- 
 tion. 
 
 il convient, it is proper. 
 
 corbeau, crow. 
 
 corbeille, basket. 
 
 cordialite, cordiality. 
 
 Cordoue, Cordova. 
 
 corps, body. 
 
 correspondance, corre- 
 spondence. 
 
 corriger, to correct. 
 
 cote, coast. 
 
 cote', side ; a. . . , to 
 the side; de l'autre . 
 . . , on the other side. 
 
 con, neck. 
 
 se coucher, to go to bed, 
 to lie down. 
 
 conp, shot, blow, stroke. 
 
 coup de canon, cannon- 
 shot. 
 
 coup de pied, kick. 
 
 tout a coup, suddenly. 
 
 coupable, guilty. 
 
 coupe, cut. 
 
 couper, to cut, to cut off. 
 
 cour, court, court-yard. 
 courage, courage. 
 courant d'air, current of 
 
 an . 
 courir, to run. 
 cours, course. 
 course, errand. 
 court, short. 
 courtisan, courtier. 
 cousin, cousin 
 couteau, knife. 
 couter, to cost. 
 coutume, habit. 
 avoir coutume, to be 
 
 accustomed. 
 co uturier e, dressmaker. 
 convert (de), covered 
 
 (with). 
 couvrir, to cover. 
 craindre, to fear. 
 crainte, fear. 
 crayon, pencd. 
 cre'er. to create. 
 credule, credulous. 
 creme, cream. 
 Cre'sus, Croesus. 
 cri, cry. 
 crier, to cry, to cry out, 
 
 to exclaim, to call out. 
 crime, crime 
 croire, to believe. 
 cruel, cruel. 
 cruellement, cruelly. 
 cueillir, to gather, to 
 
 harvest. 
 cuirasse, cuirass. 
 cuisiniere, cook. 
 cuivre, copper. 
 curieux, curious. 
 
 Dame, lady. 
 dans, in. 
 danse, dance. 
 
 date, date. 
 
 davantage, more. 
 
 de, of, from, any, in, 
 with, by. 
 
 de', thimble. 
 
 de'barrasser, to rid. 
 
 se de'battre, to strug- 
 gle. 
 
 debiter, to recite. 
 
 debout, standing up. 
 
 de'boutonner, to unbut- 
 ton. 
 
 de'cembre, December. 
 
 decider, to decide. 
 
 de'coration, decoration. 
 
 de'courager, to discour- 
 age. 
 
 decouvert, discovered. 
 
 decouvrir, to uncover. 
 
 se decouvrir, to take off 
 oik's hat. 
 
 de'dire, to contradict. 
 
 defaut, fault, defect. 
 
 defendre, to forbid. 
 
 se de'feudre, to defend 
 one's selforeach other. 
 
 de'fendu, forbidden . 
 
 de'finitivement, positive- 
 
 degofit, dislike. 
 
 deja, already. 
 
 dejeuner (n.), break- 
 fast. 
 
 dejeuner (v.), to break- 
 fast. 
 
 de T, de la, of the, some, 
 any 
 
 de'licieux, delicious, de- 
 lightful. 
 
 demain, to-morrow. 
 
 demande, inquiry. 
 
 demander, to ask (for) ; 
 se ..., to ask one's self, 
 to wonder. 
 
326 
 
 FRENCH-ENGLISH 
 
 demarche, step. 
 
 de'me'nager, to remove. 
 
 demeure, dwelling. 
 
 demeure, lived. 
 
 demeurer, to remain, to 
 live . 
 
 demi, a demi, half. 
 
 demi - douzaine, half- 
 dozen. 
 
 demi-livre, half pound. 
 
 demoiselle, young lad//, 
 unmarried lady. 
 
 de'montrer, to prove. 
 
 dent, tooth. 
 
 den telle, lace. 
 
 de'part, departure. 
 
 de'peche, despatch. 
 
 depeeher, to hasten. 
 
 de'plaire, to displease. 
 
 deposer, to lay down. 
 
 depuis, since, for, from. 
 
 depuis quand, how long. 
 
 de'ranger, to disturb. 
 
 dernier, last. 
 
 derriere, behind. 
 
 des, of the, from the, 
 some, any. 
 
 des que, as soon as. 
 
 de'sagre'able, disagree- 
 able. 
 
 descendre, to come down, 
 to let out, get out. 
 
 deserter, to desert. 
 
 deserteur, deserter. 
 
 de'sirer, to wish. 
 
 de'sobeir, to disobey. 
 
 desole, grieved. 
 
 de'sormais, in future, 
 henceforth. 
 
 dessin, design, drawing. 
 
 dessus, ufTun, above. 
 
 detail, detail. 
 
 determiner, to deter- 
 mine. 
 
 detester, to detest. 
 de'truire, to destroy. 
 deuil, mourning. 
 deux, two. 
 deuxieme, second. 
 devant, before, in front. 
 devenir, to become. 
 devenu, become. 
 deviner, to guess. 
 devoir (n.), duty. 
 devoir (v.), to owe, must 
 diamant, diamond. 
 dictee, dictation. 
 Dieu, God. 
 diffe'rent, different. 
 difficile, difficult. 
 difficulte, difficulty. 
 digne, worthy. 
 dignitaire, dignitary. 
 dimanche, Sunday. 
 diner (n), dinner. 
 diner (v.), to dine. 
 dire, to say. 
 diriger, to direct. 
 discret, discreet. 
 discussion, discussion. 
 disgrace, displeasure. 
 disparaitre, to disap- 
 pear. 
 disparu, disappeared. 
 dispose, inclined. 
 dit, said. 
 divin, divine. 
 dix, ten. 
 
 dix-huit, eighteen. 
 dixieme, tenth. 
 dix-neuf, nineteen. 
 dix-sept, seventeen. 
 docteur, doctor. 
 doigt, finger. 
 domestique, servant. 
 don, gift. 
 done, then, so. 
 donne, given. 
 
 donner, to give, to as~ 
 
 cribe. 
 donner dans, to come 
 
 into, to strike. 
 donnez, give. 
 dont, of which, of whom, 
 
 whose, with which. 
 dormi, slept. 
 dormir, to sleep. 
 doue', gifted. 
 douleur, grief pain. 
 douloureux, painful. 
 sans doute, doubtless, of 
 
 course. 
 douter, to doubt. 
 doux, douce, sweet, gen- 
 tle. 
 douzaine, dozen. 
 douze, twelve. 
 douzieme, twelfth. 
 drap, cloth. 
 droit, right ; straight 
 droite (a), to the riyltl. 
 droiture, uprightness. 
 drole, strange, queer . 
 
 n., rascal. 
 du, of the, from the ; 
 
 some, any. 
 du, due, due, must. 
 duel, duel. 
 duquel, de laquelle, des- 
 
 quels, desquelles, oj 
 
 wh ich . 
 dur, hard. 
 durer, to last. 
 
 Eau, water. 
 echapper, to escape. 
 e'eharpe, scarf. 
 echouer, to fail. 
 e'clat, brightness, lustre. 
 e'clater, to burst. 
 a l'ecole, at school. 
 
FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 327 
 
 ecossais, Scotch, Scotch- 
 man. 
 
 Ecosse, Scotland. 
 
 e'eouter, to listen. 
 
 e'cran, screen. 
 
 s'e'crier, to exclaim. 
 
 ecrire, to write. 
 
 e'crit, written. 
 
 e'criture, handwriting. 
 
 ecrivain, writer. 
 
 ecurie, stable. 
 
 Edimbourg, Edinburgh. 
 
 edition, edition. 
 
 effet, effect, fact, deed. 
 
 en effet, truly, so it is. 
 
 effrayer, to frighten. 
 
 s'effrayer, to be fright- 
 ened. 
 
 effronte'ment, impudent- 
 ly. 
 
 egal, equal. 
 
 cela m'est egal, it is ail 
 the same to me. 
 
 e'garer, to mislay. 
 
 s'e'garer, to lose one's 
 way. 
 
 eglise, church. 
 
 e'gratignure, scratch. 
 
 eh bien ! well ! 
 
 e'labore', contrived. 
 
 elephant, elephant. 
 
 eleve, pupil. 
 
 elle, she, her, it. 
 
 elle-meme, herself. 
 
 elles, thei/, them. 
 
 elles- memes, themselves. 
 
 eloigne', distant. 
 
 emanation, emanation. 
 
 embarras, embarrass- 
 ment. 
 
 embrasser, to embrace. 
 
 s'e'mouvoir, to be moved. 
 
 empeeher, to hinder, to 
 prevent. 
 
 empereur, emperor. 
 empire, empire 
 emplette, purchase. 
 employer, to employ. 
 em porter, to cany off. 
 s'empresser, to hasten. 
 emprunter (a), to borrow 
 {from). 
 emu, moved. 
 en (pr.), some, any, of it, 
 
 of him, of her, of them, 
 
 for it, hence, thence. 
 en (prep.), while, in, at. 
 enchante', delighted. 
 encore, still, as yet, 
 
 again. 
 encourir, to incur. 
 enere, ink. 
 encrier, inkstand. 
 enfant, child. 
 enfermer, to shut up. 
 enfin, at last. 
 enlever, to carry off. 
 s'enlever, to rise. 
 ennemi, enemy 
 s'enque'rir, to inquire. 
 etre enrhume, to hare a 
 
 cold. 
 s'enrhumer, to catch 
 
 cold. 
 enseigner, to teach. 
 ensemble, together. 
 il s'ensuit, it follows. 
 ensuite, afterwards. 
 s'ensuivre, to follow, to 
 
 result. 
 entendre, to hear ; to 
 
 mean. 
 entendre dire, to hear, 
 
 to learn. 
 enthousiasme, carried 
 
 away. 
 entourer, to surround. 
 entre, between. 
 
 entre, entered, come in. 
 
 eutreprise, undertaking. 
 
 entrer, to go in, to enter. 
 
 entretenir, to converse 
 with. 
 
 envers, towards. 
 
 envie, desire, fancy ; 
 envy. 
 
 environs, neighborhood. 
 
 envoyer, to send. 
 
 e'pais, thick. 
 
 epe'e, sword. 
 
 e'pingle, pin. 
 
 e'poque, period. 
 
 eprouver, to feel, to ex- 
 perience. 
 
 e'puise', exhausted. 
 
 e'reinter, to break the 
 buck. 
 
 Ernest, Ernest. 
 
 erreur, mistake. 
 
 es, art. 
 
 espace, space. 
 
 Espagne, Spain. 
 
 espeee, kind. 
 
 esperer, to hope (for). 
 
 espion, spy. 
 
 esprit, spirit, wit. 
 
 essayer, to fry. 
 
 essentiel, essential, ma- 
 terial. 
 
 est, is, belongs. 
 
 n'est-ce pas ? is it not ? 
 
 estimer, to esteem, to set 
 a value on. 
 
 et, and. 
 
 e'tablir, to establish, to 
 secure. 
 
 e'tant, being. 
 
 etat, condition. 
 
 Etats - Unis, United 
 States. 
 
 ete' (n.), summer. 
 
 ete (partic.), been- 
 
328 
 
 FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 e'teindre, to put out. 
 
 e'tinceler, to flash. 
 
 e'tonner, to astonish. 
 
 e'tourdi, heedless. 
 
 e'trange, strange. 
 
 etre (n.), being. 
 
 etre (v.), to be. 
 
 etre a, to belong to. 
 
 e'troit, narrow. 
 
 etude, study. 
 
 etudier, to study. 
 
 eu, had. 
 
 Europe, Europe. 
 
 eux, the//, them. 
 
 eux-memes, themselves. 
 
 e'venter, to divulge, to 
 let out. 
 
 e'ventualite, event. 
 
 evident, evident. 
 
 exactitude, punctuality. 
 
 exage'rer, to exaggerate . 
 
 examiner, to examine. 
 
 excellent, excellent. 
 
 excepte, except. 
 
 excuse, excuse. 
 . e-xcuser, to excuse. 
 
 exe'cuter, to execute. 
 
 exemple, example. 
 
 exercice, exercise, drill. 
 
 exiger, to demand, to re- 
 quire, to insist upon. 
 
 expe'dition, expedition. 
 
 expe'rience, experience. 
 
 expliquar, to explain. 
 
 s'exposer, to expose one's 
 self. 
 
 expression, expression. 
 
 exprimer, to express. 
 
 extravagance, extrava- 
 gance. 
 
 extreme, extreme 
 
 Face, face, surface. 
 en face de, opposite. 
 
 facher, to vex. 
 
 se facher, to get angry. 
 
 facile, easy. 
 
 facilement, easily. 
 
 [faim, hunger. 
 
 faire, to do, to make. 
 
 faisan, pheasant. 
 
 fait, does, makes ; done, 
 made, shaped ; fact. 
 
 falloir, to be necessary, 
 must, want. 
 
 fameux, famous. 
 
 f&mWle, family. 
 
 fatigant, tiresome. 
 
 fatigue, tired, fatigued. 
 
 il faut, it is necessary, 
 must. 
 
 faute, fault, ofljence. 
 
 fauteuil, arm-chair. 
 
 faux, fausse, false, arti- 
 ficial, adulterated. 
 
 favori, favorite, favor- 
 ite. 
 
 feld-mare'chal, field- 
 marshal. 
 
 femme, woman, wife. 
 
 fenetre, window. 
 
 fer, iron ; fers, fetters. 
 
 ferme, shut. 
 
 fermer, to shut, to close. 
 
 fermete, firmness. 
 
 feroce, fierce, ferocious. 
 
 fete, birthday. 
 
 fen, fire. 
 
 fe'vrier, February 
 
 fidele, faithful. 
 
 fier, proud. 
 
 se figurer, to fancy. 
 
 fil, thread. 
 
 fille, daughter, girl. 
 
 fils, son. 
 
 fin, end. 
 
 a la fin, after all. 
 
 fini, ended, finished 
 
 finir, to finish. 
 fixer, to fix. 
 flambeau, torch. 
 flatter, to flatter. 
 se flatter, to hope. 
 fiegmatiquement, calm- 
 
 fleur, flower. 
 
 fleuve, river. 
 
 flocon, flake. 
 
 fois, time 
 
 fonction, function. 
 
 fond re en larmes, to 
 burst into tears. 
 
 font, make. 
 
 force, strength, power. 
 
 foret, forest. 
 
 fort (adj.), strong, hard, 
 (adv.), much, very. 
 
 fortune, fortune. 
 
 fou, fol, folle, mad, 
 foolish . 
 
 foudre, lightning. 
 
 fouiller, to ransack. 
 
 foule, crowd. 
 
 fourrure,/«r. 
 
 frais, fraiche, fresh, 
 cool. 
 
 f raise, strawberry. 
 
 fraisier, strawberry- 
 bush. 
 
 franc, franc. 
 
 franc, franche, straight- 
 for ward, frank. 
 
 franc ais, French. 
 
 France, France. 
 
 frapper, to strike. 
 
 frequenter, to frequent. 
 
 frere, brother. 
 
 fripon, rogue. 
 
 froid, cold 
 
 avoir froid, to be cola 1 . 
 
 f roideur, coldness. 
 
 fromage, cheese. 
 
FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 329 
 
 fruit, fruit. 
 fumee, smoke. 
 fumer, to smoke. 
 iureur,fury ; en 
 
 wild. 
 furieux, furious. 
 fusil, gun. 
 
 Gagner, to reach, lo 
 
 gain. 
 gai, cheerful, merry. 
 gaiement, cheerfully. 
 gauache, blockhead. 
 gaut, glove. 
 gar yon, boy. 
 garde, notice ; keeper, 
 
 guard. 
 prendre garde, lo look 
 
 out, lo take care. 
 garder, to keep. 
 gater, lo spoil. 
 gauche (a), to the left. 
 geler, to freeze. 
 gener, to inconvenience. 
 ge'ne'ral, general. 
 ge'ne'reux, generous. 
 geuou, knee. 
 gens, people. 
 gentil, pretty. 
 ge'ographie, geography. 
 giberne, cartridge- 
 
 j touch. 
 gibier, game 
 gloire, glory. 
 gout, taste. 
 
 goiiter, lo taste, to lunch. 
 grace a, thanks to. 
 de grace, pray, I pray 
 
 you . 
 gracieux, graceful. 
 grammaire, gram mar. 
 grand, large, tall, great. 
 gTa,nd-])eTe,yrand father . 
 
 gras, fat. 
 
 grave, grave, severe. 
 gravement, gravely. 
 gravure, engraving. 
 grec, grecque, Greek. 
 grele, hail. 
 grelotter, to shiver. 
 grenade, pomegranate. 
 grenadier, grenadier. 
 gronder, to growl, to 
 
 scold. 
 groom, lackey. 
 gros, stout, big, large, 
 
 rouijh ■ 
 gue'rir, lo cure. 
 guerre, war. 
 
 Habile, clever. 
 
 habilement, skilfully. 
 
 habit, coat. 
 
 habitant, inhabitant. 
 
 habitation, habitation. 
 
 habiter, to dwell in. 
 
 habitude, habit. 
 
 habitue', accustomed, 
 n., frequenter. 
 
 hair, to hate. 
 
 haleine, breath. 
 
 haricots, beans. 
 
 hasard, chance; par. . .; 
 perchance. 
 
 haut (adv.), loud; 
 (adj.), high, tall; 
 (subst.), height. 
 
 Henri, Henry. 
 
 heriter, to inherit. 
 
 heure, hour, o'clock. 
 
 heureusement, happily. 
 
 heureux, happy, fortu- 
 nate. 
 
 hier, yesterday. 
 
 hier soir, last night. 
 
 histoire, history, story. I 
 
 hiver, winter. 
 hommage, homage. 
 homme, man. 
 honnete, honesl, jjolile, 
 
 civil. 
 honnetete', kindness. 
 honte, shame. 
 honteux, shameful. 
 horrible, horrible. 
 horriblement, dread- 
 
 Mfh 
 
 hotel, hotel, mansion. 
 huit, eight. 
 huitieme, eighth. 
 humeur, temper. 
 humide, damp, moist. 
 hy pocrite, hypocritical. 
 
 Ici, here. 
 
 ignorer,to6e ignorant of. 
 
 il, he, it. 
 
 ile, island. 
 Is, they. 
 
 s'imaginer, to fancy. 
 
 imiter, to imitate. 
 
 immense, immense. 
 
 impatient, im/>atient. 
 
 impertinence, imperti- 
 nence. 
 
 impertinent, imperti- 
 nent fellow. 
 
 impitoyable, pililess. 
 
 important, important. 
 
 il importe, it is impor- 
 tant. 
 
 impossible, impossible. 
 
 inattendu, unexpected. 
 
 mcliner, to bend. 
 
 s'incliner, to bow. 
 
 incroyable, incredible. 
 
 indiquer, lo indicate. 
 
 indiscretion, indiscre- 
 tion. 
 
330 
 
 FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 indispensable, indispen- 
 sable. 
 
 indispose, indisposed. 
 
 infame, infamous. 
 
 infe'rieur, lower. 
 
 infiniment, infinitely. 
 
 infortune, misfortune. 
 
 ingrat, ungrateful. 
 
 injustement, unjustly. 
 
 inquieter, to annoy. 
 
 s'inquieter, to trouble 
 one's self. 
 
 inscrire, to write down. 
 
 insecte, insect. 
 
 instant, moment. 
 
 instruit, wise. 
 
 s'instruire, to acquire 
 information. 
 
 insnlter, to insult. 
 
 intelligence, intelli- 
 gence. 
 
 interdire, to forbid. 
 
 interessant, interesting. 
 
 interesser, to interest. 
 
 inte'ret, interest. 
 
 interpeller, to speak to. 
 
 inutile, useless. 
 
 invitation, invitation. 
 
 inviter, to invite. 
 
 Irlande, Ireland. 
 
 irre'solu, irresolute. 
 
 Italie, Italy. 
 
 italien, Italian. 
 
 J' stands for je. 
 J. C, Christ, 
 jalousie, jealousy ; blind. 
 jaloux, jealous. 
 jamais, ever. 
 ne. . . jamais, never. 
 jam be, leg. 
 
 a toutes jambes, at full 
 speed. 
 
 Janvier, January 
 jardin, garden. 
 jaune, yellow. 
 
 je, I- 
 
 Jean, John. 
 Jeanne, Jane. 
 jeter, to cast, to throw. 
 jeu, (fame, play. 
 jeudi, Thursday. 
 jeune, young. 
 jeiiner, to Jast. 
 jeunesse, youth. 
 joie, joy. 
 joindre, to join. 
 se joindre, to meet. 
 joli, pretty 
 jouer, to play.- 
 jouir de, to enjoy. 
 joujou, toy. 
 jour, day. 
 
 journal, journaux, news- 
 paper. 
 journe'e, day. 
 jovial, jovial. 
 joyeux, cheerful. 
 juillet, July. 
 juin, June. 
 jurer, to swear. 
 jusqu'a, as Jar as, till. 
 juste, just. 
 tout juste, exactly. 
 justement, ; ust, exactly, 
 
 Kilogramme, 
 gramme. 
 
 kilo- 
 
 L' stands for le or la. 
 la, the, her, it. 
 la, (here. 
 
 laborieux, industrious. 
 lache, cowardly. 
 laconisme, laconism. 
 
 laid, ugly. 
 
 laine, ivool. 
 
 laisser, to let, to allow, 
 
 to leave. 
 laisser tranquille, to let 
 
 alone. 
 lait, milk. 
 lampe, lamp. 
 lancer, to throio. 
 langue, tongue, lan- 
 guage 
 languir, to languish. 
 lapin, rabbit. 
 laquelle, which. 
 large, broad. 
 larme, tear. 
 las, tired. 
 latin, Latin. 
 le, la, the, him, it. 
 lecon, lesson. 
 lecture, reading. 
 lendemain, next day. 
 lentement, slowly. 
 le'opard, leopard. 
 lequel, laquelle, les- 
 
 quels, lesquelles, 
 
 which. 
 les, the, them. 
 lest, ballast. 
 lettre, letter. 
 leur, leurs, their, to 
 
 them. 
 le leur, la leur, les 
 
 leurs, theirs. 
 lever, to raise. 
 se lever, to rise, to get up. 
 levre, lip. 
 libraire, bookseller. 
 libre, fee. 
 lieu, place. 
 
 au lieu de, instead of. 
 lieue, league. 
 lieutenant, lieutenant. 
 ligne, line. 
 
FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 881 
 
 lion, lion. 
 
 lionne, lioness 
 
 lire, to read. 
 
 lisiere, verge. 
 
 lit, bed. 
 
 litre, litre. 
 
 livre (m.), book. 
 
 livre (f. ), pound. 
 
 livre'e, livery. 
 
 loger, to lodge. 
 
 Ton stands for on, one, 
 
 people, they. 
 loin, far. 
 loin de, far from. 
 de loin, from afar. 
 Londres, London. 
 long, longue, long. 
 le long de, through, 
 
 along. 
 longtemps, a long tune, 
 
 long. 
 lorsque, when. 
 louer, to praise. 
 louer, to hire, to rent. 
 loueur, one who lets out. 
 Louis, Louis. 
 louis, louts (a coin) 
 Louise, Louisa. 
 lourd, heavy. 
 lu, read. 
 
 lucratif, lucrative. 
 lueur, glea m , flash , light. 
 lui, he, to him, to her. 
 lui-meme, himself. 
 de lui-meme, of his own 
 
 accord. 
 luire, to shine, to glitter. 
 lumiere, light. 
 lundi, Monday. 
 lune, moon. 
 lunettes, spectacles. 
 lutte, struggle 
 latter, to struggle, to 
 
 fight. 
 
 M' stands for me 
 
 M. stands for Mon- 
 sieur, Sir, Mr. 
 
 ma, my. 
 
 Madame, Madam, Mrs. 
 
 Mademoiselle, Miss. 
 
 magasin, shop. 
 
 magnanime, magnani- 
 mous. 
 
 magnifique, magnifi- 
 cent. 
 
 mai, May. 
 
 main, hand. 
 
 maint, many, many a. 
 
 maintenant, now, by this 
 time. 
 
 maintenant que, now 
 that. 
 
 mais, but, why ! 
 
 maison, house. 
 
 a la maison, at home. 
 
 maitre, teacher, master. 
 
 maitresse, mistress. 
 
 majeste, majesty. 
 
 mal (n.), harm, evil. 
 
 mal (adv.), ill, badly. 
 
 de mal en pis, from bad 
 to worse. 
 
 se porter mal, to be un- 
 ivell. 
 
 malade, ill, unwell, 
 sick. 
 
 maladie, illness. 
 
 malentendu, misunder- 
 standing. 
 
 malgre, in spite of. 
 
 malheur, mis fortune. 
 
 malheureusement, un- 
 fortunately. 
 
 malheureux, unhappy, 
 un fortunate. 
 
 malin, maligne, malig- 
 nant, cunning, clever. 
 
 malle. trunk. 
 
 raaman, mamma. 
 
 manchon, mujf'. 
 
 mange, eaten. 
 
 manger, to eat. 
 
 maniere, way, manner. 
 
 manquer, to miss, to fail. 
 
 manquer de, to lack, to 
 be in need of 
 
 marehaud, dealer, mer- 
 chant. 
 
 marchander, to bargain 
 for. 
 
 marche, step. 
 
 marcher, to walk, to 
 march, to go to work. 
 
 mardi, Tuesday. 
 
 maivchal, marshal. 
 
 Maroc, Morocco. 
 
 mars, March. 
 
 matin, morning. 
 
 mauvais, bad. 
 
 mauvais sujet, bad boy, 
 bad fellow. 
 
 me, me, to me, myself, 
 to myself. 
 
 mechant, naughty. 
 
 mecontent, displeased. 
 
 me'contenter, to dis- 
 please. 
 
 medecin, doctor. 
 
 meilleur, better (adj.). 
 
 meler, to mix. 
 
 meme, same, even. 
 
 de meme, likewise. 
 
 memoire, remembrance, 
 memory. 
 
 menace, threat. 
 
 menacer, to threaten. 
 
 menager, to save. 
 
 mener, to take to, to 
 lead. 
 
 mensonge, deceit, lie. 
 
 mer, sea. 
 
 merci, thanks. 
 
332 
 
 FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 mercredi, Wednesday 
 
 mere, mother. 
 
 meriter, to merit. 
 
 mes, my. 
 
 Mesdames, ladies, Mes- 
 dames. 
 
 Mesdemoiselles, Miss- 
 es, the Misses. 
 
 message, message. 
 
 Messieurs, gentlemen, 
 Messrs. 
 
 mesure, measure. 
 
 metre, metre. 
 
 mettre, to put, to put 
 on. 
 
 le Mexique, Mexico. 
 
 midi, noon ; south. 
 
 miel, honey. 
 
 le mien, la mierme, les 
 miennes, les mieus, 
 mine. 
 
 mieux, better (adv.). 
 
 faire de sou mieux, to do 
 one's best. 
 
 milieu, middle. 
 
 au milieu de, in the mid- 
 dle of, among. 
 
 militaire, soldier. 
 
 mille, thousand. 
 
 million, million. 
 
 Miltiade, Miltiades. 
 
 ministre, minister. 
 
 minute, minute. 
 
 mis, put, dressed. 
 
 miserable, miserable. 
 
 misere, misery. 
 
 Mile, stands for Made- 
 moiselle, Miss. 
 
 Miles, stands for Mesde- 
 moiselles, Misses, the 
 Misses 
 
 MM. stands for Mes- 
 sieurs, gentlemen, 
 Messrs. 
 
 Mme. stands for Ma- 
 dame, Madam, Mrs. 
 
 Mines, stands for Mes- 
 dames, ladies, Mes- 
 dames. 
 
 modele, model. 
 
 moderne, modern. 
 
 modiste, milliner. 
 
 moi, 1, me, to me, as for 
 me ; a moi ! help I 
 
 moi-meine, myself. 
 
 moius, less, fewer. 
 
 a moins de, unless. 
 
 au moins, at the least. 
 
 du moins, at least. 
 
 mois, month. 
 
 le mois dernier, last 
 month. 
 
 moi tie, a moitie', half. 
 
 moment, moment. 
 
 moments perdus, spare 
 moments. 
 
 mon, ma, mes, my. 
 
 monde, world. 
 
 beaucoup de monde, 
 many people. 
 
 personne au monde, no- 
 body in the world. 
 
 tout le monde, every- 
 body. 
 
 Monsieur, Sir, Mr., 
 gentleman. 
 
 mont, hill. 
 
 monter, to go up. 
 
 montre, watch. 
 
 montrer, to show, to 
 point to. 
 
 se moquer de, to sneer 
 at, laugh at. 
 
 morceau, piece. 
 
 mordre, to bite. 
 
 morsure, bite. 
 
 mort (n.), death. 
 
 mort (part.), dead. 
 
 mot, word, 
 mouche, fly. 
 mouchoir, handkerchief. 
 
 mourant, dying. 
 mourir, to die. 
 mousseline, muslin. 
 moutarde, mustard. 
 mouvement, movement. 
 moyen, means, way. 
 moyen age, Middle 
 
 Ages. 
 mur, wall. 
 mur, ripe. 
 muse'e, museum. 
 musieien, musician. 
 musique, music. 
 
 Naitre, to be born. 
 
 faire naitre, to produce, 
 to give rise to. 
 
 nature, nature. 
 
 naturel, natural. 
 
 naufrage, wreck. 
 
 faire naufrage, to be 
 wrecked. 
 
 ne . . . pas, not. 
 
 ne . . . que, only, noth- 
 ing but. 
 
 ne, born. 
 
 ne'cessaire, necessary. 
 
 ne'gociant, merchant. 
 
 neige, snow. 
 
 uettoyer, to clean. 
 
 neuf, nine. 
 
 neuf, neuve, new-made. 
 
 neuvieme, ninth. 
 
 neveu, nephew. 
 
 nez, nose. 
 
 ni . . . ni, neither . . . nor. 
 
 noir, black. 
 
 nom, name. 
 
 n ombre, number. 
 
 nombreux, numerous 
 
FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 333 
 
 non, no. 
 
 non plus, either. 
 
 nord-ouest, north-west. 
 
 nos, our. 
 
 notre, ours. 
 
 le notre, la notre, les 
 notres, ours. 
 
 nous, we, us, to us ; our- 
 selves, to ourselves. 
 
 nous-memes, ourselves. 
 
 nouveau, nouvel, nou- 
 velle, new. 
 
 de nouveau, again. 
 
 nouvelle, report, news. 
 
 novembre, November. 
 
 nu, bare. 
 
 nuire, to injure. 
 
 nuit, night. 
 
 cette nuit, last night 
 (from 12 till this 
 morning). 
 
 Obe'ir, to obey, 
 objet, object. 
 oblige, obliged. 
 obliger, to oblige. 
 obscur, obscure, dark. 
 observer, to observe, to 
 
 keep. 
 obtenir, to obtain. 
 occasion, opportunity. 
 occupe', busy, engaged. 
 occuper, to occupy. 
 octobre, October. 
 ceil, eye. 
 
 offenser, to offend. 
 offert, offered. 
 office, office. 
 bous offices, kind offices. 
 officier, officer. 
 offre, offer. 
 offrir, to offer. 
 oiseau, bird. 
 
 ombrelle, parasol. 
 
 omnibus, omnibus. 
 
 on, one, people, we, you, 
 they. 
 
 oncle, uncle. 
 
 ont, have. 
 
 onze, eleven. 
 
 onzieme, eleventh. 
 
 opera, opera. 
 
 operation, operation. 
 
 s'opposer (a), to oppose, 
 to object. 
 
 or, gold. 
 
 oracle, oracle. 
 
 orageux, stormy. 
 
 orange, orange. 
 
 ordinaire, common. 
 
 a l'ordinaire, as usual. 
 
 ordonner, to order. 
 
 ordre, order. 
 
 oreille, ear. 
 
 boucle d'oreille, ear- 
 ring. 
 
 oser, to dare. 
 
 oter, to take off or away. 
 
 ou, or. 
 
 oil, ivhere. 
 
 oublier, to forget. 
 
 oui, yes. 
 
 les monts Oural, Ural 
 Mountains. 
 
 outre, beyond, besides. 
 
 ouvert (adj.), open; 
 (part.), opened. 
 
 ouverture, opening. 
 
 ouvrage, work, book. 
 
 ouvrir, to open. 
 
 Page, page. 
 paille, straw. 
 pain, bread. 
 paire, pair. 
 paix, peace. 
 
 palais, palace. 
 
 pale, pale. 
 
 panier, basket. 
 
 pantoufle, slipper. 
 
 papier, paper. 
 
 paquet, parcel. 
 
 par, by, through ; be- 
 fore words express 
 ing time, a or an. 
 
 il parait, it appears. 
 
 paraitre, to appear. 
 
 parapluie, umbrella. 
 
 parbleu ! upon my 
 word ! 
 
 pare, park. 
 
 parce que, because. 
 
 parcourir, to perambu- 
 late. 
 
 par-dessus, over. 
 
 demander pardon a, to 
 ask a person's pardon. 
 
 pardonner, to forgive. 
 
 pareil, like, alike, such. 
 
 parents, parents, rela- 
 tives. 
 
 paresseux, lazy, idle. 
 
 parfaitement, perfectly, 
 quite. 
 
 parier, to wager. 
 
 parle, spoken. , 
 
 parlement, parliament. 
 
 parier, to speak. 
 
 parmi, among. 
 
 parole, word. 
 
 de ma (ta, sa) part, from 
 me, (thee, him, her). 
 
 quelque part, some- 
 ivhere. 
 
 parti, gone away, de- 
 parted, set out, left. 
 
 en particulier, pri- 
 vately. 
 
 particularity, peculi- 
 arity. 
 
334 
 
 FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 partie, part, party, ex- 
 cursion. 
 
 partir, to set out, to 
 leave. 
 
 partout, even/where. 
 
 parvenir, to reach, suc- 
 ceed. 
 
 pas (noun), step. 
 
 passage, passage. 
 
 passer, to spend, to hand, 
 to escape, to go, to 
 pass. 
 
 se passer, to take place, 
 occur. 
 
 pasteur, pastor. 
 
 patiner, to skate. 
 
 pauvre, poor. 
 
 payer, to pay (for). 
 
 pays, country. 
 
 paysan, peasant. 
 
 peine, trouble, labor, 
 
 9 ri€ f 
 
 a peine, scarcely. 
 
 pendant, during, for. 
 
 pendant que, during, 
 ivhile. 
 
 penible, painful. 
 
 pense'e, thought. 
 
 penser, to think. 
 
 pension, boarding- 
 school. 
 
 perdre, to lose. 
 
 perdu, lost. 
 
 pere, father. 
 
 permettre, to permit. 
 
 permission, permission. 
 
 Perses, Persians. 
 
 Y>ersonna,ges,personages. 
 
 personne, person, peo- 
 ple, any one. 
 
 jeune personne, young 
 lady. 
 
 personne au monde, no- 
 body in the world. 
 
 ne . . . personne, nobody, 
 no one. 
 
 persuader, to persuade. 
 
 petit (adj.), little, small, 
 short. 
 
 peu, little, few. 
 
 peu a peu, by degrees. 
 
 peuple, people, nation. 
 
 peur (avoir), to be 
 afraid. 
 
 de peur de, for fear of 
 
 peut-etre, perhaps. 
 
 philosophie, philosophy. 
 
 phosphorique, phospho- 
 rescent. 
 
 photographie, photo- 
 graph. 
 
 phrase, sentence. 
 
 piece, piece, (theat ) 
 play. 
 
 pied, foot. 
 
 a pied, on foot. 
 
 pierre, stone. 
 
 pierreux, stony. 
 
 pieton, pedestrian. 
 
 pis, worse. 
 
 pitie, pity. 
 
 place, place, situation. 
 
 placer, to place. 
 
 plaie, wound. 
 
 plaindre, to pity. 
 
 se plaindre, to com- 
 plain. 
 
 plaire, to please. 
 
 plaisir, pleasure. 
 
 s'il vous plait, if you 
 please. 
 
 plante, plant. 
 
 planter, to plant. 
 
 plem, full ; open. 
 
 pleure, wept, cried. 
 
 pleurer, to weep. 
 
 pleuvoir, to rain. 
 
 pluie, rain. 
 
 plume, feather, pen 
 laplupart, most. 
 plus, more. 
 ne . . . plus, not again, 
 
 no more, no longer. 
 de plus en plus, more 
 
 and more. 
 plus tot, sooner. 
 plusieurs, several. 
 plutot, rather. 
 pluvieux, rainy. 
 poche, pocket. 
 poids, weight. 
 point, point. 
 ne . . . point, not, not at 
 
 all. 
 poire, pear. 
 poisson, fish. 
 poivre, pepper. 
 poliment, politely. 
 politesse, politeness. 
 pomme, apple. 
 pont, bridge. 
 bien portant, well. 
 porte, door. 
 porte-monnaie, purse. 
 porter, to carry, to bear, 
 
 to wear, to put. 
 porter a, to take to. 
 se porter, to be. 
 portiere, door. 
 portrait, portrait. 
 poser, to place, to put 
 
 down. 
 posseder, to possess. 
 possible, possible. 
 poste, post : post-office. 
 pot de terre, earthen 
 
 pot. 
 pour, for, to, in order to. 
 pourquoi, why. 
 poursuivre, to pursue. 
 pourtant, yet, however. 
 pourvoir, to provide. 
 
FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 335 
 
 pourvu que, provided. 
 
 pousser, to carry, to 
 utter. 
 
 poussiere, dust. 
 
 pouvoir, to be able. 
 
 pre, meadow. 
 
 pre'cieux, precious. 
 
 precise'ment, exactly . 
 
 prefe'rable, preferable. 
 
 prefe'rer, to prefer. 
 
 premier, first, former. 
 
 prendre, to take, catch. 
 
 prendre garde, to be- 
 ware. 
 
 prenez, take. 
 
 preparer, to prepare. 
 
 pres de, near, beside, 
 closely, on the point of. 
 
 presence, presence. 
 
 pre'sent, present. 
 
 a pre'sent, now. 
 
 pre'senter, to show, to 
 present. 
 
 presider, to preside over. 
 
 presque, almost. 
 
 pret, ready. 
 
 prete', lent. 
 
 pretendre, to pretend. 
 
 preter, to lend. 
 
 pretre, priest. 
 
 pre'venir, to warn. 
 
 pre'venu, warned. 
 
 pre voir, to foresee. 
 
 prier, to pray, to beg. 
 
 priere, prayer, entreaty. 
 
 prince, prince. 
 
 princesse, princess. 
 
 principal, principaux, 
 principal. 
 
 printemps, spring. 
 
 pris, taken. 
 
 prison, prison. 
 
 prisonnier, prisoner. 
 
 prix, prize. 
 
 prochain, next. 
 
 le mois prochain, next 
 month. 
 
 prodigieusement, great- 
 ly. 
 
 professeur, professor. 
 
 profit, benefit. 
 
 proie, prey. 
 
 promenade, walk ; ride. 
 
 promener, to take out to 
 walk. 
 
 se promener, to take a 
 walk. 
 
 promesse, promise. 
 
 promettre, to promise. 
 
 prom is, promised. 
 
 promptement, quickly. 
 
 pronoucer, to pro- 
 nounce, to utter. 
 
 propos, talk. 
 
 proposition, proposal. 
 
 propre a, fit for. 
 
 proprietaire, landlord. 
 
 propriete, property. 
 
 protection, patronage. 
 
 prote'ger, to protect. 
 
 prouver, to prove. 
 
 proverbe, proverb. 
 
 provoquer, to provoke. 
 
 prudence, prudence. 
 
 Prusse, Prussia. 
 
 Prussien, Prussian. 
 
 pu, been able. 
 
 public, publique, public 
 
 puis, then. 
 
 puisque, since, as. 
 
 puissant, mighty. 
 
 punir, to punish. 
 
 Qu' stands for que. 
 quand, when. 
 depuis quand, how long. 
 quant a, as for. 
 
 quarante, forty. 
 
 quart, quarter, fourth. 
 
 quart d'heure, quarter 
 of an hour. 
 
 quartier, quarter. 
 
 Quartier Latin, the 
 Latin Quarter, a part 
 of Paris in which 
 many colleges and 
 schools are situated. 
 
 quato rze, fou rteen . 
 
 quatre, four. 
 
 quatre-vingts, eighty. 
 
 quatre-vingt-dix, ninety. 
 
 quatrieme, fourth. 
 
 que, whom, which, that : 
 than, as, how, let, 
 si?ice ; (interr.) what. 
 
 quel, quels, quelle, 
 quelles, what, which. 
 
 quelque chose, some- 
 thing. 
 
 quelque part, some- 
 where. 
 
 quelque . . . que, how- 
 ever, whatever. 
 
 quelque temps, some- 
 time. 
 
 quelqu'un, somebody. 
 
 quelquefois, sometimes. 
 
 quelques-uns, a few. 
 
 se quereller, to quarrel. 
 
 qu'est-ce que . . . ? ivhat ? 
 
 question, question. 
 
 queue, tail. 
 
 qui, who, which, that. 
 
 qui (interr. or after 
 prepos.), whom. 
 
 quinzaine, fortnight. 
 
 quinze, fifteen. 
 
 quitter, to leave. 
 
 quoi, which, what. 
 
 de quoi, wherewith. 
 
 quoique, although. 
 
336 
 
 FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 Raconter, to relate, to 
 tell 
 
 rafraichir, to refresh. 
 
 rageur, angry. 
 
 raide, stiff. 
 
 raison, reason. 
 
 avoir raison, to be 
 right. 
 
 raisonnable, reasonable, 
 sensible. 
 
 ramener, to bring back. 
 
 rang, rank. 
 
 rapidement, quickly. 
 
 rappeler, to remind, to 
 recall. 
 
 rare, rare. 
 
 recevoir, to receive. 
 
 recherche, sought after. 
 
 reciproquement, recip- 
 rocal! i i . 
 
 re'clamer, to claim. 
 
 recogner, to draw back. 
 
 recommander, to recom- 
 mend, to order. 
 
 recommencer, to begin 
 again. 
 
 recompense, reward. 
 
 recompenses to reward. 
 
 reconnaissant, grateful 
 
 reconnaitre, to recog- 
 nize. 
 
 se recoucher, to go to 
 bed again 
 
 recueillir, to harvest. 
 
 recu, received. 
 
 reculer, to go back. 
 
 redemander, to ask back 
 or again. 
 
 reduire, to reduce. 
 
 re'flechir, to refect. 
 
 reforme, reform. 
 
 refuser, to refuse. 
 
 regagner, to get back to. 
 
 regard, look ; eyes. 
 
 regarder, to look at; to 
 concern. 
 
 regiment, regiment. 
 
 regie, rule. 
 
 regler, to settle. 
 
 regretter, to regret. 
 
 re'gulier, regular. 
 
 re'jouir, to rejoice. 
 
 relever, to lift up, to push 
 up. 
 
 relire, to read again 
 
 reluire, to shine, glitter. 
 
 remarquable, remark- 
 able. 
 
 remarquer, to notice. 
 
 remercier, to thank. 
 
 remettre, to put on 
 again ; to send. 
 
 remplir, to fll, to fid- 
 
 fil- 
 
 remuer, to move. 
 
 rencoutrer, to meet. 
 
 rendre, to render, to 
 make, to return, to re- 
 store, to yield. 
 
 rendre visite, to pay a 
 visit. 
 
 se rendre, to surrender 
 one's self. 
 
 renoncer, to renounce 
 
 rentes, income, property. 
 
 rentrer, to enter, to re- 
 turn, to come home 
 again. 
 
 repandre, to spread. 
 
 repartir, to set off again ; 
 to answer. 
 
 repas, meal. 
 
 se repentir, to repent. 
 
 repe'ter, to repeat. 
 
 sans re'plique, without 
 replying, at once. 
 
 repondre, to answer. 
 
 reponse, answer. 
 
 se reposer, to rest one's 
 
 self. 
 
 reprendre, to resume ; to 
 reply. 
 
 representation, repre- 
 sentation, show. 
 
 reprocher, to reproach. 
 
 republique, republic. 
 
 respect, respect. 
 
 manquer de respect, to 
 be disrespectful. 
 
 respectueusement, re- 
 spectfully. 
 
 ressembler, to resemble. 
 
 ressortir, to go out 
 again. 
 
 du reste, however. 
 
 reste, remained, stayed. 
 
 rester, to remain, to stay 
 
 resulter, to follow. 
 
 retabli, recovered . 
 
 se retablir, to be restored 
 to health. 
 
 retenir, to engage, to 
 keep. 
 
 retentir, to resound. 
 
 retirer, to withdraw, 
 draw back. 
 
 retour, return. 
 
 de retour, returned. 
 
 retourner, to return. 
 
 retrouver, to find, to 
 find again. 
 
 reussir, to succeed, to be 
 successful. 
 
 rcveiller, to awaken. 
 
 revenant, ghost. 
 
 revenir, to come back. 
 
 revenu, come back, re- 
 turned. 
 
 revoir, to see again. 
 
 Rhin, the Rhine. 
 
 rhume, cold. 
 
 ri, laughed. 
 
FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 337 
 
 riant, laughing. 
 riche, rich. 
 richement, richly. 
 ne . . . rien, nothing. 
 rire (n.), laughter. 
 rire (v.), to laugh. 
 rive, bank, shore. 
 riviere, river. 
 robe, dress, robe. 
 roi, king. 
 
 role, character, part. 
 roman, novel. 
 rompre, to break. 
 rose, rose. 
 rouge, red. 
 rough 1 , to blush. 
 rouler, to roll. 
 route, ioad, wag. 
 royal, royal 
 royaume, kingdom 
 ruban, ribbon. 
 rue, street. 
 mine, ruin. 
 ruisseau, stream. 
 ruse, cunning, trick. 
 Eussie, Russia. 
 
 S' stands for se ; before 
 1 1 or lis, for st. 
 
 sa, his, her, its. 
 
 sable, sand. 
 
 sac, bag. 
 
 sac de unit, carpet-bag. 
 
 sacrifier, to sacrifice 
 
 sacristain, sexton. 
 
 sage, wise, good. 
 
 saiut, holt/. 
 
 saisir, to seize. 
 
 saison, season. 
 
 sale, duty. 
 
 salir, to soil. 
 
 salle a manger, dining- 
 room. 
 
 salon, drawing-room. 
 
 samedi, Saturday. 
 
 sang, blood. 
 
 sans, without, but for. 
 
 sante', health. 
 
 sauf, except. 
 
 sauvage, wild. 
 
 sauver, to save. 
 
 savamment, cunningly. 
 
 savant, learned. 
 
 savoir, to know. 
 
 Saxe, Saxony. 
 
 seandaleux, scandalous. 
 
 scelerat, scoundrel. 
 
 scene, scene. 
 
 science, science. 
 
 sculpture, sculpture. 
 
 se, himself, to himsel/ , 
 herself) to herself; 
 one's self, to one's 
 self; themselves, to 
 themselves. 
 
 sec, seche, dry. 
 
 se'cher, to dry u/>. 
 
 second (adj.), second. 
 
 secouer, to shake. 
 
 seeourir, to assist. 
 
 secret, secret. 
 
 secretement, secretly. 
 
 seize, sixteen. 
 
 sel, salt. 
 
 selon, according to. 
 
 semaine, week. 
 
 faire semblant, to pre- 
 tend. 
 
 ce me semble, d seems 
 to me. 
 
 sembler, to appear, to 
 seem. 
 
 s'en repentir, to re/>< ni 
 it. 
 
 sens, sense, meaning. 
 
 sentier, path. 
 
 sentiment, feeling. 
 
 22 
 
 sentir, to feel, to smell. 
 
 se'parer, to separate. 
 
 se separer, to part. 
 
 sept, seven. 
 
 septembre, September. 
 
 septieme, seventh. 
 
 sergent, sergeant. 
 
 serieux, serious. 
 
 serment, oath. 
 
 serpent, serpent. 
 
 serrure, lock. 
 
 service, service. 
 
 servir, to serve. 
 
 se servir (de), to use. 
 
 ses, his, her, its. 
 
 seul, alone. 
 
 seulement, only. 
 
 severe, severe. 
 
 sevefement, severely. 
 
 si, if, so. 
 
 siege, seat ; siege 
 
 le sien, les siens, la 
 sienne, les siennes, 
 his, hers, its. 
 
 signe, sign, signal. 
 
 signer, to sign. 
 
 simple, simple, foolish. 
 
 simplement, simply, 
 merely. 
 
 sire, sire. 
 
 si tot, so soon. 
 
 six, six. 
 
 sixieme, sixth. 
 
 sceur, sister. 
 
 soi, one's self himself. 
 
 soie, silk. 
 
 soif, thirst. 
 
 avoir soif, to be thirsty. 
 
 soigner, to nurse. 
 
 ce soir, this evening, to- 
 night. 
 
 hier soir, last night. 
 
 soire'e, evening, night. 
 
 soixante, sixty. 
 
338 
 
 FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 soixante-dix, seventy. 
 
 soldat, soldier. 
 
 soleil, sun. 
 
 somme, sum. 
 
 sommeil, sleep. 
 
 avoir sommeil, to be 
 sleepy. 
 
 son (n.), sound. 
 
 son, sa, ses, his, her, its. 
 
 sonder, to probe. 
 
 soDger, to think. 
 
 sonnette, bell. 
 
 sont, are, belong. 
 
 sort, fate. 
 
 sortant, going out. 
 
 sortir, to go out, to issue. 
 
 sot, sotte, foolish. 
 
 sou, cent. 
 
 soudain, suddenly. 
 
 soutfler, to blow. 
 
 souffrir, to suffer. 
 -souhaiter, to wish. 
 
 Soulier, shoe. 
 
 soupcon, suspicion. 
 
 soupe, soup. 
 
 souper (v.), to suj). 
 
 souper (n.), supper. 
 
 sourire (n.), smile. 
 
 sourire (v.), to smile. 
 
 souris, mouse. 
 
 sous, under, below, be- 
 neath. 
 
 sous-officier, non-> om- 
 missioned officer. 
 
 soutenir, to bear, to 
 maintain. 
 
 se souvenir, to remem- 
 ber. 
 
 sou vent, often. 
 
 spectacle, sight, play. 
 
 splendeur, splendor. 
 
 station, station. 
 
 studieux, studious. 
 
 stupide, stupid. 
 
 subitement, suddenly. 
 subtilite, subtlety. 
 succes, success. 
 sucre, sugar. 
 suffire, to suffice. 
 tout de suite, at once. 
 sui vant, following. 
 suivre, to follow. 
 sujet, sujette, subject. 
 supercherie, deceit. 
 superieur, superior. 
 supplier, to implore 
 supporter, to support. 
 supposer, to suppose. 
 sur, on, upon. 
 sur, sure, certain. 
 surpris, surprised. 
 en sursaut, in a start. 
 surtout, above all. 
 
 T' stands for te. 
 ta, thy. 
 table, table. 
 tableau, picture. 
 tablette, tablet. 
 taeher, to try. 
 taire, to say nothing 
 
 about, to be silent. 
 se taire, to hold one's 
 
 tongue. 
 talent, talent. 
 tandis que, while. 
 tant, so much, so many. 
 tant soit peu, however 
 
 little. 
 tante, aunt. 
 tantot, sometimes. 
 tard, late. 
 tarder a, to be lontj in, 
 
 to delay. 
 tasse, cup. 
 te, thee, to thee, thyself, 
 
 to thyself. 
 
 tel, such. 
 
 tellement, so much so. 
 
 temoigner, to show, to 
 
 express. 
 tempete, tempest, storm. 
 temps, time ; weather. 
 a temps, in time. 
 combien de temps, how 
 
 long. 
 de temps en temps, now 
 
 and then. 
 tendre (v.), to hold out. 
 tenez, hold, see here. 
 tenir, to hold, to keep. 
 tenir compte, to take 
 
 into consideration. 
 tenter, to attempt ; to 
 
 tempt. 
 termes, terms. 
 terminer, to end. 
 terrain, soil, ground. 
 terre, land, earth. 
 territoire, territory. 
 tes, thy. 
 tete, head. 
 the, tea. 
 
 theatre, scene, theatre. 
 The'rese, Theresa. 
 theme, exercise. 
 le tien, la tienne, les 
 
 tiens, les tiennes, 
 
 thine. 
 tiens ! there ! I say I 
 tigre, tiger. 
 tire, drawn ; shot. 
 tirer, to draw; tofre. 
 se tirer, to get <>ttt. 
 tiroir, drawer. 
 Tolede, Toledo. 
 toi, thou, thee, to thee. 
 toi-meme, thyself. 
 toit, roof. 
 tombe, fallen. 
 tomber, to fall. 
 
FRENCH-ENGLISH. 
 
 339 
 
 ton, ta, tes, thy. 
 ton (n.), tone. 
 tonnerre, thunder. 
 avoir tort, to be wrong. 
 plus tot, sooner. 
 toujours, always, still. 
 tour, turn ; tower. 
 faire un tour, to take a 
 
 turn. 
 tourment, torment. 
 tourmenter, to tease. 
 toui'iier, to turn round. 
 tous, all, every. 
 tousser, to cough. 
 tout, all, whole, every, 
 
 everything. 
 tout (adv.), quite. 
 tout a coup, suddenly. 
 tout a fait, quite. 
 tout a l'heure, a little 
 
 ago, just now. 
 tout au raoins, at the 
 
 very least. 
 tout de suite, at once. 
 tout en, while. 
 tout juste, exactly. 
 traduire, to translate. 
 trage'die, tragedy. 
 tragique, tragic. 
 trahir, to betray. 
 trahison, treason, treach- 
 ery. 
 train, train, style. 
 traiueau, sledge. 
 trainer, to drag. 
 se trainer, to run along. 
 traiter, to use ; (de), to 
 
 treat as. 
 tranquille, easy ; in 
 
 peace. 
 transporter, to carry, to 
 
 take. 
 travail, travaux, work. 
 travaille, worked. 
 
 travailler, to work. 
 
 a travers, through. 
 
 treize, thirteen. 
 
 tremblant, trembling. 
 
 trembler, to shake. 
 
 trente, thirty. 
 
 tres, very. 
 
 tressaillir, to tremble. 
 
 tribune, gallery. 
 
 triste, sad, sorry. 
 
 trois, three. 
 
 troisieme, third. 
 
 trompe', mistaken, de- 
 ceived. 
 
 tromper, to deceive. 
 
 se tromper, to be mis- 
 taken. 
 
 trop, too much, too many. 
 
 a mes trousses, at my 
 heels. 
 
 trouve, found. 
 
 trouver, to find ; to 
 think. 
 
 se trouver, to happen to 
 be. 
 
 tu, thou. 
 
 tuer, to kill. 
 
 se tuer, to kill one's self 
 or each other. 
 
 turbot, turbot. 
 
 tuteur, guardian. 
 
 Un, une, a, an, one. 
 l'un et l'autre, both. 
 uniforme, uniform. 
 univers, universe. 
 urgent, urgent, pressing. 
 utile, useful. 
 utilement, usefully. 
 
 Vaccine, vaccination. 
 vache, cow. 
 vague, wave. 
 
 en vain, in vain. 
 
 vaincre, to overcome. 
 
 vaiiini, vanquished. 
 
 vainqueur, conqueror. 
 
 Valerien, Valerian. 
 
 valet, valet. 
 
 valoir, to be ivorth. 
 
 valoir mieux, to be bet- 
 ter. 
 
 se vanter, to extol one's 
 self or each other. 
 
 vaste, vast. 
 
 veiller, to watch. 
 
 vend, sells. 
 
 vend re, to sell. 
 
 vendredi, Friday. 
 
 vendu, sold. 
 
 vengeance, vengeance. 
 
 venir, to come. 
 
 vent, wind. 
 
 venu, come. 
 
 verite', truth. 
 
 verre, glass. 
 
 vers ( prep.), towards. 
 
 vers (n.), verse. 
 
 vert, green. 
 
 vertu, virtue. 
 
 veuve, widow. 
 
 viande, meat. 
 
 victoire, victory. 
 
 victorieux, victorious. 
 
 vider, to empty. 
 
 vie, life, living. 
 
 Vienne, Vienna. 
 
 vieux, vieil, vieille, old. 
 
 vif, vive, lively, quick, 
 keen, alive. 
 
 vigne, vine. 
 
 village, village. 
 
 vilain, ugly, bad. 
 
 ville, town, city. 
 
 vin, wine. 
 
 vingt, twenty. 
 
 vingtieme, twentieth. 
 
340 
 
 ENGLISH-FRENCH. 
 
 violer, to violate. 
 
 visage, face, look. 
 
 viser, to aim. 
 
 visite, visit. 
 
 visite, visited. 
 
 visiter, to visit. 
 
 vite, quickly, quick. 
 
 vivement, greatly. 
 
 vivre, to live. 
 
 void, here is, here are. 
 
 voila, there is, there are. 
 
 voir, to see. 
 
 voisin (n.), neighbor. 
 
 voisiii (ndj.),next, near. 
 
 voiture, carriage. 
 
 voix, voice. 
 
 voler, to fly. 
 
 votre, vos, your. 
 
 le votre, la votre, les 
 votres, yours. 
 
 voulez-vous, will you 
 have f do you wish ? 
 
 vouloir, to wish, to will. 
 
 vouloir bien, to consent, 
 to permit. 
 
 en vouloir a, to be 
 angry. 
 
 vous, you, to you ; your- 
 self, to yourself; your- 
 selves, to yourselves. 
 
 vous-meme, yourself. 
 
 vous-memes, yourselves. 
 
 voyage, voyage, journey. 
 
 vogager, to travel. 
 
 voyageur, traveller. 
 
 vrai, true. 
 
 c'est vrai, it is true. 
 
 vraimeut, truly, really. 
 
 vu, seen. 
 
 vue, sight. 
 
 Wagon, railway car- 
 riage. 
 whist, whist. 
 
 Y, there ; to it, to them ; 
 
 to him, to her ; in it, 
 
 in them. 
 yeux, eyes. 
 
 II. — ENGLISH-FRENCH. 
 
 A, un, une. 
 
 about, environ, pres de. 
 absent, absent. 
 absolutely, absolument. 
 to abstain, s'abstenir. 
 absurd, absurde. 
 abundant, abondant. 
 to accept, accepter. 
 to accompany, accom- 
 
 pagner. 
 according to, selon. 
 on account of, a cause 
 
 de. 
 to accuse, accuse?'. 
 to act, agir. 
 active, act if, active. 
 to address, adresser, 
 
 s'adresser a. 
 to admire, admirer. 
 
 to admire one's self or 
 each other, s' admirer. 
 
 to admit, admettre. 
 
 to advise, conseiller. 
 
 affair, affaire (f). 
 
 to affirm, affirmer. 
 
 to be afraid, avoir peur, 
 craindre. 
 
 after, apres. 
 
 afternoon, apres-midi 
 
 (f). 
 afterwards, ensuite. 
 again, encore, de nou- 
 
 veau. 
 against, contre 
 age, age (m). 
 aged, age'. 
 ago, il y a. 
 ale, biere (f). 
 
 all, tout, -e, tons, (outes. 
 not at all, pas du tout. 
 to allow, permettre. 
 almost, presque. 
 alone, se id, -e. 
 already, de'jh. 
 also, aussi. 
 always, ton jours. 
 ambition, ambition (f). 
 America, Amerique (f). 
 amiable, aimable. 
 among, parmi. 
 amusing, amusant. 
 an, un, une. 
 ancient, ancien, -ne. 
 and, et. 
 
 anecdote, anecdote (f ) 
 anger, colere (f). 
 angry, rageur. 
 
ENGLISH-FRENCH. 
 
 341 
 
 to get angry, se fdcher. 
 animal, animal (m). 
 to announce, annoncer. 
 answer, reponse (f). 
 to answer, re'pondre. 
 any, du, de la, de V, des, 
 
 en. 
 to appeal, en appeler (a). 
 to appear, sembler, pa- 
 
 i ait re. 
 appetite, appe'tit (m). 
 apple, pomme (f ). 
 to approve, approuver, 
 
 trouver bon. 
 April, avril. 
 architecture, architt c- 
 
 ture (f). 
 arm, bras (m). 
 armchair, fa uteuil ( m) . 
 army, armee (f). 
 arrival, arrivee (f). 
 to arrive, arrive?-. 
 arrived, arrive. 
 article, article (m). 
 artist, artiste (m or f). 
 as, aussi, que. 
 as for, quant a. 
 as many, autant. 
 as much, autant. 
 as soon, des que, aussi- 
 
 tot que. 
 as usual, comme a l y or- 
 dinaire. 
 ashamed, honteux, -se. 
 to be ashamed, avoir 
 
 honte. 
 Asia, Asie (f). 
 to ask, to ask for, de- 
 
 mander. 
 toa.skba.ck, redemander. 
 to ask pardon, deman- 
 
 der pardon a. 
 to assassinate, assassi 
 
 ner. 
 
 astonishing, eionnant. 
 
 at, a. 
 
 at last, en fin. 
 
 at once, tout de suite. 
 
 at present, a present. 
 
 to be attached to, te- 
 
 nir a. 
 to attack, attaquer. 
 to attend to, soigner. 
 attention, good care, 
 
 bons soins (m). 
 attention, attention (f). 
 attentive, attentif, -ve. 
 audacity, audace (f). 
 August, aout. 
 aunt, tante, 
 Austria, Autriche (f). 
 Austrian, Autrichien. 
 author, e'erivain (m). 
 avenue, avenue (f). 
 
 Bad, mauvais, vilain. 
 bad boy, mauvais su- 
 
 jet. 
 badly, ma I. 
 bag, sac (m). 
 carpet bag, sac (m) de 
 
 nuit. 
 baker, boulanger. 
 to bark, abotjer. 
 to bargain for, marchan- 
 
 der. 
 basket, panier (m). 
 battle, bataille (f). 
 to be, etre. 
 to be (health), se porter. 
 
 " well, se porter Men. 
 
 " ill, se porter mal. 
 
 " afraid, cawV /;e»?\ 
 
 " ashamed, oevojY 
 honte. 
 
 " cold, avoir froid. 
 
 " hungry, avoir/aim. 
 
 to be off, .s'en a//er, se 
 
 sauver. 
 right, ayo»" raison. 
 sleepy, <uWr som- 
 
 meil. 
 thirsty, ayoer .so//| 
 iu want, cuw 6e- 
 
 S02/2. 
 
 warm, a«o*Y chaud. 
 wrong, avoir tort. 
 to bear, porter. 
 beast, bete (f). 
 to beat, battre. 
 beautiful, beau, belle. 
 because, parce que. 
 to become, devenir. 
 become, devenu. 
 to go to bed, se coucher. 
 been, e'te. 
 beer, biere (f). 
 before (followed by an 
 infin.), avant 
 de, avant que 
 de. 
 " (conj.), avant que. 
 " (prep, of time), 
 
 avant. 
 " (prep, of place), 
 devant, en pre- 
 sence de. 
 " (adv. of time), 
 aa par avant. 
 to begin, commencer. 
 beginning, commence- 
 ment (m). 
 to behave, agir. 
 Belgium, Belgique (f). 
 to belong, appartenir, 
 
 etre a. 
 besides, d'ailieurs. 
 to betray, trahir. 
 to betray one's self or 
 each other, se trahir. 
 better off, plus avance. 
 
342 
 
 ENGLISH-FRENCH 
 
 to be better (health), 
 se porter mieux, alter 
 mieux. 
 
 to be better worth, va- 
 loir mieux. 
 
 to bid, commander, dire. 
 
 bill, billet (m). 
 
 bird, oiseau (m). 
 
 birthday, fete (f). 
 
 to bite, mordre. 
 
 black, noir. 
 
 to blame, bldmer. 
 
 " one's self or 
 each other, se bldmer. 
 
 to blush, rougir. 
 
 boarding-school, pen- 
 sion (f). 
 
 boat, bateau (m). 
 
 boldness, audace (f). 
 
 bonnet, ehapeau (m). 
 
 book, iivre (m) 
 
 bookseller, libraire (m). 
 
 boot, bottine (f). 
 
 to borrow, emprunter a. 
 
 bottle, bouteille (f). 
 
 bought, achete. 
 
 box, /Wte (f) 
 
 boy, gar con. 
 
 bracelet, bracelet (m). 
 
 bread, pain (m). 
 
 t,o break, casser. 
 
 bridge, pont (m). 
 
 to bring, amener, ap- 
 porter. 
 
 bring me, apportez-moi . 
 
 broad, large. 
 
 brooch, broche (f). 
 
 brother, frere. 
 
 brother-in-law, beau- 
 fere . 
 
 to build, batir. 
 
 business, affaires (f). 
 
 busy, occupe'. 
 
 but, mais. 
 
 but for, sans, 
 butter, beurre (m). 
 button, bouton (m). 
 to buy, acheter. 
 by, y>ar. 
 
 by far, </e beaucoup. 
 by that road, />ar cette 
 route. 
 
 Cabbage, c^om.t (m). 
 
 to call, appeler. 
 
 to call one's self, s'ap- 
 
 peler. 
 Canada, Canada (m). 
 cane, canne (f). 
 cannon shot, coup (m) 
 
 rfe canon. 
 to captivate, captiver. 
 carafe, carafe (f). 
 good care, 60ns soj'ras 
 
 (m). 
 carpet bag, sac de nuit. 
 to carry, porter. 
 case, cas (m). 
 the cat, /e chat, la chatte. 
 to catch cold, s'enrhu- 
 
 mer. 
 to celebrate, ce'lebrer. 
 cent, sou (m). 
 certain, certain. 
 certainly, certainement . 
 chain, chaine (f). 
 chair, chaise (f) 
 to change, changer. 
 to charge, accuser dt 
 Charles, Charles. 
 cheerful, gai, -e. 
 cheerfully, gaiement. 
 cheese, fro mage (m). 
 child, enfant (m or f). 
 China, Chine (f). 
 choice, c/io>.r (m). 
 to choose, chotsir. 
 
 chosen, choisi. 
 
 Christmas, Noel (m). 
 
 church, e'glise (f). 
 
 city, ville (f). 
 
 to claim, re'clamer. 
 
 class, c/asse (f). 
 
 to clean, nettoyer. 
 
 clever, habile, matin. 
 
 cloth, drap (m). 
 
 coast, bord (m ) de la mer. 
 
 coat, habit (m). 
 
 coffee, ca/e' (m). 
 
 cold, froid. 
 
 to have a cold, etre en- 
 rhume. 
 
 to be cold, avoir froid. 
 
 collection, collection (f ). 
 
 come (part.), venu. 
 
 come ! voyons ! 
 
 come back, revenu. 
 
 come in, entr€. 
 
 to come down, de* 
 scendre. 
 
 to command, comman- 
 der 
 
 to commence, commen- 
 cer. 
 
 common, ordinaire. 
 
 to compel, contraindre. 
 
 to complain, se plain- 
 dre. 
 
 complete, complet, com- 
 plete. 
 
 to complete, achever, 
 terminer. 
 
 completely, complete- 
 ment. 
 
 comrade, camarade, 
 ami. 
 
 to conceal, cacher. 
 
 to concern, concerner, 
 regarder. 
 
 to condemn, condamm 1 . 
 
 condition, condition (i) 
 
ENGLISH-FRENCH 
 
 843 
 
 conduct, con duke (f). 
 to confess, avouer. 
 conscience, conscit net 
 
 (f) 
 
 to consent, consent ir (a), 
 vouloir bien. 
 
 Constantinople, Con- 
 stantinople 
 
 constantly, constant- 
 ment. 
 
 construction, construc- 
 tion (f). 
 
 contented, content, -e. 
 
 continent, continent (m). 
 
 continually, continue/le- 
 nient. 
 
 to contradict, contredire. 
 
 contrary, contraire. 
 
 on the contrary, au con- 
 traire. 
 
 conversation, conversa- 
 tion (f). 
 
 cool, frais, fraiche. 
 
 copper, citivre (m). 
 
 copy-book, cahier (m). 
 
 cordiality, cordiality ( f ) . 
 
 corner, coin (in). 
 
 to correct, corriger. 
 
 to cost, couter. 
 
 to cough, tousser. 
 
 to count, compter. 
 
 country (the whole ter- 
 ritory), pays (m). 
 
 country (in contradis- 
 tinction to the town), 
 campagne. 
 
 in the country, a la 
 campagne (f). 
 
 courage, courage (m). 
 
 courtier, courtisan. 
 
 course, cours (m) 
 
 cousin, cousin, -e. 
 
 Croesus, CrCsus. 
 
 cruel, cruel, -le. 
 
 to cry, pleurer 
 
 cunning, malin, maligue. 
 
 cup, tasse (f). 
 
 to cure, gne'rii . 
 
 to cure one's self, se 
 
 guerir. 
 to curse, maudire. 
 to cut, couper. 
 
 Dainty, difficile. 
 to dance, danser. 
 to dare, oser. 
 date, date (f). 
 daughter, pile. 
 day, jour (m). 
 to dazzle, e'blouir. 
 dead, mart. 
 deaf, sourd. 
 a great deal, beaucoup 
 dear, cher, chere. 
 decanter, carafe (f). 
 to deceive, t romper. 
 December, decembre. 
 to decide, decider. 
 to declare, declarer. 
 decidedly, dec idem ent. 
 defect, defaut (m). 
 to defend, defendre 
 delicious, deiicieux, -se. 
 to depart, partir. 
 departed, parti. 
 to descend, descendre. 
 to deserve, me'riter (de). 
 detail, detail (m). 
 to detest, de'tester. 
 diamond, diamant (m). 
 dictionarv, dictionnaire 
 
 (m). 
 to die, mourir. 
 differently, autrement, 
 
 dijffe'r eminent. 
 difficult, difficile. 
 difficulty, difficulte (f). 
 
 diligent, applique', -e. 
 to dine, dim r. 
 dining-room, salle a 
 
 manger (f). 
 dinner, diner (m) 
 dirty, sale. 
 to dirty, salir. 
 to discover, decouvrir. 
 discussion, discussion 
 
 (f)- 
 
 disinterestedness, c?es»j- 
 teressement (m). 
 
 to disobey, desobe'ir (a). 
 
 disposition, caractere 
 (m). 
 
 distance, distance (f). 
 
 to disturb, de'ranger. 
 
 displeasure, disgrace (f). 
 
 to do, /aire. 
 
 doctor, medecin. 
 
 dog, chien. 
 
 done, fait. 
 
 door, por/e (f). 
 
 to doubt, d outer. 
 
 dozen, douzaine (f) 
 
 draught, courant (m) 
 d'air. 
 
 drawer, fr'roiV (m). 
 
 dress, robe (f) 
 
 dressed, mis, habille'. 
 
 dressmaker, couturiere. 
 
 to drink, boire. 
 
 to drive, «//e/- en voiture. 
 
 drunk, bu. 
 
 dry, sec, seche. 
 
 in a duel, en duel. 
 
 during, pendant,durant. 
 
 duty, devoir (m). 
 
 to dwell, demeurer. 
 
 dying, mourant. 
 
 Ear-rings, boucles (f) 
 d'oreilles. 
 
344 
 
 ENGLISH-FRENCH. 
 
 easy (things), facile. 
 
 easy (pers ), tranquille. 
 
 easily , facilement. 
 
 to eat, manger. 
 
 eaten, mange. 
 
 Edinburgh, Edimbourg. 
 
 in effect (you are right), 
 en effet. 
 
 effort, effort (m). 
 
 eight, huit 
 
 eighteen, dix-huit. 
 
 eighth, huitieme. 
 
 eighty, quatre-vingts. 
 
 either (after a nega- 
 tion), non plus. 
 
 elephant, elephant (m). 
 
 eleven, onze. 
 
 eleventh, onzieme. 
 
 emperor, empereur. 
 
 to employ, employer. 
 
 end, Jin (f). 
 
 to end, Jinir. 
 
 enemy, ennemi (m). 
 
 engaged, occupe'. 
 
 P^n gland, Angleterre 
 
 (f) ; 
 English, anglais, -e. 
 engraving, gravure (f). 
 to enjoy one's self, 
 
 s'amuser. 
 enough, assez. 
 to enter, entrer. 
 enterprise, entreprise 
 
 (*)■ 
 
 to entreat, prier, sup- 
 plier. 
 equal, e'qal, -e. 
 equality, egalite (f). 
 Ernest, Ernest. 
 error, faute (f), erreur 
 
 (f). 
 to establish, e'tablir. 
 even, me me. 
 the evening, le soir. 
 
 event, eoenement (m). 
 ever, jamais. 
 
 every, tout, -e, tous, 
 
 toutes. 
 everybody, tout le 
 
 monde. 
 everyone, tout le monde. 
 everything, tout. 
 everywhere, partout 
 evident, evident. 
 exactly, pre'cise'ment. 
 to exaggerate, exage'rer. 
 example, exemple (m). 
 excellent, excellent. 
 excuse, excuse (f). 
 to excuse, excuser. 
 exercise, exercice (m), 
 
 theme (m). 
 to expect, bef. a noun, 
 
 attendre ; bef an in- 
 
 fin., s' attend re (a). 
 experience, experience 
 
 (f). 
 
 to experience, e'prouver. 
 to explain, expliquer. 
 to express, exprimer. 
 to extol, vanter, iouer. 
 extremity, extre'mite (f). 
 
 Face, grimace (f). 
 
 to fail in respect, man- 
 
 quer de respect. 
 faithful, Jidele. 
 to fall, tomber. 
 fallen, tombe'. 
 false, faux, fausse. 
 family, fa mille (f). 
 famous, fameux, -se. 
 to fancy, s'imaginer. 
 by far, de beaucoup. 
 fat, gras, -se. 
 father, pere. 
 favorite, fa vori, -te. 
 
 fault (defect), defaut(m). 
 fault (wrong), faute (f). 
 favor, faveur (f). 
 to fear, craindre. 
 for fear of, de crainte 
 
 de, de peur de. 
 February, Jevrier. 
 fellow, garcon. 
 ferocious, fe'roce. 
 few, peu. 
 a few, quelques (adj.), 
 
 quelques-uns (pr.). 
 fewer, moins 
 field, champ (m). 
 fifteen, quinze. 
 fifth, cinquieme. 
 fifty, cinquante. 
 to fight, se battre. 
 to fill, remplir. 
 fine, beau, belle. 
 to find, trouver. 
 to find (a thing lost), 
 
 retrouver. 
 finger, doigt (m) 
 to finish, Jinir. 
 fire, feu (m). 
 first, premier, premiere. 
 fish, poisson (m). 
 to fit, aller. 
 fit of anger, acces (m) 
 
 de colere. 
 five, cinq 
 to flatter, flatter. 
 to flatter one's self or 
 
 each other, se flatlet . 
 flower, fleur (f). 
 fog, brouillard (m). 
 foolish, fou, folle ; sot, 
 
 sotte. 
 foot, pied (m). 
 for, pour. 
 
 for (during), pendant. 
 for (marking the begin- 
 ning), depuis. 
 
ENGLISH-FRENCH. 
 
 345 
 
 to forbid, defendre. 
 forenoon, matin (m). 
 to forget, oublier. 
 to forgive, pardonner. 
 formerly, autrefois. 
 fortnight, quinze jours, 
 
 (juinzaine (f). 
 fortunate, heureux, -se. 
 fortune, fortune (f). 
 forty, quarante. 
 found, trouve. 
 four, quatre. 
 fourteen, quatorze. 
 fourth, quatrieme. 
 franc, franc (m). 
 frank, franc, franche. 
 free, libre. 
 freely, hbrement. 
 to freeze, geler. 
 French, francais, -e. 
 Frenchman, Francais. 
 fresh, fra is, fra ich e . 
 Friday, vendredi (m). 
 friend, ami, -e. 
 friendship, amitie' (f). 
 to frighten, effrayer. 
 from, de ; from me, de 
 
 ma part ; from thee, 
 
 de ta part, etc. 
 fruit, fruit (m). 
 full, plein. 
 to fulfil, remplir. 
 fur ,fourrure (f). 
 
 Game,jeu (m). 
 garden, jardin ( m ) . 
 general, general. 
 generous, gene'reux, -se. 
 genius, genie (m). 
 gentle, doux, doucp .• 
 
 gentil, gentille. 
 gentleman, monsieur. 
 geography, ge'oqni | >h it 
 
 (f). 
 
 George, Georges. 
 Germany, A.llemagne(i). 
 to get, avoir, recevoir. 
 to get rid, se defaire. 
 to get up, se lever. 
 gilt-edged, dore sur 
 
 tranches. 
 girl, file. 
 to give, donner. 
 to give back, rendre. 
 give me, donnez-moi. 
 given, donne'. 
 glad, aise, bien aise. 
 Glasgow, Glasgow. 
 glass, verre (m). 
 glory, gloire (f). 
 glove, gant (m). 
 to go to bed, se cou- 
 
 cher. 
 gold, or (m). 
 gone, alle, parti. 
 gone out, sorti. 
 good, bon, bonne. 
 good (in conduct), sage. 
 to be so good as, avoir 
 
 la bonte de. 
 government, gouverne- 
 
 ment (m). 
 grammar, grammaire 
 
 (f)- 
 
 grand, magnifique. 
 grateful, reconnaissant, 
 
 -e. 
 great, grand, -e. 
 greatcoat, paletot (m). 
 greatness, grandeur (f). 
 Greek, grec, grecque. 
 on what ground, a quel 
 
 titre. 
 to guarantee, garantir 
 guardian, tuteur. 
 to guess, deviner. 
 to guide, mener. 
 guilty, coupable. 
 
 Habit, habitude (f). 
 a hair, un cheveu. 
 half, demi. 
 half- hour, de mi-he ure 
 
 (f). 
 
 hand, main (f). 
 handkerchief, mouchoir 
 
 (m). 
 handsome, 6eau, 6e#e. 
 to happen, arriver. 
 happy, heureux, -se. 
 hard, fort, difficile. 
 harmonious, harmoni- 
 
 eux, -se. 
 hat, chapeau (m). 
 to have, avoir. 
 will you have, voulez- 
 
 VollS ? 
 
 he, il. 
 
 he who, ce/<« q-uj. 
 
 head, tete (f). 
 
 health, s«w^ (f). 
 
 to hear (a noise), en- 
 tendre. 
 
 to hear it said, to learn, 
 entendre dire. 
 
 heart, cozur (m). 
 
 with all my heart, de 
 tout mon cozur. 
 
 heedless, e'tourdi. 
 
 heedlessness, e'tourderie 
 
 (f). 
 to help, aider. 
 Henry, Henri. 
 her, la, elle. 
 her (adj.), son, sa, ses. 
 to her, lui. 
 here is, void. 
 herself, se, elle-meme. 
 hesitation, hesitations 
 
 (f ; pi-)- 
 to hide, cacher. 
 to hide one's self, se 
 
 cacher. 
 
346 
 
 ENGLISH-FRENCH. 
 
 high, haut, -e. 
 
 him, le, lui. 
 
 to him, lui. 
 
 himself, se, lui-meme. 
 
 his (adj.), son, sa, ses. 
 (pr.), le sien, la sienne, 
 les siens, les siennes. 
 
 historian, historien. 
 
 history, histoire (£). 
 
 hold ! tenez ! 
 
 holiday, jour de conge 
 (m), conge (m). 
 
 Holland, Hollande (f). 
 
 at home, a la maison. 
 
 honey, miel (m). 
 
 honor, honneur (m). 
 
 to hope, (before a fu- 
 ture) esperer ; (before 
 a pres. or past) aimer 
 a croire, aimer a pen- 
 ser. 
 
 horse, cheval, chevaux, 
 (m). 
 
 hot, chaud. 
 
 hotel, hotel (m). 
 
 hour, heure (f). 
 
 house, maison (f). 
 
 at the house of, chez. 
 
 how, comment. 
 
 however, pourtant. 
 
 how long 1 combien de 
 temps ? depuis quant I ? 
 
 how many, combien. 
 
 how much, combien. 
 
 humanity, humanite{i) 
 
 hunger, /aim (f). 
 
 hundred, cent. 
 
 hundredth, centieme. 
 
 to be hungry, avoir 
 faim. 
 
 I, je. 
 
 idle, paresseux, -se. 
 if, si. 
 
 ill (adj.), malade. 
 
 ill (adv.), mal. 
 
 to be ill, etre malade or 
 se porter mal. 
 
 illness, maladie (f). 
 
 illustrated, illustre'. 
 
 imaginary, imaginaire. 
 
 impertinent, imperti- 
 nent. 
 
 important, important. 
 
 to be important, impor- 
 ter. 
 
 impossible, impossible. 
 
 impudence, impudence 
 
 . (f) - 
 
 in, d, dans ; en. 
 
 incredible, incroyable. 
 
 indeed, bien. 
 
 indifference, indiffe- 
 rence (f). 
 
 indispensable, indispen- 
 sable. 
 
 indisposed, indispose. 
 
 indisputable, incontes- 
 table. 
 
 to induce, engager" (a). 
 
 industrious, laborieux. 
 
 infinite, infini. 
 
 ink, encre (f). 
 
 inkstand, encrier (m). 
 
 innocence, innocence (f). 
 
 insolence, insolence (f). 
 
 instead of, au lieu de. 
 
 to insult, insulter. 
 
 interest, inte'ret (m). 
 
 interesting, inte'ressant. 
 
 to interfere, s'entremet- 
 tre. 
 
 to intimidate, intimider. 
 
 iiron, fer (m). 
 
 it, le, la. 
 
 Italian, if alien, -?ie. 
 
 Italy, Italie (f). 
 
 its, son, sa, ses. 
 
 Jane, Jeanne. 
 January, Janvier. 
 jealous, jaloux, -se. 
 John, Jean. 
 journey, voyage (m). 
 July, juillet. 
 June, juin. 
 just (adj.), juste. 
 just (adv.), justement. 
 to have just, venir de. 
 just now, tout a I'heure. 
 justice, justice (f). 
 
 to Keep, garder. 
 
 key, cle (f). 
 
 to kill, tuer. 
 
 kilogramme, kilo- 
 gramme (m). 
 
 kindness, bonte (f). 
 
 to kiss each other, s'em- 
 brasser. 
 
 knife, couteau (m). 
 
 to know, eonnaitre, sa- 
 
 to Labor, travailler. 
 
 laborious, laborieux, 
 -se. 
 
 labor, travail (m). 
 
 lace, dentelle (f). 
 
 ladder, echelle ({). 
 
 lady, dame (f). 
 
 young lady, jeune fille, 
 jeune per sonne, demoi- 
 selle. 
 
 land, terre (f). 
 
 landlord, propri&aire. 
 
 language, langue (f). 
 
 large , gran d, -e ; gros, -se . 
 
 last, dernier, derniere. 
 
 last month, le mois der- 
 nier. 
 
ENGLISH-FRENCH. 
 
 347 
 
 Jast night, hier soir, 
 
 cette nuit. 
 at last, enfin. 
 late, tard. 
 Latin, latin, -e. 
 to laugh, rire. 
 law, hi (f ). 
 lawyer, avocat. 
 laziness, paresse (f). 
 lazy, paresseux, -se. 
 to lead, mener. 
 to learn, apprendre. 
 learned, instruit. 
 learnt, appris. 
 at least, du inoins. 
 at the least, au moins. 
 to leave, partir. 
 left (adj.), gauche. 
 leg, jambe (f). 
 to lend, prefer. 
 leopard, leopard. 
 less, (adj.), moindre, 
 
 (adv.), moins. 
 lesson, lecon (f). 
 lest, en cas que, de pear 
 
 que, de crainte que; 
 
 after verbs express- 
 ing fear, que. 
 to let, laisser, (a house) 
 
 huer. 
 letter, lettre (f). 
 liberty, liberie' (f). 
 life, vie (f). 
 
 like, pared, -le ; comme. 
 to like, aimer. 
 to be like, ressembler (a). 
 likely, probablement. 
 lion, lion. 
 litre, fare (m). 
 little, (adj.), petit, -e. 
 
 (adv.), y^ew. 
 to live, demeurer ; vivre. 
 lively, vif, vive. 
 living, vie (f). 
 
 London, Londres. 
 long, long, -ue. 
 to be long in, tarder a. 
 a long time, longtemps. 
 no longer, ?«e „ . . plus. 
 to look, avoir I'air. 
 to look at, regarder. 
 to look for, chercher. 
 to look ill, at'OiV mau- 
 
 vaise mine. 
 to lose, perdre. 
 to lose one's self, se 
 
 perdre. 
 lost, perdu. 
 Louis, Louis. 
 to love, aimer. 
 low, 6as, -se. 
 luggage, fo/r/a^e (m). 
 
 Mad, fou, folk. 
 
 made, fait. 
 
 magnanimity, magnani- 
 mite' (f). 
 
 magnificent,w2a<7m"/?<7?ie. 
 
 maid-servant, bonne. 
 
 malignant, malin, ma- 
 il gne. 
 
 mamma, maman. 
 
 man, homme. 
 
 manners, mani'eres (f). 
 
 many, beaucoup. 
 
 March, mars (m). 
 
 to march, marcher. 
 
 market, marche (m). 
 
 to marry, e'pouser. 
 
 Mary, Marie. 
 
 master, maitre. 
 
 May, mai. 
 
 it may be, il se pent, il 
 est possible. 
 
 me, me, moi. 
 
 meadow, prairie (f). 
 
 meat, viande (f). 
 
 to meet (by chance), 
 
 rencontrer . 
 to go to meet, oiler au 
 
 devant de. 
 to mend, raccommoder. 
 merchant, negociant. 
 merry, gai, -e. 
 metre, metre (m). 
 Mexico, Mexique (m). 
 Middle Ages, mo yen 
 
 age (m). 
 mile, mille (m). 
 milk, lait (m). 
 milliner, modiste. 
 million, million (m). 
 mine . . . , le mien, la 
 
 mienne ; les miens, les 
 
 miennes. 
 minister, ministre. 
 minute, minute (f). 
 misery, miser e (f). 
 misfortune, malheur 
 
 (m). 
 to mislay, e'garer. 
 Miss, Mademoiselle or 
 
 M/e. 
 mistake, fa ute (f). 
 to be mistaken, se trom- 
 
 per. 
 mistress, maitresse. 
 to mock, se moquer de. 
 modern, moderne. 
 moment, moment (m). 
 Monday, lundi. 
 money, argent (m). 
 Mont Blanc, le Mont 
 
 Blanc (m). 
 month, mois (m). 
 more, plus. 
 no more, we . . . plus. 
 morning, matin (m). 
 mother, mere. 
 movement, monvement 
 
 (m). 
 
348 
 
 ENGLISH-FRENCH. 
 
 Mr., Monsieur or M. 
 Mrs. Madame or Mine. 
 much, beaucoup } fort. 
 muff, manchon (m). 
 museum, muse'e (m). 
 muslin, mousseline (f). 
 must, il faut que, de- 
 voir. 
 mutton, mouton (m). 
 my, mon, ma, mes. 
 myself, moi-meme. 
 mystery, mystere (m). 
 
 Name, nom (m). 
 naughty, me'chant, -e. 
 near, pres de. 
 necessary, ne'cessaire. 
 needle, aiguille (f). 
 to neglect, ne'gliger. 
 neighbor, voisin, -e. 
 neither . . . nor, ni . . . ni. 
 Nero, Neron. 
 never, ne . . .jamais. 
 new (another), nouveau. 
 new-made, neuf, neuve. 
 news, nouvelle (f). 
 newspaper, jo^/na/ (m ) . 
 next, prochain, -e. 
 night, nuit (f). 
 at night, le soir. 
 last night, hier soir. 
 nine, neuf. 
 nineteen, dix-neuf. 
 ninety, quatre-vingt-dix. 
 no, non, ne . . . pas, ne 
 
 . . . j>oint. 
 nobody, personne . . . ne. 
 noise, bruit (m). 
 no . . . longer, tie . . .plus. 
 no . . . more, ne . . . plus. 
 no one, personne . . . ne. 
 nor I either, ni moi non 
 
 plus. 
 North, Nord (m). 
 
 nose, nez (m). 
 
 nosegay, bouquet (m). 
 
 not, ne . . . pas. 
 
 not at all, pas du tout. 
 
 note, billet (m). 
 
 nothing, ne . . . rien. 
 
 novel, roman (m). 
 
 November, novembre. 
 
 now, a present, main- 
 tenant. 
 
 now that, maintenant 
 que. 
 
 number, chiffre (m); 
 nombre (m). 
 
 numerous, nombreux,-se. 
 
 Oath, serment (m). 
 to obey, obeir (a). 
 to oblige, obliger. 
 obstinate, obstine'. 
 to obtain, obtenir. 
 October, octobre. 
 of, de. 
 
 offence, faute (f). 
 offer, qjfre (f). 
 offered, offer t. 
 office, bureau. 
 officer, ojfficier. 
 often, souvent. 
 old, vieux, vieille. 
 omnibus, omnibus (m). 
 on, sur. 
 on before a dag or date 
 
 is not translated. 
 at once, tout de suite. 
 one (adj.), un, une. 
 one (pr.), on, Von. 
 oneself, se, soi. 
 no one, personne . . . ne. 
 only (adj.), seul. 
 only, (adv.), seulement, 
 
 ne . . . que. 
 to open, ouvrir. 
 opened, ouvert. 
 
 opera, ope'ra (m). 
 
 to oppose, opposer. 
 
 or, ou. 
 
 orange, orange (f ). 
 
 order, ordre (m). 
 
 to order, ordonner, com- 
 
 mander. 
 ordered, commande. 
 other, autre. 
 otherwise, autrement. 
 our, notre, nos. 
 ours, le notre, la notre, 
 
 les not res. 
 ourselves, nous, nous- 
 
 me mes. 
 
 Painting, tableau (m). 
 
 pair, pa ire (f). 
 
 palace, palais (m). 
 
 pamphlet, brochure (f). 
 
 paper, papier (m). 
 
 parasol, ombrelle (f). 
 
 parcel, paquet (m). 
 
 to ask pardon, de- 
 ma nder pardon. 
 
 park, pare (m). 
 
 parents, parents. 
 
 part, partie (f). 
 
 to part from each other, 
 se se'parer. 
 
 to pass, passer ; se 
 passer. 
 
 passage, passage (m). 
 
 to pay for, payer. 
 
 pear, /;o<Ve (f). 
 
 pen, plume (f). 
 
 pencil, crayon (m). 
 
 penknife, can//"(m). 
 
 people, gens, on, Von. 
 
 so many people, tant de 
 vwnde. 
 
 pepper, poivre (m). 
 
 to perceive, apercevoir. 
 
 perfectly, parfaiiemenU 
 
ENGLISH-FUENCIL 
 
 349 
 
 perhaps, peut-etre. 
 perishable, perissable. 
 permission, permission 
 
 (f)- 
 
 personage, personnel tj<: 
 
 (m). 
 ph i losoph v, ph ilosoph ie 
 
 photograph, photogra- 
 phic {{). 
 
 physician, me'decin. 
 
 picture, tableau (ni). 
 
 piece, morceau (in). 
 
 pin, epingle (f). 
 
 to pinch, server, blesser. 
 
 place, place (f). 
 
 to place, placer. 
 
 \>\-&y,jeu (m). 
 
 to p\&y,jouer. 
 
 play thing, joujou (m). 
 
 pleasant, agre'able. 
 
 to please, plaire, fa ire 
 pi a i sir a. 
 
 if you please, sVZ rous 
 plait. 
 
 pleased with, content de. 
 
 pleasure, plat sir (m). 
 
 plenty, beaucoup. 
 
 pocket, poche (f). 
 
 politely, poliment. 
 
 poor, pa uv re. 
 
 pope, pa/?e. 
 
 portrait, portrait (m). 
 
 positively, de'jinitive- 
 ment. 
 
 to possess, posse'der. 
 
 possible, possible. 
 
 post, /joste (f ). 
 
 post-office, paste (f). 
 
 posterity, poste'rite' (I). 
 
 potato, pomme (f) c?e 
 
 pound, frYre (f). 
 to praise, fower. 
 
 to predict, pre'elire. 
 to prefer, prefe'rer. 
 preferable, preferable. 
 present, cadeau (m). 
 to pretend, pretend re. 
 pretty, gentil, -!e ;jo/i, -e. 
 pretty-looking, joli, -e. 
 pretty (before an adj. 
 
 or adv.), assez. 
 priest, pretre. 
 prince, prince. 
 princess, princesse. 
 principal, principal, -e. 
 principle, principe (m). 
 prize, prix (m). 
 to gain a prize, rempor- 
 
 ter un prix. 
 probity, probite (f). 
 pi'ofessor, prqfessexr. 
 to promise, promettre. 
 promised, promis. 
 to pronounce, prononcer. 
 proof, preuve (f). 
 proper, cemvenable. 
 to be proper, convenir. 
 property, proprie'te (f). 
 proposal, proposition (f ). 
 to propose, proposer. 
 to protect, proteger. 
 protection, protect ion (f). 
 to prove, prouver. 
 proverb, proverbe (m). 
 to provide for, pour- 
 
 voir a. 
 province, province (f). 
 Prussia, Prusse (f). 
 Prussian, prussien, -ne. 
 public, public, publique. 
 punctuality, exactitude 
 
 (f) - . 
 to punish, punir. 
 
 punishment, pitnition 
 
 li). 
 
 pupil, €leve (m or f). 
 
 purse, porte - monnaie 
 (m). 
 
 to pursue, poursuivre. 
 
 put, mis, place'. 
 
 to put, placer, tin Un . 
 
 to Quarrel, se auereller. 
 
 quarter (the 4th part), 
 epiart (m). 
 
 quarter (district), (/nat- 
 tier (m). 
 
 queen, reine. 
 
 question, question (f). 
 
 quite, tout a fait. 
 
 Rabbit, lapin. 
 ra i 1 way-carriage, icagon 
 (m). 
 
 rain, pluie (f). 
 rainy, pluvieux, -se. 
 rare, rare, 
 to read, lire. 
 read, /«. 
 ready, p-e/, -e. 
 reason, raison (f). 
 reasonable, raisonnable. 
 to receive, recevoir. 
 received, recu. 
 reciprocally, reciproque- 
 
 w t nt. 
 to reckon, compter. 
 to recommend, conseil- 
 
 ler. 
 red, rouge. 
 to refuse, refuser. 
 to regret, regretter. 
 regular, regulier, reju- 
 
 Here. 
 to reign, reqner. 
 to relate, raconter. 
 relatives, parents. 
 to remain, r ester. 
 
350 
 
 ENGLISH-FRENCH. 
 
 remained, resfe'. 
 remarkable, remarqua- 
 
 ble. 
 remedy, remede (m). 
 to remember, se souve- 
 nir. 
 remembrance, souvenir 
 
 (m). 
 to remind, rappeler. 
 to remit, remettre. 
 to remove, demenager. 
 to renounce, renoncer. 
 to repeat, repe'ter. 
 reply, reponse (f). , 
 to reply, repondre. 
 report, bruit (m). 
 representation, repre- 
 sentation (f). 
 to reproach for, repro- 
 
 cher a. 
 to resign, se de'mettre. 
 
 resistance, resistance. 
 
 respect, respect (m). 
 
 to fail in respect, man- 
 quer de respect a. 
 
 to rest, se reposer. 
 
 to resume, reprendre. 
 
 to return (to give back), 
 rendre. 
 
 returned (come back), 
 revenu. 
 
 Yexo\\\i\OK,re'volution (f ) . 
 
 reward, recompense (f). 
 
 to reward, recompenser. 
 
 ribbon, ruban (m). 
 
 rich, riche. 
 
 to be right, avoir raison. 
 
 ring, bague (f). 
 
 to ring, sonner. 
 
 to rise, se lever. 
 
 river, riviere. 
 
 road, route (f). 
 
 roasted, rod. 
 
 Home, Rome (f). 
 
 room, chambre (f). 
 rose, rose (f). 
 round, rond, -e. 
 rule, regie (f). 
 
 to Sacrifice, sacrijier. 
 
 sad, chagrin, -e; triste 
 
 safely, sans accident. 
 
 said, dit. 
 
 salad, salade (f). 
 
 salt, sel (m). 
 
 same, menie. 
 
 Saturday, samedi. 
 
 savage, sauvage. 
 
 Savoy, Savoie (f). 
 
 scandal, scandale (m) 
 
 scarcely, a peine. 
 
 scarf, e'charpe (f). 
 
 scenery, pat/ sage (m). 
 
 school, ero/e (f). 
 
 boarding-school, pen- 
 sion (f). 
 
 science, science (f). 
 
 to scold, grander. 
 
 Scotland, Ecosse (f). 
 
 scoundrel, sce'le'rat (m). 
 
 sculpture, sculpture (f). 
 
 sea, ?wer (f). 
 
 seaside, 6orcZ (m) de la 
 nter. 
 
 season, saison (f). 
 
 second, second, -e ; 
 deuxihne. 
 
 secret (n.), secret (m). 
 
 secret (adj.), secret, -ete. 
 
 to see, voir. 
 
 see ! tenez '. 
 
 to seek, cherclter. 
 
 to seem, sembler. 
 
 seen, /■>/. 
 
 selfisb, egoiste. 
 
 to sell, vendre. 
 to send, envoi/ er. 
 sentence, phrase (f). 
 
 September, septembre. 
 seriously, se'rieusement 
 serpent, serpent (m). 
 servant (f), bonne. 
 service, service (m). 
 session, session (f). 
 seven, se/tf. 
 seveuteen, dix-sept. 
 seventh, septieme. 
 seventy, soixante-dix. 
 several, plusieurs. 
 severely, severement. 
 sbe, elle. 
 
 sbe who, celle qui. 
 to be shipwrecked, /«/Ve 
 
 nauf'rage. 
 shoe, Soulier (m). 
 shop, magasin (m). 
 short, court, -e, petit, -e. 
 to show, montrer. 
 to show one's self, se 
 
 montrer. 
 show me, montrez-mot. 
 shut, ferme. 
 to shut,ye/7?«er. 
 sick, malade. 
 silk, soz'e (f). 
 silver, argent (m). 
 simple, simple. 
 simply, simjtlement. 
 since, depuis; puisque. 
 to sing, chanter. 
 sir, monsieur (m). 
 sister, saw. 
 sister-in-law, belle-sozur. 
 situation, jo/ace (f). 
 six, s/;r. 
 sixteen, seize, 
 sixth, sixieme. 
 sixty, soixante. 
 to skate, patiner. 
 to slander, calomnier 
 
 me'dire de. 
 slate, ardoise (f). 
 
ENGLISH-FRENCH. 
 
 351 
 
 slave, esclave. 
 
 to sleep, dormir. 
 
 to be sleepy, avoir som- 
 meil. 
 
 slept, dor mi. 
 
 slipper, pantoufle (f). 
 
 small, petit, -e. 
 
 to smoke, f inner. 
 
 no, si; after a transitive 
 verb, le ; after an in- 
 transitive, ainsi. 
 
 so many, lant. 
 
 so much, tant. 
 
 so soon, shot. 
 
 to soil, salir. 
 
 sold, vend it. 
 
 some, du, de la, de V, 
 des; en ; quelques-uns. 
 
 somebody, quelqu'un. 
 
 something, quelque 
 chose. 
 
 something else, autre 
 chose. 
 
 sometimes, quelquefois. 
 
 somewhere, quelque 
 part. 
 
 son, Jils. 
 
 song, chanson (f). 
 
 soon, bientot. 
 
 sooner, plus tot. 
 
 sorrowful, chagrin, -e. 
 
 sorry, fache, triste, cha- 
 grin. 
 
 to be sorry, regretter de, 
 etre fache de. 
 
 soul, dme (f). 
 
 soup, soupe (i). 
 
 south, viidi (m). 
 
 Spain, Espagne (f). 
 
 to speak, parler. 
 
 to spend, passer. 
 
 in spite of, malgre. 
 
 splendid, magnifique, 
 superbe. 
 
 spoken, parle. 
 
 to sprain, de'mettne. 
 
 station, station (f). 
 
 to stay, r ester. 
 
 stayed, reste. 
 
 in his stead, a sa place. 
 
 steamboat, bateau (m) 
 
 a vapeur. 
 stick, canne (f). 
 still, encore. 
 stormy, orageux, -se. 
 story, histoire (f). 
 stout, gros, -se. 
 straight, droit, -e. 
 strange, etrange. 
 strawberry, fraise (f). 
 stream, ruisseau (m). 
 street, rue {{). 
 strength, force (f). 
 strong, fort, -e. 
 stud, bouton (m). 
 studious, studieux, -se. 
 to study, e'tudier. 
 subject (noun), sujet 
 
 (m). 
 subject (adj.), sujet, 
 
 -te. 
 to submit, sounxettre. 
 to succeed, reussir. 
 such, pared, -le ; tel. 
 to suffer, souffrir. 
 suffering, souffrant. 
 sugar, sucre (m). 
 sum, somme (f). 
 summer, etc (in), 
 sun, soleil (m). 
 Sunday, dimanehe (m). 
 support, appui (m). 
 to support, appui/er. 
 to suppose, supposer. 
 sure, sur, certain. 
 to surprise, surprendre. 
 to surrender, se rendre. 
 sweet, doux, -ce. 
 
 Table, table (f). 
 to take, }>reudre. 
 to take to, mener, con,' 
 
 duire. 
 to take a Avalk, se pro- 
 
 mener. 
 to take away, enlever. 
 taken, pris. 
 talent, talent (m). 
 tall, grand, -e. 
 tea, the (m) 
 to teach, enseigner (a). 
 teacher, maitre (m). 
 to tell, raconler, dire a. 
 temper, humeur (f). 
 temple, temple (m). 
 ten, dix. 
 tenth, dixieme. 
 than, que. 
 
 to thank, remercier. 
 thanks, merci. 
 thanks to, grace a. 
 that (adj.), ce, cet, cette. 
 (pr.), celui, cede; 
 
 celui-la, celle-la ; 
 
 eel a. 
 " or which, qui 
 
 (nom.),<7»e(acc). 
 " (conj.), que. 
 the, le, la, les. 
 theatre, theatre (m). 
 thee, te, toi. 
 theft, vol (m). 
 their, leur, leurs. 
 theirs, le leur, la leur, 
 
 les leurs. 
 them, les ; eux, elles. 
 to them, leur. 
 themselves, se ; eux- 
 
 memes, elles-memes. 
 then (afterwards), en- 
 suite, alors. 
 then (therefore), done. 
 there, Id, y. 
 
352 
 
 ENGLISH-FRENCH. 
 
 there is, are, il y a, 
 
 voila. 
 there was, were, il y 
 
 a rait. 
 therefore, done. 
 Therese, The'rese. 
 these (adj.), ces. 
 
 " (pr.), ceux-ci, 
 ce/les-ci . 
 they, ils, on. 
 they who, ceux qui, 
 
 celles qui. 
 thick, epais, -se. 
 thimble, de (m). 
 thine, le t'ten, la tienne ; 
 
 les tiens, les tiennes. 
 thing, ehose (f). 
 to think, penser. 
 third, troisieme. 
 to be thirsty, avoir soif. 
 thirteen, treize. 
 thirty, (rente. 
 this (adj.), ee, cet, cette. 
 " (pr.), eelui-ci, celle- 
 ci ; eeci. 
 those (adj.), ees. 
 " (pr.), ceux, eel/es ; 
 ceux-la, eelies-la, 
 thou, tu. 
 though, quoique, eepen- 
 
 dant. 
 thousand, mi He. 
 thousandth, millieme. 
 thread,/?'/ (m). 
 to threaten, menacer. 
 three, trois. 
 throat, gorge (f). 
 to throw, jeter. 
 thunder, tonnerre (m). 
 Thursday, jeudi (in), 
 thus, ainsi. 
 thy, ton, ta, tes. 
 thyself, te, toi-meme. 
 tiger, tigre (in). 
 
 till, jusqu'a, jusque. 
 time, temps (m) ; fois 
 
 (f). 
 a long time, longtemps. 
 by this time, mainte- 
 
 nant. 
 from time to time, de 
 
 temps en temps. 
 in time, a temps. 
 tipsy, gris, -e. 
 tired, las, -se. 
 to, a. 
 
 to-d ay, a ujourd'h u i. 
 together, ensemble. 
 told, dit. 
 
 to-morrow, demain. 
 to-night, ee soir. 
 too (also), atissi. 
 " (before adj. or ad v.), 
 
 trop. 
 too many, trop. 
 too much, trop. 
 towards, envers. 
 town, ville (f). 
 toy, joujou (m). 
 train, train (m). 
 to transmit, transmettre. 
 to travel, voi/ager. 
 treason, trahison (f). 
 to treat, trailer. 
 tree, rtr/)re (m). 
 to tremble, trembler. 
 trembling, tremh/ant. 
 trial, proves (m). 
 trifle, misere (f). 
 to trouble, deranger. 
 troublesome, fatigant, 
 
 ermuyeux, -se. 
 true, rra«, -e. 
 to trust, se /z'er a. 
 truth, re'rite {{). 
 to try, essayer, tacher de. 
 Tuesday, mardi (in). 
 turn, tour (in). 
 
 tutor, pre'eepteur. 
 twelve, douze. 
 twenty, vingt. 
 two, deux. 
 
 Ugly, vi/ain, -e. 
 umbrella, parapluie(m). 
 
 uncle, oncle. 
 
 unfortunate, malheu- 
 reux, -se. 
 
 unfortunately, malheu- 
 reusement. 
 
 ungrateful, ingrat, -e. 
 
 unhappy, malheureux, 
 malheureuse. 
 
 unjustly, injustement. 
 
 unwell, malade. 
 
 upon, sur. 
 
 us, to us, nous. 
 
 use, usage (in). 
 
 useful, utile. 
 
 as usual, com me a I 'or- 
 dinaire. 
 
 Very, tres, bien. 
 to Yex,fdcher. 
 victory, victoire (f). 
 Vienna, Vienne. 
 to violate, trahir. 
 virtue, vertu (f). 
 visit, visite (f). 
 to pay a visit, rendre 
 
 visite. 
 to visit, visiter. 
 voice, voix (f). 
 voyage, voyage (m). 
 
 to Wait for, attendre. 
 walk, promenade (f). 
 to walk, c///r/- ?/ ;>W. 
 to take a walk, se pro 
 
 Doner. 
 
ENGLISH-FRENCH. 
 
 353 
 
 to go out for a walk, 
 alter j'aire une prome- 
 nade. 
 
 to be in want, avoir be- 
 soin ; falloir. 
 
 war, guerre (f). 
 
 warm, chaud. 
 
 to be warm, atoiV chaud. 
 
 watch, montre (f). 
 
 water, eau (f). 
 
 to water, arroser. 
 
 way, chei/dn (m). 
 
 we, nous, on. 
 
 to wear, porter. 
 
 weather, temps (m). 
 
 in this cold weather, par 
 lejroid qu'tljiiit. 
 
 Wednesday, mercredi. 
 
 Aveek, semalne (f). 
 
 to weep, pleurer. 
 
 to welcome, accueillir. 
 
 well, bien. 
 
 to be well, se porter 
 bien. 
 
 what, quel, -le ; quels, 
 ■les. 
 
 when, quand, lorsque. 
 
 when (interr.), quand. 
 
 where, oil. 
 
 which (nom.),qui, (ace.) 
 que. 
 " after prep, or 
 followed by of, 
 lequel, laquelle ; 
 lesquels, les- 
 
 quelles. 
 
 from which, of which, 
 duquel, de laquelle ; 
 desquels, desquelU s ; 
 dout. 
 
 to which, auquel, a la- 
 quelle ; auxquels, aux- 
 quelles. 
 
 while, en. 
 
 whist, whist (m). 
 
 white, blanc, blanche. 
 
 who, qui. 
 
 whole, tout, -e ; tous, 
 toutes. 
 
 whom, que; aft. \>r.,qui. 
 
 why ? pourquot ? 
 
 why ! ma is ! 
 
 wicked, me'ehant. 
 
 wide, large. 
 
 wi£e,femme (f). 
 
 wild, fe'roce, sauvage. 
 
 will you have ? voulez- 
 vous ? 
 
 to be willing, vouloir. 
 
 window, fenetre (f). 
 
 wine, yin (m) 
 
 winter, /ater (m). 
 
 wise, s«<7e. 
 
 to wish, de'sirer, souhai- 
 ter. 
 
 with, a^ec. 
 
 without, .sa«s. 
 
 woman, femme. 
 
 wonderful, merveilleux. 
 
 wood, oo/s (m). 
 
 wooden, de bois. 
 
 word, mot (m). 
 
 in a word, en uk mot. 
 work, ouvrage (m), tra- 
 
 vad (m). 
 to work, travailler. 
 world, monde (m). 
 worse, p/ws mauvais. 
 to be worth, valoir. 
 worthy, digne. 
 to wound one's self or 
 
 each other, se blesser. 
 to write, e'erire. 
 written, ecrit. 
 to be wrong, avoir tort. 
 wrought, travaille. 
 
 Year, an (m),annee (f). 
 
 last year, I'annee der- 
 niere. 
 
 yes, oui. 
 
 yesterday, hier. 
 
 yet (again, still), encore. 
 '' (however),/?our£a»£. 
 
 you, vous, on. 
 
 young, jeune. 
 
 young lady, jeune file, 
 jeune personne, de- 
 moiselle. 
 
 your, votre, vos. 
 
 yours, le votre, la votre, 
 les votres. 
 
 yourself, vous, vous- 
 me me. 
 
 yourselves, vous, vous- 
 iii ernes. 
 
 youth, jeunesse (f). 
 
 THE END. 
 
 f>0 
 

 
 d ' LA ^2- 
 
 su- 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 
 c^ 
 
 V / 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 4 / 
 
 
 
 c » 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
RETURN TO the circulation desk of any 
 
 University of California Library 
 
 or to the 
 
 NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 Bldg. 400, Richmond Field Station 
 University of California 
 Richmond, CA 94804-4698 
 
 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 
 2-month loans may be renewed by calling 
 
 (415)642-6233 
 1-year loans may be recharged by bringing books 
 
 to NRLF 
 Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days 
 
 prior to due date 
 
 DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
 
 M 2-3W 
 

 
 YB 3568 
 
 38 i^-*-* 
 
 
 ^. 
 
 
 t- 
 
 
 A ( 
 
 u A*.